Month: September 2016

  • Notes on Contributors

     Christopher Breu is Associate Professor of English at Illinois State University, where he teaches classes in twentieth-century and twenty-first-century literature and culture as well as critical and cultural theory. He is the author of Insistence of the Material: Literature in the Age of Biopolitics (Minnesota, 2014) and Hard-Boiled Masculinities (Minnesota, 2005).

    Gerry Canavan is Assistant Professor of English at Marquette University. He is at work on two projects: a critical monograph on the subject of “science fiction and totality,” and a book on the work of legendary African American science fiction author Octavia E. Butler. He has recently written articles for Paradoxa, The Journal of American Studies, and Slayage: The Journal of the Whedon Studies Association.

    David Cowart, Louise Fry Scudder Professor at the University of South Carolina, has been an NEH fellow and held Fulbright chairs at the University of Helsinki and at the University of Southern Denmark in Odense. His books include Thomas Pynchon: The Art of Allusion and Thomas Pynchon and the Dark Passages of History, as well as Don DeLillo: The Physics of Language and Trailing Clouds: Immigrant Writing in Contemporary America. He is completing Tribe of Pyn, a book on literary generations in the postmodern period.

    Chris Goto-Jones is Professor of Comparative Philosophy & Political Thought at Leiden University and a ‘VICI’ laureate of the Netherlands Organization for Scientific Research (NWO). He is series editor ofPolitical Arts (Bloomsbury Academic). At present, he is principal researcher of a 5-year project to analyze the contributions of visual, interactive, and performance culture to political philosophy in Japan and East Asia. The current article emerges from that project. He has published widely in the fields of political thought and comparative philosophy, including Political Philosophy in Japan (2005) and Re-Politicising the Kyoto School as Philosophy (2008). His next book is about the politics of magic and orientalism (forthcoming with Cambridge University Press, 2015).

    David Herman is Professor of the Engaged Humanities in the Department of English Studies at Durham University, UK. The author of Storytelling and the Sciences of Mind (MIT Press, 2013), Basic Elements of Narrative (Wiley-Blackwell, 2009), and other books, and guest-editor of the Fall 2014 special issue of Modern Fiction Studies on “Animal Worlds in Modern Fiction,” he is currently exploring ways to connect ideas from narrative studies with work in a range of fields concerned with animals and human-animal relationships.

    David Marriott is Professor in the History of Consciousness Department, University of California, Santa Cruz. His books include In Neuter (Equipage, Cambridge, 2014), Haunted Life: Visual Culture and Black Modernity (Rutgers University Press, 2007), and The Bloods (Shearsman Books, 2008). He is writing a book on the work and afterlife of Frantz Fanon. This essay derives from a current series of essays on black visual culture (another related essay, “Waiting to Fall,” appeared in New Centennial Review 13.3, Winter 2013).

    Carey Mickalites is Associate Professor of English and Coordinator of Literary and Cultural Studies at the University of Memphis. His first book, Modernism and Market Fantasy: British Fictions of Capital, 1910 – 1939, was published in 2012. His current book project, Palimpsests of the Now, examines how recent British fiction dialectically engages twentieth-century history in defining “the contemporary.”

    Jason Read is Associate Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern Maine. He is the author of The Micro-Politics of Capital: Marx and the Prehistory of the Present (SUNY 2003) and The Politics of Transindividuality (Brill/Haymarket, forthcoming).

    Heidi Scott is Assistant Professor of English at Florida International University, where she teaches Ecocriticism and British Romanticism. She is the author of Chaos and Cosmos: Literary Roots of Modern Ecology in the British Nineteenth Century (Penn State, 2014) and articles on the interfaces between literature and science.
     

  • Notes on Contributors

    Ulka Anjaria
    Ulka Anjaria is Associate Professor of English at Brandeis University. She is the author of Realism in the Twentieth-Century Indian Novel: Colonial Difference and Literary Form (Cambridge University Press, 2012) and editor of A History of the Indian Novel in English (Cambridge University Press, under contract). Her articles have appeared in Novel: A Forum on Fiction, Journal of South Asian Popular Culture andModern Fiction Studies (forthcoming). She won an ACLS/Charles A. Ryskamp Research Fellowship in 2014 to work on contemporary turns towards realism in Indian literature and film.
     
    Étienne Balibar
    Étienne Balibar is Professor Emeritus at Université de Paris X Nanterre, and teaches at Columbia University and Kingston University, London. He has published in Marxist philosophy and moral and political philosophy in general. His works include: Lire le Capital (with Louis Althusser, Pierre Macherey, Jacques Rancière, Roger Establet, and F. Maspero) (1965); Spinoza et la politique (1985); Nous, citoyens d’Europe? Les frontières, l’État, le peuple (2001); Politics and the Other Scene (2002); L’Europe, l’Amérique, la Guerre. Réflexions sur la mediation européenne (2003); Europe, Constitution, Frontière (2005); La proposition de l’égaliberté (2010) and Violence et Civilité (2010).
     
    Fred Botting
    Fred Botting is Professor of English Literature and a member of the London Graduate School at Kingston University, London. He has written on cultural theory and horror fiction and film. His books include Gothic(Routledge 2013), Limits of Horror (Manchester UP, 2008) and Gothic Romanced (Routledge, 2008).
     
    K. Lorraine Graham
    K. Lorraine Graham is the author of Terminal Humming, from Edge Books, and has a second collection forthcoming from Coconut Books in 2015. She has taught digital media and creative writing at UCSD, California State University San Marcos, and the Corcoran College of Art And Design. She lives in Washington, DC.
     
    Judith Goldman
    Judith Goldman is the author of Vocoder (Roof 2001), DeathStar/rico-chet (O Books 2006), and l.b.; or, catenaries (Krupskaya 2011). She co-edited the annual journal War and Peace with Leslie Scalapino from 2005-2009 and is currently Poetry Feature Editor for Postmodern Culture. She was the Holloway Poet at University of California, Berkeley in Fall 2011 and is currently Assistant Professor in the Poetics Program at the University at Buffalo.
     
    Martin McQuillan
    Martin McQuillan is Professor of Literary Theory and Cultural Analysis, and Dean of Arts and Social Sciences at Kingston University, where he is also Co-Director of the London Graduate School. He has published works of literary theory and the philosophical analysis of contemporary culture, including Deconstruction after 9/11 and Deconstruction without Derrida.
     
    Ruth Salvaggio
    Ruth Salvaggio, Professor of English and Comparative Literature at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, is the author of several books, most recently Hearing Sappho in New Orleans: The Call of Poetry from Congo Square to the Ninth Ward (LSU Press, 2012), and essays on environmental disaster, poetics, and imagination.
     
    Russell Sbriglia
    Russell Sbriglia is Adjunct Assistant Professor of English at the University of Rochester, where he teaches courses in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century American literature. His book, The Night of the World: American Romanticism and the Materiality of Transcendence, will appear as part of the “Diaeresis” series at Northwestern University Press, and he is also at work on an edited collection entitled “Everything You Always Wanted to Know about Literature but Were Afraid to Ask Žižek.”
     
    Jordan Alexander Stein
    Jordan Stein teaches in the English department at Fordham University. Among his publications is the co-edited volume Early African American Print Culture (Penn UP, 2012).
     
    Samuel Weber
    Samuel Weber is Avalon Professor of Humanities at Northwestern University, and the Director of their Paris Program in Critical Theory. His books include Theatricality as Medium (Fordham UP, 2004), Targets of Opportunity: On the Militarization of Thinking (Fordham UP, 2005), and Benjamin’s-abilities (Harvard UP, 2008).
     
    Simon Morgan Wortham
    Simon Morgan Wortham is Professor of English in the Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences at Kingston University, London. He is co-director of the London Graduate School. His books include Counter-Institutions: Jacques Derrida and the Question of the University (Fordham UP, 2006), Experimenting: Essays with Samuel Weber, co-edited with Gary Hall (Fordham UP, 2007), Encountering Derrida: Legacies and Futures of Deconstruction, co-edited with Allison Weiner (Continuum, 2007), Derrida: Writing Events (Continuum, 2008), The Derrida Dictionary (Continuum, 2010) and The Poetics of Sleep: From Aristotle to Nancy (Bloomsbury, 2013). His book, Modern Thought in Pain: Philosophy, Politics, Psychoanalysis, is forthcoming from Edinburgh University Press (2014).
     
    Catherine Zuromskis
    Catherine Zuromskis is Associate Professor of Art History at the University of New Mexico. She is the author of Snapshot Photography: The Lives of Images (MIT Press, 2013) and The Factory (La Fabrica, 2012), a catalog for the exhibition From the Factory to the World: Photography and the Warhol Community which she also curated as part of PhotoEspaña 2012. Her writings on photography and American art and visual culture have appeared in The Velvet Light Trap, Art Journal, Criticism, American Quarterly, and the anthologies Photography: Theoretical Snapshots (Routledge, 2008) and Oil Culture (forthcoming from University of Minnesota Press).
     

  • Notes on Contributors

    Jason M. Baskin is Assistant Professor of English at University of Wyoming, where he specializes in modern and contemporary literature and critical theory. He is completing a book about embodiment and aesthetics in late modernist literature. His essays have appeared in Cultural Critique and Mediations: A Journal of the Marxist Literary Group.
     
    Ulrik Ekman is Associate Professor at the Department of Arts and Cultural Studies, University of Copenhagen. Ekman’s main research interests are in cybernetics and ICT, the network society, new media art, critical design and aesthetics, as well as recent cultural theory. He is the head of the Nordic research network “The Culture of Ubiquitous Information,” with more than 150 participating researchers. Ekman is currently involved in the publication of Ubiquitous Computing, Complexity and Culture (Routledge, forthcoming 2015), a comprehensive anthology treating the question whether and how the development of network societies with a third wave of computing may have brought about the emergence of a new kind of technocultural complexity. Ekman’s publications include “Of the Untouchability of Embodiment I: Rafael Lozano-Hemmer’s Relational Architectures,” in C-Theory (2012); “Irreducible Vagueness: Augmented Worldmaking in Diller & Scofidio’s Blur Building,” in Postmodern Culture 19.2; and “Of Transductive Speed – Stiegler,” in Parallax 13.4. He is also the editor of Throughout: Art and Culture Emerging with Ubiquitous Computing (MIT Press, 2013).
     
    Gregory Flaxman is an Associate Professor in the Department of English and Comparative Literature and the Director of Global Cinema Studies at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. He is the author of Gilles Deleuze and the Fabulation of Philosophy (University of Minnesota Press, 2011) and the editor of The Brain is the Screen (University of Minnesota Press, 2010). His latest book (coauthored with Robert Sinnerbrink and Lisa Trahair) on “cinematic thinking” will be published by Edinburgh University Press in 2014.
     
    Janis Butler Holm is Associate Professor of English at Ohio University. Her prose, poems, and performance pieces have appeared in small-press, national, and international magazines. Her plays have been produced in the U.S., Canada, and England.
     
    David Kaufmann teaches literature at George Mason University. His most recent book, Telling Stories: Philip Guston’s Later Work, appeared in 2010. He has just completed the manuscript of Other People’s Words: Subjectivity and Expression in Uncreative Writing.
     
    Jacques Lezra is Professor of Comparative Literature and Spanish at New York University. His most recent book is Wild Materialism: The Ethic of Terror and the Modern Republic (2010; Spanish translation, 2012; Chinese translation, 2013). With Emily Apter and Michael Wood, he is the co-editor of Dictionary of Untranslatables (Fr. Vocabulaire européen des philosophies). He is the author of articles on “The Futures of Comparative Literature,” Shakespeare’s Measure for Measure, on Adorno’s monsters, on Cervantes, on contemporary and early modern translation theories and practices, on Freud, Althusser, Woolf, and other topics. With Paul North, Lezra edits the Fordham University Press book series IDIOM.
     
    David Rokeby is an independent artist living in Toronto. His early work Very Nervous System (1982-1991) pioneered interactive art, translating physical gestures into real-time interactive sound environments. It was presented at the Venice Biennale in 1986, and was awarded a Prix Ars Electronica Award of Distinction for Interactive Art in 1991. Several of his works address digital surveillance, including “Taken” (2002), and “Sorting Daemon” (2003). Other works engage in a critical examination of the differences between human and artificial intelligence. The Giver of Names (1991-) and n-cha(n)t (2001) are artificial subjective entities, provoked by objects or spoken words in their immediate environment to formulate sentences and speak them aloud. David Rokeby has exhibited and lectured extensively in the Americas, Europe and Asia. His awards include a Governor General’s Award in Visual and Media Arts (2002), a Prix Ars Electronica Golden Nica for Interactive Art (2002), and a British Academy of Film and Television Arts “BAFTA” award in Interactive art (2000).
     
    Leif Sorensen teaches twentieth and twenty-first century American literature at Colorado State University. His published and forthcoming work includes essays on ethnic writers of the modernist era, pulp fiction, early Tejano radio, Colson Whitehead, and Nalo Hopkinson in American Literature, Contemporary Literature, Modernism/Modernity, African American Review, MELUS, and Genre. He is completing a book on the recovery of multiethnic modernism and the development of literary multiculturalism in the U.S.
     
    Patricia Vettel-Becker is Professor of Art History at Montana State University Billings. She is the author of Shooting from the Hip: Photography, Masculinity and Postwar America (University of Minnesota Press, 2005) and has published articles in American Art, Art Journal, Genders, Men & Masculinities, American Studies, and Frontiers: A Journal of Women Studies. She is currently working on a book addressing femininity and visual culture in the 1960s.
     
    Jeffrey Wallen is the Dean of Humanities, Arts, and Cultural Studies and Professor of Comparative Literature at Hampshire College, in Amherst, Massachusetts. He is the author of Closed Encounters: Literary Politics and Public Culture (University of Minnesota Press, 1998), and has published on nineteenth- and twentieth-century European literature and culture, on biography and literary portraiture, on Holocaust Studies and Berlin Jewish history, and on debates about education. He is currently working on a study of the archive in contemporary thought and art.
     

  • Beckett in Times of Crisis

    Jeffrey Wallen (bio)

    Hampshire College

    jwHA@hampshire.edu

     

    A review of Lance Duerfahrd, The Work of Poverty: Samuel Beckett’s Vagabonds and the Theater of Crisis.  Columbus: Ohio State UP, 2013.

    Why does Beckett’s play Waiting for Godot have such resonance when performed in extreme circumstances? Why does a play in which little happens, and which offers little hope for transformation, have such strong “emotive appeal” when performed for those locked in prisons for long sentences, for those undergoing the siege of Sarajevo, or suffering from the hurricane, flood damage, and inadequate government response in New Orleans? Why does a play that is not overtly political or “committed,” and that does not put forth a prospect for change, illuminate the conditions in which it is performed (the prison, the city in crisis) in ways that the plays of Brecht would not?
     
    Lance Duerfahrd’s The Work of Poverty: Samuel Beckett’s Vagabonds and the Theater of Crisis provides illuminating and multilayered responses to these questions, as it develops an understanding of Beckett’s writing as “destitute art,” a work of elimination, subtraction, and depletion, an “impoverished aesthetic.” At the center of this lively, engaging, and well-researched study are chapters that explore the performances of Waiting for Godot in prisons (most famously San Quentin, but several others around the world as well) and in places of civil catastrophe (Susan Sontag’s performance of Godot in Sarajevo, Paul Chan’s in New Orleans). These first two chapters open up our understanding of this much discussed play, deftly exploring several ways in which the play and the situations it is performed in illuminate each other. The second half turns to some of Beckett’s prose works, focusing on the figure of the vagabond, and on reader response. How do we confront “the indigence of Beckett’s work and respond to its needfulness without substituting something of value in its place?” (10). The book concludes with a brief discussion of Duerfahrd’s own staging of Waiting for Godot in Zucotti Park during Occupy Wall Street.
     
    The Work of Poverty opens with a short introduction that incisively juxtaposes the work of Beckett and Brecht (a juxtaposition that was central for Adorno) and wonderfully analyzes Brecht’s own rarely discussed efforts, very late in his life, to rewrite (to produce a Gegenentwurf of) Waiting for Godot. Brecht’s attempt to rework the dialogue hit an impasse, and he decided instead to recontextualize it, preserving Beckett’s words but projecting cinematic footage of social revolutions behind the actors. Duerfahrd writes, “Brecht understands something crucial in his effort to elicit meaning from Beckett: though too poor to instantiate a reality, Godot demands juxtaposition to one. The condition of need on Beckett’s stage exerts a radiant effect over contiguous spaces” (4). This discussion serves to set up Duerfahrd’s larger point that the performances of Godot in prisons and in Sarajevo and New Orleans are not footnotes to the play’s performance history, not deviant or aberrant performances (and Beckett was notoriously restrictive in allowing productions that took license with his work, altering the text or even stage directions), but rather are essential for understanding Beckett’s “aesthetic of poverty.” Duerfahrd claims, “The response of the flood evacuee, the inmate, and the siege victim help us engage the play’s drastic address. As I will show, these audiences’ reception illuminate waiting, structures of the waiting process, names for waiting, and the awaited” (6). For the inmate, with plentiful experience of impoverishment and destitution, and certainly of waiting, the play is not the type of mimetic representation that it is for the theatergoer in New York or Paris.
     
    The first chapter, exploring the production history of Godot in various prisons, and Beckett’s own involvement with some of these productions as well as his interactions with prisoners, is the most wide ranging and provocative part of the book. It contains fascinating material, including information gleaned from Duerfahrd’s own discussions with Rick Cluchey, who first saw Godot as an inmate in San Quentin and later became friends with Beckett and acted in several of his plays. Particularly interesting is a biographical anecdote about Beckett’s writing space in an apartment of his that looked out at the Santé Prison, and his communication in Morse code with an inmate across the way. In each part of the book, Duerfahrd articulates several key ideas for grasping Beckett’s texts, and here he identifies four aspects of Waiting for Godot that invite “prisoners to relocate the performers and performance within their predicament . . . exposure, routine, closed space, and the movement on Beckett’s stage” (16). This chapter skirts the risk of presenting the prison performances of Godot as the genuine staging of Beckett (all else is mere theater) and the prisoners as having special access to the play (as with Althusser’s suggestion that members of the working class can grasp Marx’s Capital more easily than bourgeois intellectuals). Duerfahrd’s arguments never come close to this reductionist endpoint. Rather, Duerfahrd continually gives us counter-interpretations—not (yet another) new perspective, or the revelation of hidden or essential meanings that are covered over by conventional theatrical contexts, but persistent reframings of the concepts and terms that structure our understanding of the play.
     
    Duerfahrd writes, “The play takes great measures to keep the characters’ thinking from coagulating into knowledge, something for either us or them to know” (55), and he elaborates this idea by examining the prisoners’ responses to the play:
     

    [T]he prisoners raise some of the fundamental questions about the play, not in an essay or review but by hurling the questions at the play itself and at the character on stage: What is a performance of thinking? What knowledge (useful or otherwise) is rendered by the characters? How de we separate blather and thinking? When does the thinking on stage become our own thought? (55)

     
    Duerfahrd’s own writing proceeds by elegantly hurling and tenaciously addressing such questions. Nothing here feels cranked out, or written to meet the demands of producing a book for tenure. Rather, there is a strong effort throughout to pose questions that clearly matter to him, and also to engage an audience.
     
    At the heart of this book is a dynamic questioning that moves between the work and the conditions in which it is received. The second chapter focuses on two well publicized productions of Godot in “crisis” situations—Sontag’s during the Bosnian war and Chan’s in the aftermath of the flooding and destruction in the Ninth Ward of New Orleans. Duerfahrd writes:
     

    History conspires to turn the description of a city under siege into a synopsis of Beckett’s play. Abandonment, hunger, the limit of the bearable, life without assurance: uncannily these are the fundamental terms for any analysis of Godot. It suggests that Sarajevo had become a living paraphrase for the play Sontag brings to the city. . . As with the inmates, it is not a question of what the Sarajevans see in the play but of how they experience a feeling of affirmation because the play sees (understands, anticipates) the audience.  (67-8).

     
    This chapter develops increasingly nuanced probings of the interplay between abandonment and affirmation. Not unlike the play itself, Duerfahrd keeps pressure on the particular descriptions and analyses he puts forth:
     

    Godot begins by announcing that nothing is to be done. What it performs is all that must be undone, a diligently negative labor. It undoes the questions through which we coercively ferret out the practical value of the artwork. It requires us to rethink the use value of theater. Godot achieves this not by reasserting its utility but by belaboring, even tiring out, all the variations on this question of “Why?” (74)

     
    A similar critical movement is at work in Duerfahrd’s description and critique of Sontag’s staging of the play. In discussing Sontag’s decision to make her performance of the play one act rather than two, Duerfahrd explains what he thinks Sontag gets wrong about aspects of the play, offers a critique of some of the main criticisms directed by others at Sontag’s production, and then uses Sontag’s (and Chan’s) productions to push further against our notions of “context.” These productions become essential for understanding both something further about the play and about the world we live in. Duerfahrd does not proceed towards an interpretation that would be the best one, threading the needle between the various positions he analyzes, but rather unsettles and rethinks the standpoints from which we would generate our own critiques.
     
    The concluding pages of the chapter are especially insightful, exploring how the “image made by Godot in Sarajevo and New Orleans differs starkly from images of the respective disasters disseminated through television and other media” (110). Duerfahrd’s discussion of the weaknesses of Robert Polidori’s After the Flood and Chris Jordan’s In Katrina’s Wake demonstrates a striking visual awareness that in turn highlights what Sontag and Chan achieved. In contrast to the photographs—in which “this stocktaking is made literal while it becomes the mourning of lost property . . . the name brand emerges here as a life raft for our perception” (110)—Sontag’s and Chan’s performances
     

    enact a subtraction process directed at the remnants allotted to the stage. . . By means of vagabonds speaking in rage and irritability about the “enough,” Beckett produces images insufficient unto themselves, which echo (rather than merely indict) the absence of Godot. (111)

     
    Duerfahrd’s writing is often animated by such striking and memorable sentences, which complicate as much as they illustrate the point that is being made (“These performances absorb the environment beyond space of audience and stage, not like a sponge but like a concussion” [106]).
     
    The second half of the book is less compelling, though still rewarding. It offers readings of selected prose works by Beckett that elaborate various forms and figures of poverty (the vagabond, indigence) and provides a more standard contribution to the already enormous mass of Beckett criticism (of which Duerfahrd amply demonstrates his awareness and grasp). The third chapter centers on a discussion of the “vagabond” and on Molloy (really, Molloy, the subject of the first half of that book). While filled with sharp insights, the subtle yet forceful dynamics of the earlier chapters are stripped down here, and the larger tension isn’t sufficiently worked through: the emphasis on the “vagabond” reinforces a reliance on some form of subjectivity even as the analysis traces its dismantlement.
     
    The last full chapter addresses the role of the reader and asks, “What is an impoverished reading of Beckett?” If a key task in grasping an “aesthetics of poverty” is to avoid moving from poverty to aesthetics, from lack to value, how are we to avoid in turn transmogrifying lack into a positive category? Duerfahrd acutely explains the ways Bersani and Dutoit’s analysis of How It Is seems “to cancel the poverty of Beckett’s work,” and he offers strong alternatives to their interpretation of the narrator as “a kind of stopping point for voices” and “a collecting depot for all the words” (160). Yet his own critique seems to endow the work with a transformative and thereby redemptive power: “Beckett’s impoverished syntax makes us, as readers, into beggars. The nonrelation between terms on the page forces our eye to take a vagrant itinerant path rather than obeying a syntactic regularity” (159). Do Beckett’s texts really have such an “impoverishing” power, turning us into beggars, vagrants, itinerants (we who are also immersed in the scholarly discourse about Beckett)? And if they do, wouldn’t this be the ultimate sign of their richness? Even if these tensions are not fully worked through, the sophistication and liveliness of the interpretations push the reader to confront the trajectories of lack, reduction, and impoverishment that Duerfahrd establishes. This chapter fittingly ends with a discussion of Beckett’s late Worstward Ho, brilliantly reading it as a response to Shakespeare’s King Lear.
     
    In the “Afterword,” Duerfahrd writes that each “performance of Godot in this book assaults theatrical decorum in its unique way, breaching the line between the play and its surroundings” (188-9). This describes the power of The Work of Poverty as well—a book that works to disturb if not assault some of the boundary lines that regulate academic discourse, even as it makes a substantial and important contribution to Beckett scholarship.

    Jeffrey Wallen is the Dean of Humanities, Arts, and Cultural Studies and Professor of Comparative Literature at Hampshire College, in Amherst, Massachusetts. He is the author of Closed Encounters: Literary Politics and Public Culture (University of Minnesota Press, 1998), and has published on nineteenth- and twentieth-century European literature and culture, on biography and literary portraiture, on Holocaust Studies and Berlin Jewish history, and on debates about education. He is currently working on a study of the archive in contemporary thought and art.
     

  • Photography in Theory and Everyday Life

    Patricia Vettel-Becker­ (bio)

    Montana State University, Billings

    pvbecker@msubillings.edu

     

    A review of Catherine Zuromskis, Snapshot Photography: The Lives of Images. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2013.

    What typically escapes interpretation and analysis is the commonplace. This is certainly true of snapshot photography, a practice so ubiquitous that we take it for granted. Long dismissed by art historians as unworthy of aesthetic consideration, snapshot photography has only recently captured the attention of visual culture scholars, who have begun to examine snapshot images as both personal artifacts and cultural documents. In Snapshot Photography: The Lives of Images, Catherine Zuromskis sets out to explore the genre “as a public and political form of visual expression in the United States in the latter half of the twentieth century” (10). Zuromskis argues that because the “social life” of snapshot photography resides in both the private and public realms—in that its images are intended for family and friends, yet are consumed through conventional codes—the genre uniquely lends itself to a sense of communal belonging, and thus has the potential to aid the construction of alternative group identities. She introduces this argument by juxtaposing two images: a tourist snapshot of a little girl standing in front of the White House, and a snapshot of a group of drag queens photographing each other’s performances of femininity. The first snapshot reinforces convention, and the second subverts it, albeit by invoking the conventions it subverts.
     
    Zuromskis devotes the book’s first chapter to defining the genre of snapshot photography. The following four chapters are then organized around a series of case studies that seek to elucidate this definition.  Zuromskis’s first chapter is the most important in the volume, for defining snapshot photography is not as straightforward a task as it may seem. After all, any photograph could be considered a “snap.” Theorizing the genre as both a set of “image-objects” and cultural practices, Zuromskis addresses the production of snapshots, as well as their display, exchange, editing, and ownership. Although she carefully nuances the difficulties involved in defining the genre, her lack of a conclusive definition creates difficulties for her argumentation throughout the book. Her use of the term “vernacular” often overlaps with that of “snapshot,” whereas in the book’s introduction, Zuromskis describes a snapshot as a photograph taken by an “amateur” and “made for use within the private sphere of the … family” (2). Yet this definition does not hold in the cases of the photographs featured in the book’s last two chapters, taken by artists Andy Warhol and Nan Goldin, nor does it apply to many of the photographs included in the Family of Man exhibition discussed in Chapter Three—especially those taken by professional photojournalists and produced for public consumption.
     
    Despite these inconsistencies, Zuromskis’s first chapter makes a very important contribution to critical photography discourse: it argues against the longstanding notion of photography as an inherently aggressive act in which the photographer exercises power over what is photographed. This formulation, most closely associated with Susan Sontag’s influential book On Photography (1973), has undergirded feminist arguments about photography’s masculine gaze for decades. Zuromskis raises the possibility of a more intimate and shared (or shifting) power dynamic within the genre of the snapshot, and notes the snapshot’s potential to record one’s own vision of oneself and of history.
     
    The book’s five chapters stand brilliantly on their own. One might argue that they collectively function to define snapshot photography according to the contradictions that, as Zuromskis puts it, “lie at the heart of snapshot culture” (111). For example, in Chapter Two, Zuromskis posits “snapshot culture,” as rendered in the 2002 film One-Hour Photo and the long-running television series Law and Order: SVU, as combining the idealism of American family values with the forces that threaten to corrupt these values, through a process she cleverly terms “snapshot perversion” (93).  Zuromskis attempts to define snapshot photography not by its “essence,” but by that which undermines its perceived qualities, reinforcing Roland Barthes’s notion that “the photograph shows us everything and nothing” (111).  Although we may accept the “truthfulness” of the photographic image due to its indexical quality, we can have no such certainty about the photographer’s motivations and intentions. Here Zuromskis begins to build her argument about the “malleability” of snapshot photography—its potential use as a means to fashion alternative modes of “sociability and personal gratification” (111).
     
    In the book’s third chapter, Zuromskis turns to the inclusion of snapshot photography in museums, explaining that the institutional framework both “valorize[s]” snapshots and negates their “particular cultural relevance” (120), an argument that has long been made with respect to other visual artifacts not produced with the modern Euro-American notion of “art” in mind. In this discussion, Zuromskis focuses on a range of exhibitions: The Family of Man (1955) and The Photographer’s Eye (1962) at the Museum of Modern Art in New York; Snapshots (1998) at the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art; Other Pictures (2000) at the Metropolitan Museum of Art; Close to Home (2004) at the J. Paul Getty Museum; and Picturing What Matters: An Offering of Photographs (2002-2003) at the George Eastman House International Museum of Photography and Film. Not surprisingly, she concludes that it is only the latter—the one exhibition launched by a museum dedicated solely to photographic media—that does justice to the genre. By foregoing the modernist emphasis on the rarified print and the individual artist or collector, Zuromskis argues, the Eastman Museum achieved the “revolutionary” aim of publicly displaying personal snapshots without curatorial mediation, even though the exhibition through which it did so was largely “unintelligible” to its audience (178).
     
    In Chapters Four and Five, Zuromskis analyzes Andy Warhol and Nan Goldin’s uses of the “snapshot aesthetic,” testing her hypothesis that the genre can be used to form communal alternative identities. For both artists, she argues, snapshooting was performative, a “social” act that allowed them to document their interactions with members of their inner circles, and ultimately to create what Michael Warner has termed “counterpublics” (Zuromskis 211).  Although Goldin is primarily known as a photographer, Zuromskis reminds us that Warhol is not, despite the fact that he was a prolific snapshooter and that photographic images were central to his artistic practice. Unlike “art” photographers who privilege the refined print and the aesthetics of detachment, Warhol preferred the low-tech print and the suggestion of physical and emotional intimacy. What distinguishes Warhol, Zuromskis argues, is his “queering of the snapshot,” his ability to appropriate a genre embedded in the private domestic realm and publicly politicize it (209). Likewise Goldin, whom Zuromskis characterizes as Warhol’s “heir apparent” (240), rejects the postmodern emphasis on detachment and instead photographs her countercultural community “‘inspired by love’” (241). For Goldin, what is most appealing about the snapshot aesthetic is that it lends itself to the creation and validation of a personal history, as demonstrated in her groundbreaking 1980s slide show, The Ballad of Sexual Dependency. However, by the time she exhibits Sisters, Saints, and Sibyls in 2007, Zuromskis argues, “Goldin … sees the snapshot for what it is: at once a liberatory mode of constructing human relations and a tool of repressive normalcy, a device for constructing and reinscribing cultural mythologies” (306). As Zuromskis explains in the title for Chapter Five, it is at this moment in Goldin’s oeuvre that the genre reaches “the limits of photographic possibility.”
     
    In a short conclusion, Zuromskis raises the question that has remained implicit since its brief mention in her introduction: about the impact of the rise of digital photography on “snapshot culture.” In short, her answer is “not much.” Social exchange and the documentation of specific events are still snapshot photography’s primary functions, whether they are achieved on film or digitally. Thus the conventions and meanings of the genre remain consistent; they are merely accelerated, and rendered more accessible, immediate, and even liberating, through new technologies and media venues. Zuromskis’s “Conclusion: Afterlife” may be brief, but I agree with her that it is appropriate to leave many questions unanswered, as we have not yet acquired the critical distance to effectively analyze the shift from analog to digital. There is little doubt, however, that a major concern will be the question of indexicality, and the possible erosion of belief in  photography’s claim that what it pictures once was.
     
    Zuromskis does not provide us with a history of snapshot photography, but rather with an insightful examination of this under-theorized genre. Consequently, her book will undoubtedly make its greatest impact on the field of photography theory—not on art (or even photography) history, which traditionally build narratives based on archival and other forms of primary evidence. Besides the photographs themselves, Zuromskis’s sources are almost exclusively other cultural theorists and critics; she very convincingly positions her argument within the theoretical and critical frameworks established by such figures as Walter Benjamin, Roland Barthes, Pierre Bourdieu, Geoffrey Batchen, Michel de Certeau, Douglas Crimp, Lauren Berlant, Abigail Solomon-Godeau, and of course Sontag. Her narrative is most compelling when she provides her own analysis of photographs and other visual media. This is particularly true of her work on One-Hour Photo and Law and Order: SVU, projects that, like snapshots, seem quite superficial, but which are revealed, through Zuromskis’s astute analysis, to be rich sources for understanding cultural values and behaviors—perhaps more so than visual artifacts produced for a narrow audience, such as an art world public.
     
    Snapshot Photography raises as many questions as it attempts to answer. For instance, in whose scholarly domain do these image-objects reside? Art historians and visual culture specialists have the acquired skills to closely “read” images, yet they tend to aestheticize these images, and thus risk their decontextualization, as Zuromskis reminds us in her analysis of museum-exhibited snapshot photography. Such scholars and critics often focus on “high” art dignitaries, such as Warhol and Goldin, whose visual artifacts may reveal less about broader cultural leanings than those produced by the rest of us. We might also consider how successful Warhol and Goldin actually were at producing alternative modes of social belonging, especially once their photographs were subsumed by art’s institutional context. This fate has even befallen Warhol’s personal snapshots, including his Polaroids and photomatons, many of which were disseminated to museums and galleries by the Warhol Foundation after the artist’s death, along with strict stipulations as to how they are to be framed and exhibited. Perhaps the answer to the enduring mystery of photography, which has exercised a powerful hold on us since it first appeared almost 200 years ago, lies in its personal and banal appearances, rather than in the museum or fine art print. Snapshot Photography takes us a step further towards unraveling this mystery, helping us understand the important role these image-objects play in the practice of everyday life.
     

    Patricia Vettel-Becker is Professor of Art History at Montana State University Billings. She is the author of Shooting from the Hip: Photography, Masculinity and Postwar America (University of Minnesota Press, 2005) and has published articles in American Art, Art Journal, Genders, Men & Masculinities, American Studies, and Frontiers: A Journal of Women Studies. She is currently working on a book addressing femininity and visual culture in the 1960s.

     

    Works Cited

    • Warner, Michael. Publics and Counterpublics. New York: Zone Books, 2002.  Print.
  • Interpellation Revisited: Gina Osterloh’s Group Dynamic

    Janis Butler Holm (bio)

    Ohio University

    holm@ohio.edu

     

    A review of Gina Osterloh, Group Dynamic. Los Angeles: Los Angeles Contemporary Exhibitions, 2013.

    Group Dynamic is a brief but intensive introduction to the work of Gina Osterloh, a Los Angeles-based artist best known for her photographs of meticulously crafted room-sized sets with partially obscured figures that flout the conventions of portraiture. The occasion for the book is Osterloh’s three-month residency at LACE (Los Angeles Contemporary Exhibitions) in 2012, during which, at the invitation of curators Carol A. Stakenas and Robert Crouch, she moved her studio to the main gallery, there to engage visitors in both her process and her completed work. Group Dynamic includes an interview with the artist, a detailed account of her video installation Pulling Apart Voice, and contextualizing essays by art historians Kris Cohen and Matthew Thompson. Aptly designed by UCLA’s Willem Henri Lucas, this compact monograph features foldout color photographs and smaller black-and-white images of both work in progress and finished compositions.
     
    Osterloh’s cross-platform project, fully titled Group Dynamic and Improper Light, amplifies and extends her exploration of the cognitive and perceptual operations by which we identify objects–and human bodies in particular. At the beginning of her residency, she built a large wooden set, lining the walls and floor with hand-striped paper in a neutral shade. Inviting gallery visitors to position themselves in front of cardboard, she traced their shadows and cut out their silhouettes, later covering these with the same striped paper. Osterloh then experimented with various groupings of the cutouts within the papered “room,” photographing the final assemblages with a four-by-five-inch large-format camera. In the resulting group and individual portraits, the patterned figures mimic their patterned environment. While their edges are discernible, figure-ground contrast is muted, such that visual recognition is slightly delayed.
     
    In this moment of visual hesitation, the viewer becomes conscious of what is ordinarily a very rapid and unconscious process: distinguishing objects in the field of view by way of familiar optical cues. By intentionally withholding some of these cues, Osterloh impedes the interpretive process and calls attention to how representational practices guide our understanding of photographed bodies. In traditional portraiture, figures are typically foregrounded and centered, facing the viewer. Backgrounds provide color contrast, and faces are sharply focused. Standard lighting plans bring out facial detail and control shadows. Expression, posture, and gesture may be staged to suggest mood or personality. And clothing and other props provide selective information about the figures and their social contexts. As Cohen observes in his essay on Osterloh’s earlier work, “The conventions of photographic portraiture accommodate, even coddle, the act of looking” (20). Interpretation and identification are rapid because specific expectations are already in play.
     
    In photographs leading up to those produced at LACE, Osterloh has progressively decentered the human figure through a number of bold antiportrait strategies. In early self-portraits, her face is turned away from the camera or hidden by her hair, or her eyes and mouth are covered by paper ovals. Her clothing frequently matches the color or pattern of her set, and in some photographs only parts of her body are visible. Gradually replacing the human figure with faceless papier-maché models and then faceless cardboard cut-outs, Osterloh has moved increasingly toward abstraction; in recent work, her backgrounds seem almost to absorb the shapes before them. As the artist indicates in her interview with Michelle Dizon, “I consider the backdrops active and having as equal a presence as the figure” (8). Without the focalizing effects of sharp contrast and “proper” light, her photographs resist the patterns of inference that most viewers–including artists and critics–customarily employ. As one of her LACE curators has confessed, he initially found the work quite perplexing. “I could not figure it out at all,” Crouch has said. “I found it really confusing but in a good way” (qtd. in Mizota).
     
    In her interview, Osterloh explains that she wants her work to raise questions, including “what is the line between formlessness and recognition of a body?” (7). Citing Roland Barthes’s Camera Lucida, she reminds us that recognition of the other occurs through difference, and it is in the manipulation of difference–particularly in the removal of expected differences–that she draws attention to how identity is articulated in the photographic realm. But Osterloh’s work is much more than an academic exercise in challenging the status quo. As one who has lived with the consequences of racial difference, the artist has a personal interest in interrupting what she terms the “call-and-response process” of identification: “Growing up in Ohio with mixed race parents, there was a literal calling out to me in school, ‘Hey, are you white or black?’” (10). From her perspective, the partly camouflaged figures of her photographs signal a resistance to the assignment of reductive social categories.
     
    With Pulling Apart Voice, the three-channel video installation that accompanied the striped set and photographs described above, the call-and-response process and its interruption are literally enacted by human speakers. Seven actors have taken turns articulating basic calls (“Hey, you,” “Hi,” “How are you?”) and select responses (“Fine,” “Good,” “Yes,” “No”). The calls play on a central monitor while the responses play on either side. These familiar words and phrases do not mimic the rhythms of everyday speech but are, as Osterloh explains, “slowed down, pulled apart, stuttered, articulated, and repeated” (15). The actors’ scripts (included in Group Dynamic) indicate how many seconds are to be spent audibly breathing, articulating beginning consonants and vowels, and pronouncing entire words or phrases. The result is not so much a three-part chorus as a series of jazz riffs in slow motion–with irregular timing. At any one time, three actors face the viewer in conventional portrait mode, but the three screens require the spectator to direct her attention without a prior sense of where to look or whom to follow.
     
    By using multiple centered figures and by extending the duration of habitual speech acts, Osterloh again engenders a useful uncertainty, calling attention to behavioral norms by way of their absence. Though the words spoken are among the simplest in our daily vocabulary, the “exchanges” of the actors are not conversations as we know them, and “yes” and “no” are not typical replies to “hey, you,” “hi,” and “how are you?” (Does “no” indicate a refusal to respond?) “Fine” and “good” may be perfunctory or even obligatory responses to “how are you?” but may also serve respondents who choose to withhold information. If, as Louis Althusser has suggested, the process of hailing is a process of interpellation, a means of imposing cultural identities through discursive practices, Osterloh’s installation can be seen as modeling her resistance to, and rejection of, some of these practices. Acknowledging that “[i]n terms of subject formation, call-and-response is a perpetual . . . force we all participate in” (10), Osterloh shows that our roles in that dynamic may take unexpected forms.
     
    But if resistance is a primary motivation for her body of work, what is to prevent our seeing her partially obscured figures as emblems of cultural assimilation or of an oppressive invisibility? What is to prevent the slowed speech and repetition of the videos from signifying the unhurried but inexorable forces of dominant practices? The answer, of course, is nothing–and therein lies the strength of Osterloh’s oeuvre to date. The experiences that define human beings, for themselves and for others, are active, passive, surprising, familiar, individual, communal, contradictory, consistent, transgressive, compliant, and so forth, and together form a differential field from which identity emerges. Even as her work is driven by a particular sense of self–that of a resisting self–Osterloh as artist is committed to exploring this differential field. Her concern is not to offer up readymade identities but to provoke us to consider the conditions required for producing identities. In line with this concern, her art does not tell us what it is or how to view it. It leaves us to ponder how we delineate ourselves and one another.

    Janis Butler Holm is Associate Professor of English at Ohio University. Her prose, poems, and performance pieces have appeared in small-press, national, and international magazines. Her plays have been produced in the U.S., Canada, and England.

    Works Cited

    • Mizota, Sharon. “The Space Between: Gina Osterloh’s ‘Shadow’ Residency at LACE.” KCET. KCETLink Productions. 6 Aug. 2012. Web. 22 Apr. 2015.
  • Politics and Ontology

    Gregory Flaxman (bio)

    University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

    gflax@email.unc.edu

     

    A review of Nathan Widder, Political Theory After Deleuze. London: Continuum, 2012.

    It’s no coincidence that Gilles Deleuze’s most sustained discussions of politics dwell on its plurality; politics is not given any clearly denotative sense, nor do we find its determinate abstraction (“the political”), except insofar as particular instantiations give rise to “many politics.” In an eponymous essay, Deleuze begins by explaining, “Whether we are individuals or groups, we are made up of lines,” and he elaborates each line according to a different political dimension (Dialogues 124). The most recognizable and rigid of lines determine our lives according to the institutional segments through which we pass and to which we return (family, school, the military, one’s profession).[1] Nevertheless, these lines are liable to give rise to encounters which detour us into more supple lines, aberrant paths and anomalies (the bourgeois housewife who, by some contingency, confronts the factory: “I thought I was seeing convicts…” [qtd. Negotiations 178]). Finally, Deleuze says, there are lines of flight that carry us beyond the thresholds of both rigid segments and supple movements—delirious and insurgent lines whose destination we cannot predict (“Instead of being bombarded from all sides in a limiting cosmos, the people and the earth must be like the vectors of a cosmos that carries them off” [Thousand 346]).
     
    Given these varied lines, which Deleuze will only divide and multiply, it’s hardly surprising that he never wrote a master-work of political philosophy—no theory of justice, sovereignty, or democracy. Like Nietzsche, he regarded the task of Bildungsphilosophie with suspicion, if not distaste: the earnest questions asked of these “big concepts” and the architectural lines they inspire are grounded in the presupposition of the state-form (above all, the reasonable subject and rational consensus). Forgoing the thick geometry of such segments, Deleuze and Guattari devote themselves to the most slender of lines, the most oppressed but also the most vital, which effectively disappear into molecular movements. From their analysis of the compulsory system of grammatical instruction (“all children are political prisoners”[2]) to their elaboration of Kafka’s political conjecture (“a literature of small peoples”[3]), Deleuze and Guattari affirm the power of what has been subjected to domination—the “minoritarian”—to create forms of life, expression, and politics that elude the stratifications of the state.[4]
     
    Thus it’s strange to read critics who condemn Deleuze as the advocate of a radically totalizing politics when, especially with Guattari, he writes to escape the overcoding elements of the state-form (A Thousand Plateaus notoriously begins by declaring that its “plateaus may be read independently of one another” [xx]). Far from a “grand politique,” Deleuze devises a “micro-politique” that insists on the modesty of power and the multiplication of its lines into ever finer gradients. Politics is capillary, and the same ought to be said of Deleuze’s own “political theory,” which forgoes the model of state-form for the profusion of lines, a garden of forking paths: so many politics! For this reason, the real problem of Deleuze’s political theory has always been: which one? Do we consider Deleuze’s explicit political interventions, such as his devotion to penitentiary reform or the letters he published in protest of Antonio Negri’s imprisonment? Should we begin, instead, with Deleuze’s philosophical interventions into recognizable domains of political theory, where he and Guattari analyze the conditions of the Greek polis or the capitalist state-form? Perhaps we ought to return to the concept of minorization as the revolutionary political project of painting, literature, and then cinema to invent a “people who are missing”? Alternately, we could focus on Deleuze’s devotion to a lineage of “minor philosophers”—above all, Spinoza and Nietzsche—in whom he discovered the most intimate relations between politics and life. Or should we rather start with Deleuze’s enduring engagement with Michel Foucault, from whom he derives a remarkable account of power-knowledge and develops a critique of our new “control society”? Where do we begin?
     
    In Political Theory After Deleuze, his smart and tightly argued new book, Nathan Widder formulates an ingenious solution to the dilemma. In the face of so “many politics,” among which we would otherwise be forced to choose and prioritize, Widder actually turns away from politics stricto sensu to something like an ontology of the political. This is by no means a conventional move, and it has a number of advantages, perhaps the greatest of which to is avoid the question of “which one” by virtue of Deleuze’s concept of univocity—the “one-all.” Like many recent commentators, Widder takes univocity to be the basis for an ontology that displaces the traditional account of being. As he explains, Deleuze produces an “ontology of difference in which what is expressed in a ‘single voice’ is nothing but difference itself” (27). In a sense, Widder affirms Deleuze’s diverse profusion of politics as expressions of the self-same (i.e. univocal) voice: “A single and same voice for the whole thousand-voiced multiple, a single and same Ocean for all the drops, a single clamour of Being for all beings” (Difference 304).
     
    Readers may recognize in this quotation the nominative source of Alain Badiou’s lamentably opportunistic commentary, Deleuze: The Clamor of Being. And it’s worth noting that Widder’s engagement with univocity, going back to an important essay of his, “The Rights of Simulacra: Deleuze and the Univocity of Being” (2001), represents a genuinely rigorous response to Badiou’s bad faith. Widder is rightly regarded as one of the most penetrating and lucid commentators on Deleuze’s metaphysics, and while there may be reasons to resist the equivalence that he reads between this metaphysics and full-blooded ontology, there can be little quarrel with his command of Deleuze’s philosophy or his engagement with the history of philosophy. In his previous writings, Widder has worked through many of the philosophers—Plato, Aristotle, Duns Scotus, Spinoza, Leibniz, Hegel, and Nietzsche—who inform Deleuze’s concept of univocity; and in concise, well-wrought prose he returns to that lineage in this new book. But if the terrain is familiar, the task is different: Widder’s aim here is to leverage Deleuze’s ontology for the purpose of political theory. What does this mean? There are, I think, two discrete (if related) senses in which we can understand this aim. In the first place, as I’ve already said, Widder renders univocity the differential field within which Deleuze’s “many politics” are grasped. In this respect, the “ontology of differences” is also a methodology according to which Widder extends his premise into what might otherwise seem more or less ontologically obvious domains, such as Deleuze’s readings of Nietzsche and Foucault, or his collaboration with Guattari on Capitalism and Schizophrenia.
     
    This approach underwrites the book’s second aim, namely, to demonstrate that Deleuze’s ontology has profound ramifications for political theory, challenging certain assumptions and reorienting others. The time for such a project seems propitious: not only is “Deleuzianism” enjoying a kind of ontological moment but, as Widder suggests, the same can be said of political theory. Thus, the turn to Deleuze’s ontology responds to a broader ontological turn in political theory, and Widder’s first chapter sketches in broad strokes a history of how this has come to pass. The turn itself has been gestating, he says, for some time, but Widder traces its recent efflorescence to the fate of post-war liberalism, perhaps even to a tipping point when the latter’s metaphysical modesty no longer seemed sufficient. “Dominant forms of postwar liberal political thought have frequently conceived the human self in minimalist terms,” Widder explains in the book’s introductory chapter (2). But this effort to avoid metaphysical controversy, emblematized by Rawls’s Theory of Justice, has become the subject of increasing skepticism and critique for having reduced any “thick description” of subjects and objects, thoughts and things, into the narrowest of bandwidths. The injunction to produce an ostensibly universal theory demands the exclusion of other political “levels” (or what I have called other lines). “The ontological turn in political theory has sought to explore these levels,” Widder explains, adding that it “has stretched and revised the terms of political theory in the process” (7).
     
    In this light, Political Theory After Deleuze initially seems to be a species of recent work, particularly notable among Australian philosophers (e.g. Paul Patton, Simon Duffy, and Sean Bowden, among others) dedicated to bridging the divide between Deleuze and the tradition of analytic (or at least Anglo-American) philosophy. But this is not really Widder’s game: while he frames the ontological turn in light of Rawls, his interlocutors—chiefly Judith Butler, William Connolly, Ernesto Laclau, Antonio Negri, and Slavoj Žižek—are by no means analytic philosophers. In other words, Political Theory After Deleuze is addressed to, and seeks to intervene in, what is still loosely called theory (if I’m reluctant to call it political theory, this is due to a disciplinary difference and a terminological discrepancy between England, where Widder is located, and the U.S.).[5] Of course, Deleuze’s philosophy already claims currency among the aforementioned roster of political theorists, and so Widder dispenses with the “need to introduce a Deleuzian perspective” (ix) and, instead, produces a different perspective on Deleuze. Among its many virtues, Widder’s perspective remains a paragon of synthetic clarity: while this is not strictly speaking an introduction to Deleuze, Widder has produced a rigorous introduction to a particular kind of Deleuze. This particularity, which is also the source of the book’s originality, demands a measure of explanation. Widder writes an ontology organized by political theory, no less a political theory conditioned by ontology, and this approach entails specific and even structural decisions. Presumably, if the question of politics were not in play, Widder would have devoted greater space to Spinoza, Bergson, and even Whitehead—that is, philosophers who seem to precipitate Deleuze’s ontological commitment—and less to Nietzsche and Foucault. Likewise, if ontology were taken out of the equation, Widder surely would have devoted greater attention to Deleuze and Guattari’s collaborations (Kafka is never mentioned, and What Is Philosophy? appears somewhat tangentially) and less to his more traditionally philosophical texts.
     
    The important thing to say here is that Widder’s choices concern a thoroughgoing effort to shift the question of politics away from what have been, for some time, the default texts for Deleuze’s political theory: the two volumes of Capitalism and Schizophrenia. The importance of these books, especially in the U.K. and U.S., derives in large part from a history of translation and reception that lent Anti-Oedipus and A Thousand Plateaus prominence (the former, originally published in 1972, appeared in English in 1977, while Difference and Repetition, originally published in 1968, did not appear in translation until 1994). While the two volumes inspired great enthusiasm, often outside philosophy proper, they also inspired rabid criticism. Deleuze and Guattari were cast as poets of liberated and irresponsible desire—Deleuze the beautiful soul and Guattari the avowed anarchist (and, often, the “bad influence”). In Arguments within English Marxism, to take one of the more famous and colorful examples, Perry Anderson dismisses Anti-Oedipus as the “the expression of a dejected post-lapsarian anarchism” (178). The great danger of this “subjectivist Schwärmerei,” he adds, is that it “can legitimate the desire for death” (ibid)—and Anderson leaves no doubt that the danger of Deleuze and Guattari’s desire consists in having followed Nietzsche’s path.[6]
     
    When Widder seeks to develop a Deleuzianism that would “free Deleuze’s thought from some of the usual interpretations and appropriations” (ix), we should recall this reception history and recognize his own countervailing inclination. By no means does Widder omit Capitalism and Schizophrenia, but the center of gravity decidedly shifts to Difference and Repetition and, by extension, to Deleuze’s philosophical commentaries (especially those on Nietzsche and Foucault, as well as Spinoza and Leibniz).  After the introductory chapter describing the ontological turn, Widder elaborates Deleuze’s ontology on the basis of Difference and Repetition (and, to a lesser degree, The Logic of Sense). We ought to imagine this second chapter as the most contracted point of a series of concentric circles that extend Deleuze’s ontology into less suspected areas of Deleuze’s philosophy, especially in relation to Nietzsche (chapter three) and Foucault/Lacan (chapter four), before situating micropolitics once more at the heart of Difference and Repetition (chapter five). The order of chapters is belied by a kind of double movement: in the first place, Widder locates politics in the most philosophically recognizable (and, dare we say, legitimate?) of Deleuze’s writings, those that concern his putative ontology; but in the second place, Widder extends the ontology into more philosophically political (or politicized) regions of Deleuze’s philosophy.
     
    One of the most significant results of this operation is that Nietzsche, who had formerly been the saint of schizoanalysis, now appears as the avatar of Deleuze’s ontology. Widder argues for this reading on the basis of Nietzsche’s late notebooks, the Nachlass, which anticipate the “ontology of sense” (63). While I don’t share Widder’s interpretation of Deleuze’s Nietzsche, it is (like every chapter in Political Theory After Deleuze) an undeniably formidable contribution to the project of a political ontology.[7] If there is a productive argument to be had with Widder’s book, it’s not about the impact that Deleuze’s ontology may yet have on political theory: rather, it’s about the equation of Deleuze’s philosophy with ontology, which this book all but presumes. Of course, this is not an uncommon position, but why is it an obvious or inevitable one?[8] Given Deleuze’s increasing allergy to the very word ontology, the localization of univocity as a concept, and his final insistence on constructivism as the definition of his philosophy, one can justly ask why the burden of proof, so to speak, should attach to the rejection of Deleuze’s ontology and not to its assertion. We don’t need to have answered this question to acknowledge the critical role ontology has played in so much recent scholarship on Deleuze or to intuit what this work tends to shunt aside. Notwithstanding the significant virtues of Widder’s approach and the seemingly ecumenical nature of univocity, his ontological turn tends to exclude (or, at least, occlude) the sorts of political lines that we might ascribe to fiction, fabulation, or art. Discussions of the minor and minoritarian never precipitate a discussion of minor literature, and aesthetics plays virtually no part in Political Theory After Deleuze.
     
    This is not a criticism; after all, it’s silly to ask a book to be what it manifestly is not, and it’s especially silly in the context of this fine book. But perhaps it’s worth considering, by way of conclusion, what the project to render a Deleuzian ontology often (perhaps even necessarily) discards.[9] When Deleuze says that the plane of immanence is a plane of consistency and of inconsistency, he means that the plane is open to the outside (le dehors)—to incalculable forces, to chance and improvisation, to the future. As Widder demonstrates, we can understand the relation to the outside topologically or metaphysically, but what of the forces themselves, which Deleuze affirms as “nonphilosophical” and “revolutionary”? Is ontology the best way to get at those unrepresentable forces, or are there other ways to think the outside which might incarnate a different sense of Deleuze’s philosophy and politics? There are times, reading recent ontologically-oriented scholarship on Deleuze, when one might wonder what role the outside can play, or whether history can claim a vital place, or how we can account for significant transformations within Deleuze’s own philosophy.[10] These strike me as the questions that Deleuzian ontologies confront, but it is thanks to Nathan Widder that those questions seem so profound and vital for political theory. Ironically, the success of Widder’s book lies in having contradicted the temporality of its title: Widder has brought Deleuze to life for political theory today.

    Gregory Flaxman is an Associate Professor in the Department of English and Comparative Literature and the Director of Global Cinema Studies at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. He is the author of Gilles Deleuze and the Fabulation of Philosophy (University of Minnesota Press, 2011) and the editor of The Brain is the Screen (University of Minnesota Press, 2010). His latest book (coauthored with Robert Sinnerbrink and Lisa Trahair) on “cinematic thinking” will be published by Edinburgh University Press in 2014.

     

    Footnotes

    [1] While is it true that the institutions of the welfare state (we could call them, as Althusser did, “ideological state apparatuses”) are breaking down, new forms of segmentation are already on the scene: the sciences of “assessment,” for instance, now insinuate their way into every one of these institutions. See Deleuze’s “Postscript on Control Societies” in Negotiations.
     
    [2] Deleuze borrows this line from Jean-Luc Godard (specifically, his television series Six fois deux). See Negotiations (41).
     
    [3] The quote is taken from Kafka’s remarkable diary entry of Christmas day, 1911 (“Schema zur Charakteristik kleiner Literaturen”), which Deleuze and Guattari make the source of “minor literature.” See their Kafka: Toward a Minor Literature.
     
    [4] Notably, this is why, for Deleuze and Guattari, the threshold of all becoming is becoming-imperceptible, which is to say, the point at which metaphysics is metamorphosis.
     
    [5] Very broadly construed, as a field, political science in the U.K. and elsewhere is less contested and more ecumenical today than it is the U.S. Among the American theorists to whom Widder turns, only one (William Connolly) is “in” political science. More to the point, I’d venture to argue that the very sense of the phrase “political theory” is more disputed in the U.S. and more inclusive in the U.K. (it’s worth remembering that “theory” today is frequently invoked as a pejorative).
     
    [6] I’ve dealt with this particular Marxian reception history in Gilles Deleuze and the Fabulation of Philosophy (14-15, 68-70), but readers might also consult Gregg Lambert’s Who’s Afraid of Deleuze and Guattari? and Ian Buchanon’s Deleuze and Guattari’s ‘Anti-Oedipus’: A Reader’s Guide.
     
    [7] Briefly, I think the stress that Widder places on Hegel as Nietzsche’s primary enemy ignores a more subtle, but perhaps more important, rivalry. There is no shortage of anti-Hegelianism in Nietzsche, who fundamentally rejected the “labor of the negative,” but the philosopher with whom he struggles is more truly, as Deleuze recognizes, Kant: “Although this supposition must be verified later we believe that there is, in Nietzsche, not only a Kantian heritage, but a half-avowed, half-hidden, rivalry” (Nietzsche, 52). After all, Deleuze says, Kantian critique is the precursor of and rival to Nietzsche’s genealogy. The problem is that Kant does not extend critique far enough—to the value of values, especially reason itself. In a sense, Deleuze says, the history of idealism that follows from this—especially, in Hegel and Schopenhauer—is the prolongation of an already corrupt principle, critique, which bids us to return to Kant and correct the problem at its source. And this is precisely what Nietzsche does in On the Genealogy of Morals.
     
    [8] Today, it’s a lot easier to answer the question “who doesn’t believe in Deleuze’s ontology?” than “who does?” Whereas the believers include a great many scholars, the doubters are so few that, as in a Kafka or Borges story, one can wander for long stretches without finding a fellow thinker: in addition to myself, I count Anne Sauvagnargues, Gregg Lambert, and the late François Zourabichvilli.
     
    [9] See my own Gilles Deleuze and the Fabulation of Philosophy, especially chapter three, where I respond to Badiou’s reading of Deleuze, as well as chapter four and the “Coda,” where I regard univocity as a matter of free-indirect discourse.
     
    [10] Widder does consider the outside, but only briefly and without the revolutionary political significance that Deleuze gives the term in relation, especially, to Foucault (18-19).

    Works Cited

    • Anderson, Perry. Arguments within English Marxism. London: NLB, 1980. Print.
    • Badiou, Alain. Deleuze: The Clamor of Being. Trans. Louise Burchill. Minneapolis: U of
    • Minnesota P, 2000. Print.
    • Buchanan, Ian. Deleuze and Guattari’s ‘Anti-Oedipus’: A Reader’s Guide. London: Continuum, 2008. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. Difference and Repetition. Trans. Paul Patton. New York: Columbia UP, 1994. Print.
    • —. Negotiations. Trans. Martin Joughin. New York: Columbia UP, 1997. Print.
    • —. Nietzsche and Philosophy. Trans. Hugh Tomlinson. New York: Columbia UP, 1983.
    • Deleuze, Gilles and Félix Guattari. Kafka: Toward a Minor Literature. Trans. Dana
    • Polan. Minneapolis: U Minnesota P, 1986. Print.
    • —.  A Thousand Plateaus. Trans. Brian Massumi. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1987. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles and Claire Parnet. Dialogues. Trans. Hugh Tomlinson and Barbara
    • Habberjam. New York: Columbia UP, 1987. Print.
    • Flaxman, Gregory. Gilles Deleuze and the Fabulation of Philosophy. U Minnesota P, 2011. Print.
    • Lambert, Gregg. Who’s Afraid of Deleuze and Guattari? London: Continuum, 2006. Print.
    • Widder, Nathan. “The Rights of Simulacra: Deleuze and the Univocity of Being.” Continental Philosophy Review 34 (2001): 437-453. Print.
  • Death’s Vanguard

    Jason M. Baskin (bio)

    University of Wyoming

    jbaskin@uwyo.edu

     

    A review of Tom McCarthy, Simon Critchley, et al., The Mattering of Matter: Documents from the Archive of the International Necronautical Society. Berlin: Sternberg Press, 2012. Print.

    Since 1999, Tom McCarthy—recently heralded as the “standard-bearer of the avant-garde novel”—has served as General Secretary of a “semifictitious avant-garde network” called the International Necronautical Society, or INS (Kirsch; McCarthy, Remainder). In its “Founding Manifesto,” the group declares its commitment to “bring[ing] death out in the world.” Death, necronauts insist, “is a type of space, which we intend to map, enter, colonize, and, eventually, inhabit.” Vowing to “sing death’s beauty—that is, beauty,” they “tap into its frequencies,” which suffuse our daily life, from communication technologies (radio, television, the internet) to “dustbins of decaying produce.” Even “our very bodies” are “no more than vehicles carrying us ineluctably toward death”: “we are all necronauts, always, already” (Mattering 53). Under McCarthy’s leadership, the INS has engaged in a variety of activities—conducting interviews, staging “hearings,” delivering and publishing “reports,” and exhibiting installation pieces across Europe and the U.S.—which address topics such as language, technology, art, politics, and money.[1] The Mattering of Matter, a new collection of selected INS documents published by Sternberg Press, includes transcripts of key interviews, public addresses (principally by McCarthy himself and INS Chief Philosopher, Simon Critchley), and all of the group’s previously published statements, with an introduction by Nicolas Bourriaud, contemporary curator and theorist of “relational aesthetics.”
     
    McCarthy’s rise to literary prominence began in 2007 with the U.S. publication of his debut novel Remainder (originally published by the Paris-based Metronome Press in 2005),[2] and he became a full-blown literary success after his third novel C (2010) was a finalist for the Man Booker Prize. Yet many of McCarthy’s admirers are unaware that his INS activities not only preceded the publication of his fiction, but were integral to it. McCarthy has consistently relied on the INS to explore the inchoate themes of his fiction in extra-literary form.[3] Blurring the boundaries between high art and commercial culture, the INS consciously recalls the historical avant-garde’s assault on the familiar social and institutional confines of artistic production. As Bourriaud points out in his introduction, like the Futurists, Dadaists and Surrealists before it, the INS draws explicitly on “the dominant forms of its era” (11): commercial enterprise, mass communication, and politics. For the INS, this includes the language of investment banking, venture capital, and social networking as well as conspiracy theories, bureaucratic proceduralism, spying, and terrorism; in a typical recent statement, the INS claims to be “recruiting agents, sleepers and moles throughout American institutions and networks” (220). Onto these pervasive rhetorical forms the INS projects the untimely concerns of an outmoded and apparently retrograde modernism: “transgression, death and sacrifice” (Mattering 207).
     
    Their “Founding Manifesto” clearly signals this affinity with the modernist avant-garde, boldly announcing the group’s arrival in The Times of London ninety years after the Italian Futurist F.T. Marinetti published “The Founding and Manifesto of Futurism” in Le Figaro. In contrast to Marinetti’s florid narration, dripping with disgust at the Italian bourgeoisie, the INS proceeds less confrontationally, putting forward a terse four-point plan that reads more like a shareholder memo than an artistic credo.[4] They conclude with a promise that their research into death’s myriad forms will culminate in the construction of a “craft that will convey us into death” (53). The First Committee, we are told encouragingly, is already considering a variety of projects, including the “patenting and eventual widespread distribution of Thanadrine [TM]” and the “building of an actual craft” (Mattering 54).
     
    McCarthy and Critchley’s “Joint Statement on Inauthenticity” (2007) provides the most concise summary of necronautical philosophy. Drawing on the opposition between form and matter fundamental to Western thought, McCarthy and Critchley argue that art follows one of two paths: artists can either emulate Hegel’s privileging of the concept and “soak up” the material world until there is nothing left; or they can “let matter matter” by affirming the specificity and particularity of the material world, which disrupts any attempt to assimilate it completely (224). Affirmation, however, turns out to be too strong a word for what it takes to capture this “experience of failed transcendence” (Mattering 222). Rejecting naturalism and traditional realism, McCarthy privileges an experimental, often abstract aesthetic that is marked by continual attempts at conceptualization gone awry.
     
    The tautological simplicity of the phrase “letting matter matter” therefore belies the technical difficulties of getting language to evade its tendency to mean and signify. Here the INS’s philosophical framework, provided mostly by Critchley, gives way to McCarthy’s specific interest in “craft,” a term he uses to foreground the relationship between language and technology, art and exploration. In “Calling All Agents,” McCarthy argues that language is fundamentally a means of transmission that projects the self not only into, but physically onto the world. Yet as such, language contains a material remainder that cannot itself signify—a mark of death that dooms all attempts at self-projection to failure. For the INS, old communication technologies like the radio—in which the apparent instantaneousness of communication is tainted intermittently with the faint but discernable crackle of materiality—offer a more direct means of accessing this dark underbelly of language than today’s newest technologiesThe INS literalized this understanding of writing as transmission in a 2009 gallery installation entitled “Dortmund Black Box,” in which they broadcast spliced texts lifted from local media in twenty-four-hour streams for five months, through a radio transmitter lodged inside a black box flight recorder. This audio homage to Burroughs’s “cut-ups,” also inspired by Jean Cocteau’s use of the car radio as a means of communicating with the dead in Orphée, serves to illustrate the technological enmeshment of the supposedly “free” and “autonomous” individual, one of the crucial themes of McCarthy’s anti-humanist bildungsroman, C.
     
    For McCarthy, necronautical insights are not limited to specific writers but pervade all artistic traditions. Several pieces in this volume (“Navigation Was Always a Difficult Art” and “Calling All Agents” in particular) are devoted to McCarthy’s bravura elucidation of the intertwinement of language and death in Shelley, Melville, Stevens, Rilke, Joyce, Faulkner, Cocteau and Beckett. Yet with the exception of a memorable discussion of Queequeg’s coffin in Moby Dick, McCarthy’s identification of necronautical tendencies in art and literature tend to be more interesting when they move beyond the familiar modernist literary canon that McCarthy repeatedly praises in his frequent pieces of literary journalism—when located, for instance, in Lewis Carroll’s Hunting of the Snark, or in the array of contemporary writers, visual artists and musicians that McCarthy discusses or has interviewed directly on behalf of the INS (including Stewart Home, Jean-Phillipe Toussaint, Mark Aerial Waller, and the Fall). This more catholic strain in INS thought helps to explain why his own fiction, while indebted foremost to modernist abstraction and anti-realist experimentation, relies heavily on traditional genres of literary narrative like the bildungsroman and the historical novel, as well as the low-brow mode of Buster Keaton’s slapstick comedy (72). This is also why his novels are so funny, though they have won mainstream critical acclaim for their obvious formal and philosophical sophistication. McCarthy sees literature as inherently comedic, and thus as an antidote to philosophy’s investment in tragedy. Necronauts reject tragedy because its emphasis on suffering and death confers meaning and authenticity on life. By contrast, comedy involves a doubling of self that highlights the inescapable inauthenticity of existence, as Baudelaire noted. In a comment that clearly echoes the central episode of Remainder, in which the hero momentarily believes that he has somehow managed to “transubstantiate” his car’s wiper fluid (before it ends up spilling all over him instead), McCarthy suggests that Beckett is about “the failure of tragedy, the failure of matter to get aufgehoben, to go up there and be sublime. We want to go to the heavens as heroes but we trip over our own shoelaces and piss ourselves” (Mattering 73).
     
    There is thus a strong element of performance art chicanery to the INS’s activities, a theatricalized seriousness that, while signaled throughout this volume, can’t be fully appreciated through documents alone. For instance, after McCarthy and Critchley delivered their “Joint Statement on Inauthenticity” in New York City, they subsequently hired actors to impersonate them, delivering the written statement and taking questions. In 2002, the INS held its Second First Committee Hearings, a set of interviews with artists and academics focused on the themes of “encryption, sound, communication and broadcasting” (160) on a stage-set specifically designed precisely to mimic famous moments of public, state-sponsored interrogation: the HUAC hearings and Stalin’s show-trials. In 2003, the INS expelled five of its original members and blacked their names out of all INS documents for various offenses, including “not being dead” (214). And the group claims to have produced their recent “Interim Report on Recessional Aesthetics” at the request of the Obama Administration in response to the recent economic crisis. Drawing on Shakespeare, Joyce, and Faulkner, the report fervently recommends that Obama keep Finnegans Wake on his bedside table, and that we celebrate the death-like event of recession as the “muted truth” of all economics (Mattering 244).
     
    Much of the INS’s antics can—and perhaps should—be taken quite simply as mere posturing: a deadpan, ironic pose that today’s readers might expect from a novelist fluent in post-structuralist theory. Not surprisingly, a knowing irony pervades the scant coverage of INS events in the literary press. The group, one assumes, is a joke or parody, a manifestation of what Paul Mann has called the “theory-death of the avant-garde,” a condition in which art’s commitment to the “new” dooms it to a perpetual obsolescence that serves merely to spur further, empty repetitions. Yet the reduction of the INS project to postmodern irony doesn’t quite capture the nuance of the group’s relation to its modernist predecessors. I would suggest that the INS represents more than a rehearsal of the avant-garde’s death, which has been declared repeatedly for more than half a century, in the wake of a triumphant postwar capitalism and the assimilation of modernist experimentation into a corporate-led culture industry. Instead, by making death the object of its absolute commitment—to “do for death,” as an early interviewer has put it, “what surrealism did for sex” (“Repeating”)—the INS reevaluates the meaning of the avant-garde project today.[5]
     
    Consider the group’s approach to a topic crucial to any idea of an avant-garde: the future. McCarthy begins the most recent piece published in this volume—the elaborately titled “INS Declaration on the Notion of ‘the Future’: Admonitions and Exhortations for the Cultural Producers of the Early-to-Mid-Twenty-First Century”—by returning to the text that many would consider the primal scene of the modernist avant-garde, Marinetti’s Futurist manifesto. Not surprisingly, given the INS commitment to death, the future holds little appeal for them. McCarthy aims to interrogate this “lazy and overstuffed meme” by reminding us that, even in Marinetti’s text, which is famously driven by a desire for the “new” to be ushered in by an open embrace of futurity, “the future begins with a car crash” (267). That is, before Marinetti can get his movement started, he crashes his car into two cyclists and ends up in a sewer ditch. McCarthy argues that Marinetti’s car crash does not give birth to the Futurist movement so much as “derail[s]” it before it gets under way. The avant-garde succumbs to a “literal retrenchment [that] form[s] part of its raison d’être” (Mattering 268).
     
    McCarthy does not return to Marinetti here simply to mock his predecessor, or to repeat the now-familiar charge that the avant-garde itself should be discarded as false or ideological. Rather, he suggests that buried within the familiar progressive vision of the avant-garde is an alternate message we have not yet decoded. We should ignore this emphasis on the future—a notion endemic to the narratives of progress that remain prevalent despite their increasing implausibility—so that we might focus instead on the avant-garde’s overlooked but equally persistent commitment to the past: its preoccupation with “the circular structure” of traumatic repetition, with temporalities of “loops, not lines,” with “gazing in the rearview mirror” (272, 276). Marinetti’s crash does not represent modernism’s famous historical break with the past, which gives birth to the future; instead, McCarthy insists that the “crash” is another name for what Benjamin and Blanchot considered the “catastrophe” of history itself, which is occluded by the liberal humanist fetishization of the future (270). In contrast with Marinetti, then, there is nothing futuristic or utopian about the INS obsession with technology. McCarthy scathingly dismisses today’s would-be futurists—technological “posthumanists” like Michel Houllebecq who actually represent a “Humanism 2.0” (271)—and instead emulates figures like Beckett’s Krapp, for whom time does not move forward in a line but “in a loop” like the audio tapes of himself that he replays obsessively, or Ballard’s Vaughn, the anti-hero of Crash who “archives” famous crashes and then reenacts them (271, 275). Likewise, McCarthy argues, we should shun the future “in the name of the sheer radical potentiality of the past, and of the way the past can shape the creative impulses and imaginative landscape of the present. The future of thinking is its past, a thinking which turns its back on the future” (Mattering 270).
     
    This radical commitment to the past offers a framework through which to understand the INS’s engagement with the modernist avant-garde that goes beyond parodic repetition.[6] For McCarthy, to look to the past is not merely to repeat it on its own terms. Today, the avant-garde’s “radical potentiality” does not lie in its differentiation of the new from the old, as Marinetti claimed. Rather, it paves the way for something completely different, “the sudden, epiphanic emergence of the genuinely unplanned, the departure from the script” (276): more like the anticipation of death than of a new, future life. Like death, this event would not be part of any linear narrative—not even a narrative of avant-garde innovation to which McCarthy’s work is consistently assimilated and which echoes contemporary corporate rhetoric of “disruptive innovation,” as McCarthy himself surely recognizes. It would be an abandonment of narrative progress altogether. Instead of re-enacting the avant-garde’s demise, the INS recuperates an avant-garde committed to death as a way of signaling its own possibility today, when the idea of an avant-garde itself seems merely laughable. It may be that the avant-garde has not gone away, but that, as if to elude the authorities, it has simply started to broadcast on a different frequency.

    Jason M. Baskin is Assistant Professor of English at University of Wyoming, where he specializes in modern and contemporary literature and critical theory. He is completing a book about embodiment and aesthetics in late modernist literature. His essays have appeared in Cultural Critique and Mediations: A Journal of the Marxist Literary Group.
     

    Footnotes

    [1] In accordance with the group’s devotion to bureaucratic process, INS activities are thoroughly archived on their website (http://www.necronauts.org/).
     
    [2] Rejected by mainstream publishers, Remainder was picked up by Metronome, a publisher of fiction by artists, after its editors met McCarthy in his capacity as head of the INS. Initially, the novel was available only in art shops until it was bought by the independent UK press Alma, and ultimately by Vintage in the US. See McCarthy, “Interview.”
     
    [3] McCarthy claims that the INS developed in part because the art world provides a more hospitable environment for experimentation than mainstream literary publishing: “It seems to me that art is now the place where literature can happen. Almost all the concerns of the INS come from literature, but art has provided the place for it to unfold…. The art world is definitely the more literate place. There’s definitely a more intelligent set of conversations around culture and around literature going on in the art world” (“Interview”).
     
    [4] Indeed, in a coincidence the INS surely relished, their manifesto appeared alongside a news story about the impending financial takeover of the British department store chain, Marks & Spencer (55).
     
    [5] See, for instance, John Roberts’s concept of a “suspensive” avant-garde that persists beyond and within the failure (death) of the historical avant-garde.
     
    [6] McCarthy insists that contemporary writers must confront this legacy, whether they like it or not: “For us to dismiss [modernism’s] legacy as if it was just some irritation that got in the way of an ongoing rational enlightenment is negligible to say the least. In fact, I think it’s actually offensive…. Modernism is a legacy we have whether we want it or not. It’s like Darwin: you can either go beyond it and think through its implications, or you can ignore it, and if you do that you’re a Creationist” (“Conversation”).

    Works Cited

    • Kirsch, Adam. “What is the Future of Avant-Garde Fiction?” Slate 13 Sept. 2010. Web. 25 Jun. 2014.
    • Mann, Paul. Theory-Death of the Avant-Garde. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1991. Print.
    • McCarthy, Tom. “In Conversation: Lee Rourke and Tom McCarthy.” Guardian 18 Sept. 2010: 12–13. Web. 25 Jun. 2014.
    • —. “Interview with Tom McCarthy.” Fred Fernandez Armesto. The White Review 1 (11 Feb. 2011). Web. 25 Jun. 2014.
    • —. Remainder. New York: Vintage, 2007. Print.
    • Roberts, John. “Revolutionary Pathos, Negation, and the Suspensive Avant-Garde.” New Literary History 41.4 (Autumn 2010): 717-730. Print.
    • Tonkin, Boyd. “Repeating the Revolution.”  The Independent. September 21, 2007. Print.
  • Bullshit and Interest: Casing Vanessa Place

    David Kaufmann (bio)

    George Mason University

    dkaufman@gmu.edu

     

    Is Conceptual writing still interesting?  Not that long ago—in the summer of 2013—Robert Archambeau looked at the buzz around Calvin Bedient’s and Amy King’s attacks on Conceptualism and claimed that, yes, Conceptualism was indeed still interesting.  Arguing that “things we find interesting, much more than things we find beautiful or cute or gaudy or charming, invite and demand us to be with them or against them,” Archambeau wrote that the small hornets’ nest kicked up by King and Bedient stood as “testimony to conceptualism’s interest—and in this sense affirm[ed] conceptualism’s success on its own terms.”
     
    Conceptualism’s claim on us lies with its demand that we choose sides. Its defenders cite many reasons for wanting to play on the Conceptualist team. Vanessa Place has claimed in a number of venues that Conceptualism mounts a frontal assault on capitalism. As Kenny Goldsmith argues—repeatedly and variously in Uncreative Writing—Conceptualism attacks the present order of poetry, in no small part because it is boring in novel ways and because it mirrors the present order of technology. For Marjorie Perloff, it represents the truly new while drawing on modernism.  By the same token, Conceptualism’s detractors find all sorts of reasons to dislike it. Amy King maintains that Conceptualism actually supports the present order of capitalism. Alan Davies says that it is boring in a boring way. For Bedient, Conceptualism stunts political action. It represents the old, not the new; the forces of reaction, not the agents of change.  I could go on, but you get the point. Conceptualism’s ambiguities provide ample ground for dispute and that dispute is a sign that Conceptualism is interesting.
     
    As Archambeau points out, “interesting” as an aesthetic judgment also registers our sense of pleasurable or unpleasurable irritation. The interesting work defies our expectations.  This element of surprise means that the “interesting” is always in danger of becoming annoying on the one hand or stale-dated on the other. The interesting speaks to a moment.  Has Conceptualism’s moment passed?  There is an odd radio silence about Conceptualism these days. I can easily imagine a time when Ron Silliman’s recent Against Conceptual Poetry would have generated some good, harsh argument. Perhaps I am looking in the wrong places, but I don’t see that argument anywhere, beyond Vanessa Place’s witty and somewhat predictable response in The Constant Critic.  In other words, there hasn’t been much third-party action recently, just the occasional call-and-response of the interested players.  A year and a half after Archambeau’s article—as we are clearing the snows of 2015–can we say that he is still right?
     
    I am going to argue that he is, but not in the way it might first seem. While we have to take seriously Conceptualism’s demand that we choose sides, we should recognize that Conceptualism makes such choices difficult. The most compelling Conceptualist works seem to demand that we take a position, however uncomfortable, in relation to the specificity of their found materials, no matter how impossible that position may be. But that doesn’t mean that we need to decide whether or not to throw our lot in with Conceptualism as a whole. Conceptualism has established itself. It has found its institutional niche. To that extent, the moment for polemics about Conceptualism has probably passed.
     
    In order to make my argument that Conceptualism is about difficult or even impossible choices, and in order to put Conceptualism in the broader context of avant-garde tactics and strategies, I want to answer my initial question with yet another question. As Doug Nufer put it in a discussion about Conceptualism a few years ago:  “the essential question for anyone who would explain this stuff: isn’t it just bullshit?” (3). The argument about Conceptualism—the argument about “the interesting” and the avant—might just come down to this. Is it, or isn’t it, bullshit?
     
    So, I want to talk about bullshit. What is at issue in my discussion is the structure of bullshit. I will not ask whether Conceptualism is in fact nothing more than bullshit. Some of it surely is. Some of it isn’t. I am less concerned about the rather explicit value judgment that inheres in the claim that something is or is not just bullshit than I am interested in bullshit as a form of relation. Conceptualism is an avant-garde that actively solicits the suspicion of bullshit. I am interested in its complicated claims on its audience.
     
    Consider in this context Harry Frankfurt’s now-famous anatomy of bullshit.  Frankfurt argues that bullshit, not lying, is the real enemy of the truth because it is indifferent to whether a statement is right or wrong. Liars care enough about the truth to simulate it.  Bullshitters do not care if what they say is true or not. Bullshitters are phonies and only worry about the effect they create (Frankfurt 47-48). They may intend to deceive us not about the facts, but about the nature of their enterprise. Their only indispensably distinctive characteristic is that in a certain way they misrepresent what they are up to.
     
    Bullshitters thus sin against ethos, not logos. They counterfeit their authenticity, not fact. Their bullshit is all about pretense and their motive is often pretension. They want to appear somehow loftier, somehow better than they actually are and they do this in order to gain some advantage.
     
    Frankfurt’s emphasis on ethos means that the question of intention, taken rather broadly, is central to our understanding of bullshit and therefore of the avant-garde. As the avant-garde has repeatedly rejected the traditional canons of beauty and sublimity and has largely eliminated craft as a necessary criterion for evaluating art, the relationship of the vanguard artist to his or her work—or, more importantly, to the object matter of that work—and to the audience has become increasingly crucial as a basis for judgment.  In an odd and surprising way, the artist’s intention became key, even as criticism became suspicious of the very notion of intention..
     
    At the same time, we should recall that the credibility of the avant-garde—even its identity—depends on its desire to be rejected by large numbers of people. The avant-garde seeks to be a contemporary “outlaw,” even if it aspires to become “classic” some day. If we draw on Bourdieu’s map of the cultural field, we see that the avant-garde knows that it has to stand on the fringe, not at its center. That means that in order to be successful, the avant-garde has to summon up two audiences, not one. It speaks to a friendly minority that somehow “gets it” and provokes a hostile majority that doesn’t. The avant-garde needs a group that has sufficient cultural capital to understand the stakes and the nuances of the vanguard gesture. It relies on this cohort to find it interesting. It relies on its detractors to think that it’s just bullshit.  In other words, the avant-garde needs to court distrust if it is to be trusted.
     
    One of Warhol’s most important contributions to postmodern art and literature—what makes him the patron saint of Conceptual poetry—is that he reversed the poles of avant-garde bullshit. Whereas a painter like Pollock could be accused of aspiring to an unearned sublimity, Warhol aspired to none for his own art. But still, he left a large measure of doubt about his enterprise, with the result that a good part of the debate about Warhol turns, in Thomas Crow’s words, “on whether his art fosters critical or subversive apprehension of mass culture and the power of the image as commodity, succumbs in an innocent but telling way to that numbing power, or exploits it cynically and meretriciously” (49). In the end, the question remains: what does Andy intend by all this? What did he want us to think?
     
    The jury, as they say, is still out, and therein lies a good part of Warhol’s continued fascination. Warhol cued us not to take his supposed coldness, his insistent superficiality at face value. We can thus take his laconic refusal of the cult of genius as a kind of inverted bullshit. Whereas we might suspect that Pollock’s paintings mean a good deal less than the artist claims, Warhol gets us to suspect that his paintings mean a good deal more than he lets on. His lack of pretension is to be taken as an obdurate kind of pretense, something to be read into and read through. So although Warhol was said to have said that he painted outsides, not insides, that is not the case.  Warhol did not switch insides and outsides. Rather, he exacerbated the difference between them in a way that made his audience keep seeking insides and reasons, in part because he kept hinting that there were insides and reasons to be sought and to be found.
     
    I am therefore using Warhol to argue that those questions about bullshit and about trust that the avant-garde elicits are really more questions about intention than about execution, about the artist’s relation to both the subject and the object matter of avant-garde art.  Furthermore, I am suggesting that as avant-garde artists have increasingly rejected the self-contained, expressive auratic art object, the question about bullshit has become more acute. From Pop to Minimalism to Conceptualism and beyond, the increasing emphasis on what Richard Wollheim called the “pre-executive” function of the artist in Pop and Minimalist art has meant that artists’ relation to their materials—especially when these are found materials–has become even more central to our discussion of art (Wollheim). Or, as Lyn Hejinian puts it, “If one can’t see a connection, one must assume a decision” (80).
     
    The withdrawal of the artist into pure decision—and here it is hard not to see that the artist comes to resemble both the consumer on the one hand and the corporate “decider” on the other—means that arguments about intention cannot help but come to the fore. And as intention comes to the fore, it can become maddeningly ambiguous, forcing the audience to toggle back and forth between the object matter of the work and suppositions about what the artist could possibly have meant by presenting it.
     
    Vanessa Place has made the most of this maddening ambiguity and has made a career out of teasing her audience with the threat of inert meaninglessness.  She insists that we take her seriously, though that means we shouldn’t take her seriously at all.  As she says in a footnote, she is fond of the footnote as a form because it permits “discursiveness upon a platform of authority, that is to say, it not only … literalizes and effaces the spot of castration (the author’s lack of authority), but allows the author to make even less supportable claims under its egis” ( “The Case for Conceptualism”). The citation is thus a talisman against the fact that the author has no call to say what she says, or at best, can only call on others to say it.  But the author’s lack is merely a shiny bright version of the lack that besets all of us. We might think we are possessed of the good stuff that constitutes a self-contained interiority, but she subjects us all to a fine Lacanian disdain for such imaginary identifications and such spurious self-regard.
     
    So, Place warns us that if we do indeed take her at her word, we should be wary of her word and of her authority–a fine Warholian gambit. What then does this tell us about her most sustained poetic performance to date, her legal trilogy, Tragodía? By her account, it is up to us to make something of it—the onus lies with the reader, not the soi-disant author who is not an author or an authority at all (Quaid). The text is about the reader, not the writer. More to the point, she maintains that the text is just—that just again!–a dead object. It confronts the reader both as the Real and as a mirror—as a figure for both the unsettling discovery of the Symbolic and the trauma of the Real.
     
    Now, you can easily see the kind of readerly discomfort that Place refers to in the odd brouhaha at a 2010 conference on poetics, when Marjorie Perloff was understood by the audience to be claiming, apropos of Tragodía 1: Statement of Facts, that some victims of rape are as bad as their rapists, or rather, as Perloff then put it, that Place’s book demonstrated that “the culture of rape is largely a socio-economic problem.” This comment, of course, led to further dispute, and at one point Juliana Spahr did indeed “demand” that the author make clear her intent as Place knows she must (Spahr). Place went on to dismiss Spahr’s demand even though the very nature of Place’s work—at least as she presents it—makes that demand necessary. By the same token, her own sense that the work mirrors the reader, not the writer, makes her dismissal appear to be necessary as well.
     
    But is Place right?  Should we trust her authority on this one? Is Statement of Facts just inert matter, merely a mirror for our own disavowed desire? I am not convinced. It is not clear just how anyone might consider thirty-three anatomically-correct accounts of sex crimes—some rapes, some torture, some group-sex scenes, some consensual acts of sodomy—“dead.” Unlike the traffic reports in Goldsmith’s Traffic or the weather reports in his Weather, sex never becomes yesterday’s news, especially when the sex is coupled with violence and crime.  The controversy over Perloff’s reading of the book stems from just how alive and touchy the sexual object matter of the book actually is. If there is indeed dead matter in Place’s Tragodía (of which Statement of Facts is just the first volume), it is to be found in the laconic accounts of the juries’ decisions in Statement of the Case and in some of the rather technical piles of precedent that make up Argument.
     
    But even then—however dead it may seem—Tragodía does not come to us as a completely dumb object. It is not completely up for grabs because it is always already framed. The book appeared on publication festooned with comments and explanations and apologias and blurbs by the author’s friends and co-conspirators (like Goldsmith and Kim Rosenfield.) More to the point, its appearance in 2010 coincided quite nicely with Place’s savagely lucid The Guilt Project: Rape, Morality and the Law, which tells us precisely what Place thinks is at stake, politically and ethically, in our criminalization of certain forms of sex.
     
    Tragodía thus arrived on the scene slathered in commentary and authorial intent. But to reduce the text to a poetic version of The Guilt Project misses the point. Tragodía comes to us in three parts and presents itself as a poem. Even if we did not have Place’s own extramural comments on Dante, the tripartite structure with thirty-three sections of the provocatively titled Tragodía squares the work in literary-historical relation to the Commedia. (In the end, we do have Place’s account and she does claim Dante—transformed to be sure—for her own [Hardy].) With clues such as these, the reader cannot be expected to look for her own reflection in the text. She will be worried about poetry and authorial intention.
     
    And let me be clear. I mean the reader here as a “real” reader, not a phenomenological abstraction. Place’s reader is sociologically concrete. She is an educated person who is well versed in avant-garde work and wants to pick up a book by Vanessa Place. What is more, the reader the book imagines and calls forth knows enough about modern poetry not to dismiss a poem that consists of transposed legal cases as mere bullshit. She is willing to follow the clues that the title and the structure of the book entail.  In the end, Place doesn’t want us to get too lost.  She has left a trail of literary crumbs.
     
    The stories in the Tragodía—all those acts of rape and incest, all that inexplicable groping and handling—are hardly dumb or inert. They are charged with discomforting desire. But they are remarkably undermotivated, held together by the weakest of links. How to interpret them?  The problem for the reader is not that too little is going on here, but rather that too much is, and the structure of the book warns us against the all-too-easy categorizations of the legal system.  All these poor folks and people of color—Place is, after all, a public defender—are they victims or are they perps?
     
    This brings us to a major point of my argument, the one that was brought up by Marjorie Perloff’s comments about the poverty that serves as the perhaps necessary but never sufficient background to Statement of Facts. The stories in the book are mostly tales of the economically challenged and socially underprivileged.  The readers of Tragodía can be assumed to possess a fair amount of cultural capital; otherwise they would not read the book as a poem, let alone as a version of Dante’s Commedia. The donnybrook that Perloff caused when she brought up–however tactlessly–the question of social class was not solely the fault of Perloff’s sociology. Tragodía draws a uncomfortable distinction between the people it describes and the people it addresses. When Juliana Spahr asks about Place’s alliances and intentions—a question that the text raises by its very nature–there is no answer that Place could give that could close the gulf the book opens up before its audience.  Not knowing what the author intends us to do with this stuff, we don’t know what to make of it.  We are here. The victims, the perps, and the survivors—they are over there, in more ways than one.
     
    This social and hermeneutic divide between the object matter and the audience is vexing. It is also hardly unique to Place’s work.  It becomes one of the chief difficulties that a number of Conceptual texts raise. For instance, it confronts the reader of Ara Shirinyan’s Your Country Is Great, a book that mashes together tourist reviews, economic forecasts, nationalistic blasts, and racialist slurs, all connected through the search term “X [country name] is great.”  The poems in the book tempt us to condescend to its fractured grammaticality and misspellings, to the odd global English you find in the volume and on the Web. It is just as tempting (if not inevitable) to condescend to the opinions of the yahoos you find on Yahoo, whose vulnerabilities—both social and emotional—become quite clear even as they are arguing about something else. I cannot help suspecting that part of the readerly enjoyment of Shirinyan’s collection as a work of the avant-garde lies in our enjoyment of our cultural capital, in the not-quite-conscious recognition of the training that allows us to appreciate it as poetry.  In the end, it is one of the functions of the reframing that goes on in this book—the translation of information from the language game of information into the language game of poetry–to offer its language up to the judgment of modernist literary norms of grammar and affect, even as those norms are themselves subject to critique. Its frequent exclamation marks have no place in our various modernities, post- or otherwise. If they do, they only sneak in under the sign of irony and affective erasure.
     
    What are we to do with the witch’s brew of affect and reaction that a book like Your Country Is Great presents? Are we supposed to feel superior to the speakers in the poems? Is this superiority supposed to make us feel better or worse? As with Place’s Tragodía, the traces of Shirinyan’s intention are unmistakable–the line breaks and the cutting and pasting are not natural occurrences—but the intent of that intention is ambiguous and recognizably literary.  Through our shared and learned conventions of literary reading, which is the acquired habit of years of training, literary readers are led to toggle back and forth between the actual choices that make up the poem, to questions about the person who made those choices and about what our reactions are supposed to be.
     
    This is, in other words, the structure of Warholian bullshit replayed. If we stick with the poem and do not reject it out of hand, we will be looking for the more where less is being offered, for the depth where we are given merely surface.  And when we do, the poem becomes a complex and uncomfortable performance of our social and cultural privilege.
     
    I hope that I have made clear the mechanism by which this happens. The artist retreats to the pre-executive function of choice and disappears, much like the god of the Epicureans, into the realm of pure decision. The audience’s hunch that this choice needs to be defended forces that audience to concentrate on the artist’s intention—an intention that is only legible in her decisions. This means that the audience must pay great attention to the object matter that has been chosen and the possible range of stances that the author and the audience might take towards that object matter.  Unless you short-circuit the process and dismiss the work out of hand, there is no place to rest here, only the insistent question of what you are supposed to do, of how you are supposed to react to the detritus of the Internet or the travesties of our legal system or the creepy consequences of other people’s desires.  As a result, the more compelling Conceptualist poetry does not present us with a triumphant or fragmented interiority, as previous forms of lyric have done. It presents us with a subjection that is vulnerable not only to the violent contingencies of the world but also to our aggression and condescension as readers.  And it does not tell us what to do with those contingencies, that aggression, or that condescension.
     
    In the end, that’s my point of my argument and the point of my decision to make Place exemplary here.  If “the interesting” is about the continued and continuous claim on us to take sides in a given debate, then Conceptualist writing will remain interesting for a while yet, because the most provoking individual works will stage that debate within themselves. Conceptualism’s scandals–its lack of creativity and all that—have faded. A number of its more repeatable tics have already gotten old. Even so, its most telling works are the most telling because they keep the question of bullshit—ours, the avant-garde’s, even poetry’s—unsettled and therefore alive.

    David Kaufmann teaches literature at George Mason University. His most recent book, Telling Stories: Philip Guston’s Later Work, appeared in 2010. He has just completed the manuscript of Other People’s Words: Subjectivity and Expression in Uncreative Writing.

     

    Works Cited

    • Archambeau, Robert. “Charmless and Interesting: What Conceptual Poetry Lacks and What It’s Got.” Harriet: The Blog. Web. 12 December 2014.
    • Bedient, Calvin. “Against Conceptualism.” Boston Review. Web. 24 July 2013.
    • Davies, Alan. “Notes on Conceptualism.” Harriet: The Blog. Web. 24 May 2014.
    • Frankfurt, Harry. On Bullshit.  Princeton: Princeton UP, 2005. Print.
    • Goldsmith, Kenneth. Uncreative Writing. New York: Columbia UP, 2012. Print.
    • Hardy, Edmund. “’Nothing that’s quite your own’: An Interview with Vanessa Place.” Intercapillary Space. Web. 30 January 2014.
    • Hejinian, Lyn. My Life and My Life in the Nineties. Middletown: Wesleyan UP, 2013. Print.
    • King, Amy.  “Beauty and the Beastly Po-Biz.” The Rumpus. therumpus.net/2013/07/beauty-and-the-beastly-po-biz-part-1. Web. 24 July 2014.
    • Nufer, Doug. “Uncreative Writing: What Are You Calling Art?” American Book Review 32:4 (2011) 3. Print.
    • Perloff, Marjorie. “Response.” http://dl.dropboxusercontent.com/u/8141204/Perloff%20Response.pdf. Web. 30 January 2014.
    • Place, Vanessa.  “The Case for Conceptualism.” La Revista Laboratorio. Web. 3 May 2013.
    • —.  Tragodía 1: Statement of Facts. Los Angeles: Blanc P, 2010. Print.
    • —. A review of Ron Silliman, Performative Criticism and Against Conceptual Poetry.

       

      The Constant Critic. 9th Dec. 2014. Web. 1 April 2015.

    • Quaid, Andrea. “Vanessa Place: Poetry and the Conceptualist Period.” Bomblog. Web. 29 December 2013.
    • Shirinyan, Ara. Your Country Is Great: Afghanistan-Guyana. New York: Futurepoem, 2008. Print.
    • Spahr, Juliana. “Response.” Could Be Otherwise. Web. 30 January 2014.
    • Wollheim, Richard. “Minimal Art.” Minimal Art: An Anthology. Ed. Gregory Battcock. New York: Dutton, 1966. 387-399. Print.
  • Transformations of Transforming Mirrors: An Interview with David Rokeby

    Ulrik Ekman (bio)

    University of Copenhagen

    ekman@hum.ku.dk

     

    1. Introduction

    David Rokeby began exploring questions of interactivity while studying at the Ontario College of Art (OCA) in 1981. His earliest interactive pieces were constructed with text or photography and specifically designed to be completed by the audience in one manner or another. There were no technological interfaces involved. At OCA, Rokeby discovered a small group of teachers and students in the school’s tiny Photo-Electric Art Department, where it was possible in the early ’80s to take courses like “Programming for Artists” and “Cybernetics for Art” with remarkable teachers like Norman White and Doug Back. Although Rokeby had had some experience programming computers in high school, he had not seriously considered using them in his art. His encounter with the Photo-Electric Art Department at OCA led him to bring together his interests both in audience-involvement and in computer technology.
     
    Most of his time at OCA was occupied with the development of what was to become Very Nervous System. Advancing from interactive sound systems involving single light cells and analog electronics, this project evolved over a decade into a sensitive interactive sound installation in which everything from the audience’s small finger movements to large leaps drew out accompanying sounds that interpreted these movements in some manner.
     
    Alongside its life as an artwork, Very Nervous System served the practical study of intense physical computer-human interaction. As a result of observing both himself and thousands of others in this installation, Rokeby generated ideas about the characteristics of the machine-human relationship. These ideas were first expressed in his 1989 text “Transforming Mirrors: Subjectivity and Control in Interactive Media.” In producing Very Nervous System, Rokeby not only designed and built his own specialized computers, he also wrote some simple computer languages, and a lot of other code. While he did this, he watched himself program and, as a result, became interested in programming as a cultural practice, and in the role of programmers as cultural producers.
     
    While Very Nervous System focuses largely on the relationship between human bodies and computers, his next major work, The Giver of Names, looks at the relationship between human intelligence and machine intelligence. For this project, Rokeby spent more than ten years working along the edges of artificial intelligence research, developing software that attempted to replicate human perceptual and cognitive abilities. The Giver of Names was an artificial subjective entity that considered objects presented to it and responded with spoken sentences. The aim of this pursuit was not so much to succeed at replicating human behavior as to provide an inside view of the process of trying to do this, in order to open the pursuit to some sort of questioning. The installation was presented, in part, as a sort of public research space where anyone could explore issues of (artificial) perception and intelligence in a practical and playful but non-trivial way.
     
    At the time he developed The Giver of Names, Rokeby turned his attention to surveillance systems. His surveillance installations of the late ’90s and early 2000s, such as Watch, Taken, and Sorting Daemon, brought the real-time interaction of Very Nervous System together with the more advanced perceptual and cognitive processing of The Giver of Names to examine the social implications of the proliferation of networks of sensors and attentive intelligences.
     
    David Rokeby has received numerous awards, including the Prix Ars Electronica Golden Nica for Interactive Art (2002), Canada’s Governor Generals Award in Visual and Media Arts (2002), and the first BAFTA in interactive art from the British Academy of Film and Television Arts in 2000.  His major exhibitions include the Venice Biennale (1986), the Venice Biennale of Architecture (2002), the National Gallery of Canada (2002), and the Whitney Museum of American Art (2007). He currently teaches at Ryerson University and is an adjunct professor at OCAD University (formerly OCA), both in Toronto.
     
    This interview addresses the status and development of interactive media art in network societies. Of specific interest are those societies in which developments in networked or interactive arts occur in tandem with the emergence of a third wave of computing (understood as coming after the mainframe and the personal computer), a phenomenon usually referred to as  ubiquitous computing, pervasive computing, ambient intelligence, and the Internet of Things. This is the third in a series of four interviews conducted in February 2014. All four interviews took place via daily e-mail exchanges over the course of several weeks, and each was followed by a set of revisions undertaken by both the interviewee and the interviewer. These interviews had their beginnings in a presentation given by Rokeby in 2011 at Invisibility and Unawareness: Ethico-Political Implications of Embeddedness and the Culture of Surveillance, a conference in Copenhagen, Denmark held by “The Culture of Ubiquitous Information,” the Nordic research network, and supported by the NordForsk research organization. The three other interviews titled “Complexity and Reduction,” “Context-Awareness and Meaning,” and “Politics and Aesthetics of Interactive Media Art Today” constitute key parts of Rokeby’s contribution to the final publication project in this series, the forthcoming anthology titled Ubiquitous Computing, Complexity and Culture (Routledge).

    2. Interview

    Ulrik Ekman: In network societies, which today have entered their second phase, an intensification of network logics is underway. Interactive media art finds itself in a context that includes the interactivity of the Internet, social media, and mobile media. It also includes situations and events relating to the pursuit of the goals of other technocultural developments in a so-called third wave of computing.  Parts of the major initiatives towards ubiquitous computing, pervasive computing, ambient intelligence, and the Internet of Things are being rolled out, and they are said to be human-oriented.[1]
     
    The multiplication of names for third wave computing makes clear both that its history is still to be written, the history of the present, and that several potential lines of development are at stake. If these names are not synonymous, they nevertheless index an effort to realize the promise of out-of-the-box computing, which involves billions of computational units. They all imply a socio-cultural and technical thrust to integrate and/or embed computing pervasively, to have information processing thoroughly integrated with or embedded into everyday objects and activities, including those pertaining to human bodies and their bodily parts.
     
    We now find a great many projects moving towards concretization of a heuristic idea of computation qua environmentally embodied virtuality. The diagram today for this is supposed to be an intelligently context-aware and more or less “calm” computing. In an information-intensive environment this seems to map out in practical concretizations of multitudes of wired and wireless computational infrastructures with decentralized distributions of sometimes highly specialized units, many demonstrating mobility and ad hoc networking.
     
    I know you regard this with skepticism, seeing here sources of beneficial and/or perilous complexification of human and technical context-awareness and adaptation to context, including the production and recognition of what makes sense for humans and machines. You affirm a need to safeguard humanist concerns and you insist on a certain critical distance from developments of a machinic intelligence that may well be invisible. It would be interesting to hear your position as compared with the remarks made earlier in your text on interactivity, “Transforming Mirrors.”[2]
     
    Do you think that interactivity in cultures developing in company with ubiquitous computing (ubicomp) will increasingly involve technical processes that mirror human self-reference? Or is it more likely that most such ubicomp processes will parenthesize mirrorings of human self-reference in favor of other technical feedback loops and interruptions, as in invisible computational infrastructures and networks populated by autonomous intelligent agents with their own modes of operation and reference?

    David Rokeby: It is hard to predict long-term trends in this field. We are living with technologies that were not visible on the horizon thirty years ago.
     
    But I think that the answer rests as much in the realm of shifting cultural attitudes as in that of technological breakthroughs. The shift on the iPhone from skeuomorphism, where the familiar physical world was the reference for most interface elements, to iOS7, which makes assumptions about the interface literacy of its users, shows how the terms of engagement continue to change. It is not clear what kinds of interfacing relationships we will feel comfortable with in the future. Are piercing and body modification unconscious preparation for the embedding of sensors and actuators in the body?
     
    It will likely end up being a question of efficiency and convenience. The two directions you pose are towards dialogue on one side and augmentation on the other, and hinge on the degree to which the ambient algorithmic environment is felt as an attribute of self, coherent other, or environment. The membrane separating self and environment is fairly porous if the environment is ubiquitous and homogenous, and so in most cases it is a question of whether we sense the responsive environment to be part of us or not.
     
    When the system becomes involuntarily internalized as a part of one’s own identity, there is a question of where to turn when something goes wrong. “This pervasive anxiety that I am feeling … should I see a therapist or the system administrator?” I think that this is more serious than it might at first appear. The ubicomp component of a workplace is an extension of its corporate culture; the cost of not fitting in is tangible both socially and in terms of career advancement. The natural response is to change oneself to fit the environment better, and much of this happens involuntarily, especially if the source of the issue is hard to put your finger on (i.e., ubiquitous and transparent).
     
    An algorithmic environment where the engagement is dialogic is easier to critique, but distracting and inefficient.
     

    UE: Yes, perhaps not least because this demands a more explicit recognition of another agency?

    DR: Norbert Wiener proposes that autonomy can be determined by whether the amount of information transfer within a system is greater than the information transfer across its boundaries. At some point in the discussion of sensor spaces and ubicomp, I think this measure starts to become relevant. We can think of the relative locality of parts of the system in terms of the intensity of the connecting information flow. Is a camera observing you closer (in this informational sense) to being part of you than a mouse or track pad that you are actually touching? Or is there insufficient information flow in the opposite direction to make this stick?
     
    You interact with Siri, the iPhone voice-activated assistant, in a simple dialogic manner and it is clearly experienced as “other.” In theory this service could be delivered as a technological extension of one’s own cognitive processes, and therefore experienced as part of one’s self. Intent is an important part of this. If we must consciously engage a behavior, and that behavior includes a delay, then it is experienced very differently than if it were ubiquitous, always active, and instant.

    UE: Is this set of distinctions reflected in your works?

    DR: In 1995, I created a video installation called Watch, in which an artificial perception system parses the video signal of a camera looking onto the street corner outside the gallery, separating movement from stillness, “verbs” from “nouns.” In Watch, you effectively wear the installation as a set of real-time filters on your perceptual field; you do not look “at” this work so much as look “through” it. The processes that the computer is applying to the live video feel almost internal.

    Fig. 1. Still, Watch: Broadway and Houston, Hollo Solomon Gallery, New York City, 1996. © David Rokeby. Used by permission.
     

    At the same time, I was creating installations that intentionally played with different rates of processing. Very Nervous System, which responds to people’s movements with a real-time sonic accompaniment, was as real-time as possible, and Watch attempted the same thing. The Giver of Names pushed in the opposite direction. In this work, a computer looks at objects that visitors have chosen and placed on a pedestal. Through processes of visual analysis, association and grammatical construction, the computer responds to the objects, constructing sentences, which it speaks aloud. Here the processing loop was extended to create the space for mental reflection inside the feedback loop, both because it was doing more processing and because The Giver of Names was intended to be experienced as a self-contained entity. It was also a response to my observation that people interacting with Very Nervous System were often so enthralled with the intensity of the interaction that they did not think more deeply about the experience and its implications.

    Fig. 2. Very Nervous System, Winnipeg, aceartinc., 2003; image-array design by Mike Carroll; photo courtesy of aceartinc. © Risa Horowitz, William Eakin, and Liz Garlicki. Used by permission.

    But immediacy and fluidity are certainly desirable in many situations. I was making art and trying to tease out difficult questions. That is not the goal of most interactive systems. For the broader practical applications of ubiquitous intelligent sensing systems, my main concern would be our mental health.

     
    UE: My immediate impression here is that you answer by way of reinscribing versions of the undecidable. A remarkable series of your works are not altogether foreign to this mode of operation. One might be tempted to see here something of a more general import to many of your installations. Your work bears witness to an insistence on the differential repetition of an immanent critique of human and technical decision.
     
    Your installations return human interactants to an undecidability interior to given decisions or decisions that are taken for granted. They also include a computational “perversion,” as you call it: algorithms turning back against and into themselves to reinvoke undecidability, typically as a ghost of the classical halting problem. I am thinking of the problem of deciding, given a program and an input, whether that program will eventually halt when run with that input, or will run forever. As you know, Alan Turing proved long ago that a general algorithm to solve this does not and cannot exist.
     
    The near obsession in your work with mirroring feedback could be approached as the more decidable side. Mirroring feedback happens when interactions take place through solvable or semi-solvable decision problems. Your repeated use of the mirror metaphor is a particularly apt gesture, since in computational complexity theory these two types of problems concern a recursive set or a recursively enumerable set.
     
    However, your “natural” drift towards undecidability as a dynamic space of potential for complexification makes this a little less apt. Perhaps this is why you use the phrase “transforming mirrors,” which points in the direction of heterogenesis rather than autogenesis.

    DR: I suspect that feedback is necessary for emergence. Can you think of an emergent phenomenon that does not require feedback?
     
    Mirroring feedback is only interesting to me when it is faulty or incomplete: transformative, modulated, or otherwise opened out towards the world. I prefer Echo’s transformed and delayed reflections to Narcissus’s servo-mechanical relationship to his own image (McLuhan 63). Recursion is interesting when a structurally or functionally coherent meta-phenomenon emerges that is open enough to not be purely self-referential. I think it was Daisetsu Suzuki who suggested that Heidegger, of all Western philosophers, had come closest to Zen, but that he approached it backwards, through an infinite regression that never achieves its goal.[3]
     
    UE: In this adherence to the transformative potential residing with Echo, I also hear an affirmation of a growing complexity. I have to admit my admiration for your work on this. But I also find here two kinds of reduction leaving me uncertain as to the reach of your work in relation to current ubicomp cultures. I think they stem from your ethical responsibility toward the anthropos. A certain safeguarding reduces the question concerning Echo to one of human complexification. Echo is heard as another technical irritation internal to the human – and you grant priority to the human orchestration of technology. This entails a reduction of technological agency,[4] or a reduction of the autonomy of a universal technical tendency.[5]

    DR: Yes, I privilege the human and wish to safeguard it, but not in a purely reactionary or conservative way. There are a lot of problems in the human realm. There are a lot of ways that technological developments could lead to positive changes in this situation. But I think there is a good chance that an emergent intelligence would decide that humanity is not worth preserving. If an emergent, silicon/binary/logic/network-based intelligence is incapable of appreciating some of the factors that might bear on that decision, then perhaps this would be a tragedy. It comes down to a question of values. What values should bear on decisions that might emerge in an autonomous or semi-autonomous ubicomp scenario? Or, less loaded: what parameters should such a scenario be responsive to? As with all neural net, machine, etc. scenarios, much is determined by this choice of inputs.
     
    Secondly, we cannot discount the value of the robustness of the natural world, and of ourselves. Today’s life forms are the products of absolutely continuous, unbroken lines of aliveness leading back to the origins of life. Millions of years of continuous “beta testing” have generated an unimaginably valuable body of information, partly held genetically, partly held in evolved and integrated biological ecosystems. While the speed of twenty-first-Century computers allows them to compress evolutionary processes by orders of magnitude, they still fail the robustness test if they do not take all relevant opportunities and threats into account.
     
    So my argument for “safeguarding” is the following:  We created the technology. It is our responsibility. It is a reflection of our desires and aspirations. Before deciding to allow it autonomy, we have a responsibility to put the maximum effort into the task of preparing it for autonomy. I consider my process and line of inquiry as part of this effort. As a father, I am engaged in a somewhat analogous process with my daughter. I am consciously adopting a paternalistic relationship to the technology. There is a danger that I might choose to quash “objectively” positive behaviors that I find threatening. (And this comes full circle to the question of whether humanity is “objectively” a net positive presence on the planet.)
     
    Even if our intention is to develop technological entities or systems that will endure past our perhaps inevitable self-destruction, and we ignore human values, we still need to make sure that we are adequately preparing our creations for long -term adaptive existence—that we are not ignoring abilities that may be crucial to long -term adaptation but are not easy to describe or program. Most of the computed environment is produced in a rush to get products to market. And most research is now channeled towards product development. Philosophical speculation is not conducive to meeting product-shipping deadlines. This is a bad way to design the future, or to set up the conditions for the future to design itself.
     
    It comes down to this question: Do I trust emergent autonomous entities with my fate and that of my culture? Similarly, do I trust emergent social entities like government with my fate? Trust necessarily involves a leap of faith, even if that leap is supported by promising statistics. I do not trust autonomous technologies to have my best interests in “mind.” Since it is almost inevitable that it will become increasingly present and common, I need to keep asking the best questions I can, to call it (or at least those developing it) to account.

    UE: One can hardly avoid sensing the call for a balanced, coevolutionary attunement here. Your deep investment in a complex and wide-ranging “harmonics of interactivity” continuously makes itself heard (Rokeby, “Harmonics”).
     
    If this deserves the status of an ideal, maybe a utopian one, most of the time it involves individuations qua temperings. Dynamically uncertain, these individuations are disharmonic, asymmetrically inclined, always attunements to someone and something other. Perhaps this explains the important place reserved in your installations and texts for “transformative mirrors,” with emphasis on the “transformative.”
     
    You mentioned earlier being fond of the Narcissus and Echo myth. You grant Echo the privileged position as a patron deity of interactive art. In a sense, you have always been at work on transformative mirrorings, which return to interactants the same expressing itself in delayed and displaced ways as something or someone other. I wonder how you see the asymmetries in mirrorings and assign relative weights to self-reference, other-reference, and undecidability in human and technical individuations?

    DR: My interest in mirroring must be understood in relation to my understanding of my role as an artist, expressing myself to people who are, through no fault of their own, essentially self-centered and attached to their personal world view and life experience. I follow Varela and Maturana in thinking that we do not transmit messages into the minds of others when we communicate; rather we perturb their surface and cause a rearrangement of what is already inside.[6]
     
    Transformed mirrors become ways of using the intensity of other people’s self-awareness as a “carrier” that can be used to enable communication, much as the FM radio station’s frequency is used as a carrier that is modulated with the sonic signal. In my installations that use transforming mirroring, your image/action/sound is modulated by my system, and that distorting signal is decoded by you as a difference between your inner sense of self and this reflected self.
     
    This is therefore not as user-centric or mirror-obsessed as it might seem. It is a strategy that seeks to sneak past our defenses against otherness.

    UE: I wonder whether your creations of interactive installations and automata and their interaction designs could be said to reserve for themselves a certain second-order status.
     
    If both technical and human becoming through interactivity are at stake, are the artist and the automata rather to be called “transforming transforming mirrors” whose activities may be self-generative, heterogenerative, or undecidable, if not entropic?

    DR: I have often explored second-order artistic expression. In most of my work, I have de-emphasized the “surface content” of the work. All the interesting stuff I have put in these works is at least second-order. People tend to overestimate the empowerment that most interactivity provides. The artist/technologist has given the user control over surface content, but is generally reserving for him- or herself the control at one level of abstraction above. I have played with this in the past – allowing, for instance, users to change the responsive behavior of the program using a simple UI, gestures, etc. (thus giving them some second-order control, and taking the third-order control for myself…). How might we describe the role of a programmer programming a learning system that recalibrates the responsive character to engender a certain overall system behavior itself?
     
    But a real second-order transforming mirror would need two levels of selves being mirrored. The first-order users experience a transformation of themselves. Does the second-order user (the artist creating the transforming mirror) experience a self-transformation reflected back by the authoring system and what is created with it? Certainly some of the ideas I have been expressing in this conversation are plausibly the result of such second-order transforming mirroring. I have described the development of The Giver of Names explicitly as a performance piece performed for myself, in which I dress up as an artificial-intelligence researcher and feel myself affected by the process of doing the research, watching the way my decisions are guided by the task and the limits of the tools, etc.

    Fig. 3. Still from The Giver of Names, Windsor Art Gallery, 2008. © David Rokeby. Used by permission.

    UE: How do the echoings of echo become, and what is the role of the technical and human audience of interactants?

    DR: This is a good question. It was in order to open more of the second-order experience to the users that I made the feedback loop in The Giver of Names so slow. You are allowed to be a bit of a researcher yourself. That is not entirely satisfying the idea of really passing on the second-order experience, however. It is perhaps why I wrote articles like “Transforming Mirrors,” and this is perhaps even truer for “Constructing Experience,”[7] which is really a kind of guidebook for people creating experiences in this second-order manner. Writing and talking about my experiences is a way to shed a little light on the second-order. But that is not really the point of your question either. Can one imagine an interactive relationship where all participants are operating on all imaginable levels of responsibility – having the base-level experience, modulating it, modifying it in permanent ways and generating mechanisms for continued automatic modification? This sounds like an interaction between two conscious entities, capable of understanding that there is always one more step up the chain of abstraction, and along the chain of recursion, and ready to act on any of these levels, to grasp the concepts of recursion and abstraction and see them shoot off into infinity, to abstract recursion and abstraction themselves. As long as we have to open each of these doors for our synthetic intelligences, we have to consider how to describe and encode each surrounding context and we continue to have responsibility for their resulting actions. Consciousness does not substantially increase our ability to do harm. It does increase our ability to accept responsibility for the harm we might do and to work to preempt it.
     
    As for the question of entropy, second-order (and higher) agencies need to maintain a careful balance between entropic and anti-entropic tendencies. This would require a sort of entropy governor that prevents uncontrolled growth and allows for renewal but keeps the system from dissolving. Is this a plausible minimal definition of some sort of ethics for autonomous systems, or is this perhaps built-in – in that systems with an excessive tendency towards entropy will simply dwindle away? Perhaps the most important thing is to rein in excessively anti-entropic systems because those are the ones that will persist.

    Fig. 4. Installation view, n-Cha(n)t, Banff Centre for the Arts, 2001.[8] © Don Lee/The Banff Centre. Used by permission.

    UE: I was trying to keep open a question of both technical and human interactants as an audience, given your safeguarding of the human. This openness would concern all orders of abstraction and recursion to see how far you go towards complexity or rather introduce reductions. My focus was on second-order interactivity (“transforming transforming mirrors”) and the becoming of “echoings of echo.”
     
    I tried to indicate major potential directions for this second-order interactivity – the self-generative, heterogenerative, undecidable, and the entropic – not only to hear you on epistemological quandaries for interactivity (circularity, infinite regress, undecidability), and on the quasi-ontological inclinations towards energetic complexification and passing away in the play of the negative.
     
    It was also, perhaps primarily, to hear you on the tempering tilts in the practical reason embodied in your installations. Do these installations tend towards inviting the audience to engage ethical responsibility, goal-oriented political action, and a presencing of interactive potentiality, or do they tend rather towards the points and waves of energy in interactive practice that delimits live and living systems (technical, biological, and human)?

    DR: In my text “Predicting the Weather,” I end by asking: “How does one best function within a situation one cannot hope to entirely understand???” I was explicitly talking about accepting responsibility for your actions even when the results of those actions are not predictable. I was struggling to find a model of responsibility that could work in the contemporary world. In my early vision of interactive utopia, I saw interactive installations as ways of developing and practicing this kind of responsibility. The idea was to engineer an interactive space in which one could simultaneously grasp that one had agency and that one did not always see a clear causal line from one’s actions to their results. In such a space, you could come to terms with influencing without controlling, and perhaps imagine a way to live like that, perceptive and active at all times – literally responsive, and perhaps by extension, responsible.
     
    The dark cloud that enveloped me through the ’90s was partly a result of my growing understanding that people were excited to participate, but not so interested in bearing any responsibility—that, indeed, interactive technologies were just as good at creating a fake enfranchisement, a fake empowerment, as they were in encouraging actual engagement. This is not surprising in retrospect, but it was a surprise to my younger, utopian self.
     
    I still present my interactive installations to the public as opportunities to play directly with issues like surveillance in the hope that I will further the dialogue, and in large part to increase interactive literacy incrementally. It was the ease with which we can be fooled or too easily satisfied by interactions that pushed me out of the interactive Eden, and so this interactive literacy question is very important to me. This is a way to develop ethical responsibility and goal-oriented political action. But I generally shy away from strong political statements in my work because I am not interested in preaching to the converted or simply polarizing debate. My role is to churn the soil so that people can be surprised by their responses to something, perhaps enough to get under their assumptions and actually change their mind. I do not really have a firm “position” on most aspects of surveillance, ubicomp, etc. But I have a feeling that we as a society are not engaging in a sufficient discussion about the future we are inventing and allowing to settle into place.
     
    So if my installations have a mission, it is to undermine assumptions, to destabilize familiar experiences and habits of perception and mind. This is in direct response and opposition to the fact that so much is underexamined – things (technologies and ideas and attitudes) are left to cool and crystallize too quickly, becoming hard yet brittle.
     
    As for points and waves of energy in interaction: for me these are no less politically charged. Understanding autonomy and feedback and permeability and transparency and internalization of tech and externalization of self are all things we need to become literate in if we are to make good decisions. This is particularly problematic given the momentous shift in the locus of policy-making (especially in the USA), where policy is now largely made through consumer choice and corporate lobbying. The deep suspicion of intellectuals in the United States means that informed top-down decision-making is regarded as elitist. So how do we come to make smart decisions about the future?

    UE: You trust in the development of a smarter interactive literacy via invitations to the audience to encounter interactivity of another order—Hence a certain trust of yours in the responsiveness and responsibility of the audience. But you also trust that the audience will just participate (staying on a first -order plane, presumably for and with themselves), rather than being or becoming responsible unto the other on another plane?

    DR: It is important to distinguish between what I hoped for in the early years, and what I learned to fear later on. I had to revise my position of naive trust to one that is a bit more tempered. I learned that I had to be a better and more thoughtful artist in order to nurture a smarter interactive literacy.
     
    One of my biggest concerns was that people interacting with my installations have often not grasped that their interaction was clearly limited to the first order. I did make some experiments allowing interactants to change the behavior of the piece through a UI and some mouse gestures. This was interesting, but I did not continue these initial explorations of second -order interactivity with the audience because I was more interested in understanding better why people were satisfied with the first order. I think our human grasp of interactive relationships is often pretty limited. I think that we like the fact that we have some responsibility but that it is clearly circumscribed. We do not want to take it all on. This leaves the playing field pretty open for unguided emergence of entities and “evil geniuses.”

    UE: My question concerning the audience was meant as a sincere and respectful bow in the direction of these technical and human others. I am struck by a tension in your remarks. You acknowledged early that the audience is the primary medium for an interactive artist. One could see an affirmation here that your privileging of mirroring, feedback loops, recursion, and responsibility implies a rather humble recognition of the audience as the very condition of existence of your installations. This recognition seems to coexist with but also be less privileged than the creative act of the artist of interactive media art installations. This remains a decisive act that opens the stage for interactive exploration of structures of possibility of a certain complexity but also always already delimits these in a reduction of complexity. This asymmetry is clearly tempered by the inclusion in your installations of experiments with co-responsible “audiences” (or “co-creators”). However, you seem to parenthesize this, granting primacy to human reductions of the complexity of interactivity to a first-order plane. This seems out of tune with your harmonics of interactivity. Here I am left wondering whether one should hear a kind of disenchantment?

    DR: Certainly there is disenchantment. It was inevitable, considering the utopian place I started from. On the other hand, if we take an enlarged view of what interactive toolset robust enough for others to use. Sharing these tools is a level of sharing and co-creation beyond what is normally possible in any kind of installation. The reason is “time.” Substantive meta-creation takes time. Simply creating the possibility of higher order engagement with the audience in the code does not add up to much unless you can provide the proper conditions for its use.
     
    Artists who have used my tools often comment that they appreciate the “character” of my tools. They feel my thinking in them. I am excited to share the potentials that these tools opened up for exploring interactivity.
     
    As for creating interactive systems that emerge or evolve, let me note that this is easier said than done in a practical and satisfying way. I am an artist and so my motivations, while sometimes parallel to those of a researcher or academic, are also often quite different. I am not sure how to characterize the differences, but I could say that my audience is much broader. For my own pleasure I may play with algorithms in my studio that will never be of interest to my audience, but my aim is usually to find ways to share aspects of my “research” with everyone (and those “everyones” are all human). This is one great promise of interactivity, occasionally fulfilled: it allows one to make accessible things that are normally hidden behind firewalls of ultra-specialized language and slowly evolved, deeply invested mental constructs.
     
    In “Transforming Mirrors” I talk about the experience I had in 1984 with the earliest versions of Body Language, in which I handed as much control as I could to the participant.[9] I found that the experience had too many dimensions of interaction, and so the sense of interactivity was, for many users, completely lost. Reducing the dimensions of interactivity produced a greater sense of interaction. This was another facet of my loss of innocence – I was very disappointed by this apparent paradox. Of course, time is one of the important issues here. With enough exposure, perhaps people would come to have a more satisfying experience with the more complex interaction. But I need to acknowledge the duration of interaction that I can expect with my audience and work within its frame.
     
    These may seem like bizarre limitations from a pure research perspective, but I am not a pure researcher.

    Ulrik Ekman is Associate Professor at the Department of Arts and Cultural Studies, University of Copenhagen. Ekman’s main research interests are in cybernetics and ICT, the network society, new media art, critical design and aesthetics, as well as recent cultural theory. He is the head of the Nordic research network “The Culture of Ubiquitous Information,” with more than 150 participating researchers. Ekman is currently involved in the publication of Ubiquitous Computing, Complexity and Culture (Routledge, forthcoming 2015), a comprehensive anthology treating the question whether and how the development of network societies with a third wave of computing may have brought about the emergence of a new kind of technocultural complexity. Ekman’s publications include “Of the Untouchability of Embodiment I: Rafael Lozano-Hemmer’s Relational Architectures,” in C-Theory (2012); “Irreducible Vagueness: Augmented Worldmaking in Diller & Scofidio’s Blur Building,” in Postmodern Culture 19.2; and “Of Transductive Speed – Stiegler,” in Parallax 13.4. He is also the editor of Throughout: Art and Culture Emerging with Ubiquitous Computing (MIT Press, 2013).

     

    David Rokeby is an independent artist living in Toronto. His early work Very Nervous System (1982-1991) pioneered interactive art, translating physical gestures into real-time interactive sound environments. It was presented at the Venice Biennale in 1986, and was awarded a Prix Ars Electronica Award of Distinction for Interactive Art in 1991. Several of his works address digital surveillance, including “Taken” (2002), and “Sorting Daemon” (2003). Other works engage in a critical examination of the differences between human and artificial intelligence. The Giver of Names (1991-) and n-cha(n)t (2001) are artificial subjective entities, provoked by objects or spoken words in their immediate environment to formulate sentences and speak them aloud. David Rokeby has exhibited and lectured extensively in the Americas, Europe and Asia. His awards include a Governor General’s Award in Visual and Media Arts (2002), a Prix Ars Electronica Golden Nica for Interactive Art (2002), and a British Academy of Film and Television Arts “BAFTA” award in Interactive art (2000).

     

    Footnotes

    [1] For the first book-length engagement with the sociocultural, aesthetic, and artistic implications of these developments, see Ekman, Throughout. At least three earlier monographs have contributed to an understanding of these developments in the contexts of interaction design, architecture, and the cultural ethics of ubiquitous computing: Dourish; McCullough; Greenfield. Interesting and technically well-informed introductions presented from the perspectives of different disciplines can be found in: Abowd and Mynatt; Beigl; Bell and Dourish; Galloway; Rogers; Symonds.
     
    [2] See Rokeby, “Transforming Mirrors.”
     
    [3] Upon reading a book by D.T. Suzuki, Heidegger is reported to have said, “If I understand this man correctly, this is what I have been trying to say in all my writings” (Barrett xi).
     
    [4] See Latour.
     
    [5] See Leroi-Gourhan.
     
    [6] See Maturana and Varela.
     
    [7] See Rokeby, “The Construction of Experience.”
     
    [8] In n-cha(n)t, seven computers form a small community of entities with significant cognitive and linguistic skills. They slowly fall into unison chanting when left alone, sharing ideas amongst themselves until a consensus is reached. The chant scatters into a jumble of independent voices when disrupted by words spoken by gallery visitors, disrupting the coherence of the group.
     
    [9] See Rokeby, Body Language.

    Works Cited

    • Abowd, Gregory D., and Elizabeth D. Mynatt. “Charting Past, Present, and Future Research in Ubiquitous Computing.” ACM Trans. Comput.-Hum. Interact. 7.1 (2000): 29-58. Web.
    • Barrett, William. “Zen for the West.” Introduction. Zen Buddhism. By D.T. Suzuki. Garden City: Doubleday, 1956. Print.
    • Beigl, Michael. “Ubiquitous Computing – Computation Embedded in the World.” Disappearing Architecture: From Real to Virtual to Quantum. Eds. Michael Beigl and Peter Weibel. Berlin: Birkhäuser, 2005. 52-61. Print.
    • Bell, Genevieve, and Paul Dourish. “Yesterday’s Tomorrows: Notes on Ubiquitous Computing’s Dominant Vision.” Personal and Ubiquitous Computing 11.2 (2007): 133-43. Web.
    • Dourish, Paul. Where the Action Is: The Foundations of Embodied Interaction.  Cambridge: MIT P, 2001. Print.
    • Ekman, Ulrik, ed. Throughout: Art and Culture Emerging with Ubiquitous Computing. Cambridge: MIT P, 2013. Print.
    • Galloway, Alexander. “Intimations of Everyday Life – Ubiquitous Computing and the City.” Cultural Studies 18.2-3 (2004): 384-408. Web.
    • Greenfield, Adam. Everyware: The Dawning Age of Ubiquitous Computing.  Berkeley: New Riders, 2006. Print.
    • Latour, Bruno. “Where Are the Missing Masses? The Sociology of a Few Mundane Artifacts.” Shaping Technology/Building Society. Ed. Wiebe E. Bijker and John Law. Cambridge: MIT P, 1992. 225-58. Print.
    • Leroi-Gourhan, André. Évolution et techniques. Paris: Albin Michel, 1943. Print.
    • Maturana, Humberto R., and Francisco J. Varela. Autopoiesis and Cognition: The Realization of the Living. Boston: D. Reidel, 1980. Print.
    • McCullough, Malcolm. Digital Ground: Architecture, Pervasive Computing, and Environmental Knowing. Cambridge: MIT P, 2004. Print.
    • McLuhan, Marshall. Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man: Critical Edition. Ed. W. Terrence Gordon. Berkeley: Ginko Press, 2003. Print.
    • Rogers, Yvonne. “The Changing Face of Human-Computer Interaction in the Age of Ubiquitous Computing.” HCI and Usability for e-Inclusion. Eds. Andreas Holzinger and Klaus Miesenberger. Berlin: Springer, 2009. 1-19. Print.
    • Rokeby, David. Body Language. 1984. Sound Installation. Justina M. Barnicke Gallery, Toronto. DavidRokeby.com. Web. 28 Feb. 2015.
    • —. “The Construction of Experience: Interface as Content.” Digital Illusion: Entertaining the Future with High Technology. Ed. Clark Dodsworth, Jr. New York: ACM Press, 1998. Print.
    • —. The Giver of Names. 1990. Multimedia Installation. Inter/Access, Toronto. DavidRokeby.com. Web. 28 Feb. 2015.
    • —. “Predicting the Weather.” Musicworks: Starting All Observations from Scratch 33 (1985). DavidRokeby.com. Web. 28 Feb. 2015.
    • —. “The Harmonics of Interaction.” Musicworks: Sound and Movement 46 (1990). DavidRokeby.com. Web. 28 Feb. 2015.
    • —. “Transforming Mirrors: Subjectivity and Control in Interactive Media.” Critical Issues in Electronic Media. Ed. Simon Penny. Albany: State U of NY P, 1995. 133-58. DavidRokeby.com. Web. 28 Feb. 2015.
    • —. Very Nervous System. 1986. Multimedia Installation. Venice Biennale, Venice. DavidRokeby.com. Web. 28 Feb. 2015.
    • —. Watch. 1995. Video Installation. Gwangju Biennale, Gwangju. DavidRokeby.com. Web. 28 Feb. 2015.
    • Symonds, Judith. Ubiquitous and Pervasive Computing: Concepts, Methodologies, Tools, and Applications. 3 vols. Hershey: Information Science Reference, 2010. Print.
    • Wiener, Norbert. Cybernetics: or Control and Communication in the Animal and the Machine. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1961.
  • The Animal in Translation

    Jacques Lezra (bio)

    New York University

    jl174@nyu.edu

     

    Abstract

    “The Animal in Translation” shows, through analyses of works by Quine, Hearne, and Derrida, how animality studies and translation studies serve to limit one another, but by the same stroke disclose aspects of each field which remain otherwise obscure.  Each provides for the other a way of avoiding the disabling conceptual traps set by seemingly necessary essentialisms, linguistic and species-ist.  Animality studies and translation studies and theory provide these limiting-disclosing functions for each other just where they come to rely on accounts of mediation in order to produce rules for conduct or for thought more generally.

     

    My title straddles two of the hottest subfields in the humanities today: animality studies and translation theory.  I am not interested in producing out of the contact between these two subfields a hybrid disciplinary commodity—animal translation theory, if that is even conceivable.  I want rather to suggest a way in which animality studies and translation studies may serve to limit each other, but may also disclose aspects of that field that remain otherwise obscure.  My goal is to show how each provides for the other a way of avoiding the disabling conceptual traps set by seemingly necessary essentialisms, linguistic and species-ist.  Animality studies and translation studies and theory provide these limiting-disclosing functions for each other just where they come to rely on accounts of mediation in order to produce rules for conduct or for thought more generally.
     
    In what follows I say a little more about Temple Grandin’s Animals in Translation; for Grandin’s properly philosophical bases I turn to Vicki Hearne’s work and to W.V. Quine’s.  I’ll characterize the position they share as empiricist and mean by this that Grandin, Hearne and Quine place an abstract notion of immediate stimulus at the origin of their consideration of (variously) the varieties of human attention (Grandin), the ethics of animal training (Hearne), and the indeterminacies of radical untranslatability (Quine).  I contrast the (suitably complicated) empiricist position with one I attribute to Jacques Derrida, and which I characterize as mediationist.  I mean by this that Derrida’s consideration of the “relation” between human and nonhuman animal never settles into a concept that is immediately at ease with itself.  I do not promote the latter (also to be suitably complicated below) over the former, but rather describe, first, their shared, if quite different, engagement with normativity, and, second, the productive conflict between the two.
     
    I’m interested in two sorts of paradoxes.  Here’s the first.  Say I assert that my animality is what is most immediate to me.  Nothing stands between me and my circumstance as an animal; my animality is precisely that, perhaps that and only that, in respect to which I entertain no mediation, no conceptualization: it is a synonym of the facticity of my human being; my form of being in the world; my life form.  What and how I may think about my animality is subsequent to this state of affairs.  But on the other hand there is nothing about which I can think, no concept or problem more heavily overdetermined, more historically saturated than the “animal” I may or may not be; even to characterize my animality as the facticity of my human being is to position my assertion, my characterization, in a historically dense, shifting, and fractured discursive field.  Nothing is less immediate to me than my animality, which comes to me conditioned by the genealogy, the history, the differential drift of the correlative and mutually limiting concepts of the animal and the human.
     
    And on the other side, the second sort of paradox, in the shape of these two assertions: everything can be translated, give or take, of course, and not just from one natural language to another, but even within a language: I have a notion, I express it in English, and beyond the specifics, beyond whatever it might mean to me in private to say the words “house” or “car” or to mention the color “red,” whatever associations I might have from early experiences with the terms “house” or “car” or with that color, you understand them well enough, we arrive at a practical exchange of information, the right or the expected things happen when I say “I have painted my house red” or “Hand me the red jar” or “I drive a red car.”  But on the other hand, nothing can be translated, properly speaking, not just between two national or natural languages but within any language.  I say “I have painted my house red,” and you understand me and say “How nice” or some such, but only because you and I have set aside the criterion of exactness or the consideration of the intentional force of my utterance, in favor of the criterion of practicality, which amounts to acknowledging that “I have painted my house red” can only be “translated” inasmuch as each term has been abstracted of its historical embeddedness for me and for you.  Both of us now say “I,” “my house,” “I have painted my house red” or “I say to you that it’s nice that you’ve painted your house red,” in a phatic, indexically neutral sense.  No expression is translatable if it is not separated (or, minimally, separable) from its circumstances of utterance, from its history, unless it is immediately abstract.  Our register is now tragic, where it was comic; by “translatable” we now mean “properly translatable,” and we have in mind something like a formal procedure that converts, without loss, sense into sense: a mathematics of translation.  A mapping.  Nothing moves from this map to that, from this space to that one there, unless it first sheds the complexities of circumstance and ascends again, utterly naked, into the idea which is its home, from which it can pass, trailing, into another location, language, map.
     
    How do these two limiting descriptions of “the animal” and “translation” line up?
     
    Say that we claim to be able to “read” the expression on an animal’s face, or to guess what our companion animals are thinking, or to understand the pain they feel when they are mistreated.  Such translations, we might maintain, are possible because animals belong properly and already within the field of translation, because they are sufficiently alike to human animal users of natural languages to permit analogies or outright, Aesop’s fables-ish allegorizations of animal speech.  That is why we can analogize “speaking” to animals, and perhaps more broadly speaking about them, with speaking to someone, to a human animal, whose language we don’t yet know.  Non-human animals are “in translation,” as Grandin has it, when and if the field of translation encompasses their communicative disposition, which is not linguistic.  We could say that this or that primate, call it or her Koko or Quigley, may not know what her trainer’s gestures mean to her trainer, that no non-human animal poses to itself the question of the “meaning of meaning,” and that for this reason no non-human animal can, strictly speaking, be said to “intend” this or that communication.  And yet there is communication.  Say then that two human animals who don’t share a natural language encounter each other.  Inasmuch as they are animals they share a relation to the matter of translation.  The relation need not be identical or symmetric as to the circumstances of the act of translation, but we might non-trivially maintain that as to its structure or type it is both.  For instance, it may be that I think of translation from English to Japanese under the aspect of a commercial advantage to myself, whereas my Japanese interlocutor imagines learning to translate English as a way of gaining access to a cultural sphere.  (My example squarely shoulders the coarsest of cultural clichés, quite deliberately: examples too are intra-linguistic translations; when they work to give an abstract argument concrete shape they trail, even sometimes turn upon, often-unremarked commonplaces.)  “Translation” would be a term and a practice mediated differently for my Japanese interlocutor and for me, and yet we could, perhaps, agree that what we are doing when we seek, each for her or his reason, to understand what the other is saying, is something we could both call “translation,” a limit-term or horizon or type-term that falls apart as soon as we seek to specify, each on her or his side, what it means.
     
    This is controversial.  The poet, animal trainer and philosopher Vicki Hearne famously defended a vigorous trainer-to-dog anthropomorphism in her account of “How to Say ‘Fetch!’’” (55-56).  There is a crucial moment in her training of Salty, a “year-old Pointer bitch” that Hearne invents for us.  The dog has learned to “obey” the trainer, but the trainer does not yet “obey” the dog—which is to say that although the dog obeys “Salty, Sit!” the “looped thought” between trainer and dog is still unidirectional: “the flow of intention,” Hearne says, “is, as it were, one way.  In my account the dog doesn’t initiate anything yet.  She obeys me, but I don’t obey her.”  And then one day, Hearne says,
     

    Salty gets my attention by sitting spontaneously in just the unmistakably symmetrical, clean-edged way of formal work.  If I’m on the ball, if I respect her personhood at this point, I’ll respond.  Her sitting may have a number of meanings. “Please stop daydreaming and feed me!”  (Perhaps she sits next to the Eukanuba or her food dish.)  Or it may mean, “Look, I can explain about the garbage can, it isn’t the way it looks.”  In any case, if I respond, the flow of intention is now two-way, and the meaning of “Sit” has changed yet again.  This time it is Salty who has enlarged the context, the arena of its use, by means of what we might as well go ahead and call the trope of projection.  Salty and I are, for the moment at least, obedient to each other and to language. (55-56)

     

    This is lovely and striking.  For now, note that even if we are not committed to a vigorous anthropomorphism, of the sort indicated by Hearne’s injunction to “respect the personhood” of a dog, or by her attributing to the dog the use of a trope—which, if the phrase is intended seriously, indicates that Salty is able to distinguish between literal and metaphoric uses of “language,” and that the dog, communicating, installs, as the primary device in the symmetrical, intentional circuit of the language-game that both dog and trainer employ and obey, the figure of projection—even if, as I say, we are not committed to this vigorously anthropomorphic description, we have at our disposal a weaker account of communicative disposition and a weaker version of this bidirectional “flow of intention.”  This version, which Hearne characterizes accurately as “Skinnerite” but then dismisses too quickly, does the job even if we maintain that non-human animals can have no intention when they interact with human animals.  We can fairly assert that Salty or Quigley or Koko is doing something, what we would call gesturing in American Sign Language, or sitting by the dog food, or pointing to an icon or baring its teeth, and that the ape or the dog is doing this because that gesture will have an effect on her trainer—the primate or the dog is making this sign in order to have that effect, which might be the effect of producing a treat, or a kitten, or panic, from the trainer.  The word “because” here means something weaker than or at least different from verbs like “understands” and “knows,” terms we would require in order to ascribe intention to the ape or the dog.  The trainer has trained Salty or Koko or Quigley to respond in this or that way to one or another stimulus, and the ape or the dog has trained the trainer to respond in predictable ways to a counter-stimulus.  (The animal does not have to intend to train the trainer for this to occur: a response to a stimulus or a counter-stimulus occurs “because” training has happened, not because anything about the causal nature of the stimulus circle is understood or known.)  Being “in translation” in this sense means being within the closure of a stimulus circle, just as “communicating” with my Japanese-speaking interlocutor means in the first place, before any specific translations begin, acknowledging that we share a common disposition toward a vacuous or horizon-concept of translation, which may be inflected by different cultural or personal circumstances—by my economic interest in learning Japanese, or by his interest in learning English for cultural purposes.  In this restricted sense, whether what’s at issue is my conversation with my Japanese interlocutor or Salty’s attention-getting sitting or Koko’s “conversation” with her trainer, a fundamental but vacuous symmetry is installed, a common “obedience to language” where “language” is to be understood as a field of potentially translatable assertions, of assertions that all of us, the Japanese interlocutor, the trainer, the animal, myself, agree are or may be translated, are or may be understood by another about whom I can say, by means of the trope of projection precisely, that she or he or it could understand them.  And when I say that “we agree” to this, I am giving tongue to what Vicki Hearne designates when she uses terms like “spontaneous” and phrases like “unmistakably symmetrical, clean-edged way of formal work.”  What gets our attention and brings us into recognition that we “obey language” together, is “unmistakable”; it occurs “spontaneously.”  Whatever this is, it lies behind the trope of projection; it might be said to be the tenor for the trope of projection, or its schematic condition of possibility.  It is not language, but it founds the “language” to which the animal and its trainer assent, and to which interlocutors speaking recognizably different human languages also assent.
     
    It is not language, but it furnishes the rules for thinking about the relation to a primary or primal language that human and non-human animals share.  It is not language, but is this foundational point, this point on which the assent to language depends, this point from which depends our spontaneous recognition that we and the non-human animals we train are beings-in-language, is it translatable?  Just what are these rules for thinking, and how are we to follow them?
     
    In order to bring the question of rule-following into contact with the question of mediation in animal studies and in translation studies, let me designate two limits.  On one side, obeying a rule, being named or naming, or being trained or training, are activities related both to the immediacy of the stimulus reaction, and to the abstract translatability of concepts.  It is, in fact, impossible to separate immediacy from abstraction on this point: the presumed immediacy of stimulus reactions is the condition on which concepts are understood across languages and idioms, and vice-versa: stimulus reactions are immediate to us because they are already abstract, and fall for this reason outside of the domain of our particular interpretations.  This reciprocal arrangement is logically shaky but wonderfully secure culturally and experientially.  When Salty sits in her “immediately and spontaneously recognizable way,” I am “on the ball” if I react to her stimulus.  Under these circumstances, I am acting in a relation to my animality; I am well trained, but I am also, inasmuch as I “respect the dog’s personhood,” in a position in which my own “personhood” is being “respected” by the animal.  We’re both obedient to “language,” but my attending-to-Salty is not a rule that can be generalized.  So what sort of a rule is it that cannot be generalized?  All I can do is say, “Be on the ball” to other human animals, and by this I mean something quite empty: I mean “pay attention to the stimulus you will receive” or I mean “See, visualize,” as Grandin would have it, or I mean “Don’t mistake what is ‘immediately and spontaneously recognizable;’ don’t mistake what is unmistakable: make sure that a stimulus is a stimulus for you!”
     
    The unity-and-emptiness-of-stimulus argument has any number of attractive and useful formulations, but probably the most explicit and the most famous one is found in W.V. Quine’s account of the emergence of radical translation, as he tells it in Word and Object.  Quine’s famous story has a pleasantly jokey syntax: a linguist, understood not to know the local language, meets a member of a “hitherto untouched people,” a native speaker of a language that the field linguist cannot decipher (Word and Object 25).  A first occasion for establishing the point of contact, of translation, between these two languages presents itself when a rabbit “scurries by.”  Quine calls this a “stimulus situation,” and means by this that the linguist and the speaker experience, roughly simultaneously, the stimulus of seeing the scurrying animal.  “Gavagai,” says the speaker.  Provisionally, Quine’s linguist notes down that “Gavagai” may mean “‘rabbit’ or ‘Lo, a rabbit!’”  Actually disambiguating the expression proves difficult, and impossible without “supplying native sentences for [the native] informant’s approval, despite the risk of slanting the data by suggestion.”  “For,” says Quine,
     

    suppose the native language includes sentences S1, S2, and S3, really translatable respectively as ‘Animal,’ ‘White,’ and ‘Rabbit.’… How then is the linguist to perceive that the native would have been willing to assent to S1 in all the situations where he happened to volunteer S3, and in some but perhaps not all of the situations where he happened to volunteer S2?  Only by … querying combinations of native sentences….  So we have the linguist asking ‘Gavagai?’ in each of various stimulatory situations, and noting each time whether the native assents, dissents, or neither.  But how is he to recognize native assent and dissent when he sees or hears them?  Gestures are not to be taken at face value; the Turks’ are nearly the reverse of our own. (Word and Object 26)

     

    Faced with a palpable regressive paradox, Quine’s conclusion, famously and controversially, is that in cases of radical translation, there is no way to establish definitively what “Gavagai” refers to or what it means.  The animal I name may be identified by means of a collection of descriptive attributes or predicates of identity, accidental or essential.  In this situation, which even goes beyond what Wittgenstein calls “aspect-seeing,” “Gavagai” could refer to an aspect, for instance a temporal aspect, of the rabbit-in-motion; to a part of the rabbit, the tail say; to its color; but “Gavagai” could even refer to the finger pointing.[1]  “Gavagai” could mean “I don’t know what that is.”  It could mean “food.”  Presumably the list of things the term could mean is not infinite, but probably it is not countable, either.  The animal I name may be identified by a collection of attributes that describe the animal, and the name “Gavagai” refers to one or many of them; but this naming-convention may not pertain in the discursive world of the speaker, who might be what Kripke calls a rigid-designationist rather than a descriptivist; and of course “Gavagai” might not be a noun at all.
     
    Quine’s philosophical fable has elicited important glosses.  Some of his readers—those interested in exacerbating the fable’s regressiveness—have suggested that descriptive identity predicates are implied in the speaker’s gesture of pointing, and that these in turn are to be understood as collections of additional identity predicates requiring disambiguation, and so on.  They do not share the word “rabbit,” or the word “Gavagai” as a word; even the primitive ostensive function for language indicated by the speaker’s pointing is suspect, since the speaker might be saying the word “Finger!” or the phrase “I am making an indexical sign!”  Under the threat of regressions such as these, one solution is to stipulate that for there to be translation, indeed for there to be communication, a decision is called for: with sovereign assurance, one cuts through the thickening forest of predications, and settles on one, the likeliest or the most motivated.  The animal itself is manifestly not what the native speaker and the non-native linguist share when such decisions are called for, in the way that you might say that people share food, if they eat rabbit together.  The analogy to a Schmittian scenario is useful: this is the sovereign in the bush.  For the act of deciding (that “Gavagai” means one or another thing, stimulated by the presence of the rabbit; or on a different, fundamental level, that “Gavagai” is to be interpreted as a response to the stimulus of the question) is held privately by one side, on the linguist’s side, say, or on the side even of the analytic philosopher narrating the little fable.  The speaker and the linguist do not decide together, according to criteria they share, or according to what Quine calls a “manual.”  (How would they arrive at these criteria or at a shared “manual,” without a primal moment in which each side designated for the other what the criterion is for deciding what “Gavagai” means?  Or what “manual” they should share?  And wouldn’t that primal designation be subject to the same skeptical deflation as the moment when the native sees the rabbit, if that’s what he sees, and says, to the incomprehension of the linguist, “Gavagai”?  “Gavagai” could, after all, be the name of “concept” or of “convention” or “criterion” or “object” in the native tongue: our little animal-and-forest fable could also be a fable concerning the designation of entities that appear, are observed, or are produced for thought and consideration.)  Sovereign is he who decides whether there is, or is not, translation.  Sovereign is he who stipulates the criteria according to which it is to be judged whether there is, or is not, translation.  The sovereign designates the manual.
     
    Or not quite.  Yes, the native speaker’s perspective necessarily drops out of the field of decisions, but on the other hand for Quine’s story-example to work, for the speaker’s perspective to drop out, then alongside the perspective of the animal itself (whatever that might be), the native speaker and the linguist must share a notion of what a “stimulus” is, or rather, they must both be obedient to the stimulus, as Vicki Hearne and Salty are obedient to language and to each other.  The words we use to describe the rabbit may be conditioned, as the word “red” is conditioned for me by my past, by my home’s color, or by my political affiliation; or as the color “white” and the noun “snow” are said to be in the Inuit tongue by the circumstances of Inuit experience.  “Rabbit” may be translatable or radically untranslatable; but the fact that there is stimulus and that the stimulus is “immediately and spontaneously recognized” as such is the condition on which there is a scene of pointing, the condition on which the question of translatability or untranslatability arises: it is the fable’s ground.  Even when by “Gavagai” we take the speaker to be saying “this is my finger,” or even if “Gavagai” means nothing—it still stimulates. “Gavagai” is a stimulus understood to arise in response to a stimulus, no matter what the first stimulus was, or what the second stimulus, the enunciation of “Gavagai,” means.  Even so, then, the conditions that Quine sets up are such that the speaker can only mean “This is my finger,” or mean nothing, or simply set about stimulating us by uttering a word, “Gavagai,” that he knows to be utterly foreign to the linguist’s lexicon—the speaker can mean or intend any of these only upon the stimulus-reaction occasioned by the scurrying rabbit.  “Gavagai,” he says, and whatever else might be at issue, we three, or four, the native speaker, the linguist, the narrating analytic philosopher, and the readers of Word and Object, “obey” the immediate and common, agreed circumstance: there is a stimulus, and it is coincident or correlative with “Gavagai.”  For the question of translation, and for the question of decision, to be posed, Quine says, there has to have been stimulus in the first place, or rather there has to be agreement that there has been a stimulus in the first place.  We recognize, “immediately and spontaneously,” that we are, as Hearne puts it, obedient to language inasmuch as we agree that there has been stimulus.  “Agreement” does not mean something like “the conscious or deliberate, common assent to a fact of some sort,” but rather something like “stipulation,” or even—this is perhaps controversial—“agreement” here means that we, the native speaker, the linguist, the narrating analytic philosopher, and the readers of Word and Object, are all trained, have all been trained, to identify a stimulus in common.  It is not required—indeed, it is excluded—that the linguist and the speaker and the rest of us have an identical description of what “stimulus” is (that is, an identical collection of predicable attributes attached to the term “stimulus”), or of how a concept works, the concept of stimulus, or of how a decision is reached.  A stimulus, the change-of-state-of-affairs, is shared by the speaker and the linguist and the rest of us and as a result we are obedient to language.  A meadow with nothing happening in it is precisely not stimulating; it’s the unmistakable and spontaneous change that’s signaled by, that is, the animal’s movement or that’s signaled by or that is the stipulation “There is stimulus,” that gives rise to the question, “Is it, the word for that which is producing the stimulus or for the stimulus itself, is it translatable or is it not translatable?”
     
    “Stimulus” is neither translatable nor untranslatable between native speech and field-linguist-ese, nor a fortiori between natural languages, because, on Quine’s account, “stimulus” marks the as-yet-unpredicated spot, common to all languages, upon which all languages take the shape of syntactically-organized fields of differential predications, by means of the trope of projection.  Not the rabbit but the scurrying rabbit is the functional term here, the term on which we can stand in order, by projection, to tell our story.  I take Quine, and Hearne, and Temple Grandin, to be raising a philosophical scaffolding on the ground of empirical but abstract immediacy, and to require that both the native informant and the animal before us, the animal and the informant who bear attributes and are the subject and translator of definitional predicates, be sacrificed so as to produce the concept of the empty stimulus-function on which natural language is built, and on which decisions concerning the possibility of translating or not amongst natural languages are built.  I intend the range of senses associated with the word “sacrificed”: the native informant and the animal before us are taken in place of something else, more precious; they are offered up, propitiatory or apologetic, to a sovereign power; they are destroyed, as when we say that the stricken cattle had to be “sacrificed.”  These are different approximations to translation, as we will see.
     
    I asked above regarding the foundational, void stimulus-point on which empirical philosophies stand the assent to language and balance our spontaneous recognition that we and the non-human animals we train are beings-in-language and beings obedient-to-language, whether this non-linguistic point is translatable.  This question cannot be understood in the lexicons that Hearne, and Quine, and Grandin, offer us.  To approach it, allow me now to turn to the other limiting side to the question of how rule-following meets mediation.  Consider now a philosophy critical of the naked immediacy of empirical stimulus, and of the resilient correlation between the stimulus reaction and the concept.  Does it too sacrifice the animal in translation?
     
    Four animal scenes recur in Jacques Derrida’s late writing.  They are, first, the Adamic scene of the man who names the animal, who calls the animal by name (“I name you ‘Gavagai,’ my pet rabbit!”); second, the scene of the father who, required to sacrifice his son, finds, or is given, or produces, a substitute; third, the scene of the slaughterhouse, where the modern logic of industrial mass production brings about the phenomenon of the animal bred in great numbers in order to be slaughtered.  Fourth—last—is the scene of an encounter between a man, call him a philosopher, and a non-human animal whose presence offers the philosopher, or imposes upon the philosopher, what Derrida calls “the certainty that what we have here is an existence that refuses to be conceptualized [qu’il s’agit là d’une existence rebelle à tout concept].”[2]
     
    There are deep and exceptionally tricky relays among these four scenes, though they do not resolve themselves into a single scene, and they do not offer us a concept, or even a concept of concept, that would allow us to group them easily (see Lawler).  (One might say that they are, like the cat that presents itself to Derrida’s gaze in The Animal that Therefore I Am, rebellious to any concept.  Derrida’s animal scenes are more like animots, animalwords, in Derrida’s splendidly strange usage, than like different animals of a single species, or different species of animal.)  For Derrida, there is never a single encounter between the philosopher, or indeed between the human animal, and another animal, human or not.   Such encounters are always at least fourfold; they take place in and are always drawn from at least four at times incompatible registers and locations—the register of Adamic naming, Abrahamic sacrifice, industrial slaughter, and the register in which the animal presents itself as, or impresses upon us that it is, irreplaceable life.  Our singular ways of thought and of expression account in part for our need to think these scenes through systematically; in our little scenes, a philosopher is never a single philosopher, both in the ways that an animal is never just an animal, and in other ways too; a philosophical scene—whether of writing, or of encounter between a non-human animal and a human—is never one.  In this manner at least the encounter between the philosopher or the philosophical human animal and the animal can never provide a “stimulus,” or indeed be a numerically discrete event like a decision.  On this score as on so many others, we would be hard-pressed to derive from Derrida’s work rules based in agreed, translatable concepts, governing decisions taken in accord with classical, individualist ethics, or regulae ad directionem ingenii.[3]  The “unshakable” certainty that this moment provides sits upon the shakiest of grounds: the “certainty” that what stands there, the being that stands before the philosopher, is an existence “rebellious to any concept” or, as David Wills translates it, “an existence that refuses to be conceptualized.”  And how could I replace that irreplaceable living being with another, or think of it alongside another being; how could I gather both of them under the sheltering, sacrificial generality of the concept, translating them (in one version of the word “translating”) one into the other?
     
    In Derrida’s animal-human scenes, in each taken singly and taking the aggregate as a non-systematic collection, we come before something that rebels against any and every concept.  But what does this mean?  What can we then mean by “thought”?  By “decision”?  What sorts of rules can one build when one is unshakably certain that one faces, in the animal and in the scene and scenes in which the animal becomes present to thought, something—an existence, a word, a case—rebellious against any and every concept?  Minimally, we would be exchanging the concept of concept for the mediated and discontinuous circuit—though this is not the language that Derrida uses.  No sacrifice that does not pass through the slaughterhouse (and in this context the theologico-political value of the sacrifice acquires one order of significance in the post-industrial society); no presentation or intrusion of irreplaceable or unsubstitutable life without an Adamic exercise of mastery over it.  The discipline of philosophy, even the project of thinking what the rebellion against the concept might look like, passes through the Edenic fantasy of primal naming rights.  Adam’s task is unthinkable outside of the shame of the abject, naked philosopher-namer.  In the lexicon that we use to describe the relation among these scenes, or these classes of scenes, we lean heavily on the concepts of determination and over- and under-determination, that is, we lean heavily on the classic vocabulary of mediation.  In this lexicon, the scenes of human-animal encounter are not single scenes, units to be coordinated or composed according to rules or syntaxes: there is always more than one scene, and this plurality is the abstract condition that they obey, the condition of their relationality—in contrast to the abstract visual unity of the stimulus that we find in Quine and in Hearne.  Saying that each scene of this plural set “passes through” all the others is my way of expressing what Derrida worries as the problem of a “general singularity” or a “singular that is general,” un singulier générale or an “indeterminate generality,” une généralité indeterminée.  The expressions “an animal” and “the I” or even the pronoun “I” share this strange quality: they cannot be thought alone, and yet they are one, one scene, a singular scene, for instance the scene of the singular event of a naming or of an averted sacrifice or of the industrial slaughter of produce “animals” or the scene of the philosopher’s shame at the rebellious non-nudity of the animal.  The scenes in which “I” come before the “animal” as its namer, as the father beholden to it inasmuch as it stands in for my son, as its executioner, as the man who cannot think his concept before this animal, are general singularities or indeterminate generalities.
     
    So if we may not say that the scenes of human-animal encounter about which Derrida’s late work turns resolve themselves into a concept; nor that there are systematic relays between them; nor that these scenes mediate each other; nor that they negate, determine, over-determine, or under-determine each other; then what is the rebellious, defective concept of discontinuous circuit that we may use to understand their relation?  Derrida is entirely aware of the paradoxical nature of the structure he is furnishing, a structure at work not only in the philosopher’s deployment of one or another of the human-animal scenes to this or that end—but at work also in the way that the scenes I’ve described come into relation with one another.  The term that Derrida will use to describe this sort of relation is translation, though he is using it, as I’ll suggest, in a way that’s different from the more traditional ways in which I’ve been using it to this point.  The scenes I have described translate each other, and they are untranslatable each into the other.  Scenes in which radical translation and radical untranslatability are represented, they are radically translatable and radically untranslatable amongst each other.  Everything is translatable between and among then; nothing is.
     
    Let me show you what I mean.  Béliers: Le dialogue ininterrompu: entre deux infinis, le poème, is among Derrida’s last works.  It was delivered as a lecture in Hamburg in 2003, in memory of Hans-Georg Gadamer.  It consists largely of an extended analysis of a poem by Paul Celan, which Derrida refers to in the English translation by Michael Hamburger.  In this section, which I cite in Thomas Dutoit and Philippe Romanski’s English translation, “Rams,” from Sovereignties in Question, Derrida concentrates on the image of the ram:
     

    There is war, and the ram, the ram made of flesh or of wood, the ram on earth or in the sky, throws itself into the fray.  … Against what does he not strike? … One imagines the anger of Abraham’s and Aaron’s ram, the infinite revolt of the ram of all holocausts. But also, figuratively, the violent rebellion of all scapegoats, all substitutes. Why me?  … The ram would, finally, want to put an end to their common world. It would charge against everything and against whomever, in all directions, as if blinded by pain. …
     
    That makes for many hypotheses, and for much indecision.  That remains forever the very element of reading.  Its ‘‘infinite process.’’  Caesura, hiatus, ellipsis—all are interruptions that at once open and close.  They keep access to the poem forever at the threshold of its crypts (one among them, only one, would refer to a singular and secret experience, wholly other, whose constellation is accessible only through the testimony of the poet and a few others).  The interruptions also open, in a disseminal and non-saturable fashion, onto unforeseeable constellations, onto so many other stars, some of which would perhaps still resemble the seed that Yahweh told Abraham, after the interruption of the sacrifice, he would multiply like the stars: the abandon of traces left behind is also the gift of the poem to all readers and counter-signatories, who, always under the law of the trace at work, and of the trace as work, would lead to or get led along a wholly other reading or counter-reading.  Such reading will also be, from one language to the other sometimes, through the abyssal risk of translation, an incommensurable writing. (156-57)[4]

     

    I would like to imagine Béliers as a reflection on the ways in which Derrida’s animal scenes come into relation with one another—that is, to read Béliers not just as a meditation on Gadamer’s career, but also as Derrida’s meditation on the ways in which his own career organizes human-nonhuman animal scenes.  On this reading, Béliers becomes an allegory of Derrida’s human-nonhuman animal scenes: its constellations, the complex singular generality of Derrida’s long visualization of the differentiated encounter between human and nonhuman animal; Béliers tells the story of the paradoxical sorts of representation these scenes turn on.
     
    So note the complicated relation between numerability and dissemination in the passage I have excerpted.  In Celan’s poem and in Derrida’s analysis of the poem, the stars’ uncountability flows from two different sources.  The first is the empirical difficulty that they might pose to the project of counting: one of the two infinities of the essay’s title.  (How do we count the stars without losing count?  We capture the night sky at a moment, call it dawn, midnight, or dusk, and we count the stars upon that spangled surface above us, hoping not to lose track, hoping to count all at once, before a star sets or rises, before one shoots across the vault: a star? A planet? An asteroid? A bit of technology orbiting above?)  The other source of the stars’ uncountability flows from their double function: they are units, single stars, astronomically observable elements like the morning star or like Hesperus (neither of which, of course, is a star—and both of which, though different in name and in cultural significance, are names for the same planet), but Celan’s stars are also figures or place-holders making up a constellation, the constellation of the ram for instance.  The animal these symbolic-literal stars form is then part of the firmament but also the means by which the sacrifice on earth is interrupted: a definitive, irreplaceable part of the world-down-here.  Stars are and are not stars; their location is fixed, and yet they wander to earth on ram’s hooves; they stand above, like the starry vault Kant so prized, reducing human animality to its contingent, material qualities and signaling perhaps the sublime domain of the moral law or the absolute violence of the sovereign concept; and they also form part of culturally defined constellations.  The ram-constellation represents or is a translation of the ram-substitute in the Abrahamic tradition—and yet the poem, Derrida says, establishes each as a stand-in for the other, one ram for another, one irreplaceable form of life replacing another par figure, Derrida writes.  And at the same time this act of figurative translation between mythologies, one irreplaceable ram replaced by another from an entirely different tradition, is or must be arrested because it is improper, sacrificial, sacrilegious, as Isaac’s sacrifice is arrested by the ram who is, and cannot be, his figure.
     
    Celan’s stars, Derrida’s stars, the animals in Derrida’s stars and the animals in Celan’s poem: every animal in each of the scenes that Derrida sets before us, and every scene in which a non-human animal stands to hand, every animal and every scene stands in the place of the others and is sacrificed in its place.  Each represents the others, par figure, but each is also held back from representing the other scenes or the other animals, ram for ram, a ram for a child, a cat for a philosopher, a ram for a cat.  This is not an exercise in contradiction, but an exercise in translation, in what we would have to call rebellious translation.
     
    Rebellious.  The word crops up in Béliers, where it helps “One” to “imagine… figuratively, the violent rebellion of all scapegoats, all substitutes.”  And of course it has been keeping us company all along, in the shape of the decisive modifier that Derrida’s cat bears in “The Animal that Therefore I am”—that existence that refuses every concept, that rebels against every concept.  If Celan’s poem is the “figurative” image or imagination of this “violent rebellion,” then Beliers and “The Animal that Therefore I am” are its philosophical “figures.”  But what would a “rebellious” translation then be?  Let me now restate my original questions, and show you how the philosophical figure of rebellion that Derrida provides rebels against the conventional accounts of translation, of animality, of rule-following, of conceptualization, and of mediation.  How, I asked, might the question of the animal and its relation to the human, and the question of the possibility or impossibility of translation, not only serve to limit each other, but also serve to disclose, each about the other, matters that would otherwise remain obscure?  My suggestion was that we should look at the point at which each of these fields of questions depends upon an account of mediation.  I distinguished between translation and animal studies that depend upon the vacuous, visual immediacy of the notion of stimulus, under whose law translatability and untranslatability, training and personhood, abstraction and concretion are marshaled.  In contrast, non- or anti-empirical accounts of human-animal/non-human-animal relations such as Derrida’s offer a defective concept of the scene, numerically and semantically distinct, but also both singular and multiple.
     
    Notice what is staked on calling this a defective concept rather than a non-concept.[5]  That Derrida’s cat, and Abraham or Isaac’s ram, embody an existence rebellious to every concept does not mean that no concepts attach to the animal these animals are—rebellion and singularity, for instance, are also concepts.  It means, however, that between the concept and the animal no immediate translation occurs.  If this is so, though, then it would seem that the word, or the concept, of “rebellion” occupies just the place that the terms “scurrying” and “stimulus” do in Quine’s argument, and that “rebellion” encodes, as the stimulus-scene does in Quine’s story and in Hearne’s argument, an imperative, a ground-rule.  In Quine’s case the command sounded something like this: “Recognize, see, in the world of the native and the field linguist but also in all possible worlds, recognize, see, rigidly, that a stimulus is a stimulus, and from that recognition, from that vision, may flow, in different, radically untranslatable or radically translatable languages, the analytically necessary notion that an animal is an animal, scurrying.”  Upon this singular recognition, or vision, the field-linguist, or Quine, or his readers, will then build their disposition toward non-human animals, and indeed toward human animals as well.  To the extent that this disposition concerns how we will behave when faced with this or that nonhuman, or human, animal, we may call it ethical, or rather, we may call it the ground of ethics (which we understand classically to entail acting according to rules we give ourselves on intuited, axiomatic grounds: this is our autonomy, our sovereignty with regard to ourselves).
     
    Derrida’s ground-rule, if indeed Béliers and the scenes I have been linking do provide one, is different, inasmuch as it does not simply place the faculty of vision or sense of sight at the heart of the scene; inasmuch as this imperative is addressed to the animal but also to his, Derrida’s, reader; and inasmuch as it also serves both as a description of the cat-animal and of the addressed reader, and as its or their concept.  What results is not a version of autonomous ethics but a baldly political rule, that is, a rule that puts the axiomaticality of any ground rule, and of rule-following in general (my own rules to myself, those appear to agree on), into conflict.  “Rebel!”—this seems to be Derrida’s ground-rule.  “Rebel,” one might think, “against allowing yourself and others to be translated into a concept.”  “Find a way of thinking or of ‘existing’ that attends to this ‘rebellion.’”  The mediated sacrifice, the substitution which is and is not one, rebels against making the other animal obey one’s own concept, against translating the other’s language even figuratively, par figure, into one’s own.
     
    But the ground-rule of rebellion is indeed defective.  At the end of the heroic, soixante-huitardish adventure we can glean from Béliers—where the call to rebel is sounded, as though on a ram’s horn, for all to hear—still stand the still figures of the human and his sacrificed, because domesticated, because protected, animal, serviceably and companionably trained to each other’s conduct, animals in translation each to each.  The stakes are very high.  “Rebellion,” as every classic manifesto hopes, travels; it is never just local.  It travels by example; it travels on the wings of social media, of mediatized redistribution; “rebellion” travels in translation, immediately.  “Rebellion” is what I undertake on the streets of Cairo and translate to Tripoli, or Madrid, or London, or Gaza, when I stand with others against constituted or usurping authority, in hopes of achieving a state of equity, domestic tranquility, the restitution of my land, or perpetual peace.
     
    But it is not only that.  “Rebellion,” Derrida is reminding us, is untranslatable on two poetic grounds.  Rebellion, in his analysis of Celan’s poem, is also the anagram for the name of the ram, le belier—and anagrammatical logic is at war with any translation.  It is just what cannot be translated from one natural language to another.  The rigid designators “ram” or “belier,” rigid inasmuch as they have, like the word Hesperus or the word Phosphorus, the same real referent, inasmuch as they refer to the same real animal (“real” here meaning “existing as the referent for a term,” not “really existing in the world”), these rigidly designating terms are translatable, always and universally translatable.  More, though: the word bélier is the anagrammatical name for that animal’s philosophico-political function as well: Bélier is an anagram for rebellion itself—and this anagrammaticality, lingering at the point of the letter, does not refer to “rebellion,” though it produces or reveals it; it has no relation, other than the circumstance that the word’s letters can be scrambled in French to produce a rebel from a ram and a ram out of a rebel, to the concept to which “rebellion” refers.  Anagrammatical effects are at war with standard semantics: they produce semantic effects accidentally; they submit reference to the rebellious wandering of letters.  The war between and within “ram,” “bélier,” and “rebellion,” and within and between the noun “bélier” and the verb “revelle,” is the re-enactment of, or return to, a state of war—a re-bellumLe bélier’s rebellion against translation reveals without repeating, produces concepts without representing or figuring or referring to them, sacrifices without substituting or substitutes without sacrifice.  La rébellion révèle: rebellion reveals an ancestral war waged not between “animal” and “human” or even within the languages we might use to number and negotiate their difference, but within the concept of their difference and within the name that seems to secure the identity of each.
     
    An empiricist account of the animal in translation, grounded in the single term “stimulus” or in the rigid predication “there is stimulus,” permits the field linguist and the philosopher of language and their observers and readers to make practical assertions concerning descriptive predicates.  This empiricist account permits us to make assertions regarding the substitutability of identities organized in a concept that reveals or represents a generality to which their differences can be sacrificed.  The visual, vacuous unity of the stimulus, however, is inadequate to the injunction we find in Derrida’s account—the injunction not to “respect the other animal’s personhood” when that “respect” amounts to the sacrifice of that other animal to its “personhood”; of its rebellion to its proper name; of anagrammaticality to semantics; which is to say the sacrifice of that other animal’s difference from ourselves or from the class or concept to which we say it belongs, to a difference we take to be constitutive of ourselves as “animals” imbued with human “personhood” and self-identity.  The animal is never rigidly named, or immediately named, or named only with an eye to its domination in one field or under one aspect alone: the scene of naming is also the scene of the animal’s sacrifice in a different, plausible world, or in the same one.  The scene of the animal’s naming is also the scene of its mass-production and of its mass execution.  It is likewise the scene of its blank rebellion to the philosopher’s name and against any and all concepts; and the scene of its sacrifice.
     
    I would rather not leave you with the unsatisfactory sense that my argument stands on scrambling letters against the grain of one or another natural language, and then claiming that this old particularity—as old, indeed, as Lucretius’s great poem—is definitive of rebellious translation as Derrida imagines it.  I am not, and Derrida is not, looking for war and rebellion in the alphabetical seeds of things, as De rerum natura might have it.  For Derrida, building out of Celan’s poem a rebellion against translation does not entail asserting that nothing can be translated: Béliers also shows its readers how to arrange, as one might arrange stars into a constellation, the defective concept of a rebellious translation.  This rebellious translation, which is both the rebellion against conceptual translation and the practice of translation itself, does not stand or fall on what we can see literally about words: this is not a matter of finding hypograms, words under words or of finding the untranslatable unwording of words that attaches to the instance of letters alone.  To show you what I mean, allow me to return to David Wills’s exemplary translation of Derrida’s “The Animal that Therefore I Am.”  You will recall the passage I cited earlier.  “It is true,” Wills’ translation runs, “that I identify [the animal before me] as a male or female cat.
     

    But even before that identification, it comes to me [il vient à moi] as this irreplaceable living being that one day enters my space, into this place where it can encounter me, see me, even see me naked [me voir, voire me voir nu].  Nothing can ever rob me of the certainty that what we have here is an existence that refuses to be conceptualized [qu’il s’agit là d’une existence rebelle à tout concept]. (9)

     

    I stressed the word “rebellion” in these lines, which Wills renders as the “refusal to be conceptualized.”  The difference between “rebellion” and “refusal” is not trivial, because rebellion, as we have seen, returns us not to the heroic scene of an individual who asserts claims against a coercive constituted power—non serviam!—but to a state of war, to a sort of Hobbesian war of all against all.  This is not trivial, but it is easily enough fixed, and changing “rebellion” into “refusal” or correcting “refusal” with “rebellion” tells us nothing about the concepts of translation, translatability, or untranslatability that Derrida is setting before us.
     
    But note what happens just where the visualizability of the scene of the animal is presented for translation.  Here, Derrida’s French marks the language’s internal translation: the re-articulation of a French expression in French, which takes place before any identification occurs, an identification of the cat as a cat of one sort or another, even of it as a cat, but which seems also to be the condition on which the French language can be identified, that is to say, seen, as French.  “[E]ven before that identification,” Derrida writes, “it [the animal] comes to me [il vient à moi] as this irreplaceable living being that one day enters my space, into this place where it can encounter me, see me, even see me naked [me voir, voire me voir nu]” (9).  Wills’s phrase is “see me, even see me naked”; Derrida, however, is stressing the homophony between the French verb “to see,” voir, and the syntactic marker of internal translation, voire, which is the equivalent, in a different sensory register, of c’est à dire.  “To see me, to see me see naked” would be one way to render Derrida’s phrase; “to see me, that is, to see me naked” would be another.  This second marks the place where the animal is the mark of internal translation, the pause where French sees itself, sees itself for itself and as itself, sees itself naked.  The first translation of me voir, voire me voir nu places the philosopher’s vision on display, the vision of one particular human animal gazing at a non-human animal, seeing himself nakedly seeing.
     
    The two scenes may not be confused: everything cries out against confusing the scene of intralinguistic mistranslation with the scene of viewing, and against confusing a scene granting primacy to the instant, the undifferentiated glimpse of the vision-stimulus, with a scene in which the function of vision is disseminated, like a constellation whose stars fly from the figure they represent.  Just here, where the animal comes to see and be seen before the philosophical animal, the scene’s language places the difference between the two scenes in the reader’s eye rather than his or her ear, in the silent letter “e” that keeps voir from becoming voire.  But this is no eye we have ever seen: it is, strangely, also the language’s eye (for itself).  The entrance of another sort of sight, another voir, right here, a voir meant to keep voir from becoming voire or vice versa, only exacerbates our difficulty, since it is not clear whether this voir(e) should come to us from the subjective phenomenology of reading or from the syntax of French.  It is this, we conclude, that renders this scene of the animal in translation finally, and most radically, translatable, inasmuch as natural languages, the languages human animals write and read and speak, share the possibility of producing semantic effects, as an anagrammatical accident—including the effect of self-reference, or what might, for the human animal writing, speaking, reading, seeing itself in and by means of such language, be called self-consciousness, the attribute classically reserved for the human animal.  It goes almost without saying that these effects of self-reference are also, inasmuch as they nest ineradicably in the particulars of one or another natural language, inasmuch as they are anagrammatical effects, quite untranslatable in content.  To track, to account for, to guard and reproduce in thought and in act this war between translatability and untranslatability, this war of and within mediation and within naming, is the injunction that Derrida’s late works lay upon us, lay beside the empiricist injunction that we derive from Quine, and Hearne, and Grandin.
     
    I end with two provocations.  The ethical ground comported by these two simultaneous injunctions, the empiricist on one hand, and the rebellious, mediationist imperative on the other, rule-generating and entailing, each distinctly, a practice of rule following–this divided ethical ground is the only one available to us when we seek to take account of those other animals, all those other animals, from which we draw sustenance and political life.  As for our political life: when we undertake to translate rebellion from the streets of Gaza to the streets of New York, from Madrid to Brussels, from Beijing to Cairo, we do so not only as human animals, bearers of natural or universal rights, dignities, languages, historical, biological or biopolitical qualities, but also according to the accidental rules that dilapidate those concepts.  Animals in translation: political rebellion is never just an attribute of human agents.

    Jacques Lezra is Professor of Comparative Literature and Spanish at New York University. His most recent book is Wild Materialism: The Ethic of Terror and the Modern Republic (2010; Spanish translation, 2012; Chinese translation, 2013). With Emily Apter and Michael Wood, he is the co-editor of Dictionary of Untranslatables (Fr. Vocabulaire européen des philosophies). He is the author of articles on “The Futures of Comparative Literature,” Shakespeare’s Measure for Measure, on Adorno’s monsters, on Cervantes, on contemporary and early modern translation theories and practices, on Freud, Althusser, Woolf, and other topics. With Paul North, Lezra edits the Fordham University Press book series IDIOM.
     

    Footnotes

    [1] The bibliography on this extraordinary passage is immense.  Quine’s own review of early criticism of the gavagai example is most useful.  See his “On the Reasons” (178-183).  An early, critical piece is Steven Davis, “Translational Indeterminacy and Private Worlds.”  Christopher S. Hill’s early “’gavagai’” (1972), reprinted with an important “Postscript” in his 2014 Meaning, Mind, and Knowledge, and his recent “How Concepts Hook onto the World,” also in Meaning, Mind, and Knowledge (66-87), seem to me the most serious and consequential arguments retaining both Quine’s deflationary position with respect to translation, and a strong affirmation of the determinability of meaning, where “meaning” is understood to pertain to what Hill calls the “reference of concepts” (4).  Narrowing the definition of “meaning” in this way succeeds only partly in limiting the argument to the ways in which concepts in “possession” of qualities refer to objects that are in “possession” of those concepts.  The tautology on which Hill verges should prove disconcerting (an object determinably possesses a concept, and that concept’s possession of a quality entails that that quality necessarily “hooks onto” the concept; that “hooked-onto concept” then “hooks onto” the object, and this chain stands in for reference).  Hill leaves open the question whether statements regarding the “possession of a quality” “really do have determinate answers” (4), which seems to open a further, if different, domain for indeterminacy.   Lieven Decock provides a helpful overview of Quine’s developing position with regard to indeterminacy in “Domestic Ontology and Ideology,” in Quine: Naturalized Epistemology, Perceptual Knowledge and Ontology.  For further accounts of Quine’s position, see Patricia Hanna and Bernard Harrison, Word and World, 203-207 and 291-309.
     
    [2] “And a mortal existence, for from the moment that it has a name, its name survives it. It signs its potential disappearance.  Mine also, and that disappearance, from this moment to that, fort/da [here/there, present/absent], is announced each time that, with or without nakedness, one of us leaves the room” (Derrida, The Animal 9).  The French is from Jacques Derrida, L’animal que donc je suis, 26.  Other, important, work by Derrida on animality: “‘Eating Well,’ or The Calculation of the Subject: An Interview with Jacques Derrida”;  “Force of Law: The ‘Mystical Foundation of Authority’”; “Geschlecht II: Heidegger’s Hand”; and “Violence Against Animals.”
     
    [3] Derrida’s approach to Enlightenment is far from Habermas’s, and from Martha Nussbaum’s as well.  See Cary Wolfe’s positioning of Derrida’s thought, in contrast to Nussbaum and Cora Diamond, in this passage in particular.  Wolfe notes the way the animal/animot poses a limit to philosophical humanism.
     
    [4] Derrida, Béliers.  The French reads in full:
     

    Il y a la guerre et le bélier, le bélier de chair ou de bois, le bélier sur terre ou dans le ciel s’élance dans une course. Il fonce pour enfoncer l’adversaire. C’est une charge (“In- / to what does he not charge?” pour citer ici la judicieuse traduction de Michael Hamburger). Cette charge – l’équivoque entre les langues donne ici plus d’une chance –, n’est-ce pas aussi une accusation ou un prix à payer (“charge” en anglais), donc l’acquittement d’une dette ou l’expiation d’un péché? Le bélier ne charge-t-il pas l’adversaire, un sacrificateur comme un mur, de tous les crimes? Car la question, nous le notions plus haut, est de forme interro-négative: contre quoi ne court-il pas? Ne charge-t-il pas? Il peut le faire pour attaquer ou pour se venger, il peut déclarer la guerre ou répondre au sacrifice en y opposant sa protestation. Le sursaut de son incompréhension indignée n’épargnerait rien ni personne au monde. Nul au monde n’est innocent, ni le monde même. On imagine la colère du bélier d’Abraham et d’Aaron, la révolte infinie du bélier de tous les holocaustes. Mais aussi, par figure, la rébellion violente de tous les boucs émissaires, de tous les substituts. Pourquoi moi? Leur adversité, leur adversaire serait partout. Le front de sa protestation jetterait le bélier contre le sacrifice même, contre les hommes et contre Dieu. Il voudrait enfin mettre fin à leur monde commun. Le bélier chargerait contre tout et contre quiconque, dans toutes les directions, comme si la douleur l’aveuglait. Le rythme de cette strophe, Wo- /gegen / rennt er nicht an?, scande bien le mouvement saccadé de ces coups. Quand on se rappelle que Aaron associait de jeunes taureaux au sacrifice du bélier, on pense à la dernière ruée de l’animal avant sa mise à mort. Le toréador ressemble aussi à un prêtre sacrificateur.
     
    Autant d’hypothèses, bien sûr, et d’indécisions. Cela reste à jamais l’élément même de la lecture. Son «processus infini». La césure, le hiatus, l’ellipse, autant d’interruptions qui à la fois ouvrent et ferment. Elles retiennent à jamais l’accès du poème sur le seuil de ses cryptes (l’une d’entre elles, l’une seulement, ferait référence à une expérience singulière et secrète, toute autre, dont la constellation n’est accessible qu’au témoignage du poète ou de quelques-uns). Les interruptions ouvrent aussi, de façon disséminale et non saturable, sur des constellations imprévisibles, sur tant d’autres étoiles, dont certaines ressembleront peut-être encore à cette semence dont Iahvé dit à Abraham, après l’interruption du sacrifice, qu’il la multiplierait comme des étoiles: l’abandon de la trace laissée, c’est aussi le don du poème à tous les lecteurs et contre-signataires qui, toujours sous sa loi, celle de la trace à l’ œuvre, de la trace comme œuvre, entraîneront ou se laisseront entraîner vers une tout autre lecture ou contre-lecture. Celle-ci sera aussi, d’une langue à l’autre parfois, dans le risque abyssal de la traduction, une incommensurable écriture.

     
    [5] I have tried to spell out the notion of a “defective concept” in Wild Materialism: The Ethic of Terror and the Modern Republic, especially 110-150.

    Works Cited

    • Davis, Steven.  “Translational Indeterminacy and Private Worlds.”  Philosophical Studies: An International Journal for Philosophy in the Analytic Tradition 18.3 (April, 1967): 38-45. Web. 15 Mar. 2015.
    • Decock, Lieven.  “Domestic Ontology and Ideology.”  Quine: Naturalized Epistemology, Perceptual Knowledge and Ontology.  Ed. Lieven Decock and Leon Horsten.  Amsterdam: Rodopi, 2000.  189-207.  Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques.  The Animal That Therefore I Am.  Ed. Marie-Louise Mallet.  Trans. David Wills.  New York: Fordham UP, 2008.   Print.
    • —.  Béliers: Le dialogue ininterrompu: entre deux infinis, le poème. Paris: Galilée, 2003.  Print.
    • —.  “‘Eating Well,’ or The Calculation of the Subject: An Interview with Jacques Derrida.”  Who Comes After the Subject?  Ed. Eduardo Cadava, Peter Connor, and Jean-Luc Nancy.  New York: Routledge, 1991.  Print.
    • —.  “Force of Law: The ‘Mystical Foundation of Authority.’”  Deconstruction and the Possibility of Justice.  Ed. Drucilla Cornell, Michel Rosenfeld, and David Gray Carlson.  Trans. Mary Quaintance.  London: Routledge, 1992.  Print.
    • —.  “Geschlecht II: Heidegger’s Hand.”  Deconstruction and Philosophy.  Ed. John Sallis.  Trans. John P. Leavey, Jr.  Chicago: UCP, 1986.  Print.
    • —.  L’animal que donc je suis.  Paris: Galilée, 2006.  Print.
    • —. “Rams: Uninterrupted Dialogue – Between Two Infinities, the Poem.” Trans. Thomas Dutoit and Philippe Romanski. Sovereignties in Question: The Poetics of Paul Ceylan. Eds. Thomas Dutoit and Outi Pasanen. New York, Fordham UP, 2005. Print.
    • —.  “Violence Against Animals.”  For What Tomorrow. . .: A Dialogue. Jacques Derrida and Elisabeth Roudinesco.  Trans. Jeff Fort.  Stanford: Stanford UP, 2004.  Print.
    • Grandin, Temple and Catherine Johnson.   Animals in Translation: Using the Mysteries of Autism to Decode Animal Behavior.   New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, 2005.  Print.
    • Hanna, Patricia, and Bernard Harrison.  Word and World: Practice and the Foundations of Language.  Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2004.  Print.
    • Hearne, Vicki.  Adam’s Task: Calling Animals by Name.  New York: Knopf, 1986.  Print.
    • Hill, Christopher S.  “‘gavagai’.”  Analysis 32 (1972): 68-75. Web. 15 Mar. 2015.
    • —.  Meaning, Mind, and Knowledge.  Oxford: Oxford UP, 2014.
    • Lawlor, Leonard. “‘Animals Have No Hand’: An Essay on Animality in Derrida.”  CR: The New Centennial Review, 7.2 (2007): 43–69. Web. 15 Mar. 2015.
    • Lezra, Jacques.  Wild Materialism: The Ethic of Terror and the Modern Republic.  New York: Fordham UP, 2010.  Print.
    • Quine, Willard V.  “On the Reasons for Indeterminacy of Translation.”  The Journal of Philosophy 67.6 (1970): 178-183. Web. 15 Mar. 2015.
    • —.  Word and Object.  Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1960, 2013.  Print.
    • Wolfe, Cary.  “Flesh and Finitude: Thinking Animals in (Post)Humanist Philosophy.” SubStance 37.3 (2008): 8-36. Web. 15 Mar. 2015.
  • Richard Hell’s DIY Subjects, or the Gamble of Getting a Face

    Leif Sorensen (bio)

    Colorado State University

    Leif.Sorensen@colostate.edu

     

    Abstrat

    Drawing on extensive research in the Richard Hell Papers, this essay argues that the materials in Hell’s archive force a reconsideration of punk and DIY cultural production as alternative modes of subject formation. Exploring the multiple poetic personae that Richard Meyers developed before turning from poetry to punk and reinventing himself as Richard Hell, the essay shows that although the persona Richard Hell has eclipsed these earlier personae, the punk persona does not offer an escape from normative modes of subject formation. Instead the focus on embodied authenticity in punk curtails Meyers/Hell’s textual experiments with identity.

    For one week in the summer of 2007 a visitor to the reading room of the Fales Library at New York University would have witnessed the following scene: at adjacent tables two patrons consulted materials from the then recently opened Richard Hell Papers. The opening of the Hell Papers to researchers marked a significant benchmark for the study of punk music and culture, as such materials had not previously been deemed worthy of inclusion in a special collections library. This scene is striking, however, not only because it signals the coming of age of a subfield of cultural studies, but also because the two patrons were the author of this article and Richard Hell himself. At the same time that I was beginning the research that would turn into this article, Hell was using his archive to work on his autobiography, 2013’s I Dreamed I Was a Very Clean Tramp.
     
    This Borgesian tableau is worthy of theorization. What does it mean for the creator of an archive to comb through the documents he had produced in his past in order to convert them into a new narrative of that past, at the same time that another party engaged in a similar project directs his own attention to other documents while ignoring the creator’s presence in the room? This question brings together this essay’s concern with embodiment, archives, and the production of knowledge in the field of punk studies. To begin with, the scene in the reading room is a reminder of the complexity of archives as spaces for the production of knowledge. When thinking of archives as spaces that preserve the past, we often assume that they benefit a loosely defined posterity, not those who participated in the events that they document. Hell’s use of his archive is a reminder that archives also serve their creators. The figure of a first-wave punk innovator in the archive, consulting his journals, handwritten songs, and correspondence after they have been painstakingly organized according to the best practices of archival preservation, is especially striking. Punk is often defined in terms derived from the visceral, embodied experience of those who were there. Hell’s use of his archive in the production of his autobiography reminds us both of the crucial importance of collecting and preserving materials that otherwise would have escaped institutional attention when they were produced, and of the fact that firsthand accounts, be they oral histories, interviews, or memoirs, exist in a dynamic tension with the archive.
     
    Hell’s archive is especially compelling because it contains not only materials and ideas that have not been included in punk historiography, but also alternative artistic personae that have been overshadowed by his iconic punk persona. Before becoming Richard Hell, he published poetry under his given name, Richard Meyers, and under the pseudonyms Ernest (Ernie) Stomach and Theresa Stern. In the archive I find traces of these alternative personae and evidence of the processes of DIY cultural production through which they came into being. These archival traces lead me to approach Hell as an artist whose medium is the persona as much as it is poetry, music, fiction, or film. In exploring Hell’s persona art, this essay draws on and contests heroic accounts of Hell as a pioneer in punk DIY subject formation by testing these accounts against what the archive reveals. I make recourse to the archive not out of a naïve empirical faith that the documents it holds contain the unvarnished truth but as part of a larger sense that for the academic study of punk to be worthwhile, it must question punk’s most cherished origin stories and concepts. The private and lesser-known public writings from Hell’s archive provide alternatives to the standard narrative of punk’s emergence. These documents offer insight into the potential and limitations of subject formation in Hell’s DIY efforts to produce multiple personae. Most importantly, Hell’s archive suggests that the emphasis on embodiment and authenticity in punk performance can be limiting for some performers and that the disembodied world of print culture offers its own kind of freedom.
     
    In a scholarly moment in which the contributions of punks of color, female and queer punks, and punk scenes outside the US and UK are finally gaining critical and popular attention, it might seem wrongheaded to direct attention to a straight white male pioneering figure in the New York City punk scene.[1] Nevertheless, there is a need for stories about these early years that complicate and alter the mythologies that have been built up around them.[2] Hell is an especially rich subject for such an endeavor because the complicated practice of DIY subject formation documented in the private materials in his archive challenges the myths that have sprung up around both Hell and the practice of DIY subject formation. This essay begins with a theorization of DIY subject formation and then proceeds to situate Hell’s career within accounts of the development of DIY punk. Each of the ensuing three sections focuses on the development of a different poetic persona. Considering these personae in detail exposes the process of trial and error that Hell employed in inventing a series of different selves before constructing himself as Richard Hell. In these sections my emphasis is less on the poetry that Hell produced and printed under the name of each persona, and more on developing an account of Hell’s career as a multimedia virtuoso of persona creation. The final section shows that it would be a mistake to treat these personae as easily discarded false starts that Hell could leave behind once he had discovered his true punk self. Instead DIY subject formation emerges as a fallible and incomplete project, yielding a subject in process. Because DIY subject formation has not been fully theorized, attempting such a theorization is the first task of this essay.
     

    DIY Subject Formation

    Hell’s archive is a DIY production that contains within it the traces of multiple personae Hell created through his DIY artistic practice. Viewed in this way, the archive becomes a kind of punk scene, in which invented personae come into contact with one another. Punk archives like the Hell Papers, the Riot Grrrl Collection, and the Go Nightclubbing Collection, all housed at Fales, offer particularly complex resources for understanding the punk past and theorizing how punk practices of DIY archiving and knowledge production fit into existing academic institutions. The existence of these archives is clear evidence of the tendency among punks to collect and curate punk history on their own terms, but their acquisition by New York University, a private institution of knowledge production with a vast transnational reach, raises some complicated questions about what forces will shape and determine the afterlives of punk.[3] These same questions animate the tension that occasionally erupts between academics engaged in punk studies and punks. As Golnar Nikpour puts it in an interview with Osa Atoe, “[t]he academic notion of expertise (hierarchical, institution-centered) is utterly antithetical to the punk notion of expertise (democratic, DIY, auto-didactic)” (Atoe 7).[4]
     
    Viewed from the perspective of these debates, the scene in the Fales reading room dramatizes the tensions between punk and academic constructions of knowledge. After all, if Richard Hell is in the archive, doing research on himself to produce a DIY history of the punk scene he helped bring into being, then what possible need is there for an account like this one, produced by a scholar who was born too late for the New York scene and whose claims to knowledge are based in the hierarchal institutions of higher education that punk opposes? To avoid the pitfalls of punk studies, I treat punk not as inert material that can be studied and incorporated into unchanged academic practices but instead as a dynamic set of strategies and resources that act on and transform existing structures. Here, I follow the editors of the recent special issue of Social Text, “Punk and its Afterlives,” who propose punk study as a model of intellectual practice that involves “the ‘rigorous production of knowledge’ of an ‘auto-archiving, self-aware’ scene or scenes, a conversation that is already going on before the self-styled intellectual enters, and one that continues after they leave” (Brown, et. al. 9).
     
    To return for one last time to the Fales reading room, that scene captures Hell in a latter-day moment of DIY subject formation, as he mines the archive left behind by his earlier self to remediate Richard Hell the punk rocker, a figure most associated with embodied performance and sound recording, into a textual form.[5] In punk mythology the real Richard Hell is the embodied figure who produced the performances and sounds that captivated downtown audiences in the mid to late seventies. Thinking about this figure as a persona allows for a more complex account of the way that DIY modes of production produce punk subjectivities. The standard origin myths that get retold in oral histories and popular writing about punk tend to gesture to Hell’s poetic career only to suggest that poetry lacks the visceral charge of punk performance and that this lack leads Hell to abandon the printed page for the ramshackle stages of CBGB and Max’s Kansas City. The image of an older Richard Hell returning to his punk archive in order to recapture this persona on the page suggests that the standard narrative is overly simplistic. Moreover, Hell’s return to print has larger ramifications that transform the way we conceptualize DIY subject formation.
     
    One of the most commonly narrated and celebrated experiences in punk is the reinvention of the self. Participants in punk scenes often take on new identities signified by punk names, a sense of belonging to an alternative community, and a new style. In one interview, Hell presents the following account of the process of DIY subject formation through which he transformed himself from Richard Meyers into Richard Hell:
     

    One thing I wanted to bring back to rock & roll was the knowledge that you invent yourself. That’s why I changed my name, why I did all the clothing style things, haircut, everything. So naturally, if you invent yourself, you love yourself. … You can be your own hero, and once everybody is their own hero, then everybody is gonna be able to communicate with each other on a real basis rather than a hand-me-down set of societal standards. (qtd. in Heylin 117-118)

     

    According to Hell, punk style allows the individual to engage in a process of self-creation that seems to be free of the constraints of mainstream society. A less hopeful account of the power of punk style emerges from Dick Hebdige’s 1979 work on subcultures. For Hebdige, subcultural efforts to escape the disciplinary procedures that govern subject formation are doomed to failure because the dominant society can always incorporate them back into it.[6] The accuracy of Hebdige’s account is borne out by the co-optation of punk style by a broad range of marketing programs. Nevertheless, I maintain that focusing on the modes of containment that have neutralized punk forces us to neglect the utopian side of the punk project.[7] In particular, Hell’s archive, which is replete with drafts and revisions of alternative selves, allows us to consider punk as a Foucauldian technology of the self. According to Foucault, technologies of the self exist in tension with technologies of domination but are not wholly subject to them, because “technologies of the self … permit individuals to effect by their own means, or with the help of others, a certain number of operations on their own bodies and souls, thoughts, conduct, and way of being, so as to transform themselves in order to attain a certain state of happiness, purity, wisdom, perfection, or immortality” (225). In exploring the range of selves that Hell produced through DIY print culture and punk performance, I will chart the potentialities created by these technologies of the self and attend to the moments in which Hell’s project of self-transformation runs afoul of the technologies of domination that police acceptable modes of selfhood.
     
    Retrospective and contemporary accounts of punk DIY subject formation typically emphasize its potential to liberate the self through individual performativity, the social production of an alternative cultural space, and the shock of countercultural aesthetics. Alice Bag, the lead singer of the Los Angeles band the Bags, compellingly describes the experience of inhabiting a DIY persona on stage: “[o]nce the Bags hit the stage and the music started, ego checked out and id took over, channeling my libido, my inner rage, whatever … . I was free to be myself with no holds barred. It was the ultimate freedom” (221). This “ultimate freedom” results from performing a persona (Alice Bag not Alicia Armendariz), from occupying the stage in a punk venue, and from the surge of affect unleashed by the music. Although the performance venue is a privileged place for the production of such punk selves, Bag makes it clear that the effect of this DIY act of subject formation was not limited to the stage:
     

    Each show brought with it an opportunity to reinvent ourselves, to push our creativity a little further, until slowly the outfits, the music, the aesthetic was so much a part of who we were that we weren’t just dressing up for shows. The clothes had turned into a second skin, and the music had become a heartbeat. Punk was changing us from the outside in. (194)

     

    The transformation that Bag and Hell both narrate involves the formation of a mode of being that resists the norms of mainstream society and offers a new set of aesthetic and social values.
     
    On the surface, Hell’s and Bag’s narratives suggest that DIY punk offers, in Tavia Nyong’o’s terms, “an antiauthoritarian process of subject formation” (“Punk’d Theory” 19). The repetitive work of DIY cultural production, which Alastair Gordon has called a “practice of everyday toil” (107), complicates the utopian account of DIY subject formation. As Gordon points out, DIY has been subject to the same kind of mythmaking as iconic figures like Hell have been, especially in “romantic descriptions of DIY as ‘effortless’ and ‘immediate’” (107). Calling attention to the labor that goes into DIY practices requires a reevaluation of celebrated punk exclamations like the Desperate Bicycles’ refrain “It was easy. It was cheap. Go and do it.”
     
    Furthermore, considering DIY as a labor-intensive practice that involves the acquisition of skills has ramifications for considerations of DIY subjectivity. In Louis Althusser’s influential account of the subjection of individuals to dominant ideology, the acquisition of skills in schools goes hand in hand with submission to the rules of the dominant order.[8] As Judith Butler puts it, “[t]he more a practice is mastered, the more fully subjection is achieved” (116). If a similar dynamic is at work in the acquisition of DIY skills, then the utopian idea of DIY subject formation as a mode of resistance is dead on arrival. Although sites of DIY education are not institutionally sanctioned and rarely have a fixed instructor or authority figure, viewed from the perspective of our neo-liberal moment, in which state support for education is diminishing and workers are encouraged to develop skills on their own time, this movement away from state-sanctioned venues seems less like anti-authoritarian resistance and more like a harbinger of the new order of things. Consequently, popular accounts of DIY punk often erase the labor through which practitioners acquire skills as a defense mechanism. Acknowledging this labor might erase the distinction between the punk and the productive worker. The modes of selfhood that Hell experiments with in his persona art seem to reflect a larger anxiety regarding the possibility of producing any kind of coherent self from the materials available to him. His personae slide between extremes, at times functioning as parodies of the notion of a coherent, unified identity altogether and at others promising access to a more authentic and visceral mode of being than those offered by mainstream versions of selfhood. In what follows I trace the processes through which Hell produced these personae, some of which were clearly disposable guises and others that seem to offer something closer to the kind of freedom that Alice Bag found on stage. In order to conceptualize Hell’s work as such a practice, however, we must first establish his relationship to DIY punk.

     

    DIY in the New York Scene

    The relationship of the first generation of punks to DIY is complex. Daniel Kane asserts that “[t]he forms of distribution for New York’s proto-punk scene evoked those of the DIY poetry community,” marshaling as evidence the initial recordings of the Patti Smith Group (their first single, “Hey Joe / Piss Factory,” was released on Mer Records in 1974) and Richard Hell and the Voidoids (a limited-edition 1976 pressing from Ork Records featuring “Another World” on the A side with “Blank Generation” and “You Gotta Lose” sharing the B side) (Kane 332). Although these recordings are examples of early punks adopting DIY strategies (Mer Records was the creation of Smith and Robert Mapplethorpe and Ork Records was founded by Terry Ork, the original manager of Hell’s earlier band, Television), both bands would abandon such practices for their first full-lengths.[9]
     
    Hell makes it clear in his memoir that his foray into DIY recording was instrumental. The songs that appeared on the Ork release were demo recordings; their release was a useful byproduct of the process of seeking a contract from an established label. As Hell recalls, “Ork Records was the independent outlet for 45s that Terry had started in order to get more circulation for the bands he cared about” (Tramp 195).[10] Here DIY is a means of attempting to attract the interest of larger labels, not an end in itself. This lack of a commitment to DIY as an ethos among the early punk bands is evident when we consider that many of Hell’s and Smith’s contemporaries in the New York scene skipped this initial stage of DIY production. The Ramones and The Talking Heads signed with Sire without releasing DIY pressings and Blondie released their first album in 1976 with the short-lived Private Stock label.[11] As relatively new labels, Arista, Sire, and Private Stock were willing to take chances on the strange new bands emerging from the punk scene.[12] Nevertheless, these labels did not offer the degree of artistic and economic control associated with DIY punk practices.[13]
     
    The tendency among prominent early U.S. punk bands to treat DIY recording as a necessary evil has led punks and academics who champion DIY to see these bands as problematic ancestors. At best their brief engagements in DIY recording are incomplete early gestures toward an ethos that would only emerge fully in the eighties. Craig O’Hara offers such a narrative: “Many of the original Punk bands of the mid-70’s were later signed and exploited by major labels. It took the first wave of British anarchists and California Punks to realize that they could do records on their own. This way they could set their own prices, write their own lyrics and play the music that they felt was important with no threat of compromise” (156-57). Although it is true that the ethos of DIY was not necessarily shared by all the bands of this era, Alan O’Connor offers a useful reminder that the first-generation punk bands that landed record contracts with established labels were a distinct minority: “most of the early punks existed on the margins of the record industry. … For them, doing it yourself was not a choice but a necessity” (Punk Record Labels 2). Nevertheless, it is only with the rise of the independent punk labels that O’Connor has studied in depth and the emergence of a punk scene that includes not only bands but labels, performance venues, alternative modes of distribution and publicity, and networks of communication between fans within and across different scenes, that DIY becomes a full-fledged economic and social mode of organization.[14] Kane works against the grain of such narratives of punk DIY practices, which tend to focus primarily on the formation of independent record labels, by connecting the New York punks to a history of literary DIY techniques that emerged from the poetry scene. Viewed from this perspective, early bands are not incomplete practitioners of DIY; they are instead involved in adapting strategies that had focused on print technologies to a new medium.
     
    The difference between Kane’s and O’Connor’s accounts of the New York scene arises from their different historiographic orientations. If, as O’Connor and others argue, the full power of DIY punk is only realized after the initial heyday of punk in the seventies, then these early moments are signs of the potentiality of punk to lead to alternatives that could only take form after a new field of culture came into being, which, paradoxically, required that punk be declared dead as an object of interest to major labels and mainstream media. On the other hand, if, as Kane argues, early punks were tapping into an existing store of DIY strategies developed in the poetry scene that rose up around the New York School of poets, then a history of punk’s DIY techniques cannot remain focused on music scenes.[15] Hell’s account of his move from poetry to music supports Kane’s position. In Hell’s autobiography, he maintains that his aesthetic concerns as a poet and as a punk rocker were consistent. He changed media in the hope of reaching a broader audience via a less solitary form of artistic practice: “[In rock] I could deal with the same matters that I’d be sweating over alone in my room, to put out little mimeograph magazines that five people would ever see” (Tramp 163). Therefore, focusing exclusively on music as the source of Hell’s DIY artistic practice is limiting.
     
    Understanding Hell’s version of DIY practice requires that we explore the economic practices and institutional fields of force that he negotiated as a recording artist, a live performer, and a writer. This approach shows that the extant narrative of Hell’s career in the seventies, in which he abandons poetry for punk, is an oversimplification. Instead, his activities as a punk and as a poet are both attempts to engage in a DIY aesthetic in which the artistic production is not a song, poem, album, magazine, or performance but an aestheticized persona that seeks to break from the disciplinary structures that produce officially recognized liberal subjects. For the rest of this essay I focus on the emergence of four separate personae in the Hell papers. In addition to Richard Hell, we also meet Richard Meyers, an aspiring poet, editor, and publisher; Ernest Stomach, an absurdist poet and essayist; and Theresa Stern, an outlaw poet from Hoboken’s slums. Each persona is an experiment with identity, ranging from absurdist parody with Stomach to explorations of authenticity and embodiment with Theresa Stern and Richard Hell.

     

    Richard Meyers: “‘I’ Is a Loaded Gun”

    Before he became Richard Hell, Richard Meyers was a poet who published in a range of venues. Most prominently, he had eight poems in the 1970 New Directions Annual. He also edited the little magazine Genesis : Grasp with David Giannini from 1968 to 1971, printing the final issues on a letterpress that he bought and stored in his apartment.[16] Hell retrospectively presents this period as a kind of apprenticeship during which he learned DIY techniques from the second generation of New York School poets whom he describes as
     

    wild, brainy, drug-fueled kids who took back the means of production from the universities and the big commercial publishers and made the typewriter-typed, mimeoed, staple-bound pamphlet into far greater art in every respect – in choice of graphics and quality of design, as well as the poetry itself – than what was being offered through the conventional channels. (The Downtown Book 137)[17]

     

    Hell followed the example of these insurgent poets when he treated his bands like they treated their pamphlets, as vehicles for DIY expressive art. Hell explains: “I was also interested in treating everything about my band(s) and me – the clothes we wore, our haircuts, our interviews, our posters, even our names – as important vehicles of information, as conveying messages” (The Downtown Book 137). To understand exactly how Hell arrived at this realization requires more attention to the personae with which he experimented publicly in the pages of Genesis : Grasp and privately in his journals and notebooks. In both his private and public writing, Meyers is an unstable persona; he experiments with multiple styles and voices in ways that seem to confuse even himself. In fact, Meyers emerges less as a consistent persona than as a producer of other personae and a creator of venues in which these personae can come into being. Although the tendency has been to see Richard Meyers as a discarded identity that is replaced by the emergence of Richard Hell, attending to these early writings allows for an understanding of Hell as yet another figure in Meyers’s menagerie of aesthetically produced personae.
     
    Richard Meyers’s journals from 1969 to 1973 demonstrate his concern with the question of the subject in writing and interest in the potential of print as a medium for inventing selves. One of the earliest ideas recorded in the journals is for a “[w]ork whose only words are: copyright © 1969 by Richard Meyers” (“Journal 2 October”). This is quickly followed on the ensuing page by the author’s plan to “Have simultaneous carreers [sic] as Ernest Mordor and Richard Meyers!” (“Journal 2 October”). These concerns only became more pressing as time passed. In an entry from early 1971, written during the time he was at work editing, typesetting, and printing the final double issue of Genesis : Grasp’s run, the young frustrated poet wrestles with his sense that each of his poems feels as if it were the work of a different author: “I obviously am somebody I better be careful with, not knowing what the fuck I’m doing half the time, as if again I should have a new name with each poem” (“Notes 2 October 1970”).[18] Later in the same entry, this frustration seems to be mitigated as he begins to toy with the kind of aphoristic and enigmatic phrase that would be at home in a Richard Hell song. The phrase begins as a simile, “‘I’ am like waving a loaded gun,” that turns on the notion that the act of uttering the first-person pronoun is laden with significance (“Notes 2 October 1970”). A little lower on the page, the phrase morphs into a playful couplet—“‘I’ is a loaded gun / ‘we’ are having fun”—in which the rhyme of gun with fun undoes the melodramatic seriousness of the original simile (“Notes 2 October 1970”). The transition from first-person singular to first-person plural enables this turn from the menace of the loaded gun to pleasurable play.
     
    This moment of private musing on the problems of finding voice takes on additional significance when viewed from the perspective of Hell’s career-long interest in producing aesthetic identities. Instead of seeking a single consistent poetic voice, Meyers comes to embrace the possibilities opened up by cultivating multiple personae and curating textual spaces in which these voices can interact with one another. Reflecting on this time in his career, Hell writes: “I had the vague intention of spending the rest of my life writing under four or five completely separate identities” (Tramp 90). As we will see, Meyers uses his little magazine as a textual medium that opens up a possibility for a broad range of personae to coexist. The idea that these fictional identities could be “completely separate,” however, is belied by the fact that Meyers himself creates intertextual links between his various personae. All of these literary personae are casualties of the emergence of the Richard Hell persona. This suggests that, despite the tendency to see punk DIY subject formation as an emancipatory mode of self-production, the premium that punk places on embodiment and authentic selfhood makes it less hospitable to the kind of instability to which Meyers is drawn.
     
    Where the privileged space of punk performance is the stage, textual media offer a different kind of public space in which an artist can craft a self. In a note that prefaces the notes on contributors in the third (1969) issue of Genesis : Grasp, the first to offer information about its contributors, Richard Meyers provides the following account of this role of the little magazine:
     

    Whereas most people are introduced to whichever world they plan to populate (and/or enlighten and/or dominate) at a college or a coalmine or a coming-out ball, the small magazines serve as the young writers’ chief balls. And they offer him the opportunity to publicly design a personal city of a world, particularly if he edits one of his own (like this little village, generously wrinkled with nudes). (“Note to Notes on Contributors” 49)

     

    This note provides a clear sense of the performative aspect of publication that makes it possible to construct multiple versions of the self simply by signing different names to different pieces and giving each a different contributors’ note. The metaphor of the magazine as a ball reminds us that little magazines are social spaces in which writers not only present their work but also define themselves in relationship to their fellow contributors. The role of Meyers the editor becomes crucial here as he emerges as the most powerful creator of this “personal city” that writers may populate but do not define. I propose reading Richard Hell as a similar figure, whose primary artistic endeavor is not media specific, but instead involves the use of a broad range of aesthetic media to bring spaces into being that he can then people with his personae.
     
    Genesis : Grasp was a space in which Meyers’s personae could interact with other writers who shared his aesthetic commitments. In a 1971 letter to Bruce Andrews, Meyers passes on the DIY ethos that he had learned from the second-generation New York School poets:
     

    That brings up the only thing I can say to you about the difficulty in finding interested publishers, really—start your own magazine or press.  You can do it according to the amount of money you can raise—you can make exactly the kind of atmosphere you wished to see in other magazines, it can really be exciting, and put you in touch with writers who interest you and turn up new ones—I mean if that’s what you’re interested in. (“Letter to Bruce Andrews”)[19]

     

    The excitement of creating a new atmosphere and community that Meyers associates with the editing of a magazine resonates with accounts of the alternative modes of sociality and community that arise in DIY punk scenes. This also indicates the serious attention that Meyers paid to all facets of the publication of Genesis : Grasp and the extent to which he sees little magazines less as vehicles for the dissemination of individual poems and more as venues in which individual poets can act out various performances. This view of little magazines is confirmed in a letter to Simon Schuchat, a contributor to Genesis : Grasp who started the little magazine Buffalo Stamps in 1971, in which Meyers explains that when looking at Schuchat’s publication “I end up really reading the people more than the poems” (“Letter to Simon Schuchat, 9 July”).[20] In the pages of Genesis : Grasp, as early as 1969 Meyers had already begun toying with the possibilities that the DIY print production opened up for the creation of invented characters. In that year’s issue of Genesis : Grasp, Ernie Stomach makes his first appearance. With Stomach, Meyers parodies authenticity and identity by producing a print persona with a biography that changes and contradicts itself.

     

    An Absurd Identity: Ernie Stomach

    Ernie Stomach first appeared in Genesis : Grasp #3, the number for which Meyers wrote the above comment on the role of little magazines in introducing young writers to the public. The contributor’s note for Meyers is relatively straightforward; it presents him as a participant in the poetry scene: “Richard Meyers: to have poems in Works, Don Quixote, and next spring’s New Directions ANNUAL” (50). Stomach’s note offers more detail without openly calling attention to the persona’s fictional status: “Ernie Stomach: young N. Y. writer currently working on a series called ‘The Classics Revised’ in which he ‘turns the screw on Henry James’ among others” (50). In his first appearance Stomach is linked to Meyers only by virtue of appearing alongside him in a magazine that Meyers also edited. In later contributions the Stomach persona both becomes more absurd and more directly linked to Meyers.
     
    These personae become legible as members of the same coterie in the Genesis : Grasp publications from 1970 and 1971.[21] The intertextual links between Stomach and Meyers produce a kind of reality effect as the fictional persona, Stomach, comments on and inspires the work of the actual poet and editor Meyers. In Genesis : Grasp’s fourth number, Stomach and Meyers are linked for the first time by editorial comments and paratextual gestures. Stomach’s “Manifesto” is a reprint of Keats’s “Ode on a Grecian Urn” in which the famous closing lines “‘Beauty is truth, truth beauty,’—that is all / Ye know on earth, and all ye need to know” are altered to read “‘Fun is truth, truth beauty,’–that is all / Ye know on earth, and all ye need to know” (2). The contributor’s note for Meyers mentions the publication of Fun, Meyers’s folder of four poems, and informs the reader: “The title of FUN was supplied by Ernie Stomach’s manifesto in this issue” (40). Similarly, Richard Meyers’s poem “IT” in the same number bears the epigraph “Nice tle – Ernie Stomach” (15). In these moments the playful absurdist Stomach offers an alternative relationship to language and poetry for the slightly more earnest Meyers persona. In an undated journal entry, Meyers offers the following outline for Stomach’s character:
     

    ERNIE STOMACH
     
    his character the repressed dadaistic etc. Stomachian portion of me
     
    means of existence: letterhead stationary (This is Another Anonymous Letter From Ernie Stomach)—get P.O. box!—and publication. (“Journal 2 October”)

     

    As Kane suggests, at this point in his career Meyers is “[m]oving firmly away from a model of writing as emanating out of a stable, specific subject-position” (351). Print technology, publication, stationary, and the mail system make this movement possible as this “repressed” persona gains a public existence alongside the real Richard Meyers. It seems logical to conclude that Richard Hell emerges from a similar process, but it is also important to note that this persona does not coexist easily with others. Thus the flexibility that Meyers revels in as he jumps between personae is actually lost once he creates an embodied punk persona.
     
    The flexibility of the Stomach persona becomes most clear in the final number of Genesis : Grasp and its supplement. The contributor’s note for Stomach in Genesis : Grasp’s last issue is nothing special; it simply identifies him as “Ernie Stomach: hot young scribe, author of uh from G : G Press” (70). The author’s note for uh, however, transforms the “hot young scribe” into an absurdist figure who “was born in 1949, but has been 11 years old since 1968.” Uh is Ernie Stomach’s final appearance in print, and this book takes Stomach’s language games even further. Subtitled “flip-movie dance alphabet peepshow toy enigma boring book,” the pages of uh offer the reader an alphabet made up of letters so rounded that they all look the same. While the author’s note constructs a paradoxical identity for Stomach, the absurd alphabet credited to him points toward the possibility of a language in which the differences that enable signification break down. In the alphabet of uh, print personae are almost inconceivable because any name printed in it would look like any other name composed of the same number of characters. In the uh alphabet, the difference between Richard Meyers and Ernie Stomach can be reduced to the difference between thirteen characters arranged into seven- and six-character units and twelve characters arranged into groups of five and seven.
     
    Ernie Stomach is the farthest that Meyers would go in exploring the absurdities of identity discourses. Where Stomach allows Meyers to construct a language in which personality and identity are lost completely, Theresa Stern, the other persona that appears in the final issue of Genesis : Grasp, seems to mark a recommitment to identity and personality, albeit as fictions. Meyers carefully grounds the Theresa persona in social reality, providing her with a consistent backstory and with markers of embodied authenticity, including an author photo. Moreover, the Theresa persona allows Meyers to push his art of persona creation into new territory as he undertakes his first attempts at cross-gender and cross-ethnic persona construction. Consequently Theresa is both a step back from Stomach’s full-fledged parody of identity and an even deeper commitment to the project of constructing fictional identities.

     

    Theresa Stern: “Like myself / my poetry is so alive / it stinks”

    Theresa Stern came into existence as a collaborative project with Tom Miller, later to become Tom Verlaine. As Hell recalls, “when we were both twenty-one … Tom and I invented her” (Tramp 100). While Stomach and Meyers were his sole creations, the process of collaboration that produced the poems that would be ascribed to Theresa Stern opened up new possibilities: “[w]riting collaboratively freed me from inhibitions, and the poems were unlike what we wrote separately, while having a consistent style. I thought they would make a good book, and it would be fun to conceive it as the work of a separate third person” (Tramp 101). Viewed in retrospect, it is tempting to see the freedom that Hell recalls finding in these moments of collaborative creation as a sign of his desire for the interactive creativity that he would later find as a member of a series of rock bands (The Neon Boys, Television, The Heartbreakers, and, finally, Richard Hell and the Voidoids). Such a reading, however, would obscure recognition of the pivotal role that the Theresa persona, a product of print technology, plays in his career.
     
    While Ernie Stomach functioned as a release for Meyers’s “dadaistic impulses,” Theresa helped confirm the young poet’s sense of artistic purpose. As Hell recollects, at this time he was confident about his artistic vision despite his frustration with his relative lack of accomplishment as a poet:
     

    I was full of initiative and I was sure I could make happen what I wanted to make happen. I thought that my sensibility was subtle and complex, that it was interesting, and that what excited me in the things I loved existed inside me and that I could find ways to translate that into works that would be as beautiful and thrilling as I wanted. (Tramp 99-100)

     

    The confirmation of this vision came not from the poems he had signed as Richard Meyers, the absurdist work of Ernie Stomach, or the milieu for poetry he had fostered in Genesis : Grasp. Instead “[i]t was Theresa Stern who first gave me what I regarded as indisputable evidence of this” (Tramp 100). After creating Theresa he wrote to Simon Schuchat: “your letter inspired me to begin two new books by Theresa (I’ve almost completely dropped the guise of Richard Meyers in writing)” (“Letter to Simon Schuchat, 4 July”). The Theresa persona displaces Richard Meyers, making this identity a disposable guise to be set aside when a more exciting possibility comes along.
     
    Theresa Stern was a much more carefully detailed persona than either Ernie Stomach or Richard Meyers. Stomach’s biographical notes become convoluted and contradictory, and Meyers’s focus exclusively on his publications. Theresa Stern, on the other hand, has a fleshed out biography and an image (a composite print of separate photographs of the newly rechristened Richard Hell and Tom Verlaine, each wearing an identical wig and makeup). Given the importance of embodied performance to punk, the photograph is worth considering in depth. This is one of the first moments in which Hell uses his own body in the production of a persona, but his body is doubly masked in the photograph. The layers of makeup and drag obscure the physicality that would become a key component of Hell’s stage persona, and his facial features, which later would gaze out at his audience from posters, record covers, and t-shirts as well as the stage, are blurred together with Verlaine’s. Although the photo links Hell’s body to the Theresa persona, the drag and the double exposure ensure that this image remains aestheticized and separate from Hell’s embodied existence in a way that his punk persona never could. Furthermore, the image and the backstory cultivate an aura of mystery around Theresa. Most strikingly, the picture of Theresa appears before any of the poems ascribed to her was available in print.
     
    Theresa Stern neither contributed to Genesis : Grasp nor received mention in its pages. Nevertheless, her face appears in the lower left corner of the final double issue’s cover, directly below Rimbaud’s and diagonally adjacent to Artaud’s. Hell offers no insight into his decision to have Theresa debut as an image, not as a writer, but one can surmise that placing her face alongside two iconic rebellious outsider artists would at the very least foster curiosity about this otherwise unknown figure among the small pool of readers of Genesis : Grasp. The photograph confers authenticity on this persona. Juxtaposing the image of Theresa with pictures of Rimbaud and Artaud imbues Theresa with cultural capital, paving the way for Hell’s efforts to market her as an outlaw artist from the New Jersey streets.
     
    Although she first appeared as a mysterious image, Theresa Stern also possessed a consistent, detailed biography. Theresa’s backstory first appears in public in the author’s note to Wanna Go Out? a collection of poems published under her name in 1973 by Dot Books. The note, which appears on the copyright page of the collection, reads as follows:
     

    Theresa Stern was born on October 27, 1949, of a German Jewish father and a Puerto Rican mother in Hoboken, N.J., directly across the Hudson from New York City.  She still lives there, alone, where all the poems in this book were written over a four month period in the summer and fall of 1971.  She has since devoted that of her time not spent flipping coins to composing a love story, THIN SKIN.  It describes the murder, in ten chapters fired by Theresa, of her closest friend. (Wanna Go Out? iv) [22]

     

    In addition to positioning Theresa as a member of the same generation as Richard Meyers and Ernie Stomach – all have birthdates in late 1949 – the author’s note grounds Theresa firmly in place and provides her with a hybrid ethnic background. This attention to detail provides contextual clues for reading the photograph of Theresa, which reappears on the cover of Wanna Go Out? The note encourages the reader to parse the face for signs of ethnicity and to situate it in an imagined version of Hoboken. In short, these paratextual markers of Theresa’s identity construct her as a figure that exists corporeally, outside the world of print culture. Close attention to the copyright page, however, raises some questions about Theresa’s status as an autonomous entity. Most significantly, Richard Meyers is identified as the copyright holder and Dot Books is identified on the same page as “a Meyers Company.”[23] Although these legal and economic markers of Richard Meyers’s ownership of the work contain the Theresa persona, he sought to explain this away by presenting himself as a literary intermediary for a figure so far outside literary culture that she has no interest in its conventions (“Cover Letters to Publishers”).
     
    Meyers vacillated between openly acknowledging Theresa’s status as a pseudonym to some of his correspondents in the poetry world and seeking to convince others of her reality. He was especially insistent about her reality in a 1972 exchange with his Genesis : Grasp coeditor David Giannini. Meyers first presented Theresa to Giannini as “T. Stern: queen of the Hoboken slums” (“Letter to David Giannini, 8 April”). This version of the Theresa backstory is more sensational and detailed in explaining why he has become Theresa’s literary agent: “She’s a vicious urban hermit who wrote a book entrusted to me. She won’t bother attempting to publish them because she’s proud or something and I have complete authority to do whatever I want with them” (“Letter to David Giannini, 8 April”). Giannini, however, was skeptical, leading Meyers to complement the above detail with an invocation of the unknowability of his alter ego: “Theresa is Theresa and I hardly know her at all” (“Letter to David Giannini, 14 May”). Giannini remained unconvinced; in his reply he protested:
     

    Richard!  No matter what, I can’t believe that Theresa is Theresa.  Nearly every poem of “hers” reads like a collaboration, IS one!  I guess you (and Simon?) are perpetrating a perfect hoax (trying to anyway), and I understand excluding me from sure knowledge of it. (Giannini)

     

    Even in the face of this perceptive reading, which not only identified Theresa as a pseudonym but also recognized the traces of the collaborative process through which her work was produced, Meyers was unwilling to admit to Theresa’s fictive status. In a later comment on his long-lived investment in this persona, Hell offers a perspective that might explain his reluctance to confirm Giannini’s characterization of Theresa as a “perfect hoax”: “Theresa wasn’t a ‘hoax’ to me though: she was a person I liked and was interested in” (“Meet Theresa Stern” 1).[24] One way of encouraging others to approach Theresa in the same way, as a person not as a literary artifice, was to ensure that she would appear in publications that could not be traced back to Richard Meyers.
     
    In his first effort to present Theresa to the world as an autonomous being, Meyers sent letters of inquiry to a broad range of established publishers, hoping to secure a contract for Wanna Go Out?[25] In his cover letter to the editors of these presses, Richard Meyers is only an intermediary with access to Theresa and her manuscripts. One version of the cover letter offers the following explanation for Meyers’s role as intermediary for Stern: “I hope you don’t object to communicating with me instead of the author of the poems. She’s a total alien being and has agreed only to let me do with the poems whatever I want – otherwise they almost certainly wouldn’t be printed at all” (“Cover Letters to Publishers”). Here we can also find a precedent for Richard Hell’s instrumental attitude toward DIY record production. Although Meyers had celebrated the power of the self-published little magazine as a venue for performing print identities in Genesis : Grasp, more established publishing houses are attractive because they confer authority, reality, and cultural capital on the authors they endorse. Furthermore, Hell’s preference for established presses offers insight into one limitation of DIY production as a mode of self-invention. Although one can create any self that one wants in a work over which one has total control, the mode of DIY production does not automatically confer authenticity on those selves. This runs contrary to punk conventional wisdom, in which the authentic is associated with DIY techniques and the inauthentic with mass-produced corporate culture. Hell’s desire to enhance Theresa’s authenticity by securing a book deal from an established publisher is an indication that, despite his enthusiasm for DIY publishing, he also understood the power of official culture.
     
    This understanding helps to explain why Hell also sought out ways to market and promote Theresa Stern in print media that were not part of the DIY poetry scene. After failing to place Wanna Go Out? with an established literary publisher, Meyers did not abandon his dream of making Theresa a literary sensation. His most outlandish idea for promoting Theresa comes in a letter to Simon Schuchat, who was attending the University of Chicago and working on the student newspaper:
     

    Can you get a story into the Chi student newspaper?  Is it too late in the year now?  Tom & me were thinking it would be groovy to have a story printed about Theresa—maybe with a picture—headline something like POET CONTINUES READING DESPITE MISCARRIAGE….  We thought it would be terrific to have any sort of news story about her and the weirder the angle the better. (“Letter to Simon Schuchat 30 May”)

     

    Once again Meyers is seeking to manipulate print media to enhance the reality of a fictive persona, but in this case he has branched out from literary spaces to attempt to turn news into another performative arena in which Theresa’s self can be established. It seems that nothing came of this idea, and soon after publishing Wanna Go Out? the career of Richard Hell begins to take off, which is where the story of his self-production usually begins. Instead of picking up the story of the emergence of Richard Hell, I want to explore the significance of the fact that Theresa Stern does not vanish when Richard Hell is born.

     

    Theresa Is a Punk Rocker

    While Meyers’s efforts to produce a national print identity for Theresa Stern were unsuccessful, the milieu of downtown was more welcoming. Combing through downtown publications in the punk scene, it becomes clear that even after becoming Richard Hell, he still devoted time and energy to promoting the Theresa persona. This flies in the face of most accounts of Hell’s emergence as a punk icon. In the established narrative, poetry is presented as something that he must abandon in order to emerge as Richard Hell, punk rocker. For example, Clinton Heylin offers the following account of the transition from poetry to punk, from Meyers to Hell:
     

    Wanna Go Out? was the culmination of Meyer’s (sic) early pretensions as a poet – the final proof that Theresa Stern, and therefore poetry, would not make Miller and Meyers legends in their own lunchtimes. Adopting a new persona also made Meyers muse upon whether the process of redefinition could achieve that all-important balance between instinct and self-conceit. (97-98)

     

    In this account, poetry and the poetic personae of Richard Meyers and Theresa Stern function as detours that threatened to delay or thwart the discovery of a punk persona in Richard Hell. The Hell persona is triumphant in Heylin’s narrative because it succeeds on the market in a way that neither Meyers nor Stern did and because it offers an aesthetic balance in place of the rampant instability that Meyers confronted in his poems.
     
    Although Richard Hell and the Voidoids would go on to abandon DIY recording, Hell made ample use of the DIY skills that he had employed as a poet and editor in producing promotional materials for his bands. Since he already owned and knew how to operate a printing press, he could produce posters and flyers that established an aesthetic for the band with relative ease. Here it is important to note that an artist’s decision to engage in DIY practices cannot be reduced to the question of whether or not the figure in question possesses a nebulously defined DIY ethos. Skills, material resources, and access to equipment are indispensible. While a member of Television, Hell continued using text to produce identities for the band. He and Tom Verlaine collaboratively wrote band biographies and Hell went so far as to write a review of an early Television performance in the voice of an audience member who had stumbled into CBGB on a Sunday night in the spring of 1974.[26] Commenting on the review, which was not published at the time, Hell remarks: “If it had been published I, as writer, of course, would have used another assumed name; I wanted to enjoy setting a precedent for how the group should be viewed” (Tramp 145). Here Hell is conceptualizing the print culture of the downtown scene in the same way that he had thought of the notes to contributors in Genesis : Grasp, as a textual venue for the production of a persona.
     
    Two years later, after leaving Television, abandoning his partnership with Tom Verlaine, and forming The Heartbreakers with Johnny Thunders, Hell would follow through on publishing a review of his own performance. The pseudonym he chose for this account of a Heartbreakers show, which ran in Alan Betrock’s newly launched The New York Rocker in February 1976, was Theresa Stern.[27] This choice is significant both because it indicates that Hell had not abandoned his investment in the Theresa persona and that he seems to be laying claim to Theresa as his own intellectual creation despite the fact that she was originally a collaborative production with his former bandmate. It is tempting to read this byline as a response to the way in which Verlaine, at least in Hell’s accounts, pushed him out of Television, as if Hell is telling Verlaine, you might have gotten the band but Theresa is mine.[28] The narrative that Heylin offers above must be revised to account for the fact that Theresa Stern and Richard Hell actually coexist on the pages of the same downtown publications.
     
    After reading the review it becomes clear that Hell did not use Theresa’s name as a matter of convenience. The review is a strangely doubled version of self-promotion. As one would expect, Theresa’s review devotes as much space to Richard Hell, “master rock conceptualist,” as it does to the other Heartbreakers, Walter Lure, Jerry Nolan, and Johnny Thunders, combined (“The Heartbreakers” 37). Here the review seems to function as a straightforward exercise intended to ensure that Thunders and Nolan, former members of the notorious New York Dolls, would not overshadow Hell’s contributions. However, Hell is not the only persona being promoted here. In fact, Theresa Stern has much more to gain from this transaction than Richard Hell or the Heartbreakers. After all, Theresa Stern would only be known to a few subscribers to Genesis : Grasp and those who happened to buy copies of Wanna Go Out? In the closing paragraph Theresa mentions her writing career, continuing to foster the hardened persona established in the paratexts of Wanna Go Out?: “Though writing is the only thing that gives me any semblance of satisfaction, I write very little because I’m hard as a rock and can only write when I’ve been hit pretty bad. The Heartbreakers have only existed for seven months and they hit harder every week” (37). The review excited the curiosity of at least one reader, who wrote to Meyers to order a copy of Wanna Go Out? (Orders). Making Theresa into a punk rock poet who is a part of the scene is both a significant alteration of her persona, which had been alienated and antisocial up to this point, and an effort to market her to a new audience.
     
    It becomes even clearer that Hell is leveraging his own access to the emerging world of DIY punk zines when Theresa appears in the June and August 1976 issues of Punk. It must be noted that these efforts to market Theresa date from a period in which Hell was putting together the first band that he could call his own, the Voidoids, after leaving the Heartbreakers in April.[29] Consequently, Hell’s interest in promoting Theresa is not the product of a break in his musical career. It is also significant that Theresa Stern and Richard Hell are not explicitly connected in either of her appearances in Punk. Instead, Richard Meyers reappears as the intermediary who connects Punk’s interviewer, Mary Harron, to Stern and from whom interested readers can order copies of Wanna Go Out? As far as I have been able to tell, these are the only moments in which Richard Meyers leaves a trace in the print culture of punk, illustrating the extent to which this persona had been demoted in comparison with either Theresa or Hell.
     
    Theresa’s autonomy from Hell in Punk suggests that he did not want Theresa’s poetic persona to prosper only by association with the Hell persona. Although the New York Rocker review employs pseudonymous sleight of hand to covertly promote Theresa Stern while overtly focusing on Richard Hell and the Heartbreakers, Theresa is the primary focus in both of her appearances in Punk, first as the subject of an interview with Harron in the magazine’s fourth issue and then as the author of two poems printed in the fifth.[30] The interview offers the most elaborate version of Theresa’s backstory to date, confirming the portrait of her as an alienated withdrawn artist, while additionally revealing the identity of her favorite author, André Breton. Both appearances inform readers that they can order copies of Wanna Go Out? from Richard Meyers for a cover price of five dollars, a substantial markup from the original cover price of ninety-five cents.
     
    In the interview, Harron contributes to Meyers’s earlier efforts to build an aura of mystery around Theresa. Harron introduces Punk’s readers to Theresa as “the only person I have interviewed who didn’t welcome the publicity” (15). She explains that she sought the poet out because “she seemed to be the most alienated woman in America” (15). Presenting Theresa as an alienated recluse with no interest in promotion, even in an underground venue like Punk, is in keeping with Meyers’s failed attempts to interest established publishers in this “total alien being.” Theresa’s scorn for the mechanics of publicity marks her both as a figure who shares the ethos of Punk and its audience and as a potential bearer of subcultural capital. Furthermore, Theresa’s disinterest in publicity and the outlook of her poetry, which Harron calls “at once disgusted and impersonal,” opens up a possible link with the Hell persona (15). Although Hell and Theresa were never explicitly connected in Punk, they both shared this negative affect, which Hell had just performed in the previous issue of Punk.[31] The primary difference between this version of Theresa and the one that Meyers promoted to prospective publishers is that Harron uses the existence of Wanna Go Out? as a sign that Theresa had already acquired an audience. Although such an audience seems to have been largely imaginary, Harron references rumors that “held her to be a Puerto Rican hooker now living off welfare in a Hoboken tenement” and alludes to her “small cult following” (15). These references construct Theresa as an object of the same kind of devotion that Punk’s audience directed toward downtown rock stars like Hell. Here it becomes clear that Hell is fusing the strategies that brought Theresa into being with the techniques that converted him from a relatively anonymous poet into “the king of the Lower East Side” (Tramp 203).
     
    Theresa’s appearance in the following issue of Punk seems to be an attempt to capitalize on any interest generated by the interview. Instead of presenting Theresa through an intermediary, this time Punk gave its readers firsthand access to Theresa’s poetry: a reprinted piece from Wanna Go Out? and a new untitled work. The new poem is a meditation on the relationship between the writer, the reader, and the poem, and as such it seems to prefigure Richard Hell’s interest in similar dynamics connecting the rock star, the song, and the listener or audience, most famously signaled in the original cover art for Blank Generation, which featured Hell posed with his shirt open and the words “You make me ______” inscribed on his chest.[32] The new poem reads as follows:
     

    Finally I was born, the first poet not removed from
     
    human life by even the slightest trace of a
     
    personality.  The sensation of being read by one
     
    of my poems has now completely supplanted
     
    the banal nostalgia produced in the reader
     
    by the best poetry created before me. (“Untitled poem” 42)

     

    This poem is an act of mythmaking, presenting the blank speaker as the herald of the generation that Hell also sang into being on the stages of CBGB and Max’s Kansas City. Although the speaker makes grand claims for the effects of Theresa’s lines, they do not seem to have struck a chord with Punk’s readers. This was Theresa’s final appearance in print in the downtown scene, and Hell only returned to Theresa in public after quitting rock and roll in 1984. Given these facts, it would be easy to conclude this narrative by presenting Theresa as a failed persona that Hell discarded during his halcyon days of downtown stardom. If we return to Hell’s private journals, however, a different account of the relationship between these personae emerges.
     
    Theresa crops up frequently in Hell’s journals and notebooks between 1976 and 1984. While planning the packaging of Blank Generation, Hell reminded himself: “Somewhere on album sleeve I must print the quote ‘I am not heir to that curse of vestigial sincerity’—Theresa Stern,” indicating that he still was thinking of ways to position Theresa within the world of punk fandom (Voidoid I Lyrics). Although the quotation is nowhere to be found on the final version of the album, Theresa’s face is present in the collage of images printed on the inner sleeve. Her name also appears in a discarded song title, “Talking to Theresa,” among his notes for the Voidoids second album, released in 1981 (“Record Notebook”).
     
    The most telling of Hell’s private reflections on Theresa is a long journal entry from the night of 18 November and early morning of 19 November 1976, after the Voidoids’ debut appearance at CBGB. The entry begins as a reflection on Hell’s dissatisfaction with his performance, which diverges strikingly from the more standard narrative of punk performance as a technology that liberates the self. Hell complains:
     

    I’m not loose enough. I try to loosen up between numbers and tell jokes about the songs etc but I’m still acting in an extremely limited range and then when I’m singing I’m actually limited to about three or four face/body “expressions”– violent rage/disdain, extreme yearning, near unconsciousness, slight preoccupied amusement and maybe something like surprise/shock or appearing to be concentrating my attention. … In order to really reach people they’ve gotta identify with you and I prevent them from doing that with my delivery. (“Journal from Patti”)

     

    It is important to contextualize this entry as Hell’s reaction to his first gig as the undisputed leader of a new band. Nevertheless, it is significant that this account of punk performance yields further alienation and insecurity, not a cathartic release.
     
    His concern quickly slides from the specifics of his stage performance to the problems of subjectivity that had plagued him as a poet and ultimately led him to drop the “guise” of Richard Meyers altogether. It is clear that he had hoped to escape this problem in rock and roll and that he is troubled that some of the old doubts remain:
     

    I hope this doesn’t really apply, but it makes me think of the problem I used to have with poetry—how I was always censoring my “expression” because of a wrong-headed conception of poetry, poets and me that was finally overcome only by the extreme method of conceiving Theresa. I don’t know what would be the equivalent of that for me as a stage performer. … of course Hell is a “created” “identity” too but it doesn’t enable me to act with freedom on stage. (“Journal from Patti” ellipsis in original)

     

    It is surprising to find that the seemingly discarded print-based poetic persona offers a kind of freedom that the Hell persona cannot. This suggests that we cannot always read the punk stage as the kind of space of individual liberation that Alice Bag describes finding in the L.A. scene. Furthermore, it indicates that the stock narrative of punk liberation through self-invention has its own limitations and that these limitations were present at the beginning of the movement rather than arising later as a result of the incorporation of punk into dominant culture. Hell continues by connecting his lack of freedom with his own desire to enchant his audience:
     

    The problem probably lies in my desire to be “glamorous” and attractive—I remember wishing they’d write how sexy I was when they were saying those things about Tom in Television—of course I wanted Theresa to appear glamorous and attractive too but I felt like I did it without sacrificing any honesty—I guess that was the breakthrough, but with Theresa (words) it was entirely intellectual and now I must do it physically.  I should read Artaud and Stanislavsky and go see Brando and James Dean movies (I know they did very vulgar and vulnerable things with their voices and bodies and their physical appeal just increased).  I know of course that I can’t even begin really, to learn it by reading books or observing the pros.  What can I do?  I feel that I’ve created my own body in many ways, which probably helps.  Of course there’s my odd hair-do but I also created my chest isometrically as a fantasizing teenager, my jaw-sides by teeth-clenching, my legs by walking and climbing stairs very fast and my weird but sort of cool looking quasi-bowlegged walk by trying to repair my hereditary slew-foot walk. (“Journal from Patti”)

     

    The problem boils down to embodiment. As a creature of print culture, Theresa’s existence was the result of words and images printed on a page by a press that Richard Meyers owned and operated. Hell, on the other hand, both shapes and is his medium. His desire to learn from Dean and Brando, as well as the originators of method acting and the Theater of Cruelty, indicates a heightened awareness that punk rock, at least in Hell’s sense of it, is a kind of performance art. He closes this thought, before preparing another shot of cocaine, with this lament: “Always vain and self conscious. It’s really frustrating. That kind of self-consciousness + vanity is poison to a performer if he wants to really be with the best” (“Journal from Patti”).
     
    In this passage, strangely enough, the relatively unknown Theresa Stern emerges as the successful persona, while Richard Hell fares poorly. Hell’s apparent nostalgia for the mediated nature of print personae is troubling because it departs completely from celebratory accounts of punk performance in which the immediate connection between performer and audience is one of the rewards of DIY cultural production. This reversal of expectations is a cautionary reminder that the narratives that have grown up around punk have not always been tested against what is present in the archive, in part because the private materials in punk archives like Hell’s papers are only recently accessible. Private papers like Hell’s diary complicate the public story of punk because they undermine the authority of the public embodied performances that have constituted the primary archive of punk studies. In reference to the topic of DIY subject formation, Hell’s meditation on the limits that embodiment imposes on a performer is a powerful reminder that the body is a site where power and resistance converge. Consequently the punk body in performance is always bound in and by the structures from which it seeks to escape. The turn to a textual archive is then a turn away from the body in performance and the embodied punk performance.
     
    Hell is hardly alone in noticing the limitations of an embodied punk persona, although this topic has not been a popular one as of yet in scholarship on punk. Alice Bag herself comments after performing with the Bags for two years: “I felt stuck as Alice Bag. I’d been swallowed by one aspect of my personality and it was overshadowing the rest of me … . I was trapped in the persona I’d created” (323). The drive that animates DIY subject formation might be summed up in the opening line of Hell’s anthem, “I was sayin let me out of here before I was / even born. It’s such a gamble when you get a face” (“Blank Generation”). Getting a face implies that the individual has also acquired a social identity, has become capable of the face-to-face interaction that situates the self in relation to the other. DIY subject formation seeks to rewrite the scripts that govern what a face means and how it signifies, but the possibility that the remade persona may become a trap of its own is ever present.
     
    On one hand, it is tempting to say that Hell escaped this trap by abandoning his rock and roll career in 1984 and re-embarking on a literary career as a novelist, poet, actor, editor, and, most recently, memoirist. On the other hand, the Hell persona looms over his literary career. Although Hell never legally changed his name—his contracts identify him as the “person known as Richard Hell”—all of his writing since he left the punk rock scene has appeared under the name of Hell. Furthermore, Hell’s correspondence with prospective publishers makes it clear that the publisher’s sense of the commercial viability of his writing is closely linked to the enduring interest in the punk persona that he created in the seventies. This suggests that Richard Hell now functions less as an anti-authoritarian artistic persona than as a kind of brand. Because the public afterlife of a figure like Hell is largely determined by the very forces that he sought to escape from in his early career, the archive becomes even more important. It holds the traces of false starts, abandoned projects, and modes of being that are easily forgotten because they did not gain popular attention. As efforts to historicize, theorize, and otherwise study punk develop, it will be increasingly important to turn to the lesser known documents and figures that populate punk archives. These figures are not the true arbiters of punk authenticity; they do, however, usefully remind us of how much remains unknown as long as we remain fixated on the most popular narratives about punk. Faced with the multiplicity of punk, Nikpour and Nguyen conclude their discussion of punk with the acknowledgement that “attempts to describe punk are always partial because punk is —-” (27). Similarly this essay suggests that we view DIY subject formation less as a process with a telos of a certain kind of punk subjectivity and more as a line of flight that aims for a horizon of possibility that it may never reach.

    Leif Sorensen teaches twentieth and twenty-first century American literature at Colorado State University. His published and forthcoming work includes essays on ethnic writers of the modernist era, pulp fiction, early Tejano radio, Colson Whitehead, and Nalo Hopkinson in American Literature, Contemporary Literature, Modernism/Modernity, African American Review, MELUS, and Genre. He is completing a book on the recovery of multiethnic modernism and the development of literary multiculturalism in the U.S.
     

    Footnotes

    [1] For examples of the growing popular visibility of these scenes, see the documentaries Punk in Africa (2012), A Band Called Death (2012), and The Punk Singer: A Film about Kathleen Hanna (2013). The development of the Riot Grrrl Collection at Fales, and the publication of the Riot Grrrl Collection book by the Feminist Press are two signs of the growing scholarly interest in women in punk. For recent scholarly work on punks of color, see Mahmoud, Ngyuen’s “Riot Grrrl, Race, and Revival,” and Vargas. For queer readings of the punk scene, see Daniel, Muñoz, and Nyong’o’s “Do You Want Queer Theory or Do You Want the Truth?” For discussions of international punk scenes outside the US and the UK, see O’Connor’s “Punk and Globalization” and Wallach.
     
    [2] My sense of the need to complicate punk origin myths is informed by José Muñoz’s claim, in his consideration of the doomed figure of Darby Crash, that “punk itself is often fragmentary, refusing the origin myths that have been ascribed to it, insisting on a fragmentariness that feels no responsibility to adhere to any idea of an a priori whole. Punk is about inelegantly cutting and stitching a sense of the world together; it is about imagining a commons that is held together by nothing more than a safety pin” (105). In a similar vein, Mimi Thi Nguyen acknowledges the importance of exploring “what punk stories become canonized … because it does matter what we know and value about punk parameters” (Nguyen and Nikpour 12).
     
    [3] For samplings of recent academic approaches to punk, see the journal issues and essay collections edited by Brown et al., Duncombe and Tremblay, Ngô and Stinson, and Furness. For a thoughtful reflection on what it means to contribute to such an archive, see Nguyen’s “My Fales Library Donation Statement.”
     
    [4] Also see Nikpour’s review of Duncan and Tremblay’s White Riot for a despairing account of academic punk studies.
     
    [5] The autobiography is not Hell’s first attempt at such a remediation; his 1996 novel Go Now is a fictionalized account of a 1980 road trip he took with photographer Roberta Bayley in a 1959 Cadillac.
     
    [6] For a discussion of the incorporation of punk, see Hebdige 92-9.
     
    [7] In calling attention to punk’s utopian side, I am building on Muñoz’s account of the punk rock commons as a formation that is “simultaneously utopian and marked by negation” (98).
     
    [8] For Althusser’s full discussion of the function of the school, see 104-106.
     
    [9] The Patti Smith Group’s 1975 debut Horses came out on Arista Records and Richard Hell and the Voidoids’ 1977 Blank Generation was released by Sire Records.
     
    [10] Hell’s was the second release from Ork, the first being Television’s 1975 single, “Little Johnny Jewel,” which was released in advance of the band’s 1977 debut album, Marquee Moon, on Elektra records.
     
    [11] Private Stock’s mainstream ambitions are evident in another 1976 release, the hit single “Don’t Give Up on Us” by David Soul, who played Hutch on Starsky and Hutch.
     
    [12] Seymour Stein and Richard Gottehrer cofounded Sire in 1966; Arista was founded by Columbia Pictures International in 1974, the same year that Larry Uttal, the former head of Columbia’s Bell Records, founded Private Stock.
     
    [13] For a detailed account of Hell’s experiences with Sire, see Tramp 189-195.
     
    [14] See O’Connor, Punk Record Labels 3-9 for a theorization of punk scenes as autonomous fields of cultural production. For a detailed account of DIY as an ethical practice, see Gordon.
     
    [15] For an attempt to write such a comprehensive history, see Spencer, especially her discussion of the rise of punk zines (185-199).
     
    [16] For Hell’s account of these years, see Tramp 54-56 and 86-91.
     
    [17] For a detailed account of Hell’s relationship to the New York School, see Kane 341-48.
     
    [18] This entry is misdated January 26, 1970; its context in the journal clearly indicates that it was composed in 1971.
     
    [19] See Kane 355-58 for a consideration of Andrews’s appearance in Genesis : Grasp.
     
    [20] For production information on Buffalo Stamps, see Clay and Phillips 267. For information about Schuchat, see Tramp 90-91.
     
    [21] In addition to the final numbers of the magazine (#4 appeared in 1970 and the final double issue #5/6 in 1971), Genesis : Grasp also published three book-length supplements (Yuki Hartman’s One of Me accompanied #4 and #5/6 had two supplements, Simon Schuchat’s Svelte and Ernie Stomach’s uh) and folders of poems by each editor (Richard Meyers’s Fun: A Folder of Four Poems in 1970 and David Giannini’s Opens: A Folder of 6 Broadsides in 1971).
     
    [22] Dot Books, Richard Meyers’s last gasp in publishing, produced only one other book in addition to Wanna Go Out? Andrew Wylie’s Yellow Flowers, although Meyers had planned to release Tom Verlaine’s 28th Century and Patti Smith’s Merde.
     
    [23] Hell’s correspondence with Anthony P. Harrison, the acting head of the book section of the copyright office, indicates that he had first sought to identify Theresa as the author and only acknowledged her status as a pseudonym after receiving an official inquiry (11 July 1975).
     
    [24] Since leaving music in the mid-eighties, Hell has returned to the Theresa persona. He gave a reading of her work at the festival Balthazar in Paris in 2002. For this reading he also produced a booklet of Theresa’s poetry illustrated with images of him in the Theresa wig and makeup, and screened a short film, Meet Theresa Stern. The film is an eighteen-minute excerpt of a longer work, The Theresa Stern Story, written by Hell for which he worked to secure funding periodically between the eighties and the early 2000s.
     
    [25] Random House, Doubleday, Pantheon, Grove, New Directions, City Lights, Scribners, Knopf, and MacMillan were among the publishers that rejected Theresa’s book.
     
    [26] Hell provides an account of the thought process behind these materials in Tramp (138-145). The Television review is reprinted as “My First Television Set” in Hot and Cold (39-40).
     
    [27] “The Heartbreakers” is reprinted in Hot and Cold, from which all subsequent quotations are drawn.
     
    [28] For Hell’s most recent account, see Tramp 155. For an account that includes Hell’s, Verlaine’s, and Richard Lloyd’s perspectives on Hell’s exit, see Heylin 133-39.
     
    [29] According to Hell, the Voidoids began rehearsing in June 1976 and recorded the demo that would become their Ork EP by the end of the month.
     
    [30] Theresa’s appearances in Punk also might be a sign that Hell still had high hopes for this poetic persona since, as John Holmstrom recollects, Punk had national ambitions: “[w]e didn’t want PUNK to be ‘The CBGB/Max’s Fanzine,’ and compete with the New York Rocker…. We were hoping that PUNK’s style made us more than just our substance, and that the way that we covered CBGB bands could be expanded to the rest of the world” (Holmstrom and Hurd 107). The interview was a collaboration between Mary Harron, who wrote the questions and gave them to Hell, and Hell, who wrote the answers. Harron would go on to interview Eddie and the Hot Rods, Johnny Rotten, and Brian Eno. The Theresa Stern interview is reprinted with the original artwork in The Best of Punk (89-90). A longer, text-only version is reprinted in Hot and Cold (31-35). All quotations are drawn from the original.
     
    [31] See McNeil. Hell reprints this interview with Legs McNeil in Tramp as evidence that he had “given deeply nihilistic interviews before the Sex Pistols” (199).
     
    [32] This blank plays on the chorus of Hell’s “Blank Generation,” in which the opening words, “I belong to the blank generation,” are repeated in the third line with the variation “I belong to the ______ generation.” For Hell’s comments on this refrain, see Tramp 206-208. Meyers began using this phrase in correspondence with contributors to Genesis : Grasp, like Clark Coolidge, Bruce Andrews, and Simon Schuchat, to refer to what he envisioned as their collective poetic project.

    Works Cited

    • Althusser, Louis. “Ideology and Ideological State Apparatus (Notes Towards an Investigation).” Trans. Ben Brewster. Lenin and Philosophy and Other Essays. New York: Monthly Review, 2001. 85-126. Print.
    • Atoe, Osa (Shotgun Seamstress). “An Interview with Golnar Nikpour.” Fix My Head #4: More Punks of Colour. Berlin: Anna Vo, 2013. 5-8. Print.
    • Bag, Alice. Violence Girl: East L.A. Rage to Hollywood Stage, a Chicana Punk Story. Port Townsend: Feral House, 2011. Print.
    • A Band Called Death. Dir. Jeff Howlett, Mark Covino. Perf. Bobby Hackney, David Hackney, and Dannis Hackney. Drafthouse Films. 2012. Film.
    • Brown, Jayna, Patrick Deer and Tavia Nyong’o. “Punk and Its Afterlives: Introduction.” Social Text 31.3 (2013): 1-11. Print.
    • Butler, Judith. The Psychic Life of Power: Theories in Subjection. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1997. Print.
    • Clay, Steven and Rodney Phillips. A Secret Location on the Lower East Side: Adventures in Writing, 1960-1980. New York: Granary Books, 1998. Print.
    • Daniel, Drew. “‘Why Be Something That You’re Not?’ Punk Performance and the Epistemology of Queer Minstrelsy.” Social Text 31.3 (2013): 13-34. Print.
    • Desperate Bicycles. “The Medium Was Tedium.” The Medium Was Tedium. London: Refill Records, 1977. Sound Recording.
    • Duncombe, Stephen and Maxwell Tremblay, eds. White Riot: Punk Rock and the Politics of Race. New York: Verso, 2011. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. “Technologies of the Self.” Trans. Robert Hurley, et. al. Ethics: Subjectivity and Truth. Ed. Paul Rabinow. New York: New Press, 1997. 223-251. Print.
    • Furness, Zach, ed. Punkademics: The Basement Show in the Ivory Tower. Brooklyn: Minor Compositions, 2012. Print.
    • Giannini, David. Letter to Richard Hell. 31 May 1972. The Richard Hell Papers, MSS 140, Box 5, Folder 264. Fales Library and Special Collections, New York University Libraries.
    • Gordon, Alastair. “Building Recording Studios Whilst Bradford Burned: DIY Punk Ethics in a Field of Force.” Punkademics: The Basement Show in the Ivory Tower. Brooklyn: Minor Compositions, 2012. 105-24. Print.
    • Hebdige, Dick. Subculture: The Meaning of Style. London: Routledge, 1979. Print.
    • Hell, Richard. “Cover Letters to Publishers 1972.” The Richard Hell Papers. Box 9, Folder 602. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, Libraries.
    • —. Hot and Cold. New York: powerHouse, 2001. Print.
    • —. I Dreamed I Was a Very Clean Tramp: An Autobiography. New York: Ecco, 2013. Print.
    • —. [Richard Meyers]. “IT.” Genesis: Grasp 1.4 (1970): 15. Print.
    • —. “Journal 2 October 1969 – 2 October 1970.” The Richard Hell Papers. Box 1, Folder 1. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Letter to Anthony P. Harrison.” 11 July 1975. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 9, Folder 613. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Letter to Bruce Andrews.” 17 February 1971. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 5, Folder 153. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Letter to David Giannini.” 8 April 1972. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 5, Folder 265. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Letter to David Giannini.” 14 May 1972. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 5, Folder 265. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Letter to Simon Schuchat.” 9 July 1971. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 7, Folder 468. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Letter to Simon Schuchat.” 30 May 1972. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 7, Folder 472. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Letter to Simon Schuchat.” 4 July [no year]. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 7, Folder 473. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Meet Theresa Stern.” Richard Hell Theresa Stern. Paris: Festival Balthazar, 2002. Print.
    • —. “Notes 2 October 1970 – March 1971.” The Richard Hell Papers. Box 1, Folder 2. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. [Richard Meyers]. “Notes on Contributors,” Genesis: Grasp 1.3 (1969): 50. Print.
    • —. [Richard Meyers]. “Notes on Contributors,” Genesis: Grasp 1.4 (1970): 40. Print.
    • —. [Richard Meyers]. “Notes on Contributors,” Genesis: Grasp 2.1-2 (1971): 70. Print.
    • —. [Richard Meyers]. “Note to Notes on Contributors,” Genesis: Grasp 1.3 (1969): 49. Print.
    • —. “Orders.” N.d. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 9, Folder 612. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Record Notebook (Destiny Street).” N.d. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 5, Folder 138. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • —. “Untitled.” The Downtown Book: The New York Art Scene 1974-1984. Ed. Marvin Taylor. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2006. 137. Print.
    • —. “Voidoid I Lyrics.” N.d. The Richard Hell Papers. Box 4, Folder 136. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • Hell, Richard [Richard Meyers] and David Giannini, eds. Genesis: Grasp 1.3 (1969). Print.
    • —. Genesis: Grasp 1.4 (1970). Print.
    • —. Genesis: Grasp 2.1-2 (1971). Print.
    • Hell, Richard and Patti Smith. “Journal from Patti, 1974-79.” The Richard Hell Papers. Box 1, Folder 3. Fales Library and Special Collections: NYU Libraries, New York.
    • Heylin, Clinton. From the Velvets to the Voidoids: The Birth of American Punk Rock. Chicago: Chicago Review, 2005. Print.
    • Holmstrom, John and Bridget Hurd, eds. The Best of Punk Magazine. New York: HarperCollins, 2012. Print.
    • Kane, Daniel. “Richard Hell, Genesis: Grasp, and the Blank Generation: From Poetry to Punk in New York’s Lower East Side.” Contemporary Literature 52.2 (2011): 330-369. Print.
    • Mahmoud, Jasmine. “Black Love? Black Love!: All Aboard the Presence of Punk in Seattle’s NighTraiN.” Women & Performance: a journal of feminist theory 22.2-3 (2012): 315-323. Web. 25 Feb. 2014.
    • McNeil, Legs. “Interview with Richard Hell.” Punk 1.3 (1976): 26-29. Web. 25 Feb. 2014.
    • Muñoz, José Esteban. “‘Gimme Gimme This … Gimme Gimme That’: Annihilation and Innovation in the Punk Rock Commons.” Social Text 31.3 (2013): 95-110. Print.
    • Nguyen, Mimi Thi. “My Fales Library Donation Statement.” Thread & Circuits. 14 Jan. 2013. Web. 25 Feb. 2014.
    • —. “Riot Grrrl, Race, and Revival.” Women & Performance: a journal of feminist theory 22.2-3 (2012): 173-196. Web. 25 Feb. 2014.
    • Nguyen, Mimi Thi and Golnar Nikpour. Guillotine Series #4: Punk. Brooklyn: Sarah McCarry, 2013. Print.
    • Nikpour, Golnar. “White Riot: Another Failure.” Maximum Rocknroll. 17 Jan. 2012. Web. 25 Feb. 2014.
    • Nyong’o, Tavia. “Do You Want Queer Theory or Do You Want the Truth? The Intersections of Punk and Queer in the 1970s.” Radical History Review 100 (2008): 102-119. Print.
    • —. “Punk’d Theory.” Social Text 23.3-4 (2005): 19-34. Print.
    • O’Connor, Alan. “Punk and Globalization: Mexico City and Toronto.” White Riot: Punk Rock and the Politics of Race. Eds. Stephen Duncombe and Maxwell Tremblay. New York: Verso, 2011. 299-306. Print.
    • —. Punk Record Labels and the Struggle for Autonomy: The Emergence of DIY. Lanham: Lexington, 2008. Print.
    • O’Hara, Craig. Philosophy of Punk: More than Noise. London: AK Press, 1999. Print.
    • Punk in Africa. Dir. Keith Jones and Deon Maas. Perf. Paulo Chibanga, Michael Fleck, Ivan Kadey. Meerkat Media. 2012. Film.
    • The Punk Singer: A Film about Kathleen Hanna. Dir. Sini Anderson. Perf. Kathleen Hanna, Johanna Fateman, and JD Samson. Opening Band Films. 2013. Film.
    • Richard Hell and the Voidoids. “Blank Generation.” Blank Generation. New York: Sire Records, 1977. Sound Recording.
    • Spencer, Amy. DIY: The Rise of Lo-fi Culture. London: Marion Boyers, 2005. Print.
    • Stern, Theresa [Richard Hell]. Interviewed by by Mary Harron. Punk 1.4 (1976): 15-16. Print.
    • —. “Untitled poem.” Punk 1.5 (1976): 42. Print.
    • —. “The Heartbreakers.” Hot and Cold. 36-7. Print.
    • Stern, Theresa [Richard Hell and Tom Verlaine]. Wanna Go Out? New York: Dot Books, 1973. Print.
    • Stomach, Ernie [Richard Hell]. “Manifesto.” Genesis: Grasp 1.4 (1970): 1-2. Print.
    • —. UH: flip-movie dance alphabet peepshow toy enigma boring book. New York: Genesis Grasp Press, 1971. Print.
    • Vargas, Deborah R. “Punk’s Afterlife in Cantina Time.” Social Text 31.3 (2013): 57-73. Print.
    • Wallach, Jeremy. “Living the Punk Lifestyle in Jakarta.” White Riot: Punk Rock and the Politics of Race. Eds. Stephen Duncombe and Maxwell Tremblay. New York: Verso, 2011. 317-332. Print.

     
    The archival research for this essay was supported by the Coleman Dowell Fellowship for Study on Experimental Works from Fales Library at New York University. I want to thank Marvin Taylor and Brent Phillips at Fales for their help with this research. Ann Butler and Mike Kelly helped me learn how to work with archival materials. My fellow panelists and the audience at the 2008 Cultural Studies Association Conference heard an early version of this work. Lee Konstantinou and Lynn Shutters read drafts and provided invaluable suggestions.
     

  • Seeing Beyond Green

    Heidi Scott (bio)

    Florida International University

    hcscott@fiu.edu

     

    Review of Prismatic Ecology: Ecotheory beyond Green, ed. Jeffrey Jerome Cohen. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2013.
     
    Prismatic Ecology: Ecotheory beyond Green is a collection of essays by mostly well-known scholars in the highly arable field of ecocriticism.  The conceit is simple: the color green has dominated the discourse of the environmental humanities for its entire history, first with the early views of nature writing as the (usually white male) genre that valued something called “nature” over a falsely dichotomous “culture,” and next with the modern environmental movement and its rhetorics of sustainability and deep ecology.  Ecocriticism has moved well beyond the old boys—Wordsworth, Thoreau, Heidegger, etc.—and has come to question the squeaky values of the “green” lifestyle within the framework of a consumerist, hierarchical, capitalist, late-industrial, technocratic society.  Why would we tolerate the label “green studies” a moment longer?  Jeffrey Jerome Cohen has assembled a coterie of scholars well-suited to redressing this chromatic imbalance. They do so in a series of sixteen essays titled by tone, from the expected “White,” “Black,” “Red,” “Blue,” and “Brown” (but why not the primary “Yellow”?) to the designer “Chartreuse” and “Violet-Black” and the super-optical “X-ray” and “Ultraviolet.”  It is clear that these scholars share a common vision of the proper direction of ecocriticism; the essays are highly inter-referential, and certain names reoccur in nearly every shade of the prism (including Stacy Alaimo, Graham Harman, Jane Bennett, and especially Timothy Morton).  This camaraderie gives the volume a theoretical coherence that the splintered colors alone might have diffused, but the effect is also a bit cliquish.  Essay collections are strongest when they have an internal structure to support their ventures, and the neo-ecocritical discourse that swirls around “object-oriented ontology,” “transcorporeality,” “strange strangers,” and “hyperobjects” becomes the backbone of this collection.  Avowedly, and titularly, this is not Thoreau’s literary ecology.  What we get in return for our trust and patience is a cluster of truly enlightening and beautifully written essays, along with some tunnels into esoteric caves of the humanities and a couple of head-scratchers.
     
    My favorite essays were the ones that stayed the course of color, taking their title as an occasion to enlighten the reader on the many physical, historical, and theoretical valences of a particular shade while staying trained on that color in the “natural world,” broadly understood.  Tobias Menely and Margaret Rhonda’s chapter on “Red” masterfully manages this multifarious color on the levels of physics, etymology, semiotics, biological mimicry, and cultures of commodity and protest – all intriguing angles – without creating a mess of bleeding signifiers.  They show how bodies make it into our channels of consumption by many means: through secretive, industrial-scale slaughter in the off-limits abattoir, where blood nonetheless seeps into regional water supplies; through the mass consumption of Red 40 (think Froot Loops and Gatorade), a food coloring derived from petroleum (that is, ancient biomass); and through carmine, an “eco-friendly” alternative red dye often used in commodities marketed to vegetarians and vegans, yet derived from a species of cactus-eating beetle.  Similarly strong is Steve Mentz’s “Brown,” which begins vividly with the passage: “Smelly, rancid, and impure, it is no one’s favorite color.  We need brown but do not like looking at it.  It is a color you cannot cover up, that will not go away.  At the end of a long afternoon finger-painting with the kids, it is what is left, sprawling across the page” (193).  Mentz partitions his analysis into three brown regions: dry sand (a very light brown, I suppose); mucky swamps (including icons like the mighty Mississippi); and, of course, poop.  “Down in the muck,” Mentz writes, “life is a brown business” (194).  I wish more oil culture had seeped into this muck, because the black-brown of crude is a lamentable icon that refreshes itself every few years in our eco-cultural memory on a different “green” coast.  Nonetheless, Mentz’s readings of Spencer, Shakespeare, and Borges take the reader to rewarding brown ground.
     
    Stacy Alaimo’s “Violet-Black” plumbs the deepest oceans, where the long wavelengths on the red side of the scale are unknown and a surreal alternative world of “dark liquid expanses and the flashing spectrum of light produced by abyssal creatures” appears outside the window of the bathysphere (235).  Alaimo shows the inability of the first descenders into the depths to create objective, rational accounts of what they saw in the blue-black, a realm that defeated anthropocentric “logic, sanity, and imperviousness” (236).  In the 1930s, explorer William Beebe wrote that “The blueness of the blue, both outside and inside our sphere, seemed to pass materially through the eye into our very beings.  This is all very unscientific; quite unworthy of being jeered at by optician or physicist, but there it was” (236).  Alaimo argues that recent abyssal photography books such as The Deep convey artificially clean aesthetics: the original photographs of deep sea creatures are altered to make uniform the many “different blacks” in the backgrounds, and floating detritus is erased from the images.  She rightly notes that
     

    The genre mirrors the myth that the deep sea is an abyss, a nothingness, an immaterial zone separate from human incursions and transformations and, thus, a sort of anachronistic space for the innocent pleasure of ‘discovery,’ free from environmentalist hand-wringing.  The clean aesthetic, in other words, may mask the contaminated waters. (241)

    This history of the alteration of color in order to attain a clean aesthetic consonant with environmental ideals is the kind of leitmotif that would have supported the array of essays, in effect raising a [color] flag on greenwashing.
     
    Graham Harman’s “Gold” and Jeffrey Jerome Cohen’s “Grey” both deserve reading for the  stylistic pleasure alone.  Harman’s brief history of the physical creation of the element gold (“from Supernovas to the Ganges”) and his subsequent philosophy of aesthetic chemistry stand out as classic vignettes of scientific literary writing (108).  Cohen’s gentle disquisition on the emotives of grey is similarly alluring:
     

    The grey hour is liminal, a turning point at which owls, mosquitoes, monsters, and the wind thrive, when stone cools for a while and persists in its epochal process of becoming dust, when animals and elements continue indifferent to our proclivity to think that an evening’s color drain is a metaphor for human impermanence, a cosmic acknowledgement of our little fits of melancholy. (270)

    In these moments we are reminded that literary criticism can be an art form suggestive of its subject.  However, both essays choose a singular focus that perhaps limits their expansive potential; for instance, Cohen descends amusingly into the hip world of zombies and their grey cadavery, with several illuminating observations about why the zombie apocalypse so noisily resonates with our cultural moment.  But the reader may be left wondering about the grey rock crumbs, the skulking fog, the coal-dust smog.  As with any of these colors, the potential has more volume than the container, and the inevitable exclusions will register differently with each reader.  Should we have a book on the ecology of grey?
     
    One outstanding essay is Vin Nardizzi’s “Greener,” a timely exploration of how biotechnology has vaulted the color green into an unnerving hyper-chlorophyllic menace.  Nardizzi’s chosen hue is best suited to interrogate the popular literatures of sustainability and shallow environmentalism, which he describes as “that sweet spot of equilibrium … that capitalism has generated to sustain its own development and to safeguard its own hegemony” (148).  The source text for the word “greener” is Ward Moore’s neglected 1947 science fiction novel Greener Than You Think (a book I ordered immediately after finishing the essay), which imagines an apocalypse of the technocratic “Green Revolution” in mid-twentieth century agriculture that infused machinery, fertilizer, and pesticides into the standard operations of ever-upscaling farmers.  Nardizzi’s text of choice is the perfect platform for discussing the complex hegemony of the American lawn as both symbol and center of the troubling technocratic turns of environmental history in the industrial era.  His topic resonates with the important work on food systems, suburbia, and biotechnology that has made the careers of writers like Michael Pollan, James Howard Kunstler, and Margaret Atwood.  This essay will be at once accessible, relevant, and exciting for students who are getting an introduction to the wooly world of applied human ecology.
     
    Timothy Morton’s “X-ray” takes the opposite approach to Nardizzi’s in many ways. This increasingly renowned ecocritical theorist corrals a herd of wild ideas within the realm of the x-ray, that form of seeing that shows us that “perceiving and causing are one and the same” (321).  The gamma ray “has a causal effect on things precisely insofar as it measures or ‘perceives’ them,” and the body that perceives too much x-ray perception dies of radiation (321).  Morton loops his analysis of the x-ray into his larger inquiry on “hyperobjects,” the subject of a monograph released in the same year from the same press.  Morton is a brilliant neologizer, and his recent discussion of “hyperobjects” joins the earlier coinages “dark ecology” and “strange strangers”: “hyperobjects” designates phenomena so much larger than humanity in temporal and spatial scale that we struggle to conceive of them even as we find ourselves mired in their muck.  Global warming and radioactive half-lives are examples of hyperobjects that, in Morton’s words, “bring about the end of the world” (326).  Readers who love high theory and are looking for an ecocritical scholar to bring the field into postmodern critique will find plenty to admire in Morton’s motions.
     
    One of my qualms with the volume is its unevenness; the authors take so many different approaches to their chosen color that the partitioned arc can appear scattershot.  In two of the essays, “Orange” and “Gold,” the noun often associated with the color (fruit and metal, respectively) is substituted for the color throughout without adequate discussion of this sleight of hand. Similarly, “Blue” is an exclusively emotive excursion.  Each essay reflects fundamental differences in the author’s dedication to close reading their color of choice.  A stronger imposition of the thesis-motif “a [color] ecology would look like X” would have improved the overall coherence of the volume.  At times the color has so little relevance to the essay that the work appears more a vehicle for the scholar’s pre-existing concerns than a dedicated effort to elucidate that color for a curious audience.  These moments coincide with a bizarre selection of primary texts, as in the chapters on “White” and “Beige.”  In the latter, we are asked to imagine beige as a combination of the solid and liquid waste products of the human body (brown and yellow), and piles of these wastes accumulate in the essay’s hypersexual content.  It is not with a prudish nose that I raise objections to its prurience; sex, piss, and shit are the method and materials of nature.  Rather, it is with a concern that this color receives little illumination beyond its sort-of existence as a blend of gross bodily output.  What about the beige of Saharan sands, the chaff of the grain, undyed sheep’s wool, or (if you prefer urban ecologies) the monotonous beige-scapes of the concrete jungle?  The essay on the even more potent theme of “White” pursues surface links with Biblical Genesis, snow, and yes, Alaska, before spending most of its analysis on a spuriously related aural work of Alaskan artist John Luther Adams.  Global cultures have variously associated white with virginity, nutriment, and death; humans have for centuries defiled their water to bleach dun colors to make fashionable, saleable white.  Where are these shades? And then there’s the racial angle, which receives short shrift throughout the volume despite strong movements towards postcolonial and racialized environmental justice theory in ecocriticism.  “Pink” and “Beige” are read through queer theory, but race informs none of the colors.  The generally enlightening essay on “Brown” openly “wants to bracket race” – and so it does, by not discussing it.  “Black” allows a single paragraph to mention the work of two scholars who bring race studies into ecocritique.  Otherwise, it theorizes black as the (non)color that best captures the inherently chaotic, stochastic nature that has come to replace the greeny balanced, harmonious paradigm of nature in both sciences and humanities.  Such an important paradigm shift deserves a more fulsome polychromatic treatment, particularly in a volume aimed at postmodern ecology.
     
    The best chapters in Prismatic Ecology will be useful in the college classroom.  Twenty-page, accessible, somewhat challenging essays on the physics, biology, history, and philosophy of individual colors will open fruitful discussions about the ways that green discourses of sustainability and deep ecology are insufficient to an analysis of environmental conditions in the twenty-first century.  Readers interested in the more recent inventions and terms of ecocritical theory will find them on display throughout the volume.  The authors and editors are to be commended—and more importantly, read—for striking upon an intriguing if gimmicky theme, and for opening many of the colors to new ecocritical perspectives.
     

    Heidi Scott is Assistant Professor of English at Florida International University, where she teaches Ecocriticism and British Romanticism. She is the author of Chaos and Cosmos: Literary Roots of Modern Ecology in the British Nineteenth Century (Penn State, 2014) and articles on the interfaces between literature and science.
     

  • Reading the Tendencies

    Jason Read (bio)

    University of Southern Maine

    jason.read@maine.edu

     

    Review of Warren Montag, Althusser and His Contemporaries: Philosophy’s Perpetual War. Durham: Duke UP, 2013.

    Warren Montag has one of the most thankless jobs in contemporary academia. He is the Anglophone world’s best reader of Althusser, which makes him an expert on a philosopher considered at best a vanishing mediator between the oeuvre of Marx and the works of Foucault, Zizek, Badiou, et cetera, and at worst a wife-murdering charlatan. Althusser and His Contemporaries is concerned with transforming the first reading; the second is merely an ad hominem argument best left to gossips and scandal-mongers. As the title of Montag’s book suggests, the reading of Althusser proposed within focuses less on Althusser’s relationship with Marx and the oft-discussed Marxian epistemological break, than on the philosopher’s relation to his contemporaries Deleuze, Lacan, Foucault, and Levi-Strauss, as well as to such twentieth-century intellectual movements as phenomenology and structuralism. Such a reading does more than situate Althusser in his context, alongside those he debated, taught, and read; it also underscores the fact that philosophy was a practice for Althusser—something that one did and within which one intervened, rather than a simple matter of positions held and maintained. For Althusser, philosophy remained first and foremost an intervention in a conjuncture.
     
    Reading Althusser’s philosophy as an intervention is not simply a matter of recounting the positions that he held and maintained, of constructing a sort of play-by-play of what Althusser called the kampfplatz, “the battlefield which is philosophy” (205). The idea of philosophy as an intervention, as a line of demarcation within a philosophical conjuncture, has as its corollary the idea that any philosophical text is necessarily overdetermined and conflictual. As Montag argues, continuing a line of investigation that begins with Spinoza’s reading of scripture and continues through Althusser and Macherey, “even the most rigorously argued philosophical text was necessarily a constellation of oversights, discrepancies, and disparities, requiring a reading attuned to the symptoms of the conflicts that animated it unawares” (18). Reading philosophy as a series of interventions is not just a matter of taking the various positions of philosophers at their word—drawing out the lines of conflict separating materialists from idealists, Marxists from poststructuralists, and so on—but of tracing the boundary that divides a philosopher from him or herself, articulating divisions and disparities that are not even formulated or grasped by the philosopher in question. Every philosopher, every text, is situated in relation to conflicts and tensions that exceed it.
     
    The tension between the terrain of conflict and the text it produces can be apprehended in Althusser’s work on the concept of “structural causality.” Structural causality is one of Althusser’s most well-known concepts; along with overdetermination, interpellation, and conjuncture, it forms part of an “Althusserian” lexicon—a vocabulary adopted, though not necessarily understood, by many writers in the sixties and seventies, only to be dropped later. Moreover, structural, or immanent, causality lies at the intersection between Althusser’s reading of Marx (the source of his reputation in the sixties and seventies) and his introduction of Spinoza into philosophical and theoretical discussions (the basis for much of his reputation in recent years). Althusser wrote very little about Spinoza, whose name appears only a few times in his published works. Despite this fact, two of Althusser’s students, Etienne Balibar and Pierre Macherey, have gone on to produce studies of Spinoza. Althusser has had a profound effect on the revival of Spinoza despite the paucity of his references. This scarcity does not mean that Althusser’s references to Spinoza are insignificant; one could argue that the few mentions of Spinoza, in Althusser’s discussion of ideology and structural causality, are pivotal and constitute central orientations of his thought.
     
    In fact, one such reference is integral to the definition of immanent causality. Althusser differentiates between three concepts of causality: linear, expressive, and immanent. Linear causality is the mechanical causality of billiard balls much beloved by philosophers, but easily dismissed as a way of understanding economic and social relations. The real division is between expressive and immanent causality. Expressive causality is a totality that is expressed by its effects; the totality is concealed, revealed only in the effects that express it. In contrast, immanent causality exists solely in its effects. Spinoza argues that God must be thought as the immanent rather than as the transitive cause of all things—not just as the creator but as the productive power of creation, or, more famously (and poetically), as “God, that is nature” (Ethics 18). Althusser argues that this revolutionary new concept of causality can also be found in Marx’s writing, where the capitalist mode of production is neither a transitive or linear cause, affecting society from the outside in the manner of some invocations of economic determinism, nor an expressive cause in which the economy has ideological and political effects. The capitalist mode of production is a cause that exists only in its effects. These effects, the various elements of the mode of production, including the superstructure and ideology, are thus also causes, necessary for the reproduction of the mode of production. Althusser expanded on this position in his later writings on ideology and reproduction; the position thus represents a revolution in the thought of history, social relations, and politics.
     
    Althusser’s break with the concepts of linear or expressive causality is not, however, without its remnants. As Montag argues:
     

    Immanence (more specifically the immanence of the immanent cause) itself, however, in these concluding pages…develops in an uneven and contradictory way, simultaneously regressing toward a Neoplatonic expressionism and leaping forward toward a theory of structure as singularity, as the absent cause of the irreducible diversity of an entity. (86-7)

     
    The regression hovers around two different concepts, each of which marks the point where immanent causality falls back into expressive causality. The concepts in question are that of the “whole” and that of “representation,” which, although introduced to expand the notion of immanent causality, actually smuggle in aspects of expressive causality, and with it, an idealist ontology. The intrinsic limits of these concepts are not immediately apparent, even to Althusser. Montag draws from Althusser’s correspondence with Pierre Macherey, as well as from subsequent revisions of Lire le Capital, to draw out tensions in the articulation of structural causality. In the end, the actual concept of structural causality is less an individual insight than a result of the production of a collective, or even transindividual relation, the conditions of which extend backwards to Lucretius, Spinoza, and Marx, and forwards to the debates about the nature of structuralism in the works of Deleuze and Macherey.
     
    Macherey’s critique of Althusser begins with a question. Macherey writes to Althusser that he cannot understand his use of the term “structured whole.” The question of this term’s meaning hinges on the use of “whole” to mean something above and beyond the relations between the different elements of the structure. As Macherey writes, “the idea of the whole is really the spiritualist conception of structure” (qtd. Montag 74). The correspondence between Althusser and Macherey quickly turns from the question of the meaning of “structured whole” to an interrogation of any remnant of idealism. This debate turns back to Spinoza, who rigorously questioned the idealist tendencies of any assertion of “order,” demonstrating that ideas of order are often nothing more than projections of our own biases, reflecting our own presuppositions back to us. As Spinoza argues, both in terms of nature and in terms of texts (most notably scripture), every assertion of a concealed order is not only a projection of our own desires and concerns; it also overlooks the actually existing structure of relations and tensions. This is not just a matter of interpreting Spinoza; as Montag argues, this is the idea that Macherey pursues in his work on literature. In Macherey’s words, “We should question the work as to what it does not and cannot say, in those silences for which it has been made. The concealed order of the work is thus less significant than its real determinate disorder (its disarray)” (155). From the disarray of Spinoza’s, Althusser’s, and Macherey’s texts taken together, a concept of immanent causality emerges. Montag also argues that Deleuze’s reading of Lucretius is crucial to Macherey’s understanding of the Spinozist concept of nature, and thus that immanence, as “the production of the diverse,” is an “infinite sum…that does not totalize its own elements” (qtd. Montag 91). In place of an order, there is a whole, which is given only in its absence; it is thus necessary to think of immanent causal relations as acting in and through their non-totalizable effects and divisions.
     
    Montag’s genealogy of immanent causality’s conflicted emergence culminates with a reading of some of the passages cut from the second edition of Lire le Capital that never made it into the work’s English translation. In these passages Althusser refers to the immanent cause as a script or play that is acted out as the whole or structure. The script suggests an order behind the scenes that is the hidden condition of everything that unfolds on the stage. That Althusser resorts to an image of the whole, or of a latent structure, at the exact moment that he is attempting to define its opposite (i.e. develop a concept of immanent causality), connects immanent causality to another of Althusser’s concepts, “symptomatic reading.” Far from being a simple critique, symptomatic reading is a practice of excavating the tensions and limits of a text. It is an examination of how a text says something both more and less than it claims to say it. Montag’s rereading of the development of immanent causality through the confrontations and contestations between Althusser, Macherey, Spinoza, Deleuze, and Lucretius (a list that could be expanded to include others in a non-totalizable totality) does not simply clarify immanent causality as a concept by examining its potential misreadings (of which there are many). It demonstrates that these misreadings are not some unfortunate deviation, but are in fact internal to the concept’s very articulation.
     
    The picture of philosophy that emerges is one in which conceptual production is a difficult endeavor. Every conceptual innovation, every attempt to break with existing concepts and orientations, is burdened by the very terms it tries to escape. Theoretical production is a less a break than a transformation of a given theoretical conjuncture. As such, it carries with it elements of and tensions within that conjuncture. This production is also a necessary collective, or transindividual, process, in which the limits of one articulation can only be grasped through other attempts to make sense of it. From the perspective of this reading, the fact that one of Althusser’s major works, Lire le Capital, was a collective project, and that two of that work’s collaborators, Etienne Balibar and Pierre Macherey, have continued to work on and through some of its basic problems, is less a biographical accident than a defining characteristic. Althusser’s thought is less the product of a singular genius than a process of transformation that acts in and through the relations that define it.
     
    Montag also applies his strategy of reading tensions and divisions to Althusser’s relation to two of his most famous contemporaries, Lacan and Foucault. The first is sometimes seen as Althusser’s secret source, whose concept of the imaginary is the basis for Althusser’s notion of ideology, while the second is often understood to be Althusser’s nemesis or usurper, whose ideas of power and the dispositif displace the Althusserian concepts of ideology and ideological state apparatuses. Montag reads Althusser’s actual interventions to uncover a fundamentally different relation. With respect to Lacan, it is less a matter of Althusser’s wholesale adoption of the former’s ideas (or of Freud’s theses), than of a series of interventions around a set of specific problems—namely that of consciousness. As Montag demonstrates, Althusser critiques psychoanalysis’ idea of the individual unconscious. To the extent that he draws from the works of Freud and Lacan, it is to develop a concept of ideology as something other than consciousness. As Montag argues, ideology remains burdened by its association not just with ideas, but with an entire set of presuppositions regarding conviction and persuasion (140). Ideology has to be understood as something other than consciousness; it is in the service of this idea that Althusser turns to psychoanalysis. His passage through psychoanalysis is an attempt to do away with consciousness, but he does not stop there, articulating a theory of ideology based on unconscious neuroses. Instead, he moves towards an idea of ideology as a material condition and effect of practices.
     
    As Montag argues, it is on this point that Althusser is closer to Foucault than is generally maintained. Alongside his use of the term “apparatus,” Althusser’s often overlooked assertion that ideology exists in practices not only brings Althusser and Foucault closer together, but, and more importantly, it defines the problem of thinking subjectivity as a material effect of conditions and practices of subjection. In place of the straight lines of descent (in the case of Lacan) and opposition (in the case of Foucault), Montag argues that it is necessary to see the outlines of a problem in the jagged intersection of their texts: a rigorously materialist account of subjectivity that would dispense with consciousness, intention, and will, in favor of forces, apparatuses, and relations. Our difficulty in seeing the commonalities and differences that go beyond the proper names Lacan, Foucault, and Althusser, stems not only from the fetish of the proper name in contemporary academia—a reduction of the kampfplatz to a battle between famous figureheads—but from where we stand with respect to the aforementioned forces.
     
    Montag’s chapter on Foucault and Althusser ends with a materialist conception of knowledge and its limits. In the chapter’s final paragraph, Montag argues that though Foucault and Althusser’s interrogation of the autonomous independent subject has its antecedents in the work of Nietzsche and Spinoza, its conditions of possibility are to be found in the tumultuous events of the sixties and seventies. As Montag writes:
     

    As the balance of power shifted so did the relations of knowledge. Each incursion of mass struggle, like a flare fired above the battlefield, revealed the obstacles, traps, and emplacements that blocked the way forward. The texts we have examined were sketches or diagrams of this battlefield, a battlefield we have not left even as we now, plunged in darkness, attempt to feel our way forward. (170)

     
    The limitations of their particular investigations, and of our own ability to make sense of them, must then be situated not only against the order and connection of concepts, but against the relations between bodies and actions as well. With respect to this last point, we should view all of the various arguments tempted to dismiss Althusser (and Foucault, particularly his works from the seventies) as pessimistic (161). Such dismissals fail to see a certain “optimism” at work in Althusser and Foucault, one predicated less on the autonomous subject than on the forces and relations that constitute and destroy it.
     
    Montag brings a penetrating vision to Althusser’s work. His reading of Althusser’s texts, their limits and constitutive tensions, redraws the lines that define not only the latter’s own scholarship, but also the practice of philosophy in general. One could ask, in the spirit of Althusser’s work, where does such an intervention stand with respect to the current philosophical and political conjuncture? As Montag argues in the closing chapters of Althusser and His Contemporaries, there has been a revival of interest in Althusser since the release of his posthumous essays and books. Starting in the mid-nineties, the publication of these texts on Marx, Machiavelli, Feuerbach, and philosophy began to alter the prevailing sense of scandal and dismissal that had characterized the reception of Althusser’s work through most of the eighties. Althusser’s most read and discussed posthumous work is the long essay titled “The Underground Current of the Materialism of the Encounter” (written 1982, published 1994, translated into English in 2006). As Montag argues, this essay’s emphasis on the aleatory event is either read as a repudiation of Althusser’s thought (a point supported by its citation of such philosophers as Heidegger, Wittgenstein, and even Derrida, who evade Althusser’s usual sphere of reference), or as the culmination of his work on the conjunctural and non-teleological sense of materialism (174).
     
    For some, the event itself is an event in Althusser’s writing, marking the division of his thought—as he once divided Marx’s—between an early Althusser of structure and a late Althusser of aleatory events. With the help of two of Althusser’s students writing today, however, we can see a different division. Alain Badiou and Jacques Rancière are by now quite famous and well-read within the English-speaking world. This has led to the translation and publication of some of their arguments with Althusser (such as Rancière’s The Lesson of Althusser) as well as of certain projects carried out under the influence of Althusser’s thought (such as Badiou’s The Concept of Model). The combined effect of the publication of Althusser’s posthumous writing on aleatory materialism and the popularity of Rancière and Badiou has produced a different Althusser, one focused on the “event” as an ontological problem. Badiou and Rancière’s shared tendency to frame politics, or truth, according to a universal, axiomatic event, takes on radically different senses in each scholar’s work, but this tendency still stands in sharp contrast to what is found the works of Balibar and Macherey. The latter have mostly written studies of other philosophers—Spinoza, Marx, Locke, et cetera—as well as a series of works that could be defined as “writing in the conjuncture.” Balibar and Macherey differ in the sense that for the former, the conjuncture is considered primarily political, defining the problems of citizenship, race, and violence, while for the latter, shifts and changes in various conceptual problems, “everyday life,” “utopia,” and the “university” have taken priority. Besides their eschewal of the systematic articulations of a philosophy, the two thinkers are linked by their understanding of conjunctures in terms of their constitutive tensions, divisions, and problematics, even those that exceed the intentions or understanding of the texts and subjects produced within them.
     
    Framing the matter somewhat schematically, we could argue that what initially existed in Althusser’s writing as a division between “conjuncture” and “structure” has become a division between philosophies of the event and philosophies of the tendency. In the context of this division, the former side has become dominant; Badiou and Rancière are major intellectual figures, while Balibar and Macherey are less well-known. The reasons for this are no doubt multiple, but it is possible to conclude that the victory of a philosophy of the event over and against the tendency might have something to do with philosophy’s own self-conception, the spontaneous philosophy of philosophy. Ontologies and axiomatic claims are much more in keeping with philosophy’s self-image than collective and conflicted articulations of tendencies and their limits.
     
    Montag’s reading of Althusser makes a strong case for the untapped possibilities of the latter’s philosophical practice, a practice positioned against understanding philosophy as an activity divided by tensions and problematics that both reflect the existing state of affairs and exceed the understanding of its practitioners. Althusser’s is a materialist conception of philosophy, in which philosophy must always be situated against a backdrop of forces that animate and exceed it. Such a philosophical intervention breaks with much of the spontaneous philosophy of philosophy, and Spinoza, Marx, Althusser, and Foucault, to name a few, have struggled to articulate this materialist framing of knowledge and subjectivity. Their struggle has been inflamed by the way in which the idealist categories of totality, teleology, expression, and individuality constantly reassert themselves, taking on new names and problems. Thus as Montag’s book makes clear, the materialist perspective is constantly occluded, disappearing in its specific and concrete interventions until it appears to constitute merely interpretation, or adopting the very terms of the conjuncture it attempts to elucidate and intervene in, as in the charges of Althusser’s “structuralism.” The loss and the return of Althusser’s philosophical reputation hints at the difficulty of reorienting thought towards its conditions.
     
    Montag’s Althusser and His Contemporaries leaves an interesting question in its wake. How is it possible to reanimate a philosophy of immanence, of tendencies and conflicts, in the present moment? This question is not merely an academic matter of restoring Althusser’s reputation; it is, importantly, a political question. The “balance of forces” is shifting once again; part of the recent resurgence of interest in Althusser and some of his students no doubt owes to this shift in forces. Our relation to current economic and political structures is no longer self-evidently one of unproblematic consent. Althusser’s most critical question, that of the material conditions and effects of ideology, has expanded beyond the realm of academia to become part of political contestation. It is not yet clear if this change in forces will equal the change that transformed the world of practices and ideas throughout the sixties, forming the preconditions for Althusser and his contemporaries’ own theoretical revolution, but if the present change of forces is to transform current relations of knowledge, it will be necessary to make sense of the current conjuncture. Montag’s book intervenes in the current relations of knowledge by examining their history, but that history exceeds any theoretical project, any practice of philosophy, to become a question of politics. The subtitle of Montag’s book, “Philosophy’s Perpetual War,” thus changes the sense of the title; it is by seeing philosophy as a perpetual war that Althusser remains our contemporary.

    Jason Read is Associate Professor of Philosophy at the University of Southern Maine. He is the author of The Micro-Politics of Capital: Marx and the Prehistory of the Present (SUNY 2003) and The Politics of Transindividuality (Brill/Haymarket, forthcoming).
     

    Works Cited

    • Althusser, Louis. “Is it Simple to be a Marxist in Philosophy?” Trans. Graham

      Locke. Philosophy and the Spontaneous Philosophy of the Scientists and Other

      Essays. Ed. Gregory Elliot. New York: Verso, 1990. 203-40. Print.

    • Macherey, Pierre. A Theory of Literary Production. Trans. Geoffrey Wall. New

      York: Routledge, 1978. Print.

    • Spinoza, Benedict De. Ethics. Trans. Edwin Curley. New York: Penguin, 1994. Print.
  • Selfhood beyond the Species Boundary

    David Herman (bio)

    Durham University

    david.herman@durham.ac.uk

     

    Review of Eduardo Kohn, How Forests Think: Toward an Anthropology beyond the Human. Berkeley: U of California P, 2013.
     
    Growing out of fieldwork conducted in the forests around Ávila, a Quichua-speaking Runa village in Ecuador’s Upper Amazon region, Eduardo Kohn’s How Forests Think participates in what might be called the “ontological turn” in recent anthropological research. This turn calls for the comparative study of the various ontologies projected by different cultures, past and present. At issue are more or less widely shared understandings of the kinds of beings that populate the world, the qualities and abilities those beings are taken to embody (including the capacity to have perspectives on events, among other attributes linked to selfhood), and how the beings included in various categories and subcategories relate to those categorized as human.[1] Coming to terms with differences among such categorization systems has far-reaching implications not only for anthropology but also for other areas of inquiry concerned with how systems of this sort shape various institutions and practices; pertinent fields of research include the history of agriculture, animal ethics, and the sociology of companion animals in families. Cultural ontologies also bear saliently on the study of literary and other narratives that feature the perspectives and experiences of nonhuman animals, or that more or less explicitly situate human characters in wider, trans-species constellations of agents.[2]
     
    In his introduction, Kohn suggests that “an ethnographic focus not just on humans or only on animals but also on how humans and animals relate breaks open the circular closure that otherwise confines us when we seek to understand the distinctively human by means of that which is distinctive to humans”—for example, via sociocultural anthropology with its emphasis on language, culture, society, and history (6).[3] Although he connects his approach to other research on human-nonhuman relationships, including Bruno Latour’s use of actor-network analysis to explore the hybrid formations that link humans with various artifacts and instruments and also Jane Bennett’s Deleuze-inspired account of the agency of matter, Kohn objects to the way some of this work flattens out “important distinctions between humans and other kinds of beings, as well as those between selves and objects” (7). Accordingly, he gravitates toward “Donna Haraway’s conviction that there is something about our everyday engagements with other kinds of creatures that can open new kinds of possibilities for relating and understanding” (Kohn 7). In the discussion of runa puma, or “were-jaguars,” that opens the book, Kohn comments,
     
    How other kinds of beings see us matters. That other kinds of beings see us changes things. If jaguars also represent us—in ways that can matter vitally to us—then anthropology cannot limit itself just to exploring how people from different societies might happen to represent them as doing so. Such encounters with other kinds of beings force us to recognize the fact that seeing, representing, and perhaps knowing, even thinking, are not exclusively human affairs. (1)
     
    Kohn’s other key conceptual resources include monistic models that resist dichotomizing culture and nature, and that thereby offset dualistic anthropological paradigms “in which humans are portrayed as separate from the worlds they represent” (9), along with Charles Saunders Peirce’s semiotic system and Terrence W. Deacon’s more recent use of Peirce’s ideas to explore emergent phenomena in the domain of biology.
     
    In the book’s first chapter, “The Open Whole,” Kohn combines his emphases on monism and on semiotics to map out what he terms the “ecology of selves,” human as well as nonhuman, within which the human inhabitants of Ávila situate themselves. Kohn proposes the concept of “amplification” to distinguish forest settings from other places where the multifarious ecology of selves might be less evident, arguing that immersion in the especially “dense ecology [of the Amazonian forest] amplifies and makes visible a larger semiotic field beyond that which is exceptionally human” (49). He then goes on to explore how anthropology might be reoriented around the assumption that life itself is constitutively semiotic. In Kohn’s account, which builds on Peirce’s triadic model of the sign as well as Deacon’s use of Peirce for biosemiotic purposes, this reorientation roots human making-making practices within “more pervasive semiotic logics” (50), suggesting how iconic, indexical, and symbolic sign processes are nested within each other.
     
    For example, the indexical relationship between a loud sound in the forest and its potentially dangerous cause involves something more than iconicity, or semiotic relationships that turn on modes of resemblance. Specifically, indexicality “emerges as a result of a complex hierarchical set of associations among icons. The logical relationship between icons and indices is unidirectional. Indices are the products of a special layered relation among icons but not the other way around” (Kohn 52). In the instance of a crashing tree in the forest signifying danger, an index emerges[4] from iconic associations, since the danger is not immediately present to interpretants—to use Peirce’s term for interpreters of semiotic relationships whose interpretations extend the process of semiosis forward in time and outward in space. In turn, just as indices are the product of relations among icons, symbols—signs that (like linguistic signs) signify by way of social conventions—are the product of relations among indices. And this relationship is unidirectional as well: “in symbolic reference the indexical relation of word to object becomes subordinate to the indexical relation of word to word in a system of such words” (Kohn 53). Drawing on Deacon’s account of emergence and emergent properties, Kohn asserts that “symbolic reference, that which makes humans unique, is an emergent dynamic that is nested within this broader semiosis of life from which it stems and on which it depends” (55).[5] Although Kohn’s larger claim here is anti-anthropocentric, and rests on the premise that humans cannot be separated from the semiotic dynamics of living processes more generally, it should be noted that research on the complex communicative behaviors of nonhuman primates and also of ceteceans such as whales and dolphins calls into question Kohn’s assumption that symbolic reference is an exclusively human endowment (Marino 28).
     
    In any case, Kohn’s subsequent chapters explore ontological consequences of the extension of semiotic processes across the species boundary. In chapter 2, “The Living Thought,” Kohn argues that “all experiences…for all selves, are semiotically mediated,” such that “introspection, human-to-human intersubjectivity, and even trans-species sympathy and communication are not categorically different” (87). This claim explains Kohn’s objection to the varieties of posthumanism found in Latour’s and Bennett’s work, for example. Such approaches to nonhuman agency fail to register “that some nonhumans, namely, those that are alive, are selves” (91), thereby reinstating a form of dualism that Kohn, like Peirce before him, seeks to move beyond. In chapter 3, “Soul Blindness,” Kohn investigates how hunting and predation impinge on ecologies of selves. He notes a paradox at work in this connection: many social practices among the Ávila Runa center on the sharing of meat, yet hunting and eating animals entails transforming beings whom the Runa recognize as selves or subjects into consumable objects. Another, related paradox arises insofar as successful hunting, and hence the transformation of animals into food objects, requires being able to adopt those animals’ perspectives. If the hunter cannot see the world in the way that another kind of self sees it, then the hunter has been stricken with “soul blindness,” rendered unable to differentiate prey animals from their surrounding environment (Kohn 117). Nevertheless, predation results in the loss of selfhood for nonhuman agents. Kohn’s fourth chapter, “Trans-species Pidgins,” explores how the people of Ávila negotiate paradoxes of the sort discussed in the previous chapter. Specifically, to avoid the isolating effects of soul blindness, the human inhabitants of Ávila must remain receptive to the viewpoints of other kinds of beings, but without losing their own species identity. As Kohn puts it, “there is a constant tension…between the blurring of interspecies boundaries and maintaining difference, and the challenge is to find the semiotic means to productively sustain this tension without being pulled to either extreme” (140). Focusing on human-canine interactions in Ávila, Kohn describes how the people of Ávila use a number of communicative strategies to walk the tightrope between being blind to other souls and metamorphosing willy-nilly into other kinds of beings. These strategies include addressing dogs in the third person and employing what Kohn describes as a “trans-species pidgin,” which blends human and nonhuman modes of expression. The pidgin in question features Quichua grammar, syntax, and lexis but also uninflected and reduplicated forms (e.g. hua hua and tiu tiu) that are used to quote dogs barking—these forms not being fully integrated into human grammar.
     
    Chapters 5 and 6, “Form’s Effortless Efficacy” and “The Living Future (and the Imponderable Weight of the Dead),” broaden Kohn’s investigative focus, exploring how the ecology of selves in and around Ávila is shaped by issues of power and embedded within a larger timespan extending backward into the past and forward into the future. Chapter 5 considers how constraints on the distribution of Amazonian biotic resources in turn constrain colonial and postcolonial power relations in which the Ávila Runa are enmeshed, even as those power relations shape how the people of Ávila understand their place within a trans-species ecology of selves. Thus, according to Runa tradition, the dead become jaguars in the afterlife; but those jaguars assume the role of dogs vis-à-vis white spirit masters who, patterned after the Spanish colonizers of the past, control the realm of the dead. In chapter 6, Kohn writes that, “[s]elves, human or nonhuman, simple or complex, are waypoints in a semiotic process. They are outcomes of semiosis as well as the starting points for new sign interpretation whose outcome will be a future self” (206). Yet the question of how to ensure the self’s continuity into the future remains. Arguing that the Runa use shamanic techniques to “extend a paw into the future in order to bring some of that future back to the realm of the living” (214), Kohn suggests that these techniques are shaped by the hierarchical power relationships of a colonial past. In other words, without this “colonially inflected predatory hierarchy that structures the ecology of selves,” there would be no higher shamanic position from which to reassess one’s own position in a more-than-human world (Kohn 214).
     
    As Kohn remarks, ethnographic research on other cultures often results in a defamiliarization of the institutions and practices of the ethnographer’s own culture. Kohn’s most defamiliarizing discoveries arguably center on the ecology of selves he has found among the Ávila Runa. By putting his readers into dialogue with the trans-species community of Ávila, Kohn enables them to rethink assumptions about what constitutes a self, and also about what sorts of relationships and responsibilities humans have vis-à-vis other, nonhuman selves. In this respect, Kohn builds on Haraway’s characterization of the multispecies encounter as an important domain for cultivating ethical practice; as such encounters reveal, “many of the selves who are not ourselves are also not human,” with those nonhuman selves thus embodying a “significant otherness” that forces “us to find new ways to listen…[and] to think beyond our moral worlds” (Kohn 134). More generally, in mapping out a different cultural ontology, How Forests Think gives shape to important questions about the scope and limitations of our own. What would it be like to live in a world no longer defined by a restrictive ontology that curtails and obscures humans’ relational ties to a wide range of relevant others? What changes—conceptual, institutional, ethical, juridical, and political—would result from moving to a more inclusive ecology of selves, that is, from parsimonious to prolific allocations of the possibility for selfhood beyond the human? What mutations in the very concept of selfhood might be catalyzed by a rejection of anthropocentric geographies of the self, which assign humans a position above other forms of creatural life while gapping out experiences located below the imaginary elevation of the human? In other words, what forms of relatedness are made possible by an expanded ecology of selves, and how are these transhuman networks of affiliation figured in imaginative literature, the storyworlds of cinema, narratives for children, and other domains? How might the study of such domains, and the widened communities of selves they accommodate, lead to a rethinking of our culture’s fundamental assumptions, values, and practices?

    David Herman is Professor of the Engaged Humanities in the Department of English Studies at Durham University, UK. The author of Storytelling and the Sciences of Mind (MIT Press, 2013), Basic Elements of Narrative (Wiley-Blackwell, 2009), and other books, and guest-editor of the Fall 2014 special issue of Modern Fiction Studies on “Animal Worlds in Modern Fiction,” he is currently exploring ways to connect ideas from narrative studies with work in a range of fields concerned with animals and human-animal relationships.
     

    Footnotes

    [1] In Matei Candea’s account of this turn, “the late 19th-century shift from singular capitalized Culture to the multiplicity of cultures, and the shift from the single Ontology of philosophy to an anthropology of ontologies can therefore be seen as analogous moves—they both serve to inscribe difference at the heart of the anthropological project. Not, of course, an exclusive, oppressive difference but a relational, productive difference….” (175). Similarly, Philippe Descola argues that, “for anthropology, no ontology is better or more truthful in itself than another…. [At issue are] schemes of coding and parceling out phenomenal reality by means of which [people] have learned to couch and transmit their experience of things, schemes issuing from historical choices that privileged, at a given time and place, certain sets of relations to humans and non-humans, in such a way as to allow for the combination of these relationships into sui generis ensembles—already constituted before the birth of the individuals that actualize them—to be experienced as naturally coherent” (66-7).
     
    [2] How Forests Think thus provides important foundations for what can be described as a “narratology beyond the human”—that is, a framework for narrative analysis that explores how ideas developed by scholars of story bear on questions about human-animal relationships in the larger biosphere, and vice versa (Herman n.p.).
     
    [3] For an early anticipation of this attempt to reconfigure anthropology as the study of human communities in relation to the broader biotic communities of which they are a part, see the work of Tim Ingold. As Ingold puts it, “an adequate integration of anthropology within the wider field of biology requires that the study of persons be subsumed under the study of organisms….The most urgent task for contemporary anthropology is to…re-embed the human subject within the continuum of organic life” (224). Relatedly, noting that in a previous elaboration of his approach he used the locution “anthropology of life,” Kohn asserts that “the current iteration is closely related to that approach except that here I am less interested in the anthropological treatment of a subject matter (an anthropology of x) and more in an analytic that can take us beyond our subject matter (‘the human’) without abandoning it” (229 n.6; see also Kohn, “Dogs”).
     
    [4] Here Kohn follows Deacon in using the terms emerge and emergence in a technical sense, involving the supervenience of higher-order structures or properties on sets of elements that do not exhibit those structures or properties when taken individually—as in the case of mob behavior emerging from a collocation of individual persons. As Andy Clark notes, however, two different concepts of emergence are sometimes conflated in accounts of this (controversial) phenomenon. One of the concepts holds that “there is emergence whenever interesting, non-centrally-controlled behavior ensues as a result of the interactions of multiple simple components within a system” (Clark 108); the other concept “foregrounds the notion of interactions between behavior systems and local environmental structure” (Clark 109). Both concepts, arguably, are operative in Kohn’s discussion of what he terms the semiosis of life.
     
    [5] See Kohn’s concluding statement in the book’s Epilogue, entitled “Beyond”: “Throughout this book I have sought ways to account for difference and novelty despite continuity. Emergence is a technical term I used to trace linkages across disjuncture; beyond is a broader, more general, one. That beyond human language lies semiosis reminds us that language is connected to the semiosis of the living world, which extends beyond it. That there are selves beyond the human draws attention to the fact that some of the attributes of our human selfhood are continuous with theirs. That there is death beyond every life gestures toward the ways we might continue, thanks to the spaces opened up by all the absent dead who make us what we are” (226).
     

    Works Cited

    • Bennett, Jane. Vibrant Matter: A Political Ecology of Things. Durham: Duke UP, 2010. Print.
    • Candea, Matei. “Ontology Is Just Another Word for Culture.” Critique of Anthropology 30 (2010): 172-9. Print.
    • Clark, Andy. Being There: Putting Brain, Body, and World Together Again. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1997. Print.
    • Deacon, Terrence W. Incomplete Nature: How Mind Emerged from Matter. New York: W.W. Norton, 2011. Print.
    • Descola, Philippe. The Ecology of Others. Trans. Geneviève Godbout and Benjamin P. Luley. Chicago: Prickly Paradigm, 2013. Print.
    • Haraway, Donna. The Companion Species Manifesto: Dogs, People, and Significant Otherness. Chicago: Prickly Paradigm, 2003. Print.
    • Herman, David. “Narratology beyond the Human.” DIEGESIS: Interdisciplinary E-Journal for Narrative Research 3.2 (2014): 131-43. Web.
    • Ingold, Tim. “An Anthropologist Looks at Biology.” Man (New Series) 25.2 (1990): 208-29. Print.
    • Kohn, Eduardo. “How Dogs Dream: Amazonian Natures and the Politics of Transspecies Engagement.” American Ethnologist 34.1 (2007): 3-24. Print.
    • Latour, Bruno. We Have Never Been Modern. Trans. Catherine Porter. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1993. Print.
    • Marino, Lori. “Convergence of Complex Cognitive Abilities in Cetaceans and Primates.” Brain, Behavior, and Evolution 59 (2002): 21-32. Print.
  • The Anthropology of the Future

    Gerry Canavan (bio)

    Marquette University

    gerry.canavan@marquette.edu

     

    Review of Arjun Appadurai, The Future as Cultural Fact: Essays on the Global Condition. New York: Verso, 2013.

    Arjun Appadurai’s latest collection of essays, The Future as Cultural Fact, begins with a concession. He writes that he has had occasion to learn from critics of his 1996 book, Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization, “who found it too celebratory, perhaps even breathless, about the new world of open borders, free markets, and young democracies that seemed to have entered world history” (1). When he describes The Future as Cultural Fact as a sequel to Modernity at Large, then, he means “sequel” not as mere addition, but as extension and complication; what we get is not simply more of the same but rather the spinning out of a new story that was hiding unacknowledged in the gaps, shadows, and omissions of the first.
     
    If the first book’s encounter with globalization was seemingly structured by optimism about the new social forms made possible by globalization, the second is especially attentive to violence. After an introductory chapter that predates even Modernity at Large (a modified version of the introduction to Appadurai’s 1986 The Social Life of Things), the subsequent chapters of the book are primarily concerned with what happens not to “objects” or “things” but to human bodies as a result of their encounter with economic forces and with the macroscopic winds of global trade and geopolitical change. The politics of the book emerge out of the question of how scholars might intervene in these forces and mold them to our ends. The theoretical question that ends chapter two—“why universities move less swiftly than, say, AK-47s” (69)—thus turns out not to be randomly or arbitrarily chosen, despite the play of that interrupting “say.” Rather, it is precisely this opposition that structures and energizes the entire book: how cultural form (and especially the space of the progressive but enclaved university) might catch up to the violence that seems to precede us everywhere.
     
    The chapters that conclude Part I of the book all engage with this violence in the form of the AK-47, from a lengthy rumination on Gandhi and the “morality of refusal” in chapter three, to chapter four’s attention to the genocidal movements that have become the nightmarish face of post-Cold War globalization since the publication of Modernity at Large, to the centrality of “blood” (as both kinship, bloodline, and violence, bleeding) in the form of the nation-state itself in chapter five. The last of these is noteworthy in its stylistic shift from detached prose to Appadurai’s biographic remembrance of his father’s political activism in the early days of Indian independence, and his concordant sense that the space of the nation and the space of the family dialectically produce each other. In Part II, the book shifts from direct technologies of blood and murder to structural violence, here instanced in Appadurai’s interest in the slums of Mumbai. Mumbai is a quintessential space of globalization for Appadurai because it makes visible the dialectical tension between the optimism and violence he sees dividing Modernity at Large from The Future as Cultural Fact. In the time of globalization, cities like Mumbai have become spaces of both immense wealth and inconceivable poverty; they both “attract more poor people than they can handle and more capital than they can absorb” (131). In Mumbai, and through his encounters with housing activists in that city, Appadurai begins to construct a counter-vision of globalization from below, from the perspective of “human waste and waste humans” (123).  Chapter eight, focused on the work of housing and democracy activists in the city, explicitly turns to the “politics of shit” as a way of concretizing this conjuncture, noting that the lack of hygienic infrastructure in the slums of the city abets not only a spirit of humiliation and degradation but the material spread of disease. “Toilet festivals,” organized by activists for the urban poor, mark a strategy of opposition to this “ecology of fecal odors, piles, and channels.” “The politics of shit … presents a node at which concerns of the human body, dignity, and technology meet”; the slum toilet becomes for Appadurai an unexpected encounter between globality and locality precisely when an official from the World Bank “has to examine the virtues of a public toilet and discuss the merits of this form of shit management with the shitters themselves,” thus offering Mumbai’s poor the chance of moving “from abjection to subjectivation” (170).
     
    Appadurai’s interest in Mumbai intersects with his own research practice at the site of PUKAR (Partners for Urban Knowledge Action and Research), a non-profit organization he helped found in the city to help young people gain access to research apparatuses and the machine of knowledge production. Part III thus takes the ideals of “deep democracy,” the politics of recognition, and “cosmopolitanism from below” that he finds in his studies of Mumbai social movements and attempts to apply these self-reflexively to the space of the university itself. Again, structural violence is Appadurai’s organizing principle, here the creation of unnecessary misery by the hegemony of finance capital, especially in the post-crash period of the first decade of the twenty-first century. However, even here he finds a principle of hope in the idea of the future itself. In Part III, the meaning of the phrase “the future as cultural fact” becomes significant to the work as a whole, suggesting that imagination, possibility, constitutes resistance to finance capital’s rigid insistence on the logic of probability and rationalized risk assessment.
     
    The concluding chapters of the book seek to put this spirit of alterity and oppositional culture into practice. In chapter thirteen, we find the “social life” not of “things” but of “design,” a reframing that attempts to re-inject principles of human agency and deliberative planning into the radical market-determinism of end-of-history neoliberal capitalism. At the same time, when we foreground design, objects themselves become quasi-agents, exhibiting a kind of gifted human agency precisely through the fact of their own designedness (258). In this chapter Appadurai investigates how “design” intersects with “planning,” and in particular how both might intersect with “sustainability” in an era of both financial and ecological crisis. He writes, “We need to make better designs for planning and improve the planning context for our social designs, so that these two activities become more fruitfully meshed in developing solutions for the short- and long-terms” (267).
     
    The final two chapters of the book seek to extend the proposed ethos of “designed planning / planned designing,” first into the realm of research and then into academic disciplinary forms (including or especially his home discipline of anthropology). At the same time, this section of the book seeks to name an ambition for planning and design that is genuinely positive in its aspirations, rather than simply attempting to mitigate the worst disasters. Here we see the fullest reemergence of Appadurai’s political optimism, now disciplined (or perhaps forged) by the prolonged encounter with violence that constitutes most of the work. Chapter fourteen may be the more provocative, at least on the level of political programming; it asserts without apology that research should be reconceived as a human right, one that has been systematically denied to the poor and marginalized, making genuinely democratic citizenship impossible. “Research,” he writes, “is a specialized name for a generalized capacity to make disciplined inquiries into those things we need to know but do not know yet” (269). Naming this capacity a human right consequently mandates a radical rethinking of the way access to research—both as already-produced knowledge and as the opportunity for new knowledge-making—is distributed according to imperial logics and class dynamics in contemporary global capitalism (269). The capacity to research, Appadurai ultimately argues, is closely linked to “the capacity to aspire, the social and cultural capacities to plan, hope, desire, and achieve socially valuable goals” (282). Thus the ongoing project of democratization supported by The Future as Cultural Fact may first require the democratization of research itself (282-283).
     
    In chapter fifteen, Appadurai concludes his project with a sustained analysis of the status of the future as a “cultural fact,” as a social and material force. He speaks specifically to the discipline of anthropology, which he says has always concerned itself with “the past” both literally (in its study of historical societies) and figuratively (in its typical focus only on those contemporary societies that have “appeared immune” to European imperialism and “Western modernity” [285]). But these observations have a much wider reach than just tweaking anthropological method. For Appadurai, the future is real: already shaping and being shaped in the present, already accessible to us through the imagination, already “shot through with affect and sensation” (287). Re-inaugurating a politics of hope is therefore especially urgent in an era in which the future, when we acknowledge it at all, is conceived only as a coming space of austerity, disaster, deprivation, and mass death, as in the “disaster capitalism” and shock doctrines identified by Naomi Klein (295-296). The “ethics of probability”—the future as risk management, seen from the standpoint of a neurotic insurance agent—can only think of the future in these negative terms, as a space of danger always at risk of eruption, explosion, or catastrophic collapse. Appadurai’s “ethics of possibility” announces an answer to a spirit of totalizing pessimism that can only perceive the future as a trauma: “By the ethics of possibility, I mean those ways of thinking, feeling, and acting that increase the horizons of hope, that expand the field of the imagination, that produce greater equity in what I have called the capacity to aspire, and that widen the field of informed, creative, and critical citizenship” (295).
     
    The last paragraph is a call directed to those “who still work in and from the academy,” asking that we apply this utopian ethics not abstractly or theoretically but in our everyday practice, “in our institutions, our disciplines, and our methods.” The ethics of possibility, we are told, begin in our own workplaces, our own communities. The call for a new future, like so much else in Appadurai’s work, becomes something at once global and local: “Every field of expertise and inquiry,” he writes, “can and must make its own versions of this critical journey” (300). The anthropology of the future cannot be limited to anthropology, nor to academic practice, nor even to the university writ large; in the end, the ethics of possibility extend to any and every human endeavor that seeks to make the future better.
     

    Gerry Canavan is Assistant Professor of English at Marquette University. He is at work on two projects: a critical monograph on the subject of “science fiction and totality,” and a book on the work of legendary African American science fiction author Octavia E. Butler. He has recently written articles for Paradoxa, The Journal of American Studies, and Slayage: The Journal of the Whedon Studies Association.
     

  • Banality in Comics Studies?

    Christopher Breu (bio)

    Illinois State University

     

    Review of Nickie D. Phillips and Staci Strobl, Comic Book Crime: Truth, Justice and the American Way. New York: New York UP, 2013.

    Comic books represent a royal road to the cultural unconscious. That is the operative assumption of Nickie D. Phillips and Staci Strobl’s Comic Book Crime: Truth, Justice and the American Way. The authors situate the book as a contribution to the interdisciplinary field of cultural criminology, which focuses less on legal and institutional practices and more on the cultural representation of crime and punishment. Here cultural criminology overlaps cultural studies as it has emerged over the last forty years. As the authors put it, “In analyzing contemporary comic books, we employ a cultural criminological framework, suggesting that the cultural meaning and symbolic importance of comic books represents a viable area of exploration for criminologists” (5).  As in many cultural studies projects on the meaning and reception of popular forms, Phillips and Strobl employ methods both analytical and ethnographic, surveying story arcs in two hundred comic titles and conducting focus group interviews with self-selecting comic book fans, who, as the authors note, were overwhelmingly male: “In recruiting participants for focus groups, we managed to include only one woman” (225).
     
    Much of the strength of Comic Book Crime stems from this mix of synoptic and ethnographic approaches. Unlike the forms of close analysis associated with cultural studies—which can give a cultural form a more radical resonance than it may actually have by focusing on outlier texts or by deconstructing dominant meanings—the synoptic and reception-based approaches employed by Phillips and Strobl effectively calibrate the overall ideological import and social resonance of a dominant form. Thus, the authors argue:
     
    Our sample suggests that comic books, although diverse, most often reflect an ideological orientation that reinforces the dominant notions of retributive justice in American culture and celebrates nostalgic ideas about community through apocalyptic plots. Ironically, our sample also shows that retribution plays out as an incomplete project, leaving readers teased as to how violent a hero will be in pursuing justice during the battle between good and evil. This tease, though ideologically short of the promise of retribution underlying many of the storylines, nonetheless provides emotional satisfaction in the spectacularly violent and graphic ways in which restraint is ultimately accomplished. (17-18)
     
    This is the book’s strongest point: that the ideological work done by comic books reinforces notions of retributive and incapacitation-based forms of justice, as opposed to rehabilitative, restorative, and deterrence-based forms. Without suggesting a simple equivalence between representation and reception or material practice, they demonstrate how comic books tend to mirror and potentially reinforce dominant assumptions in the United States about crime and punishment. While the authors present this ideology as the hegemonic criminological perspective advanced in super-hero comic books, they also trace the ways in which certain story arcs and characters deviate from this message, as well as the ways in which readers challenge, rework, or conform to it. Thus, they attend to the different versions of justice embodied by figures such as the Punisher, who, as his name suggests, follows through on the promise of retribution; Batman and Superman, who cause death and destruction despite their “no kill” policy; and Wonder Woman, whose basic tenets (although she often doesn’t fully adhere to them) seem closer to what Phillips and Strobl describe as “restorative or participatory justice,” which advocates community-based mediation and peaceful correction (202).
     
    The book addresses a range of contemporary issues that affect or relate to comic books, from the representation of Arab-Americans and patriotism after 9/11—where the authors find comics and their readers split between a retrenchment of chauvinism and racism and a more searching reflection on the dangers of the same—to the representation of race, gender, and sexuality (a discussion of class is markedly absent) in superhero comics. In these areas, too, the book mixes an account of comics as generally reflecting a dominant ideology, what they call the “white male heteronormativity of the comic book landscape,” with individual story arcs and characters that challenge and push against this dominant ideology (168).
     
    Comic Book Crime’s engagement with these different issues (cultural criminology, questions of race, gender, and sexuality, the ideological landscape of the post-9/11 United States) is both insightful and scattered. I can imagine a book that weaves these threads together into a compelling historicized narrative about how notions of punishment shape conceptions of race, gender, and sexuality in superhero comics and their readers in the ideologically charged context of post-9/11 America; unfortunately, Comic Book Crime doesn’t achieve this synthesis. Instead, each inquiry feels disconnected from the others, as if the book were a collection of essays rather than a monograph. Taken as a series of discrete interventions, the book could potentially work as a textbook for a course on superhero comics. Phillips and Strobl address complicated issues with sensitivity and insight and provide an impressive overview of the superhero genre as a whole. They also do a nice job of steering away from the Scylla of celebration and the Charybdis of condemnation that inflect too much writing on popular culture. But the book does not present a sustained argument from introduction to conclusion.
     
    Part of the problem may lie with the methodology that makes the book’s approach valuable. If the strength of the synoptic and ethnographic approach is to situate individual narratives and meanings within the context of the genre and its reception, such an approach also runs the risk of relying too much on the “data” to provide the book’s insights, while foregoing the historicizing, synthesizing, and theorizing that such work also demands. While the authors do provide an historical chapter, tracing the emergence of superhero comic books in the golden age of comics (the 1930s through the early 1950s) and their development in the silver age (the late 1950s and the 1960s) and beyond, this history feels disconnected from the accounts of race, gender, and sexuality they provide in other chapters. Phillips and Strobl make occasional references to, for example, the civil rights movement or black power, but in general, categories such as race, gender, and sexuality are treated like static entities rather than historically dynamic and changing, as well as stubbornly recursive, lived identities. The chapter on the representation of Arab-Americans in the post-9/11 United States is the exception, providing a more nuanced account of the shift in racial rhetorics in the aftermath of the bombing of the World Trade Center, although here too more could be done with the charged context of the post-9/11 years.
     
    The text’s limitation in providing a compelling account of the representation of difference in comics is marked by an overuse of the concept of stereotype and the need to combat stereotypes through more positive forms of representation. Central to such a conception is the unexamined assumption that positive representations are somehow less ideological than either negative representations or more balanced and complex forms of representation. In this regard, it might have been interesting for the authors to examine the ways in which comic book villains often function as counter-hegemonic sites of identification for readers — something they mention in passing, but do not take up.
     
    Comic Book Crime could be more effectively theorized in other ways as well. Its rare theoretical references tend to be from the 1990s or earlier. There are, for example, references to Jean Baudrillard and to Judith Butler’s Gender Trouble, which is misread as “rejecting the notion that gender should be viewed as a simple binary connected to one’s biological sex” (as opposed to challenging binary constructions of both sex and gender) (147).  Phillips and Strobl’s book does not engage recent cultural studies work that emphasizes the relationship between culture and political economy, as well as culture and globalization. For example, an account of the way neoliberalism has transformed cultural rhetorics of both punishment and competitive individualism would provide a powerful lens through which to view changing comic book conceptions of justice and vigilantism, including the way in which the ambiguous figure of the kick-butt woman has become a staple of contemporary popular culture. Greater attention to how comic book heroes travel and are transformed within a popular culture that is increasingly global might also disrupt the exceptionalist (albeit negative exceptionalist) rhetoric found in the book’s subtitle (with its invocation, however ironic, of “the American way”) and in much of its analysis, which is often cast in terms of “specific, American notions of justice” or described as “quintessentially American” (222, 217). This is not to deny national specificity, but it would be interesting to consider how these concepts might themselves travel and be transformed alongside the super heroes as they become global icons.
     
    The conclusion also needs more careful theorization. The authors present three contrasting theories of the relationships among popular culture, reader reception, cultural ideology, and social policy. In the space of a page, the authors assert that readers’ beliefs, as informed by comics, “shed light on policies that may be supported or rejected by readers as a solution to crime in the real world” (which claims a relatively direct relationship between popular culture-shaped belief and policy); that comic books “provide readers an opportunity to move beyond knee-jerk reactions and explore the consequences of power and authority” (which suggests a more interactive and reflective relationship between text, reader, and policy); and that “we believe these books reflect a general and enduring American social conservatism” (which suggests a one-to-one relationship between text and cultural ideology) (221). While these claims could perhaps be reconciled, that would take theoretical work that Comic Book Crime does not do.
     
    In sum, Comic Book Crime accomplishes a good deal, but it is not quite the book that its subject matter so richly deserves. It is at its best when engaging crime and punishment, and does a serviceable job of addressing race, gender, and sexuality. It is easy to read, and will probably make a good introduction to the serious study of comics.
     

    Christopher Breu is Associate Professor of English at Illinois State University, where he teaches classes in twentieth-century and twenty-first-century literature and culture as well as critical and cultural theory. He is the author of Insistence of the Material: Literature in the Age of Biopolitics (Minnesota, 2014) and Hard-Boiled Masculinities (Minnesota, 2005).
     

  • Zombie Apocalypse as Mindfulness Manifesto (after Žižek)

    Chris Goto-Jones (bio)

    Leiden University

    c.goto-jones@phil.leidenuniv.nl

     

    Abstract

    An icon of horror, the zombie blunders with apparent mindlessness, bringing only contagion and chaos.  It has lost its ego, its individuality, its reasoning self.  It is a repellent vision of posthumanity. Mindfulness is a therapeutic practice rooted in the meditative traditions of Buddhism.  Liberated from the stresses and anxieties of capitalist society, practitioners escape the demands of an ego driven to exhaustion by instrumental rationality. This essay explores the growing interest in mindfulness meditation and flourishing portrayals of the zombie apocalypse in contemporary societies to suggest a connection between these models of (post)selfhood.

    Manifesto: don’t just do something, sit there!

    There is a “quiet revolution” sweeping the Western world.  It is not the revolution of the desperate or disenfranchised in society, nor is it the impassioned conflict of religious fundamentalism, but rather a “peaceful revolution” being led by white, middle-class Americans.  The revolution doesn’t require any particular change in values or economic systems, but simply involves becoming able to relate to those values differently – with more patience, gentleness, and compassion.  In the words of Congressman Tim Ryan, “the mindfulness movement is not quite as dramatic as the moon shot or the civil rights movement, but I believe in the long run it can have just as great an impact” (xvii, xxi).

     

    For a revolution, this movement shows remarkable conservatism.  The leading voices make no demands on followers.  They need not become activists or participate in political struggle.  There are no millenarian cults or mass suicides.  There is nothing to televise.  Instead, in general, the literature suggests that capitalism is not really the problem – indeed, the literature’s architectural embrace of liberalism is entirely consistent with a future society of peace and prosperity for all.  The problem is that people in contemporary societies are suffering from a “thinking disease” (Wilson 164).  The crisis is in the heads of individual people, not in the structures and institutions of society per se.  In the words of one of the founders of modern secular mindfulness, Jon Kabat-Zinn, it’s as though capitalist societies themselves are suffering from a form of ADD, “big time – and from its most prevalent variant, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.  And it is getting worse by the day” (Coming to Our Senses 153).
     
    In other words, society’s sickness is not a material condition that should be treated by physical interventions at the barricades.  The problem is not the distribution of wealth or justice per se.  Rather, society is ailing psychically – it needs therapy.  In the language of Thomas Szasz and Ronald Laing, progenitors of anti-psychiatry, the patient requires a “moral education” to deal with “problems in living,” not the violence of biomedical procedures.  However, it is not even that the revolution requires an ideological intervention to transform societal values.  Instead, it is focussed on the impact of changes in individual psychology: the mindfulness revolution does not aim at ideological change as much as at each of us becoming more in touch with (and more compassionate about) our authentic selves and our genuine relationship with these superstructural features.  The idea is that mindfulness will reinvigorate existing value structures by enabling a more authentic engagement with them.[1]  As Jeff Wilson notes, the mindfulness literature is consistently conservative: “mindfulness authors expect change to come about slowly, peacefully, through the established political system.  They also rarely call for wholesale shifts to a totally new form of economic organization.  A mindful America will still be a consumerist, capitalist nation” (184).  In concrete terms, change is to be accomplished at the level of the individual: social change will be the natural, incremental result when individuals reach more authentic and healthy understandings of the way they feel and think about their (unchanging) place in society.
     
    For Kabat-Zinn, this revolution approximates an evolution: he maintains a loosely teleological vision of human history in which the development of the mindful society is a natural outcome (or the culmination) of the development of democratic societies: “In a society founded on democratic principles and a love of freedom, sooner or later meditative practices, what are sometimes called consciousness disciplines, are bound to come to the fore…. It is part of the ongoing evolutionary process on this planet” (Coming to Our Senses 553).  This evolutionary process is supposed to move towards maximal individual self-understanding and freedom.[2]  The rationale behind this diagnosis is that modern citizens have their authentic freedom compromised by being too attached to thinking itself: they spend too much of their time “lost in thought,” ruminating about the past and the future, worrying, dreaming, riddled with anxieties about things that are not happening (and might never happen), depressed and stressed and unhappy.  The modern individual spends more of her life entrapped in her own abstractions than she does actually experiencing the world around her.   People today have learned thought patterns that disconnect them from the world and the people around them – we are self-alienated by our own cognitive patterns.  The mindfulness revolution seeks to pathologize and politicize certain patterns of thought, suggesting that liberating ourselves from these schemas will also emancipate our communities.
     
    Of course, it is not the case that the mindfulness movement demonizes all thought, only certain types of thought that involve cycles of rumination.  Mindfulness training generally takes the form of therapeutic interventions designed to transform our patterns of thought.  While the idea that particular styles of thinking can be pathologized with political significance evokes the controversial anti-psychiatry movement, one of the particular characteristics of the mindfulness movement is that it does not target an ostensibly deviant minority of individuals for “correction” by authority, but instead asserts that it is the majority that is somehow muddle-headed and sick.[3]  The hegemonic discourse is the source of toxicity rather than the basis for rectification.  In this case, the political relations implied by the therapeutic model are not the personalised power-relations of the centre and periphery of society (or even relations between state and society) as suggested by the anti-psychiatrists, but rather the disjunction is between the material conditions of capitalism and the psychic conditions of humanity in general: with a few exceptions, we are all muddle-headed about how to live in capitalism in a healthy way.  The mindfulness movement seeks to reveal and resolve a kind of false-consciousness generated by the dynamics of capitalism itself.
     
    One of the difficulties of this situation which has not been adequately addressed by the “movement” concerns the political meaning and significance of this (r)evolutionary, therapeutic agenda.  To some extent, this question has simply not been asked because of the movement’s focus on therapeutic efficacy for individuals.  At the very least, the movement suggests two political positions: the first is that mindfulness enables a form of genuinely healthy authenticity that emancipates people from the suffering foisted upon them by capitalism (even while leaving the structures and institutions of capitalism materially untouched); the second is that mindfulness functions as a form of secular religion within capitalism – a contemporary opiate for the people – serving as a new form of ideological domination that enables people to endure the alienating conditions of capitalism without calling for material revolution, redistribution, or institutional change.
     
    This essay is a playful attempt to explore the terrain outlined by these two interpretations, utilizing the imaginary contrast between the mindful meditator and the mindless zombie.  In the end, the image of the zombie apocalypse emerges as an ironic manifesto for the mindfulness movement in capitalist societies.
     

    Fig. 1. “mindfulness meditation” © Asiascape.org, Leiden University. Ricardo Bessa (Art) and Chris Goto-Jones (concept).[4]

     

    The Mindfulness Movement

    When we speak of meditation, it is important for you to know that this is not some weird cryptic activity, as our popular culture might have it.  It does not involve becoming some kind of zombie.  (Kabat-Zinn, Wherever You Go 9)

     

    Even though the literature and teachers of mindfulness are very careful to make it clear that mindfulness is an elusive condition in the modern world, “mindfulness” appears to be everywhere.  Meditation and mindfulness practices have emerged recently out of the provenance of religion or spirituality and into the cultural mainstream of Europe and North America.  We find mindfulness training in high schools, universities, workplaces, and homes for the elderly.  It’s in the civilian sector and in the military.  We see mindfulness clinics for stress reduction (MBSR), cognitive therapy (MBCT), and therapeutic interventions (MBI); and there are mindfulness courses for corporate leadership, creativity, combat effectiveness, and life skills.  The growth of interest in mindfulness-related practices has been called the “attention revolution” (Wallace 2006), the “mindfulness revolution” (Boyce), and even the “dharma evolution” (Michaelson).[5]
     
    The cultural importance of mindfulness in contemporary Western societies seems to have reached a level at which it requires consideration as a social movement.  In the USA alone, it is estimated that more than ten million people meditate on a regular basis, with perhaps 20 million having meditated at least occasionally within the last year (Michaelson 10).[6]  Meditation is no longer the preserve of alternative, new-age, or hippie culture, but represents a significant mainstream movement.  As we will see, despite the therapeutic and well-being-oriented context in which it has developed, in some quarters it has even been seen as a plague or a menace.  Most controversially, Žižek, a central interlocutor in this debate, argues that mindfulness is already insinuating itself as an element of the “hegemonic ideology of global capitalism” (“From Western Marxism”).  He suggests that were Max Weber alive today, “he would definitely write a second, supplementary volume to his Protestant Ethic, entitled The Taoist Ethic and the Spirit of Global Capitalism.”[7]
     
    The development of mindfulness in Western societies can be mapped through a number of stages: it begins with early encounters with Buddhism and Hinduism as part of Oriental Studies in Europe; it moves through the influence of Zen to the USA, as it emerged from Japan in the early postwar of the twentieth century (in the work of pioneers such as DT Suzuki and then the more eclectic Alan Watts); it then moves through the revolutionary 1960s (and the growth of transcendentalism) into a more widespread and mature growth of Buddhism in the USA (and somewhat in Europe); and finally the practice of mindfulness begins to emerge as (also) a universalizing and secularized discourse in a clinical and therapeutic frame in the 1990s (McCown et. al. 31-58).  However, while interest in meditation and mindfulness has grown rapidly, both in society generally and within the academy, transforming it into an issue of social, political and cultural urgency, there has been relatively little serious engagement with these aspects of the phenomenon.[8]  Instead, scholarship has focused on the clinical, therapeutic, and psychological value of meditation and mindfulness practices – the most pressing research question appears to have been whether or not mindfulness “works” (whatsoever that turns out to mean).[9]  Indeed, it is precisely this focus on mindfulness as a “remedy against the stressful tension of capitalist dynamics” that enables us to “uncouple and retain inner peace and Gelassenheit” while continuing to live in the capitalist system that provides the context for Žižek’s controversial interventions (“From Western Marxism”).
     
    That said, in recent years we have seen the gradual emergence of concerns about the intersections between mindfulness, wisdom, and ethics.  These issues cut to the core of the social significance of mindfulness as a movement, but they also expose a deliberate strategy among the advocates of secular mindfulness to avoid questions of ethics in their teachings.  The chief reason for this has been the perceived importance of maintaining a distance between secular mindfulness and Buddhism.  While nobody says that mindfulness practices do not find their roots in Buddhist traditions, the secularization of mindfulness as a kind of “technology of the self”[10] has been seen as vital to its acceptance as a clinical or therapeutic tool in predominantly Christian societies.[11]  Secular mindfulness has self-consciously distanced itself from the ethical traditions that accompany its historical evolution precisely so that it does not risk causing ethical offense in Western societies, where the history of ethics is distinctly other.  This is one of the significant changes following the New Ageism of the 1960s and the Hippie movement.  Ironically, as mindfulness develops into a secular, social movement, it is now this absence of a coherent ethical theory accompanying the practice that is seen by some of its critics as a challenge to public morality.  Is it the case that mindfulness promotes ethical vacuity?  Does it, to paraphrase the assurances of the influential Jon Kabat-Zinn, transform practitioners into zombies?
     
    The movement’s secularization strategy reveals a cluster of fears regarding the likely reaction of mainstream Western cultures when confronted with other ethical traditions that are undergirded by deep and sophisticated philosophical foundations.  Žižek refers to a “threat” being experienced by the “Judeo-Christain legacy” even while European technology and capitalism seem triumphant across the globe (“From Western Marxism”).  The threat from “New Age, ‘Asiatic’ thought” is, he suggests, “at the level of the ‘ideological superstructure’” of the European space.  In some ways, then, the strategic choices regarding the development of secular mindfulness (which have been extraordinarily successful) represent an awareness of society’s fear of transnational cultural flows and an emerging globalism more generally.[12]  We might speak, for instance, of a type of “enlightenment peril” that echoes the more racialized “yellow peril” of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.[13]
     
    The move to sidestep this peril has inadvertently provided a space for new fears to emerge regarding the effects of mindfulness meditation on its practitioners.  In the absence of sophisticated Buddhist discourses on questions of agency and morality that emerge from the (often transformative) experience of meditation, many practitioners are left to confront deep fears about themselves and their place in the world; they are staring into an abyss.[14]  Not only do they not have answers to their questions (indeed, it’s conceivable that answers are actually impossible, as we’ll see), but they also have a whole realm of possible “Buddhist” answers negated for them by the very framework within which they are practicing (which was designed to mitigate xenophobia and cultural essentialism).[15]  Perhaps unsurprisingly, fear of what we might discover in deep meditation is also common to Buddhists (which is why there is a rich tradition of texts dealing with this fear in various Buddhist traditions).  In the words of Joseph Goldstein, the co-founder of the Insight Meditation Society in the USA:
     

    Meditators sometimes report that fear of liberation holds them back in their practice; as they proceed into uncharted territory, fear of the unknown becomes an obstacle to surrender.  But this is not really fear of enlightenment.  It is rather fear of ideas about enlightenment …. The mind might invent many different images of the experience of liberation.  Sometimes our ego creates images of its own death that frighten us (5, emphasis added).

     

    Fig. 2. “zombie oblivion” © Asiascape.org, Leiden University. Ricardo Bessa (Art) and Chris Goto-Jones (concept).

     

    Zombie Apocalypse as Enlightenment Peril

    The idea that the “ego creates images of its own death that frighten us” is conventionally linked to the activity of maya (illusion/delusion) or sometimes mara (the daemon who tricks us into failing on our paths) – the kinds of tricks played on our minds (and by them) to prevent our liberation.[16]  The Buddhist pantheon is replete with daemons and monsters that effectively stand-in for this notion, literally scaring people away from their salvation until their courage, resolve, and discipline are sufficient to overcome these beasts, or their insight is developed so that they can see the daemons for the illusions they truly are.[17]  In this context, it is intriguing that contemporary societies are seeing a concomitant boom in zombies.[18]  The marketplace is flooded with zombie movies, TV shows, books, and videogames.[19]  To what fear does this zombie explosion speak?  Does the zombie apocalypse stand-in for our fear of enlightenment – is this an instance of the “enlightenment peril”?  To what extent is the thrill of “survival horror” the excitement of the righteous violence of slaying such daemons?
     
    For some, the fear is simple enough: “Zombies embody the great contemporary fear − and, for some people, the great contemporary fantasy − that we’ll soon be surrounded by ravenous strangers, with only a shotgun to defend ourselves” (Barber).  Yet the idea that the zombie is an alien is undermined by the fact that a zombie is not an alien at all; the horror of the zombie is rather that, in an uncanny way, it is us.[20]  The zombie is a self-alienated human.  The terror of the zombie apocalypse is not the xenophobic fear of alien invasion, but the horror of our own radical (and contagious) dehumanization (perhaps resulting from foreign contamination); it is precisely our imagination of the human condition after the death of the ego.
     
    Whether or not we agree that scarecrows are also frightening, Žižek seems to be correct when he says: “what makes scarecrows terrifying is the minimal difference which makes them in-human: there is ‘nobody at home’ behind the mask – as with a human who has turned into a zombie” (Less than Nothing 44-45):
     

    This is why a zombie par excellence is always someone we knew before, when he was still normally alive – the shock for a character in a zombie movie comes when they recognize the formerly friendly neighbor in the creeping figure relentlessly stalking them…. [A]t the most elementary level of human identity, we are all zombies…. The shock of meeting a zombie is thus not the shock of encountering a foreign entity, but the shock of being confronted by the disavowed foundation of our own humanity.  (341)

     
    While for Žižek this “zero-level of humanity” is reached when we are reduced to our mechanical, purely habitual core, stripped of all “intelligence (language, consciousness, and thinking),” it is by no means certain that we need to understand the zombie as representing this regression.  In their fascinating and provocative “Zombie Manifesto,” Lauro and Embry present the zombie as a radical form of post-capitalist posthumanity; they argue that it is an “antisubject” for whom the foundational subject-object distinction on which the rationality of capitalism depends is destroyed and, with it, the conventional self or ego.  “[T]he zombii [sic] illustrates our doubts about humanity in an era in which the human condition may be experiencing a crisis of conscience as well as a crisis of consciousness” (91-92).  In such an era, the zombie need not represent a regression to a pre-conscious, zero-level of humanity, in which we are ripe for exploitation like animals in the master/slave narrative, but serves as an ironic (and deeply pessimistic) enactment of negative dialectics.  Following Horkheimer and Adorno, Lauro and Embry argue that the zombie stands-in for the post-capitalist agent who has escaped the kind of subjectivity that enables the ideological control of capitalism.  In other words, the zombie is the depressing answer to the question: if the human condition is trapped into capitalism by the mechanisms of its very consciousness, then what kind of posthumanity can be free of it?
     
    While Lauro and Embry’s provocations about enlightenment are deeply depressing, it is interesting to reflect that this is precisely why the zombie is a figure of horror, and is not aspirational.  The Zombie Manifesto is as repellent as Haraway’s “Cyborg Manifesto” is attractive. Taking the extra step, then, might we not ask whether the zombie is actually a kind of mara – a monster generated by the subject/object rationality of capitalism precisely to scare us away from resolving to attain a type of consciousness free from that rationality?  Is the image of the zombie a way for capitalism to thwart our attempts to escape the clutches of its instrumental rationality by making our liberation appear as repellent and alien as possible?  As Goldstein notes, “this is not really fear of enlightenment.  It is rather fear of ideas about enlightenment…. Sometimes our ego creates images of its own death that frighten us” (5).[21]  The zombie apocalypse is the vision of the horror of the death of ego par excellence.
     
    Lauro and Embry are quick to note that their manifesto is far from utopian: “this essay is not a utopic fantasy in which man is liberated from the subject/object conundrum, nor is it a riotous celebration of the apocalypse that would ensue if humanity were able to get free of the subject/object bind” (91).  Instead, they offer a dystopia:
     

    The zombii [sic] thus suggests how we might truly move posthuman: the individual must be destroyed.  With this rupture, we would undo the repressive forces of capitalist servitude.  But at what cost?  The zombii’s dystopic promise is that it can only assure the destruction of a corrupt system without imagining a replacement – for the zombii can offer no resolution. (96)

     

    It is certainly true that it is almost impossible to imagine a way in which zombies could form and sustain a workable society of any kind, [22] let alone present this in a way that would seem utopian to us today.  However, if we take a step back from zombies for a moment (since they represent our fears about enlightenment, not enlightenment itself) and focus on the salient quality of the posthuman that has broken free of capitalism – the establishment of a consciousness that is not encaged by subject/object rationality – it stands to reason that we are not able to envision this posthuman society.[23]  All of our imaginations (and fears) of such an organization are themselves generated by exactly the kind of thinking that will not be a factor in its principles.  Both the utopia and the dystopia are features of our current capitalist society, not of this posthuman future.
     
    In other words, our inability properly to imagine a posthuman, post-capitalist society is a feature of the epistemic cage of capitalism.  We might go even further to suggest that the very concept of the utopia/dystopia is tainted with the kind of thinking that needs to be overcome.  In mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT), this kind of thinking is called “discrepancy-based processing,” because it is based upon our perception of a disjunction between how things are for us now and how we hope/fear they will be in the future (Segal et. al. 178).[24]  Such thinking typically leads to stress-based reactions, such as attachment or aversion, hope and fear.  Such reactions trigger our brains into what Segal, Williams, and Teasdale call a “doing mode,” in which we seek to instrumentalise the world around us into tools that will help us to reach/avoid that future.  This is contrasted with “being mode,” in which people are fully alive in the present moment: “being mode” is the state of mind cultivated in mindfulness practice and meditation (63-77).   We might call this the authentic, zero-level of human consciousness.
     
    Ernst Bloch might have recognised this rendition of the utopia as an unimaginable space for which we can hope but not plan; for him, utopia is properly a kind of “not-yet-become” of which we are “not-yet-conscious.”  He sees a difference between the “partial enlightenment” that enables critique of present societies in their own terms and the “genuine enlightenment” that liberates us into the unimaginable.  Our hope for emancipation is real, even if we accept that it must remain impossible for us to envision it.[25]  Horkheimer and Adorno similiarly hold that instrumentalization is a feature of the capitalist cage of reason that must be defeated before enlightenment: in capitalism “reason serves as a universal tool for the fabrication of all other tools, rigidly purpose-directed and as calamitous as the precisely calculated operations of material production, the results of which for human beings escape all calculation.  Reason’s old ambition to be purely an instrument of purposes has finally been fulfilled” (23).  Here, “purpose-directed thinking” and “doing mode” tend together as ethical and therapeutic critiques of human consciousness in capitalist societies.[26]
     
    In this way, we might understand a mindfulness manifesto as radically non-utopian, even anti-utopian, and deeply critical.  It calls for people to see past the ways in which their consciousness itself causes them to see the world (as a constellation of sensations and objects on which to enact one’s will towards a purposive end), and seeks to provide them with the means to accomplish this kind of thinking.[27]  In the words of Jon Kabat-Zinn: “Meditation is not about trying to become a nobody, or a contemplative zombie, incapable of living in the real world and facing real problems.  It’s about seeing things as they are, without the distortions of our own thought processes” (Wherever You Go 239, emphasis added).
     
    This non-utopian vision calls for people to transform their societies without necessarily calling on them to make any material changes to those societies; the transformation is entirely in the consciousness, provoking rupture from capitalism through freedom from the purpose-directed rationality that fuels it.  This raises the possibility that the post-capitalist society looks remarkably similar to the capitalist one, but that people live in it in freedom rather than in servitude to it.  This vision of the non-utopia seems to subvert the conventions of radical or critical science fictional utopias, in which “cognitive estrangement” organized around a pseudo-rational novum provides the rupture with the extant.[28]  In this non-utopia, however, the rupture is occasioned by the estrangement of cognition (as we know it) itself.  Thus, because of its missionary investment in rational cognition, even so-called “critical science fiction” is revealed as complicit in the ideological trappings of capitalism: it is not free of the distortions of our own throught processes, but rather seeks to utilise these processes to affect change.  In other words, counter-intuitively, the zombie apocalypse as a science fictional dystopic critique actually acts to bolter the capitalist status quo.
     

    Fig. 3. “seeing freely” © Asiascape.org, Leiden University. Ricardo Bessa (Art) and Chris Goto-Jones (concept).

     

    “Western Buddhism” and the Post-Self

    In his recent provocations about so-called “Western Buddhism,” Žižek picks up on the idea of changeless-change.[29]  He seems torn between fascination and skepticism, which (to be fair) appears to be a fairly characteristic response to this particular ethical dilemma in Buddhism.  Indeed, the integrity (even if not necessarily the authenticity) of this form of transformational experience cuts to the core of the place of faith in Buddhist ethics.[30]  In Pure Land Buddhism, where this idea is powerfully elaborated, the development of a mind of faith (jp. shinjin) is the goal of devotional practice, where this faith is the manifestation of the practitioner’s absolute renunciation of their ‘self power” (jp. jiriki) and thus their complete surrender to the “other power” (jp. tariki) of Amida Buddha.  In Shin Buddhism, which frames this attainment in terms generally familiar to the Mahayana tradition’s sense of the non-dualism between relative and absolute knowledge, this transformation is represented by a bi-directional process: first the practitioner cultivates a so-called pure and egoless mind (through meditation and other practices), effectively travelling to the “Pure Land” and engaging with the absolute, but then the practitioner returns to this world of relative forms to continue life as though unchanged (whilst in reality fully awakened).  This process, to which Žižek (Buddhist Ethic) appears to allude when he refers to the Bodhisattva ideal, is denoted by the intensely dense phrase gensō-ekō (returing to the world):[31] “in one version of Buddhism nothing even has to change materially, only your, let’s call it – even though it sounds too Californian – your attitude.”
     
    In these deliberately provocative interventions, Žižek appears to be relatively unconcerned with the potentially tranformative impact of faith in Buddhism.  He is interested in what he terms “Western Buddhism,” which he specifically identifies as being primarily concerned with the practice of meditation itself – he calls this “our Western distortion”: the parsing of Buddhism from its religious structures, its ethical traditions and moral rules, and its reformulation as a kind of technology accompanying the so-called “cognitivist breakthrough” (Buddhist Ethic).[32]  When considering Žižek’s various interventions about Buddhism (which have caused quite a storm amongst Buddhist groups),[33] it is useful to remember that he is explicit about his focus on what he takes to be a “distorted” kind of Buddhism, which he believes has taken root in the “West” for predominantly ideological reasons (or, at least, with powerfully ideological consequences).   Žižek thus locates himself in the heart of an ongoing, emotive, and rather volatile debate about the merits and authenticity of so-called “secular Buddhism,” which has polarised practitioners as well as scholars and many voices in between.[34]  The critical issue for Žižek appears to be what he identifies as the “completely authentic” existential experience that is occasioned by disciplined meditation and self-cultivation (through the deployment of techniques traditionally associated with Buddhism).  This “existential experience,” for Žižek, need not be seen as religious but simply as an empirical moment, a state which one can attain with the kind of practised attention developed in meditation and mindfulness training.  Žižek’s “Western Buddhism” more closely resembles the category of secular mindfulness training than it does Buddhism.[35]  As he sees it, Buddhism is “automatically meditation” in the West, while in traditional Buddhist societies it’s a way of life, a system of ethics, and a commitment to faith.[36]
     
    In this way, Žižek arrives at two powerful criticisms of secular mindfulness, both of which resonate with our fear of the zombie apocalypse.  The first is precisely this fear of the ethical implications of the changeless-change that apparently accompanies the attainment of the standpoint of the death of the ego and the collapse of the subject-object dichotomy.  The second concerns the sociological impact of a growing subculture of people (who look just like everyone else) dedicated to living their lives following the death of their conventional egos.  To phrase this in terms of fears: the first is the fear of what a zombie might be uninhibited from doing in our present societies; the second is the fear of what happens to such societies when zombies become an infestation.
     
    Unlike Lauro and Embry, Žižek does not primarily see the liberation of the self from the self as the most fundamental form of rupture from capitalism, not even in the irony of the apocalypse.  Instead, Žižek is concerned about the more scientific, empirical problem of verifiability.  If it’s the case that we accept the possibility of a “completely authentic” existential experience that results in a profound (yet invisible) transformation of the self into an enlightened and liberated post-self (or authentic prior-self), surely it becomes important to be able to recognise when this has happened to other people?  While it seems plausible to believe that we are able to recognise this transformation in ourselves, it is difficult to imagine a way of identifying it in another.[37]  Unlike zombies, presumably the mindful post-self does not distinguish itself by staggering through its own decaying immortality, drooling moronically, staring vacantly, and then attempting to eat anyone it encounters.  Presumably.
     
    The need to identify the liberation of another into the condition of post-self becomes especially urgent when one considers that such a liberation is immediately (also) liberation from the restrictions and norms of a society premised upon a conventional self (and even liberation from the very principles that established and bolster such restrictions and norms).  The post-self is no longer circumscribed by conventional morality (which has been developed for a society of selves).  It is precisely in this kind of radical liberty that we suppose the emancipatory potential of the post-self resides; through behaviours that subsist outside the frameworks of instrumental rationality associated with capitalism, the post-self manifests and demonstrates the potentials of this liberty for others and hence (assuming that conventional selves can really understand the actions of the post-self) serves as a vanguard in the revolution.  The post-self should be as charismatic as the zombie is contagious; but from the standpoint of mental health provision, it is important to be able to distinguish between the liberated post-self and the simply insane.[38]
     
    This shape of argument is familiar within various kinds of Buddhism, especially those that make use of the Bodhisattva as a device for the salvation of all living beings.  The Bodhisattva (an enlightened being who refuses to enter into Nirvana before the salvation of all beings, and so “returns” to the world to assist them in their journeys) is precisely such a liberated agent, to whom the conventions of everyday morality cannot adhere.  The Buddhist canon is replete with stories of Bodhisattva breaking all kinds of laws as “expedient means” (jp. hōben) to encourage people into behaviours or attitudes more conducive to their own eventual enlightenment.  They have been known to lie, cheat, steal, even kill – even appearing as daemons (although I’m not aware of Buddhist zombies) – all activities that appear to contravene the “relative ethics” of the conventional self, but that apparently do not contravene the more “absolute ethics” of the post-self.  The metaphysics of Mahayana Buddhism are founded on the non-duality of these two realms and on the doctrine of original enlightenment (jp. hongaku shisō).
     
    Unsurprisingly, Buddhism has produced various responses to this dilemma in its long and sophisticated history.  Twentieth-century history has brought these responses under renewed critical scrutiny, including through the development of the so-called “critical Buddhism” movement in Japan beginning in the 1980s (jp. hihan bukkyō).[39]  In the Buddhist discourse, a key issue has been how to tell whether or not a self has entered the post-self condition (or achieved enlightenment), before taking it on faith that anyone genuinely undergoing this changeless-change would “return” to everyday life free of the egoistic compulsions, interests, and imperatives that lead the rest of us into immorality – hence, taking it on faith that the actions of such post-selves will be (in some sense) ‘good’ for us (not matter how they might appear).
     
    In his critique of the ethical dangers of this position, Žižek (Buddhist Ethic) draws upon the rather contentious work of Zen Buddhist “D.T.” (Daisetsu Teitarō) Suzuki, arguing (correctly) that Suzuki’s work reveals a potentially deep complicity between the idea of the consummate changeless-change (found, for Suzuki, in Zen Buddhism) and the possibility of reckless violence and moral monstrosity, specifically during WWII in Asia.  Suzuki’s writings on Zen and martial violence are part of a long (and sometimes rather nuanced) tradition of such writings in Japan, which emphasize the ways in which moral agents are (invisibly) transformed by the experience of enlightenment in such a way that they not only become much more expeditious killers (this form of consciousness makes them technically more proficient at killing) but also removes them from a moral universe within which they can be held responsible for such killing (or in which such killing could be judged as “wrong”).[40]  Žižek quotes Suzuki explaining that the enlightened swordsman is not responsible for the deaths caused by his blade, but rather the sword itself acts as an instrument of justice and mercy – the swordsman is wielded by the sword.[41]  Žižek goes further to suggest that an individual might best demonstrate his enlightenment by behaving monstrously (without feeling bad about it), since to do so would manifest his post-self condition.  Following along these lines, we might ask whether the zombie’s relentless, inhuman violence is the supreme manifestation of its liberation from the conventional human condition.  Does the zombie stand-in for the fear that psychic emancipation from capitalism tends towards Fascism?
     
    For most Buddhists and schools of Buddhism, however, this kind of position would seem overly polemical, not least because it deliberately brackets out the issues of faith, moral cultivation, and ethical commitment to compassion and non-violence that lie at the heart of Buddhism as a religion (which Žižek explicitly dismisses as salient factors in the authenticity of the secularized existential transformation we’re interested in).  However, postwar Zen Buddhists in Japan have struggled to understand how/why some rōshi (highly venerated Zen masters who have been certified as enlightened) were able to support the atrocious conduct of the Imperial Army in Asia.  At the very least there appears to be an interpretive conundrum: either it’s the case that the attainment of enlightenment (the attainment of changeless-change) is not accompanied by the attainment of great moral virtue (hence, rōshi could support war crimes in good conscience), or it’s the case that the system used to verify the attainment of enlightenment in Zen Buddhism is essentially flawed (i.e., the rōshi who supported monstrous activities were not really rōshi at all – they were frauds, simply insane, or both).[42]  The possibility that the rōshi were authentically enlightened and supported the war efforts because those efforts were moral and good in ways that may be unintelligible to conventional selves has been considered only in the context of right-wing historical revisionism in Japan, where the question of the historical and moral significance of Japan’s defeat in 1945 remains deeply contested.
     
    It seems that Žižek wants to go at least one step further than this Zen soul-searching, not only because he’s uninterested in the religious argument, but also because he is searching for a more scientifically verifiable space of transformation.  Assuming the authenticity of an  existential experience that can be reached through meditation, Žižek wants to know whether there is anything empirically verifiable about the condition of the post-self and whether it is accompanied by moral imperatives.  By scientifically resolving the question of those who fraudulently claim post-selfhood in order to excuse anti-social behaviour (such as precipitating the zombie apocalypse), Žižek seeks to isolate the moral quality of the condition of post-selfhood itself.
     

    Fig. 4. “recognizing freedom” © Asiascape.org, Leiden University. Ricardo Bessa (Art) and Chris Goto-Jones (concept).

     

    Drugs, Zombies, and Emancipation

    In a particularly intriguing move, Žižek asks what the consequences might be if the shift in consciousness that we’re calling “authentic existential experience” could be accomplished artificially.  Specifically, he ponders the significance of the biochemical attainment of this state of mind through the use of drugs, hypothesizing that such a synthetic experience could “imminently, inherently, fit nirvana.”[43]  In this way, he dismisses (as “totally non-immanent”) the possibility that religious or devotional practices can impact on the quality of the space in which you find yourself qua post-self: “once you are in, you are in; who cares how you got there?”  It is a material site.  The point does not appear to be (although we could also take it to be) that the “accomplishment” of a zombie is usually the result of a viral infection rather than an extended period of meditative discipline.
     
    Related to the ostensible materiality of this site (and the European Enlightenment conception of the self that undergirds it) is the question of whether a biomedical intervention could accomplish such an “authentic existential experience” and, if so, should the medical establishment be required to provide it (assuming that it can be agreed that these promote well-being)?  This question rests at the heart of anti-psychiatry, which arose as a movement in the 1960s and 1970s to resist the (bio)medicalising mental and emotional well-being because it opened the door to involuntary treatment of patients, and especially involuntary treatment with drugs, surgery, and electro-shock therapy.  Of course, this kind of “involuntary treatment” is very different from the way in which zombies infect other people involuntarily, but the spectre of involuntary biomedical interventions to bring about an existential condition provokes a consideration of the place of the politics of domination in practices of well-being.[44]
     
    Instead of making this engagement with the politics of (bio)medicalizing a therapeutic technology, Zizek makes a remarkably agile move from the dismissal of religious awakening as a basis of ethical quality (in the space of an empirically verifiable transformation to the post-self) to a Star Wars analogy apparently provoked by whispered conversations with Tibetans in Beijing.  However, this move to a science fictional realm provides exactly the kind of provocation that critical science fiction should enable, not only (but also) in the context of our concern with the zombie apocalypse as a kind of inverted science fictional critique.[45]  His point appears to be that the “Force” (to which Jedi and Sith attain when their minds are at peace and in tune with the whole, following sustained cultivation via meditation) operates as a power resource rather than an ethical determinant.  The Force has a “dark side,” but it is still the Force; as a place of existential experience it is unified.  This is not the “dark night” of Willoughby Britton’s psychological study at Brown University but rather the moral darkness that is the concern of the ‘sword of Doom” – although we might concede a correlation between these.
     
    From this science fictional springboard, Zizek finds a new way to ask about the ethics of the secular post-self: although there may be a “higher domain of peace” into which we can step to find liberation from the stresses and confusions of capitalist society, “what if something could go terribly wrong in this nirvana domain itself?”  What if the zombie and the mindful post-self are unified in this “domain of peace”?  Here Zizek opens the possibility of the evil of the authentic post-self; indeed, he seems to posit that this possibility is a basic feature of the secular “nirvana domain” in which the self is liberated from itself.  He borrows the agnostic terms of Schelling to paraphrase this insight: “human evil is not because we fell from God; human evil originates in madness reversal, something going wrong in God himself.”[46]
     
    In this way, Žižek effectively resuscitates the credibility of the zombie apocalypse as not only an aspect of our ideological horror regarding ideas about enlightenment (that we invent to scare ourselves away from our own liberation), but also as a representation of our fear of the potentials for evil within enlightenment itself.  It seems to me that this is a superb instance of an inverted science fictional critique, in which the device is the estrangement of cognition rather than “cognitive estrangement.”

     

    Don’t just do something, sit there!

    The “mindfulness revolution” appears to be gathering pace across the Western world.  While there seems to be a growing scientific consensus about its therapeutic and health-related benefits for practitioners, there remains scepticism and concern about the social, cultural, and political significance of mindfulness as a movement.  Indeed, powerful provocations in this direction by thinkers such as Slavoj Zizek have been largely unanswered, presumably because the secular mindfulness community (such as it is) is largely unconcerned by the political (rather than personal) significance of their practices, while the Buddhist mindfulness communities feel that the secularized debate is not really about Buddhism at all.  There is legitimacy to each of these positions, although the debates are increasingly starting to blur the boundaries between these stakes and communities of interest.
     
    This essay has attempted to expose some of the ethical and political issues that arise from the gradual mainstreaming of secular mindfulness, with a particular focus on the kinds of fears that this movement seems to engender.  Playing with the tradition of critical, posthumanist “manifesto” that originates with Donna Haraway and moves through Lauro & Embry, this essay attempts a deployment of Žižek’s zombie (and its apocalypse) as a lens through which to frame our concerns about a future inhabited by mindful post-selves.  It is an ironic and depressing vision.
     
    On the one hand, we have the critical stance of Žižek, who argues that mindfulness is essentially a mechanism in the thrall of capitalism.  In a relatively extreme formulation: the mindfulness movement pathologizes the experience of stress that is caused by life under capitalism, suggesting that it requires treatment (a therapeutic intervention) to cure this “thinking disease” so that the patient can continue in the service of capitalist society without breaking.  The emphasis on overcoming our “doing mode” and entering into a more harmonious “being mode” is best understood as a way for us to accommodate ourselves to the stressful and persistent demands of life in contemporary capitalism.
     
    Instead of trying to cope with the accelerating rhythm of techno-logical progress and social changes, one should rather renounce the very endeavor to retain control over what goes on, rejecting it as the expression of the modern logic of domination.  One should, instead, “let oneself go,” drift along, while retaining an inner distance and indifference toward the mad dance of accelerated process, a distance based on the insight that all this social and technological upheaval is ultimately just a non-substantial proliferation of semblances that do not really concern the innermost kernel of our being.  (“From Western Marxism”)
     
    Not only does secular mindfulness resemble Marx’s “opiate for the people,” replacing more traditional conceptions of religion in the age of rational, secular globalization, but it also “fits perfectly the fetishist mode of ideology in our allegedly ‘post-ideological’ era.”  Here, the fetish allows people in capitalist societies to accept their situation of exploitation and servitude while clinging to a fetish that disavows this signification.  For Žižek, this mindfulness fetish “enables you to fully participate in the frantic pace of the capitalist game while sustaining the perception that you are not really in it; that you are well aware of how worthless this spectacle is; and that what really matters to you is the peace of the inner Self to which you know you can always withdraw.”  The idea of withdrawing or returning home to the self is a basic teaching (and constant refrain) of mindfulness meditation.
     
    This fetish seems to adopt the qualities of the hauntic.  Mindfulness, like the popular imaginary of Tibet in the contemporary West, resembles a “fantasmatic Thing … which, when one approaches it too much, turns into the excremental object” (Žižek, “From Western Marxism”).  Here the line between the mindfulness ideal and the apparent mindlessness of the zombie apocalypse blurs into a hauntingly repellent vision of future society, where people have regressed to a “zero-level” of humanity through transformation into psychically-detached creatures of unengaged routine and habit.  This renders mindfulness into the handmaiden of the dystopian capitalist nightmare of the zombie apocalypse.  The mindful and the mindless occupy a unified experiential space.
     
    By playing with the question of whether this condition of post-selfhood might be accomplished through biomedicine (narcotics or technology) we can see how this fetish also extends into various (post-)Marxian critiques of psychiatry and therapy in general, where these disciplines seek to encourage accommodation to the madness of capitalism rather than bolstering its opposition.  “Prozac nation” becomes a therapeutic ally of the mindfulness (r)evolution in the framing of the zombie apocalypse.  However, while anti-psychiatrists tend to critique psychiatry for its ideological (and medical) violence against individuals who diverge from the status quo of instrumental reason, the mindfulness movement seeks to embrace, support, and encourage a specific divergence, suggesting that mindlessfulness is of even greater benefit to capital than stressed or anxious conformity to reason.  In either case, the idea that this move constitutes a “treatment” provokes the spectre of domination.
     
    For good measure, Žižek also colours his critique with hints of an alien invasion.  Part of the narrative that leads towards the zombie apocalypse involves a foreign infection – like the viral contaminants of most zombie movies.  For Žižek, this “New Age, ‘Asiatic’ thought” has entered into the ideological superstructure of the “Judeo-Christian” West and launched a challenge to hegemony from within (“From Western Marxism”).  This infection has mutated into a distorted form through interaction with local agents, and it is precisely this mutation that has made the infection so dangerous, destructive, and contagious.  The communicability of globalization provides the conditions of the possibility of the zombie apocalypse, combining a primal fear of the loss of self with a cultural fear of the loss of historical centricity.  The conception of self in the European Enlightenment project is displaced by the self of the Asian, Buddhist Enlightenment ideal.  This is the horror of the lone survivor with a shotgun surrounded by hordes of alien(ated) and infectious zombies.
     
    On the other hand, we have the radical stance of Lauro and Embry, which enables us to see the cultivation of mindfulness as an emancipatory technology, even in the instance that this leads us to consider the zombie apocalypse.  The emphasis on making a shift from the instrumentalized rationality of “doing mode” to a less subservient and slavish “being mode” is understood as a form of liberation from the hegemonic reason of capitalism (built on a subject/object distinction that provides the parameters of the conventional self) into a form of post-capitalist organization (resting upon the transformation of this subject/object dichotomy into an enlightened post-selfhood).  From this standpoint, attempts to quash the mindfulness movement (including that of Žižek) themselves seem to resemble the patterns of domination in the diagnosis and treatment of mental illness identified by the post-psychiatrists.  Ironically, Žižek’s attack on mindfulness as an opiate of capitalism itself comes to resemble a voice of domination seeking to thwart human (r)evolution.
     
    In this instance, then, rather than being the vision of a capitalist dystopia to which we could condemn ourselves through mindfulness practice, the zombie apocalypse becomes the representation of our fears about our emancipation; it serves to frighten us away from the cultivation of precisely the technology that will liberate us from capitalism most fundamentally.  The zombie apocalypse, being a consumer product of capitalism and a popular representation of our ego’s fear of its own dissolution, does not tell us what our lives would be like were we free of capitalism but rather it warns us away from our freedom with the horrors of our bounded imagination.  Zombies are the daemons of mara, tricking us into wanting to remain enslaved by fabricating nightmares that make sense only to slaves.
     
    This radical reading of the zombie apocalypse is only able to sustain hope in the most abstract, non-utopian sense.  It rests upon the idea of an empirically verifiable, authentic, and secular existential experience that can be attained through meditation and mindfulness practice.  This experience affects a transformation of the self into a kind of post-self, which may actually be invisible in any material aspect.  It could entail no visible change at all in the organization and conduct of society, but simultaneously involve the complete transformation of the quality of our experience of that society and its signification.  The post-self is distinguished as a form of agency emancipated from the instrumental rationality that characterizes capitalism.  Since such a form of agency is inconceivable and actually unimaginable to the conventional self (bounded as it is precisely by this rationality), the very notion of our ability to depict an attractive utopia or an aversive dystopia is nonsensical.  We simply cannot know what it would mean to be not-ourselves.  All we can expect to see are false utopias and dystopias generated by the attractions and aversions of the “doing self” that seeks its own continuation, even while rupture from that self into a “being self” is (in these scenarios) the only route to radical emancipation.  From the perspective of the mindfulness revolution, even critical science fictional utopias and dystopias are revealed as complicit in capitalism; emancipation relies on the inversion of the logic of such visions and the estrangement of cognition itself.  This is the meaning of the zombie apocalypse as mindfulness manifesto.

     

    Fig. 5. “emancipation?” © Asiascape.org, Leiden University. Ricardo Bessa (Art) and Chris Goto-Jones (concept).

     

    Chris Goto-Jones is Professor of Comparative Philosophy & Political Thought at Leiden University and a ‘VICI’ laureate of the Netherlands Organization for Scientific Research (NWO). He is series editor of Political Arts (Bloomsbury Academic). At present, he is principal researcher of a 5-year project to analyze the contributions of visual, interactive, and performance culture to political philosophy in Japan and East Asia. The current article emerges from that project. He has published widely in the fields of political thought and comparative philosophy, including Political Philosophy in Japan (2005) and Re-Politicising the Kyoto School as Philosophy (2008). His next book is about the politics of magic and orientalism (forthcoming with Cambridge University Press, 2015).
     

    Footnotes

    [1] Ryan claims, “We don’t need a new set of values.  I really believe that we can reinvigorate our traditional, commonly held American values – such as self-reliance, perseverence, pragmatism, and taking care of each other – by adding a little more mindfulness to our lives” (xviii).

    [2] Kabat-Zinn does not seek to develop a teleological model, so he makes no argument about developmental stages in human history.  An argument about such stages would have to  contend with the supposition that technologies of mindfulness have existed for hundreds or thousands of years in several Asian societies without those societies apparently having accomplished, as far as the mindfulness movement is concerned, maximal individual authenticity or freedom.

    [3] Anti-psychiatry was originally associated with the work of Thomas Szazs (Law Liberty, and Psychiatry; The Manufacture of Madness; and others), Ronald Laing, and David Cooper (Reason and Violence; The Politics of Experience; Psychiatry and Anti-Psychiatry).  It was extended by the emergence of schizoanalysis in Deleuze and Guattari.  More recently, the concerns have been discussed under the umbrella of critical psychiatry, which is closely associated with the work of Foucault on madness (History of Madness; Psychiatric Power), and then post-psychiatry (Bracken and Thomas).  Each of these fields is concerned with the contestation of the meaning of sanity and mental health, and thus with the possibility that dissent would be medicalized.

    [4] The original illustrations were conceptualized by Chris Goto-Jones and commissioned from Ricardo Bessa as part of a broader project on science-fictional philosophy.  They were first shown at a public exhibition at The Pulchri Studio in The Hague (Netherlands) on 6 December 2014.  Copyright resides with the Asiascape.org research center at Leiden University. The author gratefully acknowledges the support of the Netherlands Organization for Scientific Research (NWO) for awarding the “VICI” grant that has made the research for this essay possible, as part of the project: Beyond Utopia – New Politics, the Politics of Knowledge, and the Science Fictional Field of Japan.

    [5] The data on the rise in scholarly interest in meditation and mindfulness is widely available and often quoted.  Indeed, it is frequently used in self-help guidebooks to mindfulness practice as a way to convince readers of the scientific (and non-religious) credentials of the practice.  Following David Black, Michaelson notes: “In 1983, there had been only three peer-reviewed scientific studies of meditation; by 2013, there had been more than 1,300” (ix). Two of the great innovators of mindfulness-based therapeutic approaches (MBA), Mark Williams and Jon Kabat-Zinn (2), provide comparable data showing an exponential rise in the number scholarly publications each year (in English) about mindfulness between 1980 (zero publications) and 2011 (397 publications).

    [6] The growth of mindfulness meditatation over the last few decades has been a largely Western phenomenon.  Why this is has not been adequately studied.  Arguably,  contemporary Japanese society remains deeply skeptical about the social implications of intense meditation following the dubious record of Zen Buddhism in World War II and, more recently, the Aum Shinrikyo gas attacks of 1995.

    [7] Žižek treats Taoism here as an aspect of an overall movement that he calls “Western Buddhism.”  For him, this category represents a “distorted” version of Buddhism that focusses exclusively on the practice of meditation.  Hence, it tends towards secular mindfulness rather than Buddhism per se.

    [8] This reflects the history of meditation and self-cultivation as internally (rather than socially) focused practices.  The anti/non-social Zen master or Taoist sage is an archetypal image in East Asian cultures.  In recent years in the “West” some people prominent in the mindfulness movement have made attempts to trace the political potentials of mindfulness practice, but the results (which remain framed in a therapeutic mode) have seemed politically naïve.  An interesting example might be Jon Kabat-Zinn (Coming to Our Senses).

    [9] I have been present at a number of mindfulness conferences and workshops at which researchers have stated explicitly that they are uninterested in the question of political, ethical, or religious significance of mindfulness.

    [10] I am using Foucault’s term here in a restricted sense to refer to the mechanisms through which people advance their “selves” in society and especially to the ways in which various discourses either enable or circumscribe the same.  Although my principal concern is not with Foucault, his concerns about the interactions between structures of power and the development of technologies of the self are important to my argument.

    [11] Books about mindfulness often begin by acknowledging the debt to Buddhism, followed immediately by a disclaimer that engaging in mindfulness should not be seen as in any way Buddhist.  Kabat-Zinn (Wherever You Go) is typical in this regard.  In the first lines of the chapter “What is Mindfulness,” he writes: “Mindfulness is an ancient Buddhist practice which has profound relevance for our present-day lives.  This relevance has nothing to do with Buddhism per se or with becoming a Buddhist, but it has everything to do with waking up and living in harmony with oneself and with the world” (3).

    [12] Žižek is keen to point out the false opposition between globalization and the survival of local traditions; gloablization recuscitates and thrives in local traditions – its opposite is universality.  See Žižek, “From Western Marxism” and The Ticklish Subject (especially chapter 4).

    [13] Or perhaps a more generalized “religious peril” in societies that see themselves as increasingly inhabiting a secular modernity (and hence fear the smuggling-in of new religions in the guise of clinical technologies).

    [14] Recent studies such as Willoughby Britton’s “Dark Night Project” at Brown University (see Rocha) address the so-called “dark side” of mindfulness practice for individual practitioners who find themselves encountering difficulties in unusually stark and powerful ways while meditating.  Such stories are just beginning to make it into the broadsheet press (e.g., Booth).

    [15] Conversely, mindfulness practitioners talk about mindfulness as a form of “secular Buddhism,” as though it contains the key teachings of Buddhism in a secular form (rather than simply being a meditation practice in its own right).  This discourse seeks to transform the practices of Buddhism into therapeutic technologies; in so doing, the Buddha himself is sometimes tranformed from a religious icon into the founder of a school of psychotherapy – indeed, he is sometimes called the “world’s first psychotherapist.” This can seem an outrageous form of imperial violence and appropriation.  In this respect, the work of Stephen Batchelor (Buddhism without BeliefsConfessions) has been provocative and controversial; the exchange between Batchelor and B. Alan Wallace in the online Buddhist journal, Mandala, gives a sense of the stakes and the passions involved (Wallace). There have been numerous “dialogues” between mindfulness practitioners and leading Buddhist figures.  In one such dialogue at the International Congress on Mindfulness in Hamburg, Germany (21 August 2011), the Dalai Lama applauded the therapeutic merits of the practice of mindfulness but made it clear that it was not in itself a religious or Buddhist practice.

    [16] The terms maya and mara are Sanskrit.  In Japanese these are ō and ma respectively.  In this essay, I use the Sanskrit for these two terms (as well as samsara and nirvana) because they are better known.  For other concepts I prefer the Japanese readings, because much of the contemporary theory about Mahayana and Zen Buddhism comes out of Japan and because I access the primary resources usually through Japanese texts.

    [17] For an excellent recent treatment of the connections between violence and taming/slaying these kinds of daemons in Tibetan Buddhism, see Dalton.

    [18] At least 223 zombie movies have been released since 1996, which was the date of the release of the first “Resident Evil” videogame for the Playstation, which is credited by some (including Simon Pegg, the co-writer/star of “Shaun of the Dead,” one of the most susccessful zombie-comedies of recent years) as kick-starting the recent vogue.  “Resident Evil” was developed by Mikami Shinji for Capcom; it was released in Japan as “Biohazard.”  Pegg’s view on the significance of Resident Evil was cited by the BBC (Barber).

    [19] Even a sketch of some of the blockbusters will be indictative: World War Z (Film: Mark Forster. Book: Max Brooks); Resident Evil (5 films, 2 animated films, 11 novels, 4 comic series, and perhaps 20 videogames selling more than 50 million units); The Walking Dead (multiaward winning TV series for AMC starting in 2010, now in its fifth season; Comic book: Robert Kirkman, 2003-present, 122 issues).

    [20] The category of “zombie” is not uncontested in literature, film, and other media.  The most common usage arguably refers to the character from Haitian folklore, where a zombie is a re-animated corpse, brought back into life by magical means.  Contemporary usage is largely inspired by the work of George Romero, despite the fact that the term “zombie” was not explicitly used in his seminal film, Night of the Living Dead.  The zombie is seen as a re-animated body, divorced from its human personality, its memories, and rational thought process.  It is often blood-thirsty and contagious – passing along its condition with a bite.  Romero’s zombies appear to owe a debt to those of Richard Matheson’s classic novel, I am Legend.

    [21] While the use of this quotation here seems to force the equivalence of two radically different meanings of “enlightenment,” this was not my intention.  Rather, I seek to observe parallels between the liberation from capitalism (as a kind of enlightenment) and the liberation from samasara (which is also capitalist at present): both appear to rest on the overcoming of subject/object rationality and instrumentalism.  It seems both fortunate and unfortunate (yes, why not both!) that Horkheimer and Adorno use “the Concept of Enlightenment” as the best language for this discussion (1-34).

    [22] Although I note that this feat of imagination has been tried, at least as an additional element of horror, for instance by Richard Matheson in his classic novel, I am Legend, at the end of which the still-human hero discovers that he’s become the freak (legend) in a new society of non-humans.  This brilliant ending was evidently too dark for Hollywood, which inverted it entirely for the original release of the Francis Lawrence dramatization – a subsequent re-release on DVD with an alternative ending that recovers some of the societal radicalism of Matheson’s novel.  Interestingly, Žižek is also critical of Lawrence’s film, which he argues misses the multiculturalist point of the novel and replaces it with a form of religious fundamentalism (End Times 64).

    [23] For Lauro and Embry, the zombii (which is their ontic/hauntic version of the zombie) is also distinguished by its immortal/dead body and its apparently swarm-based behaviour.  However, it is the zombii’s radical consciousness that generates the rupture with capitalism.

    [24] For Segal et al., such ruminative thought patterns are especially to be avoided in people prone to depression.  It is also worth considering the ambiguous place of the utopia in some traditions of Buddhism, especially those oriented towards sudden enlightenment and the doctrine of original enlightenment (including the non-duality of the absolute the the relative).  While Pure Land Buddhism maintains a conception of the Pure Land in the West, in general the ideal world is depicted as the present world transformed by our awakening to our already enlightened consciousness, rather than an alien utopia to which we should aspire.

    [25] Bloch develops these ideas in his magnum opus, The Principle of Hope.  His distinction between partial and genuine enlightenment is sometimes rendered as half and full enlightenment, where the former involves the deployment of reason to challenge ideogical claims, and the latter represents the interrogration and overcoming of ideology itself in the search for emancipation.

    [26] While some anti-psychiatrists suggest that an individual who diverges from “instrumental thinking” or “doing mode” would be pulled back into line by professional psychiatry, mindfulness therapy embraces this divergence.

    [27] Goalessness is not considered a goal but, conventionally, simply an effect of authentic being (mode).

    [28] The idea of science fiction as cognitive estrangement is promoted by Darko Suvin, who sees science fiction as a potentially radical and subversive genre, albeit grounded in science and rational cognition.  For Suvin, fiction that succeeded in affecting estrangement but utilized non-scientific nova to accomplish this is fantasy, not science fiction.  Famously, this led some to characterise Star Wars as a fantasy franchise because its central novum (the Force) is scientifically inexplicable.  The radical political potential of science fiction has been explored by Carl Freedman and Fredric Jameson.

    [29] Žižek establishes an open and frank spirit of exchange in his work on Buddhism.  He is clear that his term “Western Buddhism” is a label for particular practice in the story of Buddhism, which in the end is perhaps not really a religious or Buddhist form.  He also professes to being open to correction where his knowledge of Buddhism seems to let him down.

    [30] Žižek is very clearly not interested in Buddhism as a religion, but rather as a framework within which techniques for a particular kind of existential transformation have been developed.  Indeed, these techniques (meditation) are what he takes to be “Western buddhism.”

    [31] This phrase is closely associated with the teachings of Shinran (1173-1263), the founder of what is now Jōdo Shinshū Buddhism.

    [32] Wilson also discusses the formation of “American Buddhism,” suggesting that the mindfulness movement might be seen as the exemplary expression of the interaction between Buddhism and American culture.

    [33] Anecdotally, I have been at a number of mindfulness conferences, online forums, and Buddhist meetings at which Žižek’s work has been the subject of muttered fuss and indignance, usually accompanied by the charge that he is ignorant about Buddhism.  However, I’m not aware of any serious, sustained responses.

    [34] See note 15, above.

    [35] I’m not especially interested in judging whether he’s right that this is genuinely the flavour of Buddhism in the West, or Western Buddhism.  See Wilson for an attempt to grapple with the effects of the intersection between Buddhism and American culture in particular.

    [36] This observation speaks to a deep historical, cultural and doctrinal schism in Buddhism, highlighting the dangers of treating “Buddhism” as a unitary category.  There have been (at least) two major approaches to the differential importance of meditation and ritual or devotional practice.  In one, the so-called Mahayana tradition (which later took its most aesthetic and ascetic form as Zen in Japan), the emphasis is on the “sudden enlightenment” of practitioners who seek to follow the Buddha into enlightenment through his own example of accomplishing this spontaneously through meditation. This type of Buddhism became most rooted in East Asia.  In the other, the so-called Hinayana tradition, more emphasis is placed on devotees following the teachings of Buddha by serving in their communities, performing compassionate duties, and incrementally accumulating merits that would lead to their eventual salvation.  This type of Buddhism took firmest root in Sri Lanka and Southeast Asia.  Of course, the differences and similarities between these broad traditions are often subtle and sophisticated.  Indeed, the terms Mahayana and Hinayana are themselves disputed, in particular because they appear to be partisan: praising Mahayana as the “great vehicle” and deprecating Hinayana as the “lesser vehicle.”  Sometimes the term Theravada is used instead of Hinayana, but this is an imperfect substitution.  Theravada is the Buddhist tradition most common in Thailand.  Hence Žižek’s contrast between “Western Buddhism” and “authentic” Buddhism might also reflect the powerful influence of Zen on Buddhism in the USA after WWII, as would his choice of Thai/Theravada Buddhism as representative of non-Western Buddhism.  The signifier “Western” may play only a nominal role here.

    [37] There are a number of ongoing attempts to create a functional “mindfulness scale” that aims to assess and compare levels of accomplishment in this field scientifically.  Results are controversial. One of the most influential is the Toronto Mindfulness Scale (Lau, et al.).

    [38] Indeed, anti-psychiatry would caution us to predict that genuine psychic accomplishment here would be pathologised by hegemonic voices (such as psychiatrists) and “corrected” to bring the post-self back into line with convention.  Of course, this post-self might also come into conflict with other kinds of social and political authorities, such as the police and judges.  In such circumstances, it is interesting to consider what the content of an insanity plea would be for one whose ostensible insanity is actually emancipated enlightenment.

    [39] Critical Buddhism is associated with the Komazawa University in Tokyo (a Sōtō Zen university), and especially with the work of Hakayama Noriaki and Matsumoto Shirō.  Sōtō Zen is the largest sect of Zen Buddhism in Japan, founded by Dōgen (1200-1253); it places great emphasis on so-called shikantaza (just sitting), focusing on sitting meditation as the core (and sometimes only) practice required in the cultivation of enlightenment.  Sōtō Zen is one of the inspirations behind the mindfulness movement in the West, even though many practitioners are unaware of the differences between this and other traditions.

    [40] Suzuki’s most famous writings in this connection are his controversial essays on Zen, the samurai, and swordsmanship.  It seems that Žižek leans heavily on the influential interpretation of these texts by Victoria.  Žižek is at pains to evade the charge that this interpretation of Buddhism is really about the “freaky Japanese,” but in fact the literature to which he alludes is important to the intersection of the Japanese bushidō tradition with Japanese Zen.

    [41] A very interesting contemplation on this idea is the 1966 Okamoto Kihachi film, Dai-bosatsu toge (The Great Bodhisattva’s Pass, ingeniously translated as The Sword of Doom). The basic premise, which would be recognizable to readers of certain texts within the bushidō tradition, is that the perfection of swordsmanship is a post-self accomplishment, liberating the self from the moral concerns (and presumably the bonds) of selfhood.

    The film opens with an old man and his granddaughter on a pilgrimage, trekking across a mountain pass – the eponymous dai-bosatsu pass.  At the top, before0 a beautiful vista, they come across a little shrine.  The grandfather offers a conventional Shin-Buddhist prayer to the Buddha, asking for mercy and compassion, and saying that he hopes to pass from the world so that he’ll be less of a burden to his granddaughter.  He puts his faith in the Buddha to move things as they should move: namu amida butsu.

    Just as he finishes his prayer, a deep voice intones from behind him: Old man … look to the west (which is the direction of the PureLand for rebirth).  A lone samurai appears and kills the old man with a single cut.  He (the samurai) then casually wanders off down the mountain as though nothing has happened.

    This swordsman goes on to kill many other people, but we see his gradual decline from a rather amoral figure at the start (when he presents himself as the tool of his sword), through a gathering pride in his ability to kill as an immoral figure (when the sword becomes his tool), to complete psychic collapse towards the end when he can no longer reconcile himself to what he’s done, as an insane figure.

    In this way, the film seems to condemn swordsmanship as a Way of cultivation, since its practice is so violent and anti-humanistic that it ultimately undermines the very spiritual accomplishment that marked it in the first place.  The samurai cannot sustain being a sword-sage and doing the things that a sword-sage can do.  He cannot reconcile the absolute and the relative and continue his everyday life – the changless-change.  Yet, perhaps the sword-sage must do these things?  This is the sword of doom.

    [42] Such issues are convincingly discussed by Christopher Ives.

    [43] Here Žižek appears to be using the term “nirvana” as a placeholder for the empirically verifiable biochemical condition of a brain undergoing the existential experience of transformation to the post-self.

    [44] In fact, the complex politics of domination is one of the areas of contestation between the founders of the anti-psychiatry movement.  While Szasz strongly endorses an individualism rooted in the European Enlightenment tradition, and so opposes any kind of involuntary psychiatric treatment (or even the medicalization of psychiatry per se), he combines this with a defence of the free-market (and the commodification of therapeutic technologies) as the best way to bolster individual liberty.  Contrary to this, Laing appears to use his opposition against involuntary psychiatric interventions as a springboard to a more general opposition against state domination, where psychiatrists act as surrogates for the overwhelming power (and sometimes violence) of the modern state.  A concise comparison of the two is Roberts and Itten.

    [45] I discuss the shared frontier of Asian Studies and Science Fiction elsewhere (Goto-Jones).  Here it is interesting to note that Žižek effectively renders Tibet into a science fictional place.  He sees it as an exemplary case of the “colonization of the imaginary” and the reduction of “the actual Tibet to a screen for the projection of Western ideological fantasies” (“From Western Marxism”).  In the context of the science fictionalization of Tibet (and the mythic/hauntic Orient as a whole), we might also understand the attraction of Star Wars in terms of the lust for spirituality.  It is interesting to consider the categorical differences between Jedi Knights and Tibetan monks in the public imaginary.

    [46] In keeping with the unusual, secularized use of “nirvana,” Zizek is clear that he’s aware that Buddhism has no conception of God and he’s deploying this term to signify a existential location rather than a deity.

    Works Cited

    • Barber, Nicholas.  “Why are zombies still so popular?”  BBC-Culture 25 Oct. 2013. Web. 3 March 2014.
    • Batchelor, Stephen. Buddhism without Beliefs.  New York: Riverhead Books, 1997.
    • —. Confessions of a Buddhist Aetheist.  New York: Random House, 2010.  Print.
    • Black, David.  “Hot Topics: a 40-year publishing history of mindfulness.” Mindfulness
    •             Research Monthly 1.5 (2010): 1-5. Web. 26 Feb. 2014.
    • Bloch, Ernst. The Principle of Hope.  3 vols.  Cambridge: MIT Press, 1986. Print.
    • Booth, Robert. “Mindfulness therapy comes at a high price for some, say experts.” The Guardian 25 Aug. 2014. Web. 1 Nov. 2014.
    • Boyce, Barry, ed.  The Mindfulness Revolution. Boston: Shambala, 2011. Print.
    • Bracken, Pat, and Philip Thomas.  Postpsychiatry: Mental Health in a Postmodern World.
    •             Oxford: Oxford UP, 2005.  Print.
    • Brooks, Max. World War Z: An Oral History of the Zombie War. New York: Crown Books, 2006. Print.
    • Cooper, David. Psychiatry and Anti-psychiatry. London: Tavistock, 1967. Print.
    • Dalton, Jacob. The Taming of the Demons: Violence and Liberation in Tibetan Buddhism.
    •             New Haven: Yale UP, 2011. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles, and Felix Guattari.  L’anti-Oedipe. Paris: Les Editions de Minuit, 1972.
    •             Print.
    • The Doomsday Book (llyu myŏlmang pogosŏ). Dir. Kim Jee-woon and Pil-sung Yim. Zio Entertainment, 2012. Film.
    • Ellison, Katherine. “Mastering your own mind.” Psychology Today 1 Sep. 2006. Web. 26 Jan. 2014.
    • Foucault, Michel. History of Madness. Trans. Jonathan Murphy. London: Routledge, 2006. Print.
    • —.  Psychiatric Power: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1973-1974. Trans. Graham Burchell. New York: Palgrave, 2006.  Print.
    • Foucault, Michel, et. al. Technologies of the Self: A Seminar with Michel Foucault. Eds. Luther H. Martin, Huck Gutman, and Patrick H. Hutton. Amherst: U of Massachusets P, 1988.  Print.
    • Freedman, Carl.  Critical Theory and Science Fiction. Middletown: Wesleyan UP, 2000. Print.
    • Goldstein, Joseph. Insight Meditation: The Practice of Freedom. 1993.  Boston: Shambala, 2003.  Print.
    • Goto-Jones, Chris. “Alien autopsy: The science fictional frontier of Asian Studies.” IIAS
    • Newsletter 50 (2009). Web. 1 Nov. 2014.
    • Hakayama, Noriaki. Hihan bukkyō. Tokyo: Daizō shuppan, 1990.  Print.
    • Haraway, Donna. “A Cyborg Manifesto.”  Simians, Cyborgs and Women: The Resurrection
    •             of Nature. London: Routledge, 1991.  Print.
    • Horkheimer, Max, and Theodor Adorno. Dialectic of Enlightenment. Stanford: Stanford
    •             UP, 2002. Print.
    • I am Legend. Dir. Lawrence Francis. Warner Brothers, 2007. Film.
    • Ives, Christopher.  Zen Awakening and Society. London: MacMillan, 1992. Print.
    • Jameson, Fredric. Archaeologies of the Future: The Desire called Utopia and Other Science
    •             Fictions. London: Verso, 2007. Print.
    • Kabat-Zinn, Jon. Coming To Our Senses: Healing Ourselves and the World Through Mindfulness. London: Piatkus, 2005. Print.
    • —. Wherever you go, there you are. 1994. London: Piatkus, 2005. Ebook.
    • Kirkman, Robert. The Walking Dead. Berkeley: Image Comics, 2003. Print.
    • Laing, Ronald, and David Cooper. Reason and Violence. London: Tavistock, 1964. Print.
    • Laing, Ronald. The Politics of Experience and the Bird of Paradise. Harmondsworth:
    •             Penguin, 1967. Print.
    • Lau, Mark, et al. “The Toronto Mindfulness Scale: Development and Validation.” Journal of Clinical Psychology 62.12 (2006): 1445-1467. Web. 1 Nov. 2014.
    • Lauro, Sarah Juliet, and Karen Embry. “A Zombie Manifesto: The Nonhuman Condition in the Era of Advanced Capitalism.” boundary 2 35.1 (2008): 85-108. Web. 1 Nov. 2014.
    • Matheson, Richard. I am Legend. New York: Gold Medal Books, 1954. Print.
    • Matsumoto, Shirō. Dōgen shisō ron. Tokyo: Daizō shuppan, 2000. Print.
    • McCown, Donald, Diane K. Reibel, and Marc Micozzi. Teaching Mindfulness: A Practical
    • Guide for Clinicians and Educators. New York: Springer, 2011.  Print.
    • Michaelson, Jay. Evolving Dharma: Meditation, Buddhism, and the Next Generation of
    •  Enlightenment. Berkeley: Evolver, 2013. Print.
    • Night of the Living Dead. Dir. George Romeron. Image Ten/Walter Reade, 1968. Film.
    • Roberts, Ron, and Theodor Itten. “Laing and Szasz: Anti-psychiatry, Capitalism, and
    •             Therapy.” Psychoanalytic Review 93.5 (2006): 781-799. Web. 16 Jan. 2015.
    • Rocha, Tomas. “The Dark Knight of the Soul.” The Atlantic. 25 June 2014. Web. 1 Nov. 2014.
    • Ryan, Tim.  A Mindful Nation. Carlsbad: Hayhouse, 2012. Print.
    • Said, Edward. Orientalism. London: Penguin, 1979. Print.
    • Segal, Zindel, Mark Williams, and John Teasdale. Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy for
    •             Depression. New York: Guilford Press, 2013. Print.
    • Suvin, Darko. Metamorphoses of Science Fiction: On the Poetics and History of a Literary
    •             Genre.  New Haven: Yale UP, 1979. Print.
    • Suzuki, Daisetz T. Zen and Japanese Culture. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1993.  Print.
    • The Sword of Doom (Dai-bosatsu tōge). Dir. Kihachi Okamoto. Criterion Films, 1966. Film.
    • Szasz, Thomas. Law, Liberty, and Psychiatry: An Inquiry into the Social Uses of Mental
    •             Health Practices. Syracuse: Syracuse UP, 1963.  Print.
    • —.  The Manufacture of Madness: A Comparative Study of the Inquisition and the Mental Health Movement.  Syracuse: Syracuse UP, 1970.  Print.
    • Victoria, Brian. Zen at War. New York: Weatherhill, 1997.  Print.
    • Wallace, B. Alan. The Attention Revolution: Unlocking the Power of the Focused Mind. Boston: Wisdom Publications, 2006.  Print.
    • —.  “Distorted Visions of Buddhism: Agnostic and Atheist.” fpmt.org. Mandala (2010). Web. 26. Jan. 2014.
    • Williams, J. Mark, and Jon Kabat-Zinn, eds.  Mindfulness: Diverse Perspectives on its
    •             Meaning, Origins and Applications. London: Routledge, 2013. Print.
    • Wilson, Jeff. Mindful America: Meditation and the Mutual Transformation of Buddhism and
    •             American Culture. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2014. Print.
    • World War Z. Dir. Marc Forster. Paramount Pictures, 2013. Film.
    • Žižek, Slavoj. “The Buddhist Ethic and The Spirit of Global Capitalism.” European Graduate School Lecture. 10 Aug. 2012. Web Transcript. 26 Jan. 2014.
    • —. “From Western Marxism to Western Buddhism.” Cabinet 2 (2001). Web. 26 Jan. 2014.
    • —.  Less than Nothing: Hegel and the Shadow of Dialectical Materialism. Verso, 2012.  Print.
    • —. “The Irony of Buddhism.” European Graduate School Lecture. 8 July 2012. Web. 26 Jan. 2014. Web Video. 26 Jan. 2014.
    • —. Living in the End Times. Verso, 2011.  Print.
    • —. The Ticklish Subject: The Absent Center of Political Ontology. Verso, 1999. Print.
  • “Down on the Barroom Floor of History”: Pynchon’s Bleeding Edge

    David Cowart (bio)

    University of South Carolina

    cowartd@mailbox.sc.edu

     

    Abstract
     
    An ironic engagement with history sets Thomas Pynchon’s Bleeding Edge apart from other 9/11 fictions. Engaging in a shadow polemic on the historiographical responsibilities of the literary artist, Pynchon critiques a burgeoning technology (the Internet) and the economic order it serves. He presents the Deep Web as a virtual unconscious, a “dark archive” beneath the surface Web. In his probing of this digital arkhē, Pynchon escorts the reader into an abyss previously explored by Nietzsche, Freud, and Derrida. Like them, he finds repression, death wish, “archive fever,” and the oblivion from which life emerges and to which it returns.

    “[The] distinction between ‘repression’ and . . . ‘suppression’ . . . will be enough to disrupt the tranquil landscape of all historical knowledge, of all historiography.”
     
    —Derrida, Archive Fever (28)

     

    To paraphrase Wilfred Owen, Thomas Pynchon’s subject is America and the pity of America, a nation doomed perennially to struggle with its own Manichaean personality. Like F. Scott Fitzgerald, Pynchon understands the American schizophrenia: radical idealism and rampant materialism at war within one psychic geography. In his 2013 novel Bleeding Edge, Pynchon observes and perpends the 9/11 climacteric, which he links to certain salient features of an American bi-millennial moment that continues to unfold. In his representation of this recent history, he critiques the Internet and the economic order it serves, but he also engages in a shadow polemic on the responsibilities of the artist to capture truth, whether in historiography or the individual heart. Pynchon embraces the role of Socratic gadfly, fostering self-knowledge that goes beyond the personal and individual. Like others who think rigorously about the past and its shaping of the present and future, he views history as the collective version of that examined life the old philosophers urged on their followers. Although Pynchon often satirizes psychoanalysis (the examined life in its clinical guise), he is not altogether hostile to its amplification as historical or cultural metric: in his work, as in Freud’s, a tragic calculus of repression and neurosis configures “civilization and its discontents.” Nor does he neglect the workings of the unconscious, whose “ancient fetid shafts and tunnels,” briefly evoked in The Crying of Lot 49 (129), lead to the psychic oubliette laid open and plundered in the memorable sodium pentothal episode in Gravity’s Rainbow. In Bleeding Edge, he presents the Deep Web as a virtual unconscious, a “dark archive” beneath the surface Web (58). In his probing of this digital arkhē, Pynchon escorts the reader into an abyss previously explored by Nietzsche, Freud, and Derrida. Like them, he finds repression, death wish, “archive fever,” and the oblivion from which life emerges and to which it returns.
     
    The first half of Bleeding Edge unfolds on the brink of an abyss known to the reader but not to the characters. Following the daily lives of a handful of New Yorkers over twelve months in 2001-2002, Pynchon weaves what appear to be portents of cataclysm into an elaborate web, which he then allows to unravel, as if to chasten his own proclivity to paranoid metanarrative. Reg Despard, a videographer commissioned to make a documentary on hashslingrz, an internet company run by the unsavory Gabriel Ice, uncovers irregularities that he brings to the attention of his friend Maxine Tarnow, a certified fraud examiner who has recently lost her license. Not only has Reg blundered into what seems to be an Arab conclave in a secret lab, he has filmed furtive individuals setting up what looks like a Stinger shoulder-fired missile on a New York roof. Maxine, following up, uncovers hashslingrz’s channeling of money to the Middle East, ostensibly on behalf of the national security apparatus. She finds, too, that one of Ice’s people, Lester Traipse, has diverted some of the funds—either to himself or to less appropriate parties in the Muslim world (possibly the northern Caucasus, i.e., Chechnya). When Traipse is murdered, the trail leads to an intelligence agent, Nicholas Windust, who seems to be acting for Ice and the nameless, faceless, more powerful parties he serves. Presently Windust, too, is murdered.
     
    But as the poet nothing affirmeth, Pynchon advances no conspiracy theory. Any relation of the novel’s various dark doings to the airliners hijacked and flown into the World Trade Center remains obscure. Which means that readers share with Lot 49’s Oedipa Maas the experience of watching, as it were, a film “just perceptibly out of focus, that the projectionist refused to fix” (20). The author, one discovers, tracks something bigger than the paranoia he famously identifies as postmodernity’s signature pathology. Rather, he undertakes to dramatize epistemic evolution, the subtle ways in which the conditions of knowing complicate what is ostensibly known. Significantly, Pynchon writes “postmodern history” in more than one sense: he writes history in the postmodern era, and he postmodernizes historiography itself. A decade before Hayden White’s paradigm-shifting Metahistory, Pynchon had demonstrated, in V. (1963), an understanding of the perspectival relativity of historical narrative. Half a century later, he continues to interrogate historiography with something like an inquisitor’s severity. “Pynchon’s project,” according to Michael Harris, “is to re-vision and problematize our understanding of the past, to call attention to history as a construct. Thus he “presents history as a narrative with multiple strands” (102). Amy J. Elias similarly calls attention to the “polyvocal” character of Pynchon’s historiography, his writing of “a mystical counter-history to the rationalistic, monovocal Anglo-European history of technocratic capitalism” (133). Pynchon indites the one as he indicts the other.
     
    I propose to situate Bleeding Edge within an oeuvre notable for comedic yet tragically inflected representations of history and its strange iterations. Where Hegel, Marx, and Santayana glance briefly at the tendency of history to repeat itself, Pynchon sees in such recurrence the rationale for a postmodern historiography. Thus he dispenses with foundational thinking about the past, disdains historical metanarrative, and eschews teleology. No Geist, then, no historical inevitability—and none of the admonitory solemnity of the pedagogue quoting Santayana: “Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it” (284). If this bromide comes to mind at all (perhaps as the unstated premise of an historiographical enthymeme), it should generate skepticism: remember what past, whose past? As a character in Chuck Palahniuk’s 2001 novel Choke observes, “[t]hose who remember the past tend to get the story really screwed up” (208). Pynchon, too, reframes the cautionary formula and risks a disabling fatalism: history revolves like Fortune’s wheel, nor can education or reconceptualized historiography arrest its revolutions. We are not to imagine that we can deliver ourselves from history except we recognize and accept its freefall, its freeplay. A curious corollary: historiography that is itself playful can in small measures function as mithridate, inoculating readers against despair. Play figures, too, in artistic storytelling’s engagement with “[c]ontrary-to-the-fact occurrences” that represent, according to the synopsis Pynchon supplied for Against the Day, “not the world” but “what the world might be with a minor adjustment or two.” Pynchon reminds his readers that such representation of the imagined-as-true remains, early and late, “one of the main purposes of fiction.”[1] The author has always delighted in giving grammatical terms—subjunctive, preterite—a political, philosophical or aesthetic meaning. In assorted exercises in the historical subjunctive (especially in Mason & Dixon, Pynchon’s great novel of American becoming), he scrutinizes the past and its iterative cataclysms for traces or intimations of the “better destiny” invoked in Inherent Vice (341). He does so less in the spirit of Antonio Gramsci (“pessimism of the intellect, optimism of the will”) than of Fitzgerald’s Nick Carraway, who saw in Gatsby “an extraordinary gift for hope” (6).[2] But even as he invites the reader to share the hope and to join him in at least imagining some benign mutation in history’s violent self-cloning, Pynchon never strays far from historiographic tough-mindedness. To borrow a phrase from Gravity’s Rainbow, he is at pains to depict the “stone determinacy” of historical mechanism (86), which he replicates in such formal and thematic features as parallel plots, twinned characters, and, at the level of the word, paronomasic play. These elements frame the elaborate mirroring of historical events, the past punning on itself, events and personalities twinned at odd removes and in strange ways—ways undreamt of by Marx, Barbara W. Tuchman, or Giambattista Vico.
     

    Paranomasic Historiography

    I begin with the tendency of language, at the most basic level, to discover an economy of meaningful replication. In word play, especially the paronomasia that many mistake for puerile facetiation, Pynchon miniaturizes his hermeneutics of history. The delight in paronomasia, a prominent feature of Pynchon’s wit and style, is of a piece with the author’s predilection for doubled or geminate figures. From Dwight Eddins to Tiina Käkelä-Puumala, critics have noted the “gnostic” or “Manichaean” element in the Pynchon imaginary, but without, I would argue, adequate attention to its instantiation at the granular level. Pynchon’s fondness for pairs, twins, and dualities may stem from an instinctive recognition of their being, in effect, inchoate metaphors or puns. Conversely, the author often deploys word play to signal larger, more important analogies. Few writers since Shakespeare, in fact, have been so given to paronomasia. The puns in Bleeding Edge include the identification of Pokémon as “some West Indian proctologist” (131), the law firm of Hannover, Fisk (280), trustafarians (232), Ahrrrh-rated pirate movies (398), and the imbibing of Pinot E-Grigio (20). One winces only occasionally, as when Maxine declares, “I have always depended on the kindness of stranglers” (215). On the other hand, as will be seen, the DeepArcher pun (departure, deep archer) is one of the more serious here. At once demotic and anarchical, paronomasia abbreviates or streamlines predication. Insofar as the homophonic twinning effects conceptual or semantic comparison, a pun is an especially elliptical metaphor—one in which the distinction between tenor and vehicle is blurred. But unlike metaphor, which takes itself seriously, the pun asserts a likeness that, often disguised as absurdity (even silliness), delivers insight the more cogent for seeming accidental (as in the punning Greek adage pathemata, mathemata: sufferings are lessons). When not disclosing distinction in one or both of its elements, such verbal twinning implies their mutual deflation. In the name of a television talk show hosted by the evidently less than coruscating “Beltway intellectual Richard Uckelmann,” one notes an especially trenchant—and funny—example of the pun that disparages or deflates: “Thinking with Dick” (249).
     
    Pynchon’s insistent twinning, I would suggest, is often paronomasia made visual: things, rather than words, echo each other in humorous or frightening ways. One can trace this reification of paronomasia back to “Mortality and Mercy in Vienna” (Cleanth Siegel meets, in David Lupescu, a double) and V. (Pig Bodine’s playmates Hanky and Panky, the policemen who affect the Dragnet partnership); but it becomes a stylistic signature in Gravity’s Rainbow, which features Fuder and Fass, Wobb and Whoaton, Whappo and Crutchfield, Takeshi and Ichizo, and so on—homely intimations of a parallel, unseen, spiritual plane, the realm of gnostic metaphysics. The commonplace pairs eventually give way to a more cosmic couple, Enzian and Blicero, the “Primal Twins” who define innocence and corruption in spheres political and historical, sexual and technological, tribal and statist, colonial and postcolonial (727). In Mason & Dixon, in which the Gnosticism recurs in formulations of “[a]s above, so below,” a primal pair occupies center stage, albeit as history’s Rosencrantz and Guildenstern (487, 624, 721). Against the Day, under the aegis of Iceland spar, seems to double its every character, its every object, its every scene.
     
    Even at their most seemingly inconsequential, Pynchon’s pairs contribute to larger meanings, as one discovers by reflecting on the recurrent conceit of actors supposedly appearing in biopics as the famous people (often fellow denizens of Hollywood) they happen to resemble. This joke originates in Vineland, with its references to Pat Sajak in The Frank Gorshin Story, Pia Zadora in The Clara Bow Story, Sean Connery in The G. Gordon Liddy Story, and Woody Allen in Young Kissinger. In his introduction to a posthumous collection of work by Donald Barthelme, Pynchon genially prognosticates “a made-for-Cable-TV miniseries” on the life of the recently deceased writer. The Donald Barthelme Story will feature Luke Perry in the title role, with Paul Newman in “a cameo as Norman Mailer” (xxi). In Bleeding Edge, Pynchon imagines Keanu Reeves as Derek Jeter (367), Ben Stiller as Fred MacMurray (433), and Anthony Hopkins as Mikhail Baryshnikov (374). Maxine’s husband Horst, a connoisseur of the genre, gravitates to the “BPX cable channel, which airs film biographies exclusively,” notably endless “golfer biopics” in the run-up to the U.S. Open: “Owen Wilson as Jack Nicklaus, Hugh Grant in The Phil Mickelson Story,” and “here’s Christopher Walken, starring in The Chi Chi Rodriguez Story,” with “Gene Hackman in a cameo as Arnold Palmer” (93-94).
     
    The inventor of this running joke, seeing such paired faces as the duplicable parts of fame’s machinery, effects a slowing down, if not a general seizing up, of popular culture’s assembly line. Conflating the cog that propels the machine and the wrench that breaks it, the author transforms pop paronomasia into ludic Luddism. The many facial puns may also be understood as ironic complement to Pynchon’s refusal of his own image: the public’s attempts to twin the author with J. D. Salinger or William Gaddis or Theodore Kaczynski or Wanda Tinasky having miscarried; the author’s celebrated reclusiveness may complicate the casting of any future Thomas Pynchon Story.
     
    These jeux d’esprit—the puns, the faux biopics, the various doublings—reveal themselves as the constituent parts, the molecules and cells, of the larger, more clearly consequential binaries of history and story, his story and her story, history and historiography. “Hegel remarks somewhere,” writes Marx, “that all great world-historic facts and personages appear, so to speak, twice. He forgot to add: the first time as tragedy, the second time as farce” (15). In the historiographical economy of Thomas Pynchon, however, the past falls rather short of the Aristotelian standard. Pity and fear remain unpurged; anagnorisis proves elusive. Nor, the propensity for levity notwithstanding, does Pynchon really play the farceur with history’s second acts. The comedic element, tinged with bitterness, figures in Pynchon’s antic historiography, not in the history itself. Birger Vanwesenbeeck notes the paradoxical function of humor in the author’s representations of enormity: “Rather than offering his readers comic relief after long, sustained sequences of dramatic tension—as Shakespeare does in the porter scene following Duncan’s murder in Macbeth, for instance—Pynchon’s picaresque narratives proceed in the opposite direction.” History’s iteration, duplication, or recapitulation involves only an amplification of the original suffering that becomes the more horrific for its comedic (or “farcical”) presentation, often as the parody or pastiche that enlarges the small-bore dualities of paronomasia.
     
    Famous for his dualities, his images twinned in Iceland spar, his often Manichaean pairs, Pynchon expects that readers will see in nearly every historical set piece in his fiction its later recurrence or earlier template. Whether chronicling the experiences of Charles Mason and Jeremiah Dixon in eighteenth-century America or those of South-West Africans and their brutal colonizers early in the twentieth century, he reverses Tuchman’s figure of the “distant mirror.” That is, he situates the glass in his own time, not in the past, and so invites recognition of the many ways in which one historical moment conjures itself in the mirror of the reader’s present or near future (prospect converts history into prophesy). Threatening to reify—or, rather, re-reify—itself, the specular simulacrum resists precession. Pynchon casts doubt, then, on a famous thesis regarding the image’s displacement of the real. He sees in historical reality, pace Baudrillard, a repressed that can return, an abreaction at trigger’s edge.
     
    Thus in V. the suffering of indigenes at the hands of General Von Trotha and his troops prefigures the more exhaustive Holocaust the Germans would perpetrate at mid-century. In Vineland, the Reagan 80s reveal themselves as the 60s turned inside out. In Inherent Vice, set in 1970, readers discern the seeding of later greed, hatred, racial division and Tea Party ideology. In Against the Day, the struggles among nations and amid populations in the years leading up to World War I find their fearsome parallels in the global balkanization that obtains in the author’s twenty-first-century present. In that novel, too, one recalls the havoc wreaked when the “Vormance expedition” returns to a “great northern city” with a cargo vastly more dangerous than the giant ape or cloned dinosaurs of popular film. The ensuing catastrophe leaves “charred trees still quietly smoking” and “flanged steelwork fallen or leaning perilously” (150). This historical prolepsis gives way, in Bleeding Edge, to a more direct treatment of what happens sooner or later, to “the quaint belief that . . . evil never comes roaring out of the sky to explode into anybody’s towering delusions about being exempt” (424). But even as he foregrounds the 9/11 attacks, he adduces the suggestive parallel—and finds a disturbing abbreviation of the interval between an event and its iteration: the Taliban’s dynamiting of the great fourteen-hundred-year-old Buddhas at Bamiyan preceded by only six months the destruction of the World Trade Center. “Twin Buddhas, twin towers, interesting coincidence” (338).
     
    When Bleeding Edge‘s weaponized airliners come “roaring out of the sky,” they replicate the aural annunciation with which Gravity’s Rainbow opens: “A screaming comes across the sky. It has happened before, but there is nothing to compare it to now” (3). That second sentence seems paradoxically to affirm and to deny the historical principle I have characterized as central to Pynchon’s thought and art. The “before” nudges the reader towards a recognition of what has immediately preceded the screaming on high: the detonation of a rocket traveling faster than the sound of its approach. The narrated event is without prologue: “there is,” as yet, “nothing to compare it to.” Like the Rocket, the narrative has introduced itself with what is, as Luc Herman and Steven Weisenburger have shown, the first of many instances of hysteron proteron, the trope of putting the cart before horse (168).
     
    Historical insight commonly requires the perspective of many years: the more remote the past, the less contaminated by perceptual bias. But as history accelerates, so must historiography, and one makes no apology for viewing Bleeding Edge, which harks back little more than a single decade, as “historical.” Indeed, as these things go, Pynchon has been remarkably deliberate, waiting for the 9/11 mini-genre to jell in the work of his contemporaries: Art Spiegelman’s In the Shadow of No Towers (2004), Jonathan Safran Foer’s Everything Is Illuminated (2005), Ken Kalfus’s A Disorder Peculiar to the Country (2006), and Don DeLillo’s Falling Man (2007). One can also shelve Pynchon’s novel with fictions that more broadly distill the atmosphere on the eve of 9/11 and on its morrow: DeLillo’s Cosmopolis (2003), Updike’s Terrorist (2006), Claire Messud’s The Emperor’s Children (2006), Mohsin Hamid’s The Reluctant Fundamentalist (2007), and Amy Waldman’s The Submission (2011). Whether or not they attempt to treat the destruction of the twin towers directly, all of these authors ultimately aim at defining an American fin-de-millénium troubled by terrorism international and domestic and by the unmooring of economic and political order.
     
    “And upside down were towers,” raves a voice in The Waste Land (Eliot 68). The various fictions focused on 9/11, which one could argue do more to promote understanding of its events than the many works of documentary journalism that have appeared over the years, treat much the same apocalyptic spectacle—the tower struck by lightning—represented in the Tarot deck from which Eliot deals his famous poem. (In an especially elegant passage in Bleeding Edge, Pynchon will create his own urban Tarot— “The Scholar, The Unhoused, The Warrior Thief, The Haunted Woman” (439)—to capture the slow frames that appear as one subway train is overtaken by another.) These fictions feature certain thematic elements that preserve the human scale. The fate of a parent who works in the World Trade Center, for example, figures in the novels of Foer and DeLillo, as well as in Bleeding Edge. Like DeLillo and Kalfus (or, again, Eliot), Pynchon foregrounds a dysfunctional or faltering marriage, perhaps because husband and wife are themselves twin towers that marital discord threatens to bring down.
     
    An interest in history’s “many cunning passages” (the phrase is from Eliot’s “Gerontion”) anchors this author’s representations of pasts both remote and proximate. But Pynchon characteristically favors indirect representation of events so immense or infamous as to have created their own mythology. In Against the Day, he refuses to make the Great War his climax; in Mason & Dixon, the Revolutionary War is elided altogether. Nor is Gravity’s Rainbow a war novel per se, its largely European setting in the period 1939-1945 notwithstanding. It features considerable attention to Germany in the prewar period and as the postwar “Zone,” but the war itself figures only as a kind of skiagraphic outline that emerges as the author shades in the dealings of oil, chemical, and weapons cartels; markets black and otherwise; and, from Ned Pointsman to Major Marvy (not to mention Blicero), the ambitions of the unscrupulous. So, too, with Bleeding Edge, in which the millennial climacteric transpires almost in parentheses. History, for Pynchon, is not the big event—it is the matrix from which it springs. In the emphasis on history as everyday experience, Pynchon finds himself in good historiographical company. From Fernand Braudel to Doris Kearns Goodwin, modern historians have represented the past of the common man or woman as much as that of the crowned head—village life as much as this or that big battle. Pynchon has always differentiated history on the demotic street from what transpires in the hothouse of political power.
     
    Bleeding Edge, then, is a 9/11 novel with little emphasis on the day’s actual violence; the author does not describe the impacting airplanes, the flames, the jumpers. Amid a chronicle of the months before and after, the fateful 11th of September comes and goes. The novel’s chronology subsumes a single complete year, from “the first day of spring 2001,” with “every Callery Pear tree on the Upper West Side” displaying “clusters of white pear blossoms” (1), to the moment, the following year, in which the “pear trees have exploded into bloom” once again (475). This vernal recurrence signals the natural corrective to human violence, and Pynchon depicts certain elements of human solidarity as equal to whatever the terrorists perpetrate—and, withal, to whatever chicanery the Bernie Madoffs, the Gabriel Ices, and the Bush-Cheney administration are up to. Maxine and Horst edge toward reconciliation. They provide for their children. Friendships survive. Humane values prove resilient.
     
    At the same time that he captures and moralizes the moment of bi-millennial rupture, Pynchon does justice to—emphasizes, even—what it feels like when “dependable history shrinks to a dismal perimeter” (328). Insofar as historiography strives for “you are there” verisimilitude, Pynchon (himself a Manhattan resident) captures the groggy disorientation and the emotional discontinuity of a whole population’s finding itself “down . . . on the barroom floor of history, feeling sucker-punched” (339). History, according to the metaphor here, bears little resemblance to the “watering hole” of genteel euphemism. Like Auden, who in “September 1, 1939” reflects on the outbreak of World War II from the vantage of “one of the dives / On Fifty-Second Street” (86), Pynchon contemplates a fateful September day and briefly characterizes history itself as a place of impaired reflexes and misperceived elevation of spirits, a place in which one risks a dive into the sawdust or, worse, a toppling down stairs into some noisome latrine, like Mr. Kernan in Joyce’s “Grace.” If history is any kind of watering hole, it is the kind infested by crocodiles, a place in which most of those gathered are the food animals, not the predators.
     
    Pynchon evinces particular disgust at the authorities’ appropriation of terrible events to “get people cranked up in a certain way. Cranked up, scared, and helpless” (328). At one point, Maxine pauses to mock the “the listen-up-all-you-slackers” moralizing of the right, the sanctimonious assertion that “American neglect of family values brings Al-Qaeda in on the airplanes and takes the Trade Center down” (363). As her friend Heidi Czornak (a professor of popular culture) observes, “11 September infantilized this country” (336).
     
    This pronouncement rings true (one has heard it elsewhere—and experienced it). Indeed, if history is an arrangement of specula, one imagines the new national infancy as a version of Lacan’s mirror phase—as understood by, say, Maxine’s surfer-psychotherapist, Shawn. As “airhead” (31) and “idiot-surfant” (423), Shawn resembles Jeff Spicoli, the character played by Sean Penn in Amy Heckerling’s Fast Times at Ridgemont High (1982), perhaps crossed with the spacy protagonists of the “Bill and Ted” movies. California refugee turned shrink, Shawn manages to be every bit as cryptic as—and a good deal more amusing than—the father of his clinical orientation, whose thought he sums up as might Bill and Ted after an “excellent adventure” at the École Normale Supérieure: “total bogosity of the ego” (245). Lacan in a nutshell, the phrase comically historicizes the American character. American identity, like that of the Lacanian subject, is predicated on a false or “bogus” foundation. In Lacan’s account of the mirror phase, the infant mistakes image for self, and this misperception becomes the gossamer plinth of subjectivity, the tragic absence at the heart of ego’s peeled onion. In much the same way, infant America long ago mistook an illusion—the myth of exceptionalism—for the bedrock of identity.
     
    If, as Heidi Czornak asseverates, the country has been re-infantilized by late trauma, it must perforce grow up all over again, pass through the phases of maturation described in psychoanalysis, which has itself passed from Freudian infancy to professional maturity in the work of Erikson, Adler, Horney, Lacan, Kristeva, Irigaray, Benjamin, and others. Pynchon takes a somewhat Nabokovian pleasure in depicting the dubious Shawn as part of this apostolic succession, the bleeding edge, as it were, of psychoanalytic theory.  He also describes the cis-atlantic success of Otto Kugelblitz, an imaginary psychotherapist said to have been banished (like Jung) from Freud’s inner circle. Maxine’s sons, Ziggy and Otis, attend a school named in his honor (the older boy ironically shares a cognomen with the immigrant shrink’s own terrible father: Ziggy is a diminutive of Sigmund).
     
    A droll-sounding name, Kugelblitz ought to mean “casserole lightning” or “pudding blitz,” but the word is standard German for the mysterious type of atmospheric electricity called, in English, ball lightning. Unlike the familiar flashes that link sky and ground in storms, ball lightning floats or hovers in the air. Though not to be confused with St. Elmo’s Fire or the will o’ the wisp, Kugelblitz does seem to beckon from marshy hermeneutical ground. One errs, that is, to go haring off after the science that theorizes it as something like a miniature Tunguska event, a minuscule “ancient black hole” piercing the atmosphere (Muir 48). In another sense, however, the ball lightning phenomenon reigns over the novel’s meanings the way Iceland spar does in Against the Day. One discerns its significance not in meteorology but in that branch of history devoted to military innovation: late in World War II, along with ballistic missiles (the V-1 and V-2 rockets) and the first jet fighter (the ME-262), the Germans fielded a mobile anti-aircraft gun, ancestor of such shoulder-fired weapons as the Stinger that figures in Bleeding Edge. They called it the Kugelblitz.
     
    Pynchon describes education at the Otto Kugelblitz School as organized around “a curriculum in which each grade level” is “regarded as a different kind of mental condition and managed accordingly. A loony bin with homework, basically” (3). The grade levels no doubt complement or look forward to Otto Kugelblitz’s theory of life stages as mental disorders: “the solipsism of infancy, the sexual hysterias of adolescence and entry-level adulthood, the paranoia of middle age, the dementia of late life . . . all working up to death, which at last turns out to be ‘sanity’” (2). As Freud applied his system to the larger shape of society and history (in, for example, Civilization and Its Discontents and Moses and Monotheism), so presumably do Kugelblitz’s stages of life lend themselves to ideas about the phases through which civilization passes (early and late, psychoanalytic theory complements the work of social historians from Vico to Weber and from Gibbon to Spengler and Toynbee). Thus a truly American historiography would chart growth and decline proceeding from “the solipsism of infancy” through the “sexual hysterias of adolescence and entry-level adulthood” and from “the paranoia of middle age” to “the dementia of late life.” American “sanity” in this declension would express itself as a wish for the very consummation toward which Slothrop, according to certain “heavily paranoid voices” in Gravity’s Rainbow, makes his way. It is Mickey Wuxtry-Wuxtry, a Kugelblitz precursor, who “opines” in that novel that Slothrop “might be in love, in sexual love, with his, and his race’s, death” (738).
     
    Indeed, versions of the Kugelblitz stages reveal themselves in various ways all across the Pynchon canon. Oedipa Maas glimpses solipsism as the condition from which she (and her fellow white-bread Americans) must somehow exit. Before coalescing as Todestrieb, Slothrop’s erections figure a variety of sexual hysterias as the thousand-year Reich gives way to the American Century. Paranoia, a basic Pynchon theme, seems to crest in Vineland, in the dueling anxieties of left and right in the Reagan years. According to this progression, Bleeding Edge chronicles the dementia of pre- and post-millennium America. Perhaps, too, it recapitulates the prior stages, rather as a spell of variable Washington, D. C. weather is imagined, in “Entropy,” as “a stretto passage in the year’s fugue” (83). Thus the reader samples solipsism in DeepArcher and in the paradoxical isolation created by video games, social media, and geek life generally. Thus “sexual hysterias” lead Maxine’s friend Vyrva to betray her husband with the loathsome Gabriel Ice—and Maxine herself to play fetishistic footsy with Eric Outfield and to couple with the unsavory Nicholas Windust. Meanwhile, the “paranoia of middle age” afflicts every seasoned adult in the story, from Reg Despard to March Kelleher, and 9/11 leaves a “general dementia” in its wake. The “infantilization” that Heidi deplores represents a return—Kekulé von Stradonitz’s great serpent biting its tale—to the polymorphous perverse.[3]

     

    Is It O.K. to Be an Internet Luddite?

    The reader who looks for the role of the unconscious in this psychoanalytic fantasia discovers that it has been reconceptualized, historicized, and politicized as cybernetic archive. But before descending into that well of the remembered, the forgotten and the repressed, I should like to consider just how one of its archons, Gabriel Ice, embodies future history. In looking at the strange intersections in this novel of retrospect with prospect, prolepsis, and prophesy, I mean to argue additional dimensions to the historiographical vision that enables Pynchon to depict in the mirror of the past events that have yet to transpire. The author contrives to make his temporal setting “reflect” the proximate future, whether the balance of the Bush-Cheney administration or the prospect (in the election of 2012) of someone like Gabriel Ice in the White House.
     
    Pynchon’s story turns on the death of Lester Traipse, who makes the mistake of stealing from Ice, who is both ruthless and “connected.” Worse than the theft itself may be the knowledge it implies of just where Ice’s money has been going—knowledge that will also endanger Maxine and those who aid her investigation. Lester’s body turns up in The Deseret, an apartment building as “karmically-challenged” as the celebrated and infamous Dakota, site of John Lennon’s murder (27).[4] Like the Golden Fang headquarters in Inherent Vice, The Deseret dares the investigator to look beyond its façade. Its name means “honeybee” in the language of the “Jaredites,” a group that supposedly made its way to America after the Tower of Babel’s destruction. They settled in the Lake Ontario region, where Joseph Smith, some four millennia later, claimed to have unearthed, near his home in Manchester, New York, golden tablets bearing inscriptions in “reformed Egyptian” (the Book of Mormon treats these events as historical fact). Pynchon makes no further reference to Mormonism—though he may expect the reader to think of the particular Mormon who would, a decade later, focus the desires of those farthest to the right on America’s political spectrum. Thus the name of the building around which so much of the novel’s action revolves suggests the trace presence in the city—a beachhead, so to speak—of interests that would presently, with the Mitt Romney candidacies (for governor of Massachusetts, for president of the United States), take on a higher profile.
     
    Mitt Romney need not live in New York to serve as one of the models for Pynchon’s villain, Gabriel Ice, who owns (or partly owns) The Deseret but does not reside there (142, 260, 371).  That the one is Mormon, the other Jewish, is inconsequential. Both worship only Mammon—and power. During the period depicted in Bleeding Edge, Romney was disentangling himself from Bain Capital, headquartered in Boston. The novel ends a few months before the 2002 Massachusetts gubernatorial election, which Romney would win.  Known for “leveraged buyouts,” Romney preyed on economic vulnerability, taking over failing companies, stripping their assets, pink-slipping employees, and, before selling out, taking out massive loans with which to pay executive bonuses and investor dividends (Taibbi). Ditto Ice: “The book on this guy is he takes a position, typically less than five percent, in each of a whole portfolio of start-ups he knows from running Altman-Z’s on them are gonna fail within a short-term horizon. Uses them as shells for funds he wants to move around inconspicuously” (63). In the aftermath of the dotcom crash of 2000, Ice snaps up surplus fiber-optic cable and other “infrastructure” at fire-sale prices (127). He presides over a kind of cybersecurity Halliburton, hashslingrz, which does a cozy business with the Department of Defense and other, more shadowy entities, notably the C.I.A. He evidently takes an interest in DeepArcher, the program written by Maxine’s friends Justin and Lukas, because it threatens to make the security protocols of hashslingrz obsolete.
     
    The latest in a series of villainous Pynchon plutocrats, Gabriel Ice represents the metastasis of capitalist privilege, which, like Shakespeare’s imposthume that inward breaks, incubates a general sepsis. In Pynchon’s early work, the agents of evil tended to seem almost incidental. V. is less a person than a fantasy of historiographic paranoia, the mythic embodiment of the blood-soaked century in which she comes of age. Pierce Inverarity, having died just before Lot 49 opens, is also a phantom. In Gravity’s Rainbow, human villainy is scattered; the twisted Nazi, Blicero, is somehow less loathsome than Ned Pointsman or Major Marvy. Corporate evil also comes in a variety of packages—Shell Mex, Krupp, Imperial Chemicals, IG Farben. But more and more, as the novels follow one another, evil presents itself as focalized through Control and those who promote it in spheres psychic, economic, and political. At a hasty count, I find some 56 instances of the word in Gravity’s Rainbow. Control is the summum malorum of Brock Vond in Vineland, of Padre Zarpazo in Mason & Dixon, of Scarsdale Vibe in Against the Day, and of Crocker Fenway and Vigilant California in Inherent Vice. All devote themselves to twisted, puritanical suppression of the freedom pursued so passionately (or clumsily) in the 1750s, at the turn of the twentieth century, and in the 1960s. Gabriel Ice, his hubris obscurely imbricated with American foreign policy at the beginning of the twenty-first century, merits the loathing he inspires in lesser thugs (Misha and Grisha), who call him “oligarch scum, thief, murderer” (455).
     
    The funds he supposedly channels to “anti-jihadists” (375), evidently on behalf of the C.I.A., seem actually to be going to Chechnya—perhaps, inadvertently, to those seeking to effect a Russian 9/11. As the soft-boiled Misha and Grisha explain, Lester Traipse, aided by their boss Igor, was not stealing so much as diverting funds, perhaps mistakenly, to “some not so good” Chechens (461). Such American geopolitical misprision finds its emblem here in the Stinger missile at the center of the strange little tableau filmed by Reg Despard. The never-answered questions about just what its wielders were up to invite answers that take fully into account the vagaries of the secondary and tertiary market for such American weapons (and their knockoffs). A probable leftover of American-sponsored resistance to Soviet occupation of Afghanistan in the 1980s, the missile represents the unintended consequences of Realpolitik (272).
     
    As above, so below. The author of Bleeding Edge contemplates, with prejudice, the Internet’s susceptibility to the powerful economic forces that prevail in “meatspace.” Yet Pynchon also recognizes the Internet as the historian’s indispensable resource, an archive. Pynchon’s meditation on the underbelly of the Internet (if one may be permitted an absurd figure) appeared, as it happens, at a moment of considerable journalistic handwringing over the possible downside for a generation unable to unplug (“Is the ipad Bad for Children?” “Is Facebook Making Us Lonely?”).[5] The novel precedes by scant weeks the depictions of Silicon Valley Eloi in Dave Eggers’s The Circle (2013) and the denunciations of popular digital media with which Jonathan Franzen peppers the scholarly apparatus of The Kraus Project, his 2013 edition of Viennese culture critic Karl Kraus’s vituperative essays. But not for Pynchon, I think, the injudicious Jeremiad. Not for him the stridency a reviewer condemns in Franzen’s
     

    often . . . disheveled and talky assault on everything the author sees when he opens his laptop or clicks on a television, including, but not limited to, Facebook, smartphones, ‘the high-school-cafeteria social scene of Gawker takedowns and Twitter popularity contests,’ the hipness of Apple products, reality TV, Fox News, Amazon, even the ‘recent tabloidization’ of the AOL home page. (Garner)

     

    Unlike Franzen, who denounces the digital pithing of consciousness in propria persona, Pynchon puts such fulminations into the mouths of his characters. As they inveigh against a variety of cyber-ills, their creator seems to reserve judgment. Though Pynchon clearly deplores the violations to which the fresh green breast of cyberspace has been subjected by advertisers, merchants, and consumers, not to mention “Nigerian” scam artists, one doubts that he wishes some violent cancelation of the Internet—only the occasional frying of the bad guys’ servers (as in Misha and Grisha’s act of vircator Luddism).
     
    Maxine, too, reserves judgment, even when (or especially when) subjected to paternal kvetching about digital bad faith: Ernie Tarnow deplores the Internet as
     

    this magical convenience that creeps like a smell through the smallest details of our lives, the shopping, the housework, the taxes, absorbing our energy, eating up our precious time. And there’s no innocence. Anywhere. Never was. It was conceived in sin, the worst possible. As it kept growing, it never stopped carrying in its heart a bitter-cold death wish for the planet, and don’t think anything has changed, kid. (420)

     

    Eric Outfield, computer “badass” and foot fetishist, expresses much the same disgust from, as it were, inside Leviathan: “every day more lusers than users, keyboards and screens turning into nothin but portals to Web sites for what the Management wants everybody addicted to, shopping, gaming, jerking off, streaming endless garbage” (432). His anger edges toward that of the true Luddite: “We’re being played . . . and the game is fixed, and it won’t end till the Internet—the real one, the dream, the promise—is destroyed” (432).
     
    Justin and Lukas, co-creators of DeepArcher, attempt an escape from what so exercises Ernie and Eric, “the surface Web, all that yakking, all the goods for sale, the spammers and spielers and idle fingers, all in the same desperate scramble they like to call an economy” (357). The DeepArcher software facilitates creation of a world elsewhere, a “history-free” (373) world within a world within a world (as the Deep Web itself lies within and beneath the surface Web, which in turn lies within or alongside the everyday daylight world). Once thought absurd, the old cosmology of a world supported by an elephant standing on the back of a tortoise (and so on in infinite regression) takes on new life in the nesting spheres of cyberspace.
     
    A portmanteau word, DeepArcher puns on “departure” and “deep archer,” the one a dream of lighting out for the digital territory, the other something more Apollonian. Both meanings signify the dream of a redemptive spiritual removal. Departure secularizes a beloved end-of-history fantasy of fundamentalists, the Rapture; deep archer, on the other hand, evokes a famous Zen discipline: practice with a bow until, thought banished, it becomes a part of oneself, the arrow flying unerringly to its mark without conscious volition. Readers have encountered these conceits in Pynchon before: fantasies of Rapture proliferate in Vineland, and Gravity’s Rainbow includes among its minor characters the Peenemünde engineer Fahringer, the “aerodynamics man” who works on the guidance problems of the V-2 (that high-tech arrow) by retreating to the forest “with his Zen bow . . . to practice breathing, draw and loosing, over and over.” As he “becomes one with” the arrow, so will he “with Rocket, trajectory, and target” (403). Pynchon reifies this consummation in characters—Gottfried, Slothrop—who become one with the Rocket in a more literal way.
     
    Initially uncorrupted by advertising and Control (or by the scary convergence of corporate and governmental purpose), the Deep Web harbors freedom that cannot long go unregulated. Maxine at one point dreams of “some American DeepArcher” (353), a version of that truly cheered land Oedipa Maas and Lew Basnight envision or imagine. Like the People’s Republic of Rock and Roll in Vineland or the great airship Inconvenience in Against the Day, DeepArcher promises escape from Control—whether political or gravitational—but ends up, as they do, merely validating the etymology of Utopia (“no place”). Presently, then, DeepArcher begins to fill up—like America—with the refuse of the old world or, as it is called here, the surface Web, which was always already “based on control,” as Ernie Tarnow observes (420). Advertising and other commercial interests begin turning up, as do those latter-day Thanatoids, the piteous ghosts of 9/11. Some Rapture.
     
    Among other things, then, DeepArcher is a variation on a theme—its digitization, so to speak—that Pynchon reframes from novel to novel. In the closing pages of Lot 49, he evokes the America that persists beneath the consumerism, the perpetual sacrifice to the materialist Moloch, “the absence of surprise to life” (170). In Gravity’s Rainbow, Slothrop yearns in exile for a green idea of his homeland. The characters of Vineland and Inherent Vice contemplate the doomed revolution of the 60s, the beach beneath the literal and figurative paving stones. This American subjunctive is at stake, too, in Mason & Dixon and Against the Day. In the one, America is the plain on which reason and the spirit engage in dubious battle; in the other, it anchors the global allegory of geopolitical catastrophe on the millennial horizon.
     
    In his musings on the Web beneath the Web, Pynchon adumbrates the cybernetic sublime. The author has wryly regretted (in the Slow Learner introduction) the supposedly obtrusive presence of T. S. Eliot in his early work, but echoes persist. “Burnt Norton” provides language and images well suited to Internet catabasis:
     

    Descend lower, descend only
    Into the world of perpetual solitude,
    World not world, but that which is not world,
    Internal darkness, deprivation
    And destitution of all property,
    Desiccation of the world of sense,
    Evacuation of the world of fancy,
    Inoperancy of the world of spirit. (179)

     

    Pynchon’s heroine, exploring DeepArcher, hears about a deep “horizon between coded and codeless. An abyss” (357). Continuing her night-sea journey through the Deep Web, she encounters a woman (or someone with a female avatar, for the Internet makes literal the performance of gender) who speaks of “the deep unlighted . . . where the origin is. The way a powerful telescope will bring you further out in physical space, closer to the moment of the big bang, so here, going deeper, you approach the border country, the edge of the unnavigable” (358). That last word carries etymological freight, for “cybernetic” derives from the Greek cubernetes, “steersman.” This nameless interlocutor (whom Maxine momentarily thinks the Archer herself, Zen mistress of Zen masters) wants to “[f]ind out how long I can stay just at the edge of the beginning before the Word, see how long I can gaze . . . till I . . . fall in” (358). She imagines the void beyond the cybernetic.
     
    Abyss and Logos. Readers encounter related figures in The Crying of Lot 49, in which Oedipa contemplates a Mexican painter’s vision of universal solipsism. The description of Remedios Varo’s “Bordando el Manto Terrestre” teases the ear with a belated yet oddly resonant independent clause: “all the other buildings and creatures, all the waves, ships and forests of the earth were contained in this tapestry, and the tapestry was the world” (20-21, my emphasis). The verbal template of that last phrase appears in the first sentence of the Gospel According to John: “In the beginning was the Word . . . and the Word was God.” Later, Oedipa brings to consciousness that problematic Logos as she considers the dark velleity that manifests itself as:
     

    the toy street from a high balcony, roller-coaster ride, feeding-time among the beasts in a zoo—any death-wish that can be consummated by some minimum gesture. She touched the edge of its voluptuous field, knowing it would be lovely beyond dreams simply to submit to it; that not gravity’s pull, laws of ballistics, feral ravening, promised more delight. She tested it, shivering: I am meant to remember. Each clue that comes is supposed to have its own clarity, its fine chances for permanence. But then she wondered if the gemlike “clues” were only some kind of compensation. To make up for her having lost the direct, epileptic Word, the cry that might abolish the night. (118)

     

    In comparing the language here with that of Bleeding Edge, one sees the extent to which Pynchon has come to privilege void over Verbum. In the later novel, one encounters nothing so sanguine, so numinous, as a redemptive Logos. Far from the Miltonic numen that confounds Chaos and old Night, the Word referred to by Maxine’s fellow wanderer in DeepArcher annunciates only the secular boundary between digital order and disorder. Momentarily imagining the dark side of this binary, the author contemplates, with Maxine, a cybernetic event horizon, the ineffable origin of origins. Pynchon in effect “digitizes” the poignant passage in which Nabokov, in Pnin, evokes exile: “the accumulation of consecutive rooms in his memory now resembled those displays of grouped elbow chairs on show, and beds, and lamps, and inglenooks which, ignoring all space-time distinctions, commingle in the soft light of a furniture store beyond which it snows, and the dusk deepens, and nobody really loves anybody” (62).
     
    Pynchon also contemplates what, borrowing a term from Derrida, one might call the “archontic” function of cyberspace. Pynchon views the Internet as a great archive made in the image of the human mind. Consciousness finds its “analog” in the surface Web; the Deep Web models the unconscious, in which fearsome abreactive energies may lurk. Like Derrida, moreover, Pynchon conceptualizes the archive as troubled by the originary material it houses. An archive, according to Derrida, always represents more than a simple repository. Originating as a place distinguished (often dubiously) as the special charge of an archon, the archive is inescapably political—as is the narrative of origins to be read there. Derrida emphasizes the “politics of the archive” and argues that “[t]here is no political power without control of the archive, if not of memory. Effective democratization can always be measured by this essential criterion: the participation in and the access to the archive, its constitution, and its interpretation” (4n1). Politically susceptible to suppression, the archive is, insofar as it models the psyche, susceptible also to the pathologies of repression. The archive fosters the “compulsive, repetitive, and nostalgic desire to return to the origin, a homesickness, a nostalgia for the return to the most archaic place of absolute commencement” (91). Deconstructing archival desire (the custodial imperative), Derrida discovers something very much like the repetition-compulsion that prompted Freud to hypothesize a Todestrieb or death instinct, Janus-face to the Lustprinzip or pleasure principle. Derrida’s “archive fever,” by the same token, twins the desire to conserve with a paradoxical, self-canceling “destruction drive” (19).
     
    Thus Ernie Tarnow says more than he realizes when he declares that the Internet “never stopped carrying in its heart a bitter-cold death wish for the planet” (420). Ernie’s paranoia is ironically mirrored in the very medium he despises. As Michael Chabon notes in a perspicacious review of the novel in The New York Review of Books, the “infinite interlinks” of the Internet make it “a perfect metaphor for paranoia” (68). Chabon persuasively reads Bleeding Edge “not as the account of a master of ironized paranoia coming to grips with the cultural paradigm he helped to define but as something much braver and riskier: an attempt to acknowledge . . . that paradigm’s most painful limitation” (69). He sums up the many teasing invitations to embrace full-blown paranoia:
     

    Pynchon clicks, clicks, and clicks on the hyperlinks coded into the page source of 9/11—advance warnings given to Jewish brokers or Muslim cabbies by Mossad or al-Qaeda, suspicious groups of men seen on rooftops before or after the attack, the purported destruction of TWA Flight 800 in 1996 by a shoulder-mounted Stinger missile, unusual trading in the stock of American and United Airlines in the days leading up to September 11. His scorn for all this weak sauce is most sharply evident when it dribbles from the lips of [March Kelleher,] an otherwise affectionately rendered old-lefty liberal New Yorker. (68)

     

    The reader, in other words, must not mistake the “weak sauce” for heavy hermeneutic gravy—must resist indiscriminate linking of, say, Kugelblitz the psychotherapist, Kugelblitz the school, Kugelblitz the atmospheric phenomenon, and Kugelblitz the anti-aircraft weapon. More seriously, the reader would err to take the emergent catalogue of paranoia’s hyperlinks as adding up to a coherent theory of 9/11’s grassy knoll. Although the novel “unnervingly plays footsie with 9/11 trutherism,” as Jonathan Lethem observes, “the discomfort this arouses is intentional. Like DeLillo in Libra, Pynchon is interested in the mystery of wide and abiding complicity, not some abruptly punctured innocence.” Even as he assembles the ingredients of conspiracy, then, the author resists its powerful undertow. Fox News, after all, has given paranoia a bad name.
     
    Part of history is its reception—not what happened but what it was thought to mean. The author of Bleeding Edge reminds readers that many saw the terrible events of 9/11 as being likely to put an end to the irony with which the American intelligentsia couched its critiques of the nation’s political and cultural folly. But Pynchon has little patience with the pundits who faulted irony as a failure of moral discrimination. “One good thing could come from this horror,” declared Roger Rosenblatt shortly after 9/11:
     

    it could spell the end of the age of irony. For some 30 years—roughly as long as the Twin Towers were upright—the good folks in charge of America’s intellectual life have insisted that nothing was to be believed in or taken seriously. Nothing was real. With a giggle and a smirk, our chattering classes—our columnists and pop culture makers—declared that detachment and personal whimsy were the necessary tools for an oh-so-cool life.

     

    No. In the toolkit of truth, irony is at once saw, hammer, and screwdriver. Without irony, a writer is a surgeon without a scalpel. Storytelling without irony eventuates in little more than the meretriciousness of “reality” TV— “suddenly all over the cable,” as Maxine’s friend Heidi Czornak says, “like dog shit” (335). Heidi subjects the reasoning of Rosenblatt and his ilk to Aristophanic scorn. Not for her the argument
     

    that irony, assumed to be a key element of urban gay humor and popular through the nineties, has now become another collateral casualty of 11 September because somehow it did not keep the tragedy from happening. ‘As if somehow irony,’ she recaps for Maxine, ‘as practiced by a giggling mincing fifth column, actually brought on the events of 11 September, by keeping the country insufficiently serious—weakening its grip on “reality.” So all kinds of make-believe—forget the delusional state the country’s in already—must suffer as well. Everything has to be literal now.’ (335)

     

    Maxine knows what her friend means. At the Kugelblitz School, she has noticed an especially worrisome development: fiction will no longer figure in the curriculum. The repudiation of “make-believe,” addressed in a small way by the hearty endorsement of Santa Claus by Ziggy and Otis’s father (397-98), threatens some final diminution of the creative engagement with the world—some askesis of the imagination that resists and subverts official versions of reality. (Pynchon historicizes this agon in Mason & Dixon, in which the Juggernaut rationalism of the eighteenth century drives before it the last vestiges of magical and spiritual thinking.)
     
    In his one concession to those who would dispense with irony, Pynchon always refers to the destruction of the Twin Towers—synecdoche for all of the terrorist acts that day—as “the atrocity” (321, 328, 376). But he repudiates any and all naïve yearning for a post-ironic episteme. Even a brief suspension of irony will allow supremely unimaginative entities (journalism, government, religion, media) to back a bewildered country into puzzled patriotism—that blunt instrument of national purpose. Thus Pynchon subjects history, notably the horrific events of 9/11, to scrutiny that resists the call to embrace and echo the un-ironic discourse of those who would presently lead the nation into wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Irony contests what Don DeLillo calls the “flat, thin, tight, and relentless designs” of official history, written in “a single uninflected voice, the monotone of the state, the corporate entity, the product, the assembly line” (63). In his insistence that, confronted with “the reeking hole with the Cold War name at the lower edge of the island” (373), irony becomes all the more indispensable, the last thing thoughtful people ought to relinquish, Pynchon affirms this ancient figure as truth’s box-cutter, an edged tool that sharpens perception. In his honesty, he also affirms that every such “cutting edge” twins itself as “bleeding edge.”
     
    I have argued here that Pynchon’s ironic engagement with history, along with his probing of the archive (both psychic and cyberspatial), places Bleeding Edge on the shelf of truly distinguished fictions on the national trauma that was 9/11. As trauma embeds itself in the psyche, it becomes a wound that cannot heal, a bleeding edge never stanched. As a work of art, Pynchon’s novel restores perspective, effects the “working through” that alone can neutralize trauma, picks its readers up off the barroom floor of history, perhaps even affords them a little of the grace invoked—ironically—in the title of that Joyce story. Another ironist resisting the infantilization of public discourse, Thomas Pynchon situates himself at the bleeding edge of epistemic perception; like Joyce, withal, he takes up a position at the bleeding edge of the art that defines his moment in literary history.

    David Cowart, Louise Fry Scudder Professor at the University of South Carolina, has been an NEH fellow and held Fulbright chairs at the University of Helsinki and at the University of Southern Denmark in Odense. His books include Thomas Pynchon: The Art of Allusion and Thomas Pynchon and the Dark Passages of History, as well as Don DeLillo: The Physics of Language and Trailing Clouds: Immigrant Writing in Contemporary America. He is completing Tribe of Pyn, a book on literary generations in the postmodern period.
     

    Footnotes

    [1] These phrases represent what appears to be the original form of the dust-jacket copy for Against the Day, which survives in the précis that appears on the websites of Amazon, Barnes & Noble, and other booksellers. See Cowart, pp. 184-85.

    [2] The Gramsci aphorism recurs, in various forms, in his prison writings. He himself attributed it to Romain Roland.

    [3] For another take on post-9/11 infantilization, see Rando, who compares tendentious journalistic accounts of children’s bravery and selflessness (emptying their piggy banks to finance the struggle against Al-Qaeda and so on) with Pynchon’s reflections on the construction of innocence implicit in Zwölfkinder, the imagined Nazi theme park in Gravity’s Rainbow.

    [4] Pynchon models The Deseret on the imposing Apthorp, erected in the first decade of the twentieth century along an entire block of Broadway between west 78th and west 79th streets (Kirsch). Like The Deseret, The Apthorp trails its own clouds of infamy. The original eighteenth-century owner of the land was Charles Ward Apthorp (1726-1797), a Loyalist who, after the Revolution, was prosecuted for treason.  His father was the Boston slave merchant Charles Apthorp (1698–1758).

    [5]  See, respectively, Weber and Marche. In the same issue of The New York Review of Books containing Michael Chabon’s review of Bleeding Edge, Sue Halpern reviews seven new books under the title “Are We Puppets in a Wired World?” A week or so later, a New Yorker review of Eggers’s The Circle appeared as another general meditation on the psychic damage done by life online (see Morozov).

    Works Cited

    • Auden, W.H. Selected Poems. Ed. Edward Mendelson. New York: Vintage, 1979.  Print.
    • Chabon, Michael.  “The Crying of September 11.” The New York Review of Books, 7 November 2013, 68-70.
    • Cowart, David. Thomas Pynchon and the Dark Passages of History. Athens: Georgia UP, 2011.  Print.
    • DeLillo, Don. “The Power of History.” New York Times Magazine, 7 September 1997, 60-63.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Archive Fever: A Freudian Impression. Trans. Eric Prenowitz. Chicago: Chicago UP, 1996.  Print.
    • Elias, Amy J. “History.” In The Cambridge Companion to Thomas Pynchon. Ed. Inger H. Dalsgaard, Luc Herman, and Brian McHale. New York: Cambridge UP, 2012.  123-135.
    • Eliot, T.S. Collected Poems 1909-1962.  London: Faber, 1963.  Print.
    • Fitzgerald, F. Scott. The Great Gatsby. Ed. Matthew J. Bruccoli. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
    •             UP, 1991.  Print.
    • Garner, Dwight. “A Translation and a Soapbox: ‘The Kraus Project’ Is Jonathan Franzen’s Latest Work.” New York Times, 1 October 2013. Web.
    • Gramsci, Antonio. Selections from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci. Ed. Quintin Hoare and Geoffrey Nowell-Smith. New York: Lawrence & Wishart, 1971.  Print.
    • Halpern, Sue. “Are We Puppets in a Wired World?” The New York Review of Books, 7 November 2013: 24-28.
    • Harris, Michael. “To Historicize Is to Colonize: Colonialism in V. and Gravity’s Rainbow. In Approaches to Teaching Pynchon’s The Crying of Lot 49 and Other Works. Ed. Thomas H. Schaub. New York: Modern Language Association, 2008. 99-105.
    • Herman, Luc, and Steven Weisenburger. Gravity’s Rainbow, Domination, and Freedom. Athens: Georgia UP, 2013.  Print.
    • Kirsch, Adam. “Thomas Pynchon Takes on September 11,” New Republic, 11 September 2013. Web.
    • Lethem, Jonathan. “Pynchonopolis: Bleeding Edge, by Thomas Pynchon.” New York Times Book Review, 12 September 2013. Web.
    • Marche, Stephen. “Is Facebook Making Us Lonely?” The Atlantic, May 2012. Web.
    • Marx, Karl. The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte. Trans. Eden and Cedar Paul. London: G. Allen & Unwin, 1943.  Print.
    • Morozov, Evgeny. “Only Disconnect.” The New Yorker, 28 October 2013: 33-37.
    • Muir, Hazel. “Blackholes in Your Backyard.” New Scientist 192 (23 December 2006): 48-51.
    • Nabokov, Vladimir. Pnin. Garden City: Doubleday, 1957.  Print.
    • Palahniuk, Chuck. Choke. New York: Anchor Doubleday, 2001.  Print.
    • Pynchon, Thomas. Against the Day. New York: Penguin, 2006.  Print.
    • —. Bleeding Edge. London: Jonathan Cape, 2013.  Print.
    • —. The Crying of Lot 49. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1966.  Print.
    • —. “Entropy.” In Slow Learner Early Stories. Boston: Little, Brown, 1984: 79-98.
    • —. Gravity’s Rainbow. New York: Viking, 1973.  Print.
    • —. Inherent Vice. New York: Penguin, 2009.  Print.
    • —. “Introduction.” The Teachings of Don B.: Satires, Parodies, Fables, Illustrated Stories, and Plays of Donald Barthelme. Ed. Kim Herzinger. New York: Turtle Bay, 1992.  Print.
    • —. Mason & Dixon. New York: Henry Holt, 1997.  Print.
    • —.Slow Learner Early Stories. Boston: Little, Brown, 1984.  Print.
    • Rando, David. “Reading Gravity’s Rainbow After September Eleventh: An Anecdotal
    • Approach.” Postmodern Culture 13.1 (2002). Web.
    • Rosenblatt, Roger. “The Age Of Irony Comes To An End.” Time, 24 September 2001. Web.
    • Santayana, George. The Life of Reason or The Phases of Human Progress. Vol. 1, Introduction and Reason in Common Sense. New York: Scribner’s, 1905.  Print.
    • Taibbi, Matt. “Greed and Debt: The True Story of Mitt Romney and Bain Capital.” Rolling Stone, August 29, 2012. Web.
    • Vanwesenbeeck, Birger. “Loss in the Mail: Pynchon, Psychoanalysis and the Postal Work of Mourning.” Postmodern Culture 21.3 (2011). Web.
    • Weber, Peter. “Is the ipad Bad for Children?” The Week, 1 April 2013. Web.
  • Martin Amis’s Money: Negotiations with Literary Celebrity

    Carey James Mickalites (bio)

    The University of Memphis

    cjmcklts@memphis.edu

     

    Abstract

    This essay reads Amis’s Success, Money, and The Information within the context of the contemporary publishing industry, to reveal how this trajectory of novels self-reflexively engages with the production of Amis as a literary celebrity. In each of these works, Amis appropriates the stylistic modes of celebrity production practiced by his modernist predecessors, borrowing from modernism’s cultural capital while adapting it for the contemporary corporate publishing industry. In the process, this essay argues, the fiction self-reflexively negotiates the production of Martin Amis as authorial brand.

    In January 1995 Martin Amis signed on with American agent Andrew Wylie to publish The Information with Harper Collins, and initiated the media scandal that one paper referred to as his “greed storm” (Amis, Experience 247). The scandal resonated across multiple levels. Having broken his long-term publishing relationship with English agent Pat Kavanagh and Jonathan Cape, an imprint of Random House UK, Amis was seen as having turned his back on the English publishing industry and, indeed, on England itself.[1] Personally, the switch put an end to the friendship with Julian Barnes, Kavanagh’s husband and Amis’s celebrated contemporary in British fiction. And perhaps most importantly, the deal with Wylie, to the tune of a £500,000 advance on The Information, signaled for readers of literary fiction a betrayal of a lofty ideal of authorship in favor of capitalist greed and glamor, a celebrity sell-out.[2]
     
    That Amis’s change in agents ignited such an uproar, whether or not the move indicates a greedy complicity with the commercialization of literature, is in itself quite telling. First, the scandal and Amis’s role in it provide a bitter reflection of the way the novel publishing industry works today. As Paul Delany has shown, the 1980s and 90s witnessed a shift “to what may be called a postmodern literary system” (Delaney 180). While literary publishing has always been a business, at least since the emergence of the novel form itself, prior to the 1980s it could be viewed as a trade based on loyalty between a publishing house and its authors. Now, however, most of the fiction industry is controlled by multinational conglomerates—including Bertelsmann and Time Warner at the top—so that relationships between authors and publishers have become more tenuous.[3] Further, this shift has meant a reconfiguration of the players in the marketing of manuscripts, published novels, and future work. Richard Todd shows that since the abolition of resale price maintenance following the end of the Net Book Agreement in 1995, publishing functions within a triangle of forces: the author and agent, the publisher, and retail, with the latter holding the most power (20).[4] Publishers acting within the multinational conglomerate system, for their part, seek out top-selling authors as brand names, “buying a literary property rather than taking on an author” (Delany 182) and investing large advances as a form of speculation, effectively “[gambling] with the company’s money” (Todd 26) on both the sales of a novel and that celebrity author’s future work.[5] Amis’s “greed storm,” in this light, gives the lie to any lingering fantasy of producing literary fiction in a way that’s autonomous from global corporate capitalism. He played the game.[6] “Martin Amis” is a brand name, a celebrity and, as one acting in seemingly obvious self-interest, was temporarily placed in the press’s “shithead factfile” of sensational public outrage (Amis, Experience 248).
     
    And yet, while I am interested in the contemporary marketing of literary fiction, I focus here on Amis’s role in forming his own celebrity status, and specifically on how his fiction reflects the ethos of corporate capitalism, often satirizing and participating in its logics simultaneously. That is, how do we make sense of the scathingly satirical depiction of Reagan-Thatcher economic policy in Money, for example, in light of his apparent embrace of the corporate capitalism that helped give rise to the Amis brand? In the simplest sense, Amis’s novels that self-reflexively center on authorial production and the publishing industry employ a cartoonish and self-conscious style to mock the commodification of literature and the vicissitudes of success in an increasingly volatile and polarized literary marketplace.  But what are the effects of this satire when read together with Amis’s public image and the apparent greed that has come to define it? If Amis critiques the corporate publishing model and its place within the global conglomeration of capital and distribution, does he simply wind up critiquing his own authorial brand-name? Certainly. As Delany has suggested regarding Amis’s satire of authorial celebrity in The Information, his “satire cannot escape complicity with its own target” (184).[7]
     
    While Delany is right about the limits of Amis’s satire (and the same could be said about much twentieth-century satire, such as that of Wyndham Lewis or Evelyn Waugh), I want to complicate that reading by showing how Amis’s fiction negotiates the economic production of Amis the authorial brand and the symbolic capital that it has accrued. In tracing his satirical treatment of authorial control and corporate publishing across Success (1978), Money (1984), and The Information (1995), we see that these metafictional novels participate in the production of the authorial brand precisely by folding the increasingly dominant corporate model of publishing and marketing fiction into their satire. His depictions of the commercialization of literature and the production of the author-as-celebrity in these novels are more than simply cartoonish caricatures.[8] Rather, these novels satirically reflect the corporatist economic policy that emerged during the Reagan-Thatcher era, while at the same time allegorizing Amis’s own relationship with big corporate publishing, including the way his celebrity status—and the status of “literary fiction”—depends on the contingencies and volatility of a highly speculative market.  In doing so, these novels tell something of an allegorical backstory to the media scandal over Amis’s advance from Harper Collins and reflect the ways in which literary value came to be produced in the 1980s and ‘90s, including the value of the celebrity author as a cultural commodity.
     
    While this essay thus focuses on Amis’s position within these recent changes to large-scale corporate publishing and their impact on the social production of literary value, I also show how Amis’s case in particular constitutes both a continuation of and a rupture with literary modernist modes of celebrity production, placing him within a larger historical narrative of literary circulation and authorial celebrity. Literary celebrity, in this view, isn’t new, but the modes of its production, circulation, and economic returns have changed dramatically since the period of high modernism and its sense of relative autonomy from bourgeois and corporate marketing practices. As Lawrence Rainey and Aaron Jaffe have shown, modernists like Joyce and Eliot participated in networks of limited commodity production. Focusing on modernism’s “tripartite production program [of] journal, limited edition and public or commercial edition,” Rainey demonstrates how the limited production and careful marketing of modernist texts like Ulysses reveal a “strategy whereby the work of art invites and solicits its commodification, but does so in such a way that it becomes a commodity of a special sort, one that is temporarily exempted from the exigencies of immediate consumption prevalent within the larger cultural economy” (Rainey 100, 3). For Jaffe, building on Rainey and reframing Bourdieu’s model of cultural capital, this specialized marketing style is ultimately more important than the style or meaning of such avant-garde texts; very few could actually get a complete copy of Ulysses for several years after its appearance, and it’s this inaccessibility that largely shapes the modernist’s name as a cultural signifier of value, or “imprimatur” in Jaffe’s terms. “These luxury commodities,” Jaffe writes, “were designed to be scarce, to be more heard of than come across, and to redound their excess aura to the authorial name” (Jaffe 74).
     
    Building on the model of modernist authorial imprimatur, Jonathan Goldman has shown how Joyce and others forged uniquely recognizable styles to solidify a celebrity authorial identity. The text, on this reading, produces the author as celebrity, a figure distinct from a writer’s material existence. Perhaps most important for my argument on Amis, Goldman shows how self-reflexive references to authorial production contributed to a stylistic branding of authorial identity. Joyce’s Ulysses is exemplary. Borrowing from Foucault’s theory of the author-function, Goldman reveals how Joyce the celebrity figure is a product of his own textual strategies. In a nuanced reading of “Scylla and Charybdis,” the episode most explicitly concerned with authorship, Goldman argues that Stephen’s internal asides during his lecture on Hamlet function simultaneously on diegetic and extradiegetic levels, both grounded in the narrative events of the novel and referring outside the text to an orchestrating authorial voice (Goldman, 66-70). The self-reflexive stylistic virtuoso of Ulysses produces the idealized author whose name continues to circulate as the exceptional referent of modernism. The trademark styles of modernists like Wilde, Joyce, or Chaplin produce, in Goldman’s words, “the idea of the author, and therefore the celebrity, as a paradigmatic subjectivity, all the while replicating the process by which one turns the self into an object” (11-12).
     
    Amis’s fictions that indulge in the processes of authorial branding reveal self-reflexive affinities with this modernist mode of celebrity production. But, again, the corporate production of top authors works differently and has dramatically altered the relationship between writers and the means of marketing their work. While Amis’s self-reflexive style reproduces Joyce’s production of a split authorial identity—writer and celebrity—it does so within a vastly different market for literature and the circulation of economic and cultural values. Thus, Joyce’s (and others’) dependence on patrons or intentional scarcity has been replaced by a system in which “shrewd authors realize that it is better to get the biggest possible advance, because then the publisher will have a strong incentive to promote the book, having put a substantial sum at risk” (Delany 182), a system concomitant with the “historical shift over the last century from a model of authorship dominated by the signature to one dominated by the brand name” (English and Frow 48). As Amis’s celebrity status accrues across approximately the first half of his career, we see his fiction increasingly taking for its subject the idiosyncratic and increasingly corporate means of producing the authorial brand in particular and literary values more generally. In short, Amis redeploys a modernist mode of reflexive authorial self-fashioning, capitalizing on it in the process of negotiating the postmodern market for literary fiction.
     

    Finding Success

    Readers often single out Money or The Information to discuss Amis’s problematic postmodern satires on social class, obligatory consumerism, and authorial complicity with the apparent totality of global market logics in the eighties and nineties.[9] And as many critics acknowledge, each of those novels employs complex pairings of characters, unwilling doubles that often bleed into sexual triangles, to create fictional tensions that comically reflect ideological contradictions and polarized class relations that became increasingly transparent in the seventies and eighties.[10] More specifically, the dialogic and frictional relations between Amis’s doubles raise questions about the viability of authorial control, social critique, and complicity with hyper-commercialized cultural production, exemplified by the role of Amis’s fictional surrogate character (named “Martin Amis”) in Money and by the contrast between two writers, the obscure Richard Tull and the revoltingly successful Gwyn Barry, in The Information. But to gauge fully the significance of Amis’s doubles to his ongoing fictional engagement with the commercial production of authorial celebrity, we can begin with Success (1978) and its depiction of the contradictions of social class under the new money economy that led to Thatcher’s election. Success, his third novel, isn’t about writers or the literary marketplace in any diegetic sense, but it initiates Amis’s continuing subjection of Britain’s changing political economy to a fantasy of authorial control and his signature style. The novel’s comic rendition of shifting class identities and anxieties played out by its discursive doubling of “yob” Terence and posh Gregory offers a starting point from which to trace Amis’s allegorical engagement with the cultural production of the Amis brand.
     
    The novel is made up of alternating first-person accounts, addressed to the reader, of the unfolding daily events of foster brothers Terence Service and Gregory Riding. Throughout the first half of the novel, Greg regales readers with his lofty old-money exploits of sex, fashion, and narcissistic charm, showering Terry’s name and lower-middle-class identity with smug derision and snobbish dismissal. Terry, having been adopted by the Riders as a child after his father killed his mother and sister, limps through his narratives in abject shame and self-loathing, ever-subservient to Greg’s easy affectations of confident wealth and sneering class insularity. Excessive comic styling reduces each to categorical social types, opposites on the class spectrum, exemplified by their own self-descriptions. Terence’s passages cringe in passive abjection and the bare survival of an unrecognizable “Service” class employed in pointless sales. As he says of his appearance: “I look ordinary, I look like educated lower-class middle-management, the sort of person you walk past in the street every day and never glance at or notice or recognize again” (11); or of his job and social standing: “I do a job. That’s what I do. . . . I was pleased when they gave it to me—I certainly didn’t ever want to give it back. I am still pleased, more or less. At least I won’t be a tramp, now that I’ve got it” (33). Greg, on the other hand, dashingly dandy and redolent of old money and new fashion, begins his days planning his outfits and recounting his elaborate exploits of the night before in cartoonish delight—“We always go to the grandest restaurants. We’re always in those plush, undersea cocktail bars (we can’t bear pubs). We always love spending lots of money”—before breakfasting on fresh orange juice and croissants, “[tolerating] the obsequious banter of liftman, doorman and porter,” and swishing off to his posh job at an art gallery (41).
     
    In its caricatures of social class, this is pretty simple satire, a kind of comic book Gulliver’s Travels for 1970s London. But the typological obviousness, while done for comic effect, also serves Amis’s larger ironic designs on the changing conditions of economic class, changes that will inform his later self-reflexive narratives of authorial celebrity and the marketing of literary value. The novel’s narrative arc traces a process of role reversal and a discursive intersection of the identities of Greg and Terry that reflects the lingering anxieties of the economic recession of the early seventies and the “dissolution of the postwar Fair Shares consensus” that followed (Delany 175). Briefly, Gregory gradually surfaces from his denial to reveal to readers that he’s going broke: his job doesn’t pay enough to live on, he can no longer afford his lavish nights out and, most importantly, his father has lost all the value of the family estate through quirky investments and charity. Wallowing in debts induced by total liquidation and the outmoded ease of property owners, Greg succumbs to the paranoid recognition of money’s totality: “My overdraft grows in lines of figures and print, spawning bank charges, interest payments. I can no longer read a book or even watch television without this other drama rearing up inside my mind, mangling page and screen. I cannot do anything without money leering over my shoulder” (182). At the same time, following the failure of unionization coupled with rationalization (or downsizing) at the sales firm where he works, Terry gets promoted and earns increasingly higher commissions for buying and selling products that remain unknown even to him, resulting in inflated confidence and an awareness of a seismic shift in his class relations with Greg. Puffed up on disposable income, Terry “won’t be scared of them [upper-class property owners] any more. … They don’t belong any more. What they belonged to has already disappeared; it is used up, leftovers, junk” (193). 
     
    This comic drama of the shifting parameters of social class provides a neat satirical reflection of the increasing corporatization and financial deregulation of British society leading into the 1980s. The Riders’ financial decline is in itself rather typical of a pattern of dwindling estate values in England since the late nineteenth century. But Terence’s “success” reflects the reactions following the oil crisis and recessionary cycles that defined British economics in the seventies and that led to the embrace of a global finance system of floating exchange-rates, dramatic cuts to public spending, and radical deregulation of British banking and stock markets coupled with an increasing rise in unemployment.[11] Only obliquely and subjectively represented by the limited Terry, Amis nevertheless suggests that Terry’s increased earnings result from the contradictions and failure of leftist unionization and the short-term shoring up of virtual capital in a free floating exchange market. Before his good luck strikes, Terry listens to a regional union secretary at his firm who appeals to collective organization “because you want to not get fuckin’ sacked,” and to his boss’s reply that unionization would result in several firings because they would have to pay sellers union rates (100). As Amis’s comic dialogue suggests, unionization ironically favors corporate power and individual entrepreneurship. Later, following unionization and Terry’s commitment to his boss Veale’s vague instructions to buy and sell, he’s raking in the cash because “Veale has already gimmicked it that I get tax relief and supplementary benefits for doing things about being Clerk (i.e., for doing things for him. . .)” (158). In his own thick way, Terry recognizes that he benefits from the deregulation and privatization that began to emerge in the mid-seventies and found their most notorious advocate in Margaret Thatcher. Terry’s in the money while his colleagues face a rapid series of terminations.
     
    But beyond this condensed fictional reflection of economic contradiction and change facing Britain in the 1970s, I’ve traced Success’s class narrative here because it also underpins and initiates Amis’s ongoing experimental negotiations of authorial identity under the increasingly ubiquitous control that transnational corporate marketing has come to exercise over literary production. Specifically, the novel’s subtle self-reflexive hints at Amis’s orchestration of fictional events engage with the production of authorial identity in the face of corporate publishing. Self-reflexive authorial references in the novel operate on two distinct, ultimately conflicting, levels. First, the voices of Terry and Greg alternately point to Amis and his imaginative control over the fictional representation of shifting economic and class relations. As Terry begins to reflect on his changing financial situation, his comments on his own position have a fatalistic ring  and displace the power of economic forces onto authorial control. Specifically referring to his relationship with Greg and his sister Ursula, both beginning to go mad, he says “Things have progressed with steady certainty, with the slow cohering logic of a genre novel, or a chess combination, or a family game. Already I know how it will end—things will suddenly get much worse for two of us and never get better again—but I cannot break out” (170). Of course he doesn’t “break out,” and Ursula commits suicide and Greg slips into poverty and madness. More importantly, this “family game” is part of what could be called a “genre novel”: Success as a nasty “condition of England” novel of the late-seventies organized by Amis’s sadistically “cohering logic.”
     
    Greg’s voice also speaks for Amis, but in terms of style. Through Greg, we hear sly references to Amis’s stylistic affectations, his rapid-fire caricatural excess of urbane postmodernist irony. In the first half of the novel, Greg’s stylistic excesses express his big-spending confidence and smugness. Nearing the end of his decline, though, that stylistic panache only gives the lie to the protective sham of wealth. And it’s during this transition that his address to readers takes on a double-voice, simultaneously announcing his demise to readers and referring to Amis’s stylistic orchestration of the whole thing. Disablingly claustrophobic about riding the Tube, he indulges in a triumphant fantasy of overcoming his fear in his usual style of comic book daring: “I was looking in superb form, with my cape fanned out behind me like Superman’s, wearing some crackly new snakeskin boots, my hair spruced high by an expensive haircut,” to conclude the passage with his heroic emergence from “the pit of harm” to the optimistic daylight. Then comes the abrupt shift. “Recognize the style,” he asks us, “(I suppose I’d better change that too now)? If you believed it, you’ll believe anything” (180-1). What follows is a lengthy catalogue of Greg’s lies up to this point in the novel, completely undermining the rhetorical and consumer excesses that have defined him. On a basic diegetic level, Greg’s style is an expression of pompous affectation. But at the moment of this shift, hinging on attention to style, Greg’s voice is less a means of expressing a character’s psychological depth, calling attention instead to Amis’s intense stylistic artifice (“Recognize the style?”) and suggesting a fictional control—where authorial style trumps narrative realism—vying with the vastly indeterminate and unpredictable economic changes that the novel comically reflects.
     
    Second, Amis echoes modernist literary precursors in a way that self-reflexively refers to the narrative voice masterminding the fictional reflection of real material processes in England’s political economy. Also through Gregory’s stylistic pomp—and Greg confesses to having never read much—Amis appropriates well-worn fragments from celebrity modernists like T.S. Eliot and Evelyn Waugh. In doing so, he suggests a fantasy of autonomy from market functions—one in which ironic references to highbrow literacy might offer an alternative space from which to critique the sweep of commercialized culture—but one that the novel’s form ultimately undermines. For instance, one of Greg’s more flamboyant rhetorical performances of the posh consumer opens with “April is the coolest month/for people like myself” (89). A cheap ploy, no doubt, but the twist on Eliot and what is perhaps the most clichéd line from all of modern poetry points in two directions at once. On the one hand, “April is the coolest month” translates Eliot’s bleak modernist social vision composed of the fragments of the Western literary tradition into Greg’s cultural and consumerist currency and narcissistic high style. Its irony, on the other hand, obliquely points to Amis’s reading of modernism and his own participation in Eliot’s elitist theory of inserting one’s “individual talent” into the “tradition,” or literary canon. And in this modernist vein, finally, the ironically Eliotic line hints at both formalism’s fantasy of modernist literature’s autonomy from market functions and our more recent understanding of modernist celebrity. Recall that, as Aaron Jaffe has shown, the scarcity built into much of modernist production helped shape the modernist’s name as a cultural signifier of value, or “imprimatur,” so that the scarcity itself acted “to redound [an] excess aura to the authorial name” (Jaffe 74). In this light, Amis’s self-referential borrowing from Eliot is also a borrowing from his cultural capital, suggesting that he, too, can wax ironic on the perversities of contemporary society, benefit from its market logics, and yet do so from an imagined space of relative cultural autonomy.
     
    Of course the point is that like Eliot, despite the vastly different means of marketing their work, Amis’s satirically disdainful reflections on market society ultimately depend on its ongoing commercialization of fiction. Success’s self-reflexive characteristics—its references to a controlling authorial figure and its appropriation of modernist literary celebrity—imagine a limited form of literary autonomy, producing an author figure who orders the fictional reflection of otherwise unpredictable economic mechanisms. But the novel’s form reflects a reified economic society, in which characters’ fates are determined by finance and fluctuating market values, making authorial control itself a fiction (operating only within the enclosed diegetic space of the novel), inextricably bound up with the market conditions it satirizes. Success thus introduces an important disjunction in Amis’s work: the fiction points to an author figure in control of its representation of deregulated finance and economic volatility, but the novels themselves are marketed as cultural commodities in a corporate system of profits over which Amis the author has little control. I pursue this disjunction further in what follows and, in a move similar to other critics who have noted Amis’s ironic complicity with the market for literary value and prestige, I show the ways that his fiction reveals an unfolding attempt to negotiate the terms by which the author as celebrity is produced within the global corporate marketing of literature. If Amis the brand is produced by global networks of production, marketing, and circulation, then Amis the author recapitalizes on that mode of commercialized cultural production. This fictional engagement with the production of the Amis brand, and what its curious blend of complicity and critique can teach us about the production of literary value, comes to a head in Money.
     

    Show Me the Money

    As several readers have noted, Money (1984) is an inflated satire on the financial deregulation, economic globalization, and consumerist individualism that became increasingly prominent during the early years of the Thatcher-Reagan era.[12] John Self, whose name is appropriately generic and solipsistic, narrates the novel in a continuous present of excessive and self-destructive consumption often fractured by alcoholic black-outs. For Self, an English adman working in New York on a film to be called either Good Money or Bad Money, money is everything. Literally. Not only does he follow a path of insatiable commodified desire, whose appetite ranges from booze and fast food to pornography and prostitutes; he also conflates money as a medium of exchange with the object of desire itself.[13] His desire is completely reified, a symptom of a totally commodified society whose “shady, petty dealings in high finance mirror the supposedly legitimate, grand-scale monetary dealings of Thatcherite Britain,” as Patrick Brantlinger puts it (259). As a figure for such an absolutely commodified desire, Self is also the perfect dupe for the enormous financial swindle that by the end we find has been taking place throughout the novel. Lavishly living it up on credit, Self winds up criminally bankrupt and living in a London slum after a failed suicide bid.
     
    My reading of Money advances two claims in light of its story of excessive individual consumerism. First, I show that the novel yokes the imperative to endless and excessive consumption to a corporatist ethos of fast money—speculation and quick-selling—within an allegorical structure. Following Tamás Bényei’s argument that the novel reflects the multiply allegorical nature of money itself—as both “the naming of something abstract” and a representation of empty serial interaction—I show that Amis’s satirical allegory consciously and self-reflexively eschews the claims of literary realism in order to stress the fictive nature of speculation and virtual capital and the real material agency they exercise in global markets.[14] Second, building on this allegorical reading, I argue that Amis—who figures as a fictional version of himself in the novel—tests the limits of his own authorial celebrity against this vision of the omnipresent power of global finance and virtual market values. As such, I build on Jon Begley’s observation of the novel’s “precarious balance between satiric authority and a self-reflexive recognition of authorial and cultural complicity” (84), and argue that that “balance” and “complicity” are means by which Amis stages his ongoing fictional negotiation with the global publishing industry and its production of the celebrity author-figure as distinct from authorial agency.
     
    Readers simply cannot ignore Money’s John Self as an extreme caricature of unbridled individual consumption, one that can lead to individual and national self-destruction (indeed, the subtitle of the novel is A Suicide Note). During the first week of his visit to New York to work on the film project, Good Money, Self’s typical day begins with a hangover followed by a gluttonous feed on the quick-fix junk of American industry: “I didn’t feel too great this morning, true. A ninety-minute visit to Pepper’s Burger World, on the other hand, soon sorted that lot out. I had four Wallies, three Blastfurters, and an American Way, plus a nine-pack of beer. I’m a bit full and sleepy, perhaps, but apart from that I’m ready for anything” (32). As his almost pornographic indulgence in fast food suggests, Self is something of a class outsider (having grown up the son of a pub owner), but also a willing apprentice to the new order of fast money. Self is guided in this role in part by his alleged partner, Fielding Goodney, who encourages big credit spending with a nearly religious devotion. In response to Self’s admission that he flew coach on his transatlantic trip to New York, Goodney chastises him to “pay more money, Slick. Fly in the sharp end, or supersonic. Coach kills. It’s a false economy” (24). Fielding’s real economy is the world of high finance, free-floating exchange rates, and speculation, as he tells John in a “voice full of passionate connoisseurship” of “Italian banking, liquidity preference, composition fallacy, hyperinflation, business confidence syndrome, booms and panics, US corporations,” and so on (27).
     
    What I want to stress here, though, is Amis’s emphasis that Self’s insatiability is a symptom of a quick-sell economic ethos and of free market deregulation, both conservative “solutions” to economic crises of the seventies and early eighties. Set in 1981, the novel reflects the lingering effects of the 1973 oil crisis and the failure of the Bretton Woods agreement on fixed exchange rates and the ensuing corporatist politics of deregulation and privatization that followed throughout the decade.[15] Through Self, we get a caricatured but oddly accurate sense of those complex international processes, partly because, as Amis’s allegorical siphon for a booming credit economy, he rides the tide of artificially stimulated markets. Observing a “big blonde screamer” on Broadway who repeatedly shouts “‘It’s my money and I want it,’” Self is vaguely aware of the global links between the oil recession and reductions in public spending that came to characterize Thatcher’s England and Reagan’s U.S.:
     

    The city is full of these guys . . . . I read in a magazine somewhere that they’re chronics from the municipal madhouses. They got let out when money went wrong ten years ago . . . Now there’s a good joke, a global one, cracked by money. An Arab hikes his zipper in the sheep-pen, gazes contentedly across the stall and says, “Hey, Basim. Let’s hike oil.” Ten years later a big whiteman windmills his arms on Broadway, for all to see. (12)

     
    Self’s joke about reduced public spending (slashed funds for “municipal madhouses”) is itself reductive, but indicates a certain awareness of the local impact of deregulated global markets. Indeed, in England he’s both a pawn and player in the new economy of corporate tax deferrals and reduced labor costs. Partner in the London ad agency Carburton, Linex & Self, he’s privy to the benefits and anxieties of privatized money and floating corporate expenses, telling readers, “We all seem to make lots of money. . . . The car is free. The car is on the house. The house is on the mortgage. The mortgage is on the firm—without interest. The interesting thing is: how long can this last? For me, that question carries an awful lot of anxiety—compound interest. It can’t be legal, surely” (78). Benefitting from corporate tax reductions and deferred interest payments, Self’s reality is measured by volatile abstract values and the threat of compound interest, precisely the free market policies that allow Fielding to swindle him with little more than a rally of confidence for the future market for their film and a few quick contract-signing sessions supposedly backed by a troop of domestic and foreign investors.
     
    Again, Self’s jokes about the market, as an only partially aware insider, are caricatures, typical of Amis’s rapid-fire cartoonish style of satire. But Amis’s caricatures—of John’s insatiable appetite and of money’s mad liquidity—also support the novel’s allegorical representation of hegemonic corporate capitalism. Amis incorporates several self-reflexive hints that we’re to read the novel as an allegory, and we can briefly chart those clues before returning to the novel’s concern with corporate capital and floating market values—and to the ways they shape Amis’s fictional negotiations of literary celebrity.
     
    For one, John’s very appetite, as we saw with his gut-walloping fast food hangover cure, is clearly comic excess: his eating and drinking would kill most anyone within weeks. As an additional comic device, and as in much traditional allegory, characters’ names in Money align them with social functions or moral categories, but usually with an added layer of irony. So John’s London-based girlfriend who openly exchanges sexual favors for High Street fashion and expensive dinners is called Selina Street—“street seller.” Always encouraging John to enjoy the high life and pornographic pleasure industries, Fielding Goodney suggests “feeling good.” Lorne Guyland is a washed-up, insecure, hyper-macho actor with whom John is forced to work and who puts his “guyness” on display whenever possible. And Martina Twain, educated high society woman and temporary love interest for John, doubles with the fictionalized “Martin Amis” as one of the novel’s voices of reason, hence, “Mart-in-twain.” Finally, as a fictional surrogate for Amis, Martina Twain lends John a copy of Animal Farm, perhaps the most famous twentieth-century allegory in English, in her attempt to educate him in high culture. John not only struggles to read Orwell’s short novel, but thinks it’s a children’s book and fails to recognize it’s an allegory, even trying to identify with the various animal figures (190, 193)—a comic blindness to allegory that mirrors his swindling by Fielding (which in turn gets narrated through an extended metaphor, as we’ll see). So John’s misunderstanding of allegorical representation, combined with Amis’s typological naming of characters, all point to Money’s comic allegory of high finance’s virtual—or fictive—reality.
     
    That allegory of spiraling finance in the eighties forms the economic context in which the novel engages with the production of authorial celebrity and its symbolic capital, as a cultural figure produced by those market forces yet distinct from the material existence of the writer. Money is a novel that is about novel writing and the commodification of the author figure, which Amis dramatizes through his own authorial presence in the novel, “lurking in the text like some pantomime monster,” as Philip Tew puts it, a fictional version of himself that plays on the split between writer and authorial brand (Tew 78). Amis is simultaneously a fictional character in the novel and an author-surrogate that expresses his limited control over his own circulating brand name. Martin Amis the fictional author plays the role of the high-minded artist and voice of reason, parodying the image of the writer who eschews the world of commerce, “the money conspiracy,” in devotion to literature. When Johns asks him about his writing schedule, his reply is an arrogant description of an ascetic devotion to high culture and literary autonomy from the market:
     

    “I get up at seven and write straight through till twelve. Twelve to one I read Russian poetry—in translation, alas. A quick lunch, then art history until three. After that it’s philosophy for an hour . . . Four to five, European history, 1848 and all that. Five to six: I improve my German. And from then until dinner, well, I just relax and read whatever the hell I like. Usually Shakespeare.” (220)

     
    Speaking with “a tone of pompous superiority rather than detached wisdom” (Begley 99), this Amis figure seems a self-consciously constructed parody, his seriousness giving the lie to any latent fantasy of gentrified authorial detachment. Or, as James Diedrick suggests with regard to the Amis figure’s ascetic literariness, the novel exposes a kind of “false consciousness,” the depiction of “a naïve literary modernist clinging to the fiction that he can protect his art from the influence of the marketplace” (Diedrick 98). And since, as we’ve seen, literary modernism produced its own forms of authorial celebrity, the point to stress here is that Diedrick’s sense of a “naïve” modernist autonomy is a myth concealing a highly self-conscious fiction of the author’s identity as it circulates in the market.
     
    At the same time, and distinct from this parodied author figure, Martin Amis’s presence also refers to the author of Money, suggested when John thinks, “For some ambiguous reason (and I think it’s to do with his name, so close to that of my pale minder), I feel strangely protective of little Martin here” (222). Following this coy reminder to readers of the character’s real-life “pale minder,” the fictional author-figure begins to speak more frequently for the author of the novel we’re reading. So when Amis’s surrogate begins rewriting the film script for John’s Money, he gives him a lecture on contemporary literature that clearly calls attention to Martin Amis’s allegorical aims in the novel. First, Amis addresses the conventional relationship between author and fictional narrator, telling a distracted John Self that, “‘The distance between author and narrator corresponds to the degree to which the author finds the narrator wicked, deluded, pitiful or ridiculous. . . . This distance is partly determined by convention. In the epic or heroic frame, the author gives the protagonist everything he has, and more. The hero is a god or has godlike powers or virtues’” (229). On the other hand, when dealing with a narrator either lower on the scale of social class or simply despicable (like John Self), “the more liberties you can take with him. You can do what the hell you like to him, really. This creates an appetite for punishment. The author is not free of sadistic impulses” (229). Note that the “heroic” treatment of the narrator echoes a long interpretive tradition of reading Joyce’s Portrait, one that stressed as Joyce’s own Stephen’s aesthetic theory of the artist as a godlike creator hovering behind the work, “paring his fingernails”; while the notion of a sadistic author, clearly alluding to Amis’s treatment of Self, allows for a self-consciously ironic treatment of fictional narrator or alter ego. The novel supports this when Amis’s fictional author continues his lecture, still in the self-reflexive mode, on the demise of literary realism: “‘we’re pretty much agreed that the twentieth century is an ironic age—downward-looking. Even realism, rockbottom realism, is considered a bit grand for the twentieth century’” (231). So why not try metafictional allegory instead?
     
    His lecture on the ironic age of postmodernity and the obsolescence of realism positions Amis’s surrogate author as a literary authority: his advice to John speaks to readers on behalf of Amis, the author of Money. But that authority only functions within the self-reflexive fictional space of the novel; enclosed in self-conscious fiction, the idea of the author’s sadistic control becomes itself a fiction produced by the “money conspiracy” (316) of the publishing industry and its speculation on authorial celebrity, as will become clearer when we turn to The Information. Money dramatizes this point in its climactic chess match between Amis’s fictional surrogate and John Self. Having lost everything to Fielding’s financial schemes and barely having escaped from the U.S. authorities back to London where he plans to commit suicide, John calls Amis over to his flat for a final chat. Amis of course has figured out how Fielding duped John (again in reference to the author’s control of his fiction), and he tries to explain the swindle over a game of chess. The chess match serves as synecdoche for the way Fielding locked John into signing away enormous sums of money. Throughout the game, Amis explains Fielding’s moves or money art, a combination of paid-off actors, insurance deals, and computer hacking that left John criminally in debt. At the same time, he plays what appear to John to be oddly defensive or counter-logical moves on the board. John, totally focused on the game, “searching for blueprints, for forms and patterns” (344), fails to follow Amis’s money narrative. Then, as the absolute victim of authorial sadism, John finds himself locked in the loser’s position of a zugzwang endgame: the player whose turn it is is forced into a suicide move. John loses the match precisely as Amis wraps up his narrative of the financial zugzwang that Fielding had played.[16]
     
    As synecdoche for the larger narrative of Money, the chess match brings into focus the arguments I’ve been making about Amis and the literary marketplace, and does so around an apparent contradiction. One the one hand, as spokesperson for Amis’s metafictions of the literary market, his allegorical stand-in only retrospectively grasps the abstract functions of high finance and its very real material effects. The novel thus plays with the distinction between Amis the author and his fictional surrogate, figure for the circulating authorial name. In doing so, it contrasts Amis’s strict narrative control over Money and his celebrity double’s limited agency over the literary marketplace in which he circulates. But on the other hand, and following the fictional Amis’s victory in the metaphorical chess match, his narrative conflates authorial control over a self-enclosed, self-referential fiction with control over market values, as he wonders aloud to John why Fielding didn’t quit earlier and cut his risks, and speculates:
     

    “Probably he was too deep into his themes and forms, his own artwork. The illusionist, the lie artist, the storyboarder—they have a helplessness. . . . Why didn’t he just let you walk [away from it all]? Because he was hooked. On the fiction, the art. He wanted to get to the end. We all do.” (346-7)

     
    Amis insinuates that, like the fictional money man, he treats John Self sadistically out of devotion to “the fiction,” which here means both novels and high finance. Amis’s metafictional trick here thus suggests Jon Begley’s sense that the novel’s dialogical pairing works to “undermine the status of the authorial presence and his narrative designs, thereby reaffirming the premise of his cultural critique by implicating both figures within an economic system that resists the imposition of any encompassing ‘Answers’” (Begley 98). More importantly, though, as the allegorical double of Amis the author, his celebrity surrogate is self-consciously a product of the fictions, novelistic and financial, that produce the Amis brand as it circulates in the market for literary celebrity.
     

    The Information on Celebrities

    In his 2000 memoir Experience, Amis quotes Ian McEwan in describing the split subject of the celebrity author. Amis had the experience on his spring 1995 North American book tour for The Information and writes, “On such tours, Ian McEwan once said, you feel like ‘the employee of a former self’, because the book is now out there to be championed and squired, while you have moved on” (Experience 275). “Once an outrageous novelty” (like Oscar Wilde’s celebrity U.S. tour),[17] he continues, “the book tour is now accepted as a fact of life and a matter of professional routine. You arrive in each city and present yourself to its media; after that, in the evening, a mediated individual, you appear at the bookshop and perform” (275). This personal reflection on his public tour, in fact, provides a partial summary of The Information and its satirical reflection on the literary star system. As in Success and Money, The Information is composed of antithetical doubles coyly orchestrated by authorial intrusions. But here Amis uses that satirical structure to expose, simultaneously, the lingering fantasy of modernist modes of celebrity-production that have been outmoded by large publishing conglomerates, the contingencies of authorial celebrity under that now fully formed star system, and Amis’s ongoing and uneasy negotiation of the terms of his own celebrity brand.
     
    The novel, set in the 1990s, centers on two forty-year-old writers: the increasingly smug Gwyn Barry who writes highly successful drivel, and the quaveringly abject Richard Tull, a failing novelist trying to hold onto some literary dignity by churning out reviews of obscure biographies. While Gwyn’s success on the literary market forms the focus of much of the novel’s satire, it’s important to note that that celebrity status is defined against Richard’s pathetic grip on an obsolete ideal of modernist exceptionalism and difficulty. If in Money, as I argued above, Amis alludes to celebrity modernists like Joyce and Eliot to invest their cultural capital in his own authorial brand within the increasingly corporatized production of fiction, then in The Information he thoroughly and self-consciously exploits and explodes the myth of modernist exceptionalism with the figure of Richard Tull.
     
    When not cranking out tedious book reviews, Richard divides his working time between two crumbling bastions of highbrow modernist literary production: private publishing and little magazines. He works as poetry and fiction editor at the Tantalus Press, a private vanity publishing house whose authors, mostly barely literate, pay their own printing costs. But whereas the reputations and cultural capital enjoyed by Joyce and other modernists depended in part on the successful niche marketing of private publishers, the Tantalus exists to mock the contemporary irrelevance of such ventures, denying writers the tempting fruit of publication as cultural capital. Amis bitingly asserts the devolution of private publishing and its modernist associations with authorial exceptionalism when the chief editor at the Tantalus, Balfour, encourages Richard to publish his work under their imprint by holding out the Joycean appeal: “‘One should remind oneself,’” he tells Richard, “‘that James Joyce initially favored private publication.’ Then he added: ‘Proust, too, by the way’” (Information 52). Richard recognizes, however, that private publishing, with its myth of being “a springboard to literary eminence” fully undermined by commercial distribution in the global age, “was not organized crime exactly, but it had close links with prostitution” (53). As a fatalistic hold-out against the prostitution of postmodern private publishing, Richard is also Literary Editor at a little magazine called, yes, The Little Magazine. As if Balfour’s Joycean appeals to private publishing weren’t enough to nail the coffin on the modernist heyday of niche literary marketing, Amis gougingly traces the decline of the little magazine as a final resistance to the pressures of advertising and commercial publicity. The fictional Little Magazine emerged on the tails of high modernism, “born and raised in a five-story Georgian town house next to the Sloane Museum in Lincoln’s Inn Fields (1935-1961),” and housed all the Bohemian trappings of modernist culture—“dusty decanters” and “tables strewn with books and learned journals” (116)—before its gradually declining public presence. “Increasingly nomadic and downwardly mobile,” by the 1990s the magazine’s existence is like a metaphorical vagabond from the modernist period begging money from failed writers and critics. “On the other hand,” Amis writes with a satirical sneer, “The Little Magazine really stood for something. It really did stand for something, in this briskly materialistic age. It stood for not paying people” (117).
     
    With Richard a figure for such dying modernist institutions, his writing, always alluded to as tortuously dense and self-consciously learned, fares no better. He is, as Amis’s narrator puts it, “a marooned modernist” (125). Speaking in the guise of his narrator, Amis invites readers to “take a quick look at Richard’s stuff” before waxing ironic on modernism’s flickering historical moment and Richard as abject figure for its cultural demise from the vantage point of postmodern high publicity. “Modernism was a brief divagation into difficulty,” he writes, and Richard, its latent cross-bearer, “didn’t want to please readers.” His prose uses endless layers of “unreliable narrators and author surrogates” in what read as “indistinguishable monologues interieurs.” In other words, Amis tells us, Richard’s problem is that “he was trying to write genius novels, like Joyce. Joyce was the best yet at genius novels, and even he was a drag about half the time. Richard, arguably, was a drag all the time” (125). Amis summarily mocks Richard for trying to redo a modernist myth of exceptionalism, an effort doomed to failure either way. At best, he is a wicked and unknowing parody of Beckett’s The Unnamable and other narratives of undoing: Richard’s collected works can only go by names like “unreadable,” or, as the title of his current manuscript has it, Untitled (“deliberately but provisionally” given that title in imitation of Joyce’s Work in Progress) (125, 5).[18] Passed from one agent to the next in a downward spiral through the literary publicity machine, Richard’s manuscript gives readers migraines or sends them unexplainably to the hospital, usually before they get past page seven.
     
    Much of the novel’s satire is leveled, however, at the counter to Richard’s outmoded modernism, Gwyn Barry, a talentless scribbler and temporary success story of global literary marketing. “Gwyn Barry” is a product of media hype, “all fax and Xerox and preselect” (10), and Amis doesn’t even represent his writing within the novel, its absence silently supporting Amis’s insistence, voiced by fictional agent Gal Aplanalp, that the public is “more interested in the writers than in the writing” (94). As Amis’s own publicity scandal over switching agents demonstrated, the role of the literary agent has become increasingly central to the publication and marketing of novels and the circulation of authors as brand names. Sarah Brouillette has shown how this process works in the global marketing of postcolonial writers in a way that is also useful in considering Amis’s case and his satirical representation of the authorial star system in The Information. In a revision of Pierre Bourdieu’s thesis in The Rules of Art, that “the idea of the artist as autonomous from the economic sphere is inseparably linked to the rise of a commercial culture that allowed artists to make a living producing art,” Brouillette argues that, since the rise of multinational publishing organizations, any “claims to an authenticity defined by separation from the market” has become “a near impossibility” (62-3). This corporatization has altered the respective roles of the players involved—authors, agents, and publishers—so that “a dwindling number of ‘star’ authors receive an increasing percentage of a given firm’s available dollars in the form of lucrative advances and royalties,” and agents now play a more central role in auctioning a star’s work to the highest bidder (65).[19] Central to this network, celebrity authors are marketed as unique personae with very little realistic agency in the market for their books in such a way that the author figure becomes a “marker of differentiation” that “[conceals] mass production in individuation” (66).
     
    Obviously familiar with this corporate organization and marketing of books and authors, Amis scathingly depicts it through the smug Gwyn Barry and his interactions with agents and his own media image, in part to distance himself from it, as we’ll see. Gwyn’s success is, of course, a result of a complex network of finance, agents, marketing and distribution; or, as Richard Menke puts it, “novels [in The Information] feature as the excuses for radio and television appearances, newspaper profiles and gossip columns, movie deals” (149). In a publicity event combining interviews, photo sessions, and financial arrangements with Gwyn, Amis shows how such publicity maneuvers serve to package the image of writers whose “personae as authors are crucial to the promotional circuit necessary to a book’s success within the market” (Brouillette 67), and how this mode of production still harbors within it and cultivates a lingering fantasy of the redeeming powers of “literature” for its own sake. After a photo session with a financier, Gwyn’s publisher, “the captain of industry” (sly nod to Carlyle’s rantings?), and “the Shadow Minister of the Arts,” the financier gives a speech—“trying to get something back for his money”—about which literary magazines he would like to be associated with. All agree: one with “high standards,” and the discussion moves on to market research and questions of “targeting” the book (17-18). Gwyn also gloats to Richard about his new agent, the American Gal Aplanalp (having “controversially” switched agents in a possible allusion to Amis’s own immanent controversy), brags about the huge advance he’s getting for his incomplete manuscript, and assures Richard that Gal’s list is moving “upmarket” and becoming “more literary,” a nod to the lingering fantasy of literary exceptionalism (40-1). [20] That fantasy is partly upheld by the paradoxical process of authorial “differentiation” concealing mass production that Brouillette outlines, a process in which Gal plays a significant role in the novel and in Amis’s comic deflation. “‘Writers need definition,’” Gal tells Richard at one point, because “the public can only keep in mind one thing per writer. Like a signature. Drunk, young, mad, fat, sick: you know. . . . Ever thought about the young-fogey thing? The young fart. You wear a bowtie and a waistcoat. Would you smoke a pipe?” (94). Richard, being the naïve modernist, suggests that he get published first, and Gal quickly shifts the conversation back to publicity, suggesting that Richard begin with a journalistic piece on “very successful novelist” Gwyn Barry and initiating the plan that Richard tag along on that all-important publicity stunt to generate celebrity hype, the American book tour.
     
    In terms of the novel’s structure, the book tour across major U.S. cities serves to further polarize Richard’s failure and Gwyn’s success in the star system. Richard meets with the alleged publisher of his novel, Untitled, only to learn that the firm is a shaky start-up relying on a form of print-on-demand publication. Gwyn, on the other hand, is shepherded around by a publicity crew from photo session to book-signing events to radio interviews, all the while following rumors of his candidacy for the “Profundity Requital” literary prize. As a publicity stunt, the book tour crystallizes, in the figure of Gwyn, the mass commodification of the writer’s “uniqueness” or “signature” and the symptomatic narcissism that emerges from this tension. Following Gwyn’s return to London as a thoroughly “mediated individual,” Amis shows how the material existence of the writer becomes secondary to the author as celebrity, as circulating brand name. Perusing reviews of his work, Gwyn notices a tepid critical dismissal of his recent novel that suggests, “‘It would seem that Barry has somehow tapped a deep collective yearning. This explains the book’s success. Nothing on the page explains it’” (297). As if in response to that “deep collective yearning,” Gwyn starts reading everything that might contain some obscure reference to him or his novels, branching out from fiction reviews to agricultural and real estate reports (299-301). He further feeds this mediated celebrity ego by imagining a glowing Gwyn Barry biography, a projected crystallization of his authorial public persona, a carefully packaged mass product that shapes the image of the author’s unique subjectivity for a consuming public.
     
    The novel’s polarization of success and failure, Gwyn’s celebrity and Richard’s abject obscurity, forecloses any alternative mode of literary production. Despite Richard’s increasingly desperate attempts to sabotage Gwyn’s public image, and thus his literary authority, Gwyn remains a media darling through the novel’s end, while Richard, having accepted his inability to write something the public might want to read, gives up writing entirely and dotes on his young sons. If Amis’s presence as author-figure in Money suggests that while the writer may control the fiction, his celebrity status is subject to the contingencies of marketing, then The Information makes that point even more transparently. While the novel frequently insists that the market for fiction and authorial celebrity is arbitrary and vastly in excess of any writer’s immediate control, it also withholds any alternatives to its dictates. This reified view of market culture, where the overarching reach of market forces shapes every character’s desires and fate, is of course not new for Amis. And when the fiction is precisely about the commercial production of fiction, such a restricted vision of writing for the market—either to succeed or to fail—perhaps serves in its simplicity to heighten the satirical impact of the novel that never lets readers forget that Barry’s celebrity status has nothing to do with talent or originality. Were this the only achievement of The Information, however, we might simply dismiss Amis for his cynical complicity with the market, as Delany does, or for an implied authorial smugness as a celebrity author but one distanced from the obviously uninteresting work of his fictional creation, another instance of postmodern irony that has, for most critics, long since run its course.
     
    But it is precisely this limit, this foreclosure of alternatives in an apparently hegemonic market for fiction that I want to complicate, by asking how that fictional foreclosure implicates Amis and his ongoing negotiation of the production of authorial celebrity. My reasoning here thus diverges from Catherine Bernard’s argument that Amis’s “disembodied” authorial presence “may be a mere posture to mask his lack of control and self-identity,” but that the whole contributes to a Frankfurt School immanent critique of society by reflecting its contradictions (132). The critique is there, but exists uneasily alongside Amis’s satirical embrace of celebrity production. In a sense, especially if we take Amis at his word, “the two writers, Richard and Gwyn, are [him],” as he stated in an interview with Graham Fuller shortly after the publication of The Information, and Gwyn’s mediated ego certainly reflects Amis’s own experiences of a celebrity alter-ego during publicity events (Fuller 124). The novel also shows Amis using Richard and Gwyn to play with his own public persona. For example, Richard’s Joycean aspirations, while part of his failure in a postmodern literary market, also point to Amis’s admiration for Joyce as a model stylist; introducing Richard and his internal struggles with writing, Amis’s narrator toys with different ways of representing that interiority, revising Richard’s thoughts several times before deciding to drop the “I”: “For the interior monologue now waives the initial personal pronoun in deference to Joyce” (5). Further, Richard’s attempts to slander Gwyn’s image include spreading rumors among the judges for the Profundity prize of Gwyn’s womanizing and misogyny, accusations commonly leveled against Amis. But Amis’s sadistic treatment of both figures, even if they reflect aspects of himself, problematizes such a neat picture, even beyond a widely discredited biographical criticism. Amis makes frequent authorial intrusions throughout the novel (by now one of his signature moves), distancing his own public persona as writer from his fictional author-figures. Amis’s authorial presence in the novel, that is, contributes to its satirical representation of his dubious alter ego, Gwyn.
     
    Amis’s authorial presence in the novel, while associated with Gwyn, also serves to contradict Gwyn’s success, emphasizing the contingent and ephemeral nature of celebrity, particularly Amis’s own. Consider two examples. First, in a clear authorial intrusion early in the novel, Amis briefly interjects with what sounds like a self-conscious undoing of the controlling Joycean creator, “behind or beyond or above his handiwork . . . paring his fingernails.” The intrusion tells a story about trying to sign with a child in the park whom he thinks is deaf. Self-consciously failing to communicate with the child, he finally attempts to make the signs—“the M, the A”—and thinks to himself, “how can I ever play the omniscient, the all-knowing, when I don’t know anything?” (43). If modernist celebrity depends in part on the myth of relative autonomy from bourgeois systems of production and exchange, Amis’s self-effacing authorial presence points to the postmodern and highly speculative literary market in which he is only “one small part of a vast and complex machine” (Brouillette 67).
     
    Second, Amis pits the arbitrary and ephemeral time of authorial fame against the nature of universal time, a trope through which he refers to his own contingent celebrity status. In an interior monologue during a conversation with Gwyn, Richard reflects that “Gwyn’s success was rather amusingly—no, in fact completely hilariously—accidental. And transitory. Above all transitory. If not in real time then, failing that, certainly in literary time. . . . Or else the universe was a joke” (80). After they part ways, Amis intrudes to reflect on the speed of light and the inconceivable and growing distance between points in space. On par with Joyce’s interest in the universal and the particular, the timeless and the trivial, that we see in the “Ithaca” episode of Ulysses, Amis’s interjection on astronomical time answers Richard’s speculation about Gwyn with a comically hyperbolic reflection on his own “literary time” of transitory celebrity in the face of universal time:
     

    In a million millennia, the sun will be bigger. It will feel nearer. In a million millennia, if you are still reading me, you can check these words against personal experience, because the polar ice caps have melted away and Norway enjoys the climate of North Africa.
     
    Later still, the oceans will be boiling. The human story, or at any rate the terrestrial story, will be coming to an end. I don’t honestly expect you to be reading me then. (81)

     
    As Amis jokingly projects his own literary longevity into this grand narrative of apocalypse, he implicitly mocks his fictional author’s desire for an immortality born out of the polish of corporate branding.
     
    So through the novel’s foreclosure of any alternatives to success or failure in the global corporate production of literature, Amis’s identification with his author figures, and his authorial reflections on the ephemeral and contingent nature of his own celebrity status, The Information, as several critics have suggested, certainly implicates Amis with the star system and its arbitrary commodification of literature that the novel supposedly indicts.[21] The marketing of the novel, Amis’s self-reflexive complicity, and the novel’s picture of winners-take-all publishing, all point to a totalizing market for literature that is fully and inescapably reified. But that’s precisely the point on which I want to conclude my reading of the novel.
     
    In his recent essay on Amis and the marketing of genre, Will Norman argues that Amis’s
     

    Night Train reveals a disjunction between the marketing, design and institutional reception of Amis’s work as literary fiction on one hand, and the author’s own strategies of composition on the other. In the light of this analysis, Amis’s work yields a negative critique of the category of literary fiction from within its own domain, in rendering visible the tensions and compromises necessary to its desire for legitimacy.” (38)

     
    I fully agree with Norman’s thesis and its general relevance to Amis’s larger aims across his fiction, especially insofar as it calls attention to a negative critique operative within the very domain of literary production today. I would, however, like to push that argument towards a different conclusion. In exposing the “compromises” associated with the corporate market for fiction, The Information fully undermines any highbrow legitimacy for literature, leaving only an empty desire in its place. The celebrity author, as representative of literary fiction, is an absolute product of successful packaging and marketing, and thus serves for Amis to sweep away any residual claims literature makes to an art that is not bound by capricious and speculative corporate values. Following on this, and building on Success and Money, Amis implicates his own authorial celebrity with the systems of speculation and greed that he so strongly satirizes. But rather than seeing this simply as a problem of complicity with its satirical target, as Delany does, or as a balance between “satiric authority” and complicity with commodification, as Begley argues of Money (84), the strength of The Information is that it collapses any distinction between fictional representation and its mode of production under the new star system of multinational marketing. As such, it culminates Amis’s ongoing fictional drama of the market for literature. The novel concludes by insisting that “the information” is nothing, a kind of existential abyss of a contemporary culture lacking any ontological or moral ground. But it also suggests that the novel is about, is the information on, the process whereby the category of literature has become completely reified, and the contingent status of the celebrity author figure it produces along with it. More specifically, The Information is about the production, and contingency, of Martin Amis’s celebrity.
     

    Conclusion

    I began this discussion with the story of the media scandal over what some in the British publishing establishment saw as a mercenary move to secure an enormous advance, an outcry based partly on the sense that Amis had sold out the category of literary fiction to the strictly commercial dictates of the mass market. As I’ve suggested throughout the essay, this distinction is something of a fantasy, a holdout on a modernist myth of literary exceptionalism from the homogenizing forces of the conglomerate system that has come to dominate the market for literary fiction. In this sense, Amis’s rising financial success as an author and his transparently commercial move served to expose that fantasy. Further, we might think of the media outrage as participating in the game that Amis’s fiction had been playing all along. From the self-reflexive stylistic experiments with modernist authorial control in Success to the metafictional play with a split authorial identity under the global “money conspiracy” of Money to The Information’s culminating reflection on the total reification of contingent celebrity, Amis has constructed a loosely allegorical trilogy that dramatizes the way in which modernist modes of celebrity—based in carefully cultivated niche markets and a myth of exceptionalism—have been fully absorbed by the global market for literary production and the commerce of cultural values. The scandal of Amis’s commercial greed played its part within a system of commercialized cultural values that, like that of literary prizes, serves to protect the collective belief in artistic autonomy, a form of cultural capital that can translate into other symbolic and economic forms, as James English has shown (189-90). If the outrage over Amis’s alleged sell-out stems from a faith in the independence of cultural capital from economic structures, a faith that at least since Bourdieu has been shown to be naïve of the way those structures prop up cultural production, then the establishment’s ire was already bound up with the commercial game Amis was playing.
     
    But beyond this picture of a totalizing market that both rewards and chastises complicity, Amis’s unfolding story about the corporate production of celebrity was a new and perverse means of generating cultural capital. Across these novels, we see Amis increasingly collapsing the distinction between fictions about the market and the market for fiction, such that even the most apparently anti-commercial satirical stance cannot deny its dependence on the systemic commodification that gives it its voice. This is by no means to redeem Amis’s choices or the politics of his fiction, much less the ways in which the market shapes the conditions of visibility for literary fiction. Rather, Amis’s self-reflexive metafictional project on the market for fiction shows that the identity of the celebrity author is itself a fiction produced by “the accumulation of literary capital (or power), and its convertibility into or out of other kinds of capital” as it continues to circulate (English and Frow 55). As Amis’s novels come to engage ever more directly with the commodification of literature and the contingent processes by which literary celebrity is conferred, and does so from the position of a self-conscious insider, he in a sense renounces any claims to cultural values distinct from their economic machinations. But in that renunciation and his full, if ironic, embrace of the corporatization of literary production, he signals a form of cultural capital whose authority is based in dramatizing the production of his own ephemeral celebrity status. Amis’s fictions about the market, read in light of the marketing of fiction, reveal a perverse and limited means of producing cultural capital out of the symbolic and economic structures that it has traditionally disavowed.

     

    Carey Mickalites is Associate Professor of English and Coordinator of Literary and Cultural Studies at the University of Memphis. His first book, Modernism and Market Fantasy: British Fictions of Capital, 1910 – 1939, was published in 2012. His current book project, Palimpsests of the Now, examines how recent British fiction dialectically engages twentieth-century history in defining “the contemporary.”
     

    Footnotes

    [1] Sarah Lyall, writing for the London special edition of the New York Times, summarized the outlook of the British literary establishment: “Part of what took everyone aback, said Peter Straus, the editor of Picador, a division of Macmillan, is that Mr. Amis is a literary novelist, not a commercial writer like the high-earning authors Jeffrey Archer, John Grisham and Barbara Taylor Bradford. ‘Commerce and literature are still meant to be separate in England,’ Mr. Straus said. ‘If you’re writing mass-market fiction, it doesn’t matter your price: you can be as vulgar as you want in terms of money. But somehow that isn’t the same for literary fiction’” (Lyall 1).
     
    [2] Keep in mind that this was 1995, when it was still possible for some in the business, like editor Peter Straus, to see literary fiction as operating in a field distinct from its more commercial cousins, even though it’s part of the same larger field of corporate-based trade publishing. Indeed, Andrew Wylie, the agent who “poached” Amis from Pat Kavanagh, played a significant role at this time in shifting the terms that star authors could expect from major publishers in the UK and US. Widely referred to as “the jackal,” Wylie began in 1980 as an outsider with an interest in promoting the authors of serious “backlist oriented” work with lower initial sales that, however, would generate more revenue in the long run. To do so, he and other agents essentially challenged the existing close ties between big agencies and publishers and focused on attracting a large number of authors whose work would sell steadily over time. Wylie insists that poaching authors like Amis is par for the course: “I think it’s lazy or quaint or both to assume that one doesn’t poach. It is pretending that publishing is a business peopled by members of a social elite who have a sort of gentlemanly game going, and the gentlemanly game was played to the disadvantage of the writer” (Thompson 68).
     
    [3] This is Delany’s view, but it is not universal. As Richard Todd has shown with regard to the system in which publishers promote lead authors’ books and brand names at the expense of lesser ones, “maintaining good relationships between author (and agent) and publisher is seen by both parties as a matter of great importance, since it may develop into a career-long cooperation” (Todd 31).
     
    [4] Perhaps the most thorough study of trade book publishing today is John B. Thompson, Merchants of Culture. Chapters 1-3 provide an in-depth look at the way the players—retail, agents (and authors), and big publishing corporations—interact in the business of producing and marketing trade books, including literary fiction.
     
    [5] Looking at the marketing of postcolonial literature, Sarah Brouillette elaborates on this further, pointing out that as regards the role of big conglomerates, “if more than 50 percent of the publishing industry is run by between five and seven encompassing firms that on average make US $500 million each year, that leaves almost no income for those thousands [of smaller publishers] remaining. The consequence of this concentration is not so much that there are no alternative or smaller successful companies, but that the conglomerates control the rules of the game” and that authors have had to organize along similar lines to negotiate the market effectively (Brouillette 53-4).
     
    [6] Or, as James Diedrick says of the media affair involving Amis and his publishing switch, “it became clear that for a writer who attains celebrity status, public reception of his work often has little to do with genuine questions of literary value.” While I generally agree with this statement, I also think that Amis’s representative celebrity status and his place in publishing today indicate that “genuine questions of literary value,” implying autonomy from market considerations, are obsolete (Diedrick 145).
     
    [7] Similarly, but focusing on representations of class in Amis, Philip Tew asks “whether such parodies of the working-class or proletarian male found in these novels can be sufficiently ironic to be reduced to generic, textual, or postmodern matters, especially when articulated from positions of cultural authority, whether represented by the novel form itself or from Amis’s own self-evident class-specific position.” Lawrence Driscoll concurs with this, arguing “that the satire and comedy in Amis do not serve to cleverly deconstruct power but are deployed in its service.” My point here is not to challenge these critiques of Amis’s often problematic depiction of working-class subjects, but rather to show how he satirically exposes the production of literary celebrity and of his own place in the process, effectively re-capitalizing on it (Tew 81; Driscoll 106-7).
     
    [8] Ian Gregson also refers to “the self-conscious cartoon flatness” of Amis’s characters, seeing it as a “posthuman” device that responds to a loss of Romantic values: “Amis’s caricatural vision is most accurately seen as satirizing a contemporary state of affairs in which Romantic values have been thoroughly trashed” (Gregson 132).
     
    [9] See Doan, Elias, Edmondson, Begley, and Marsh.
     
    [10] For an extended analysis of Amis’s doubles, see Todd, 22-35.
     
    [11] For a useful summary of these economic crises and shifts leading into the Thatcher years, see Brantlinger, 253-4.
     
    [12] Delany calls attention to the novel’s satirical representation of excessive, even “mad” consumerism in the U.S. (the setting alternates between New York and London), but complains that because of its totalizing focus on a money-driven society, “the novel is enfeebled by the disappearance of any rival moral system.” See Literature, Money and the Market, 177-8. Laura Doan argues that the novel’s protagonist John Self acts as a failed metonym for Thatcherite ideology (79). Begley situates the novel between a post-imperial Britain in decline and an ascendant U.S. consumerism. Nicky Marsh shows the novel’s response to financial deregulation in the period, but argues that its satirical indictment of global capital and unbridled consumerist greed fails because it ultimately equates a loss of male sovereignty with castrating women.
     
    [13] Tamás Bényei also points out John Self’s role as allegorical figure for a reified excessive consumption, arguing that “he is, as it were a meta-fetishist: his enjoyment is displaced onto ‘money’ as the possibility of pleasure. He craves desire itself, the endless metonymic postponement of enjoyment,” and “the ultimate allegorical figure of consumer society, a figure of waste.” See “The Passion of John Self: Allegory, Economy, and Expenditure in Martin Amis’s Money,” in Keulks, Martin Amis, 41, 48.
     
    [14] See “The Passion of John Self,” 36-54.
     
    [15] Nicky Marsh provides an in-depth, if meandering, summary of this state of affairs as it pertains to the novel (855).
     
    [16] This replaying of the swindle on the part of the metafictional Amis points to the recurring problem of class in his work. As Lawrence Driscoll argues (citing Gavin Keulks) about the Self-Amis relation, “while these working-class characters are at the center of these novels, they are also relegated to the margins by ‘the superior, ironizing voice’ of the author” (Driscoll 107).
     
    [17] For the story on Wilde’s celebrity self-promotion, see Goldman’s Modernism is the Literature of Celebrity, 19-54.
     
    [18] We might note here another ironic allusion to Beckett. Amis writes that Richard’s current manuscript, Untitled, uses a “rotating crew of sixteen unreliable narrators,” which sounds like Molloy’s scheme of rotating sixteen sucking stones in his pockets, a scheme that itself winds up being unreliable. See Molloy, Three Novels (New York: Grove, 1958), 69-74.
     
    [19] I cite Brouillette here because she stresses the significance of marketing an author’s image as part of celebrity production. But for a fuller discussion of the specific and increasingly powerful role played by literary agents, from the 1970s to the present, see Thompson, Merchants of Culture, 59-100. Most importantly, Thompson points out how the process of rapid consolidation among publishing houses made editors more mobile, either because they were pushed out, sought out by new corporations, or moved on for better salaries. This weakened relations between authors and editors, making agents more necessary to “deal with a world that was becoming less personal and more corporate, more complex and businesslike, by the day” (73).
     
    [20] This synergy between the global corporate mass production of literature and appeals to its distinctly cultural value operates like “the culture of prestige” surrounding cultural prizes as analyzed by James F. English. As English shows, the apparently binary relationship between the commercial and the high cultural is better seen as part of a larger system of circulating cultural values, so that the commercial operations both prop up an allegedly antithetical desire for pure art and gain immense symbolic and cultural value—added to the commercial value—from that antithesis. So cultural prizes—like other markers of cultural prestige—“have traditionally been useful in providing regular occasions for . . . critics to rehearse Enlightenment pieties about ‘pure’ art and ‘authentic’ forms of greatness or genius, and thereby to align themselves with ‘higher’ values, or more symbolically potent forms of capital,” but “such rehearsals do nothing to discredit the cultural prize, and in fact serve as a crucial support for it inasmuch as they help to keep aloft the collective belief or make-belief in artistic value as such.” Thus, “without disappearing, the modern discourse of autonomy has become a tactical fiction, or at least an imperfectly sincere one.” See The Economy of Prestige 212, 236.
     
    [21] In fact, according to Delany, the marketing for the paperback of The Information emphasized Amis’s huge advance on the novel to arouse readers’ curiosity, “encouraging people to buy the book to decide for themselves whether it was worth what was paid for it” (183).
     

    Works Cited

    • Amis, Martin. Experience: A Memoir. New York: Hyperion, 2000. Print.
    • —. Money: A Suicide Note. New York: Penguin, 1986. Print.
    • —. Success. New York: Vintage, 1991. Print.
    • —. The Information. New York: Harmony, 1995. Print.
    • Begley, Jon. “Satirizing the Carnival of Postmodern Capitalism: The Transatlantic and Dialogic Structure of Martin Amis’s Money.” Contemporary Literature 45.1 (2004): 79-105. Print.
    • Brantlinger, Patrick. Fictions of State: Culture and Credit in Britain, 1964-1994. Cornell UP, 1996. Print.
    • Brouillette, Sarah. Postcolonial Writers and the Global Literary Marketplace. Basingstoke: Palgrave, 2007. Print.
    • Delany, Paul. Literature, Money and the Market: from Trollope to Amis. Basingstoke: Palgrave, 2002. Print.
    • Diedrick, James. Understanding Martin Amis. Columbia: U of South Carolina P, 1995. Print.
    • Doan, Laura. “‘Sexy Greedy Is the Late Eighties’: Power Systems in Amis’s Money and Churchill’s Serious Money.” Minnesota Review 34-35 (1990): 69-80. Web. 26 January 2015.
    • Driscoll, Lawrence. Evading Class in Contemporary British Literature. New York: Palgrave, 2009.  Print.
    • Edmondson, Eli. “Martin Amis Writes Postmodern Man.” Critique 42 (2001): 145-54. Web. 26 January 2015.
    • Elias, Amy. “Meta-Mimesis? The Problem of British Postmodern Realism.” Restant 21 (1993): 10-31. Web. 26 January 2015.
    • English, James F. The Economy of Prestige: Prizes, Awards and the Circulation of Cultural Value. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2009. Print.
    • English, James F. and John Frow, “Literary Authorship and Celebrity Culture.” A Concise Companion to Contemporary British Fiction. Ed. John English. Wiley-Blackwell, 2005. Print.
    • Fuller, Graham. “The Prose and Cons of Martin Amis.” An Interview with Martin Amis. Interview 25.5 (1995). Print.
    • Goldman, Jonathan. Modernism is the Literature of Celebrity. Austin: U of Texas P, 2011. Print.
    • Gregson, Ian. Character and Satire in Postwar Fiction. London: Continuum, 2006.
    • Jaffe, Aaron. Modernism and the Culture of Celebrity. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2005. Print.
    • Kiernan Ryan. “Sex, Violence, and Complicity: Martin Amis and Ian McEwan.” An Introduction to Contemporary Fiction, ed. Rod Mengham. Cambridge: Polity, 1999. 203-18. Print.
    • Lyall, Sarah. “Martin Amis’s Big Deal Leaves Literati Fuming.” The New York Times 31 Jan. 1995. Web. 19 Jan. 2015.
    • Marsh, Nicky. “Taking the Maggie: Money, Sovereignty, and Masculinity in British Fiction of the Eighties.” Modern Fiction Studies 53.4 (2007): 845-66. Web. 26 January 2015.
    • Menke, Richard. “Mimesis and Informatics in The Information.” Martin Amis: Postmodernism and Beyond. Ed. Gavin Keulks. Palgrave Macmillan, 2006. Print.
    • Norman, Will. “Killing the Crime Novel: Martin Amis’s Night Train, Genre and Literary Fiction.” Journal of Modern Literature 35.1 (Fall 2011). Print.
    • Rainey, Lawrence. Institutions of Modernism. New Haven: Yale UP, 1998. Print.
    • Tew, Philip. The Contemporary British Novel. London: Continuum, 2004. Print.
    • —. “Martin Amis and Late-twentieth century Working-class Masculinity: Money and London Fields.” Martin Amis: Postmodernism and Beyond. Ed. Gavin Keulks. Palgrave Macmillan, 2006. Print.
    • Thompson, John B. Merchants of Culture: The Publishing Business in the Twenty-First Century. Cambridge: Polity, 2010. Print.
    • Todd, Richard. “Literary Fiction and the Book Trade.” A Concise Companion to Contemporary British Fiction. Ed. James F. English. Malden: Blackwell, 2006. Print.
  • Thinking Feeling Contemporary Art

    Catherine Zuromskis (bio)

    University of New Mexico

    zuromski@unm.edu

     

    Review of Jennifer Doyle, Hold It Against Me: Difficulty and Emotion in Contemporary Art. Durham: Duke UP, 2013.

    In the summer of 2004, toward the tail end of my graduate studies, I spent six weeks at Cornell University, attending the School of Criticism and Theory. There I witnessed a memorable and dramatic public lecture and presentation by Richard Schechner, one of the key figures in the foundation of performance studies. The lecture focused on the meaning behind contemporary performance artworks that employ self-wounding and mutilation in various forms. After encouraging his audience not to turn away from the difficult material he was about to show, Schechner screened a lengthy montage of video documentation of such works, beginning, relatively innocuously, with Chris Burden’s 1971 Shoot piece and reaching a crescendo with Rocío Boliver’s Cierra las Piernas from 2003. As the artist on screen pushed a plastic Jesus figurine into her vagina and proceeded to sew it closed, the audience at SCT expressed audible discomfort and horror. One student got up to leave and fainted just outside the doorway to the lecture hall, at which point the event ground to an angry halt.
     
    Reactions to the presentation after the fact were mixed but generally negative. Many of my colleagues felt duped by the sensationalism of the presentation and what they felt was Schechner’s inability to offer a coherent rationale for the difficult performances they had been asked, further, exhorted, to watch. Having some previous familiarity with the works in question and knowing well my own very low threshold of tolerance when it comes to blood and the violation of flesh—I have been known to faint myself—I chose to turn away for much of the presentation. As one of the few art historians in the crowd, I reasoned to myself that I understood the work on an intellectual level—that is to say, I felt I knew what the work was even if I had not experienced much of it directly, either in person or through video documentation—and thus felt I did not need to watch it. Like my theory-minded grad student peers, I found Schechner’s presentation to be something of a fiasco for the way it seemed to use these difficult performance works as a tool of emotional manipulation rather than elucidate their meaning on an intellectual and conceptual level.
     
    Reading Jennifer Doyle’s important new book, Hold It Against Me: Difficulty and Emotion in Contemporary Art, I often found myself returning to Schechner’s notorious lecture and I have come to think that there was a lot more going on in that encounter—socially, politically, and affectively—than I, my colleagues, or perhaps even Schechner himself realized. At the crux of many of the works Schechner presented, and arguably of Schechner’s presentation itself (driven as it seemed to be by a desire to provoke and unsettle his audience) is the issue of what Doyle describes as “difficulty” in art. The concept of difficult art is certainly nothing new to art historians. As Doyle suggests, the difficulty of a Picasso painting, a Duchamp readymade, or a Donald Judd box sculpture is an intellectual one. The work may challenge the viewer with its austerity or critical complexity. It may require a certain degree of historical knowledge and conceptual rigor to access. It is not, however, incomprehensible. Indeed, as Doyle suggests, the difficulty of abstraction and conceptualism is not only addressed but also monumentalized within the institutional spaces of fine art. My choice to turn away from Schechner’s screening was born precisely of my art historical sense of intellectual mastery over such conceptual gestures as Duchamp’s and Judd’s. However, the “difficult” art that Doyle is interested in (and the kind of art in Schechner’s video montage) is difficult for a very different reason. It is often defined, either by intention or by prejudice, by its externality to conventions of the museum, the gallery, and art history as a discipline. The artworks addressed in this slim but formidable volume are works that defy clear, rational interpretation, operating instead in the terrain of feelings and emotions. How one might approach such work without resorting to either an overly schematic literalism on the one hand or a knee-jerk dismissal of sentimentality on the other, and what we stand to gain by threading this difficult needle are the critical lessons of this study. By learning to better engage works that operate in the realm of affect, we not only get a more accurate and socially inclusive understanding of the field of contemporary art as a whole, but we also begin to better understand affect itself a site of social and political possibility.
     
    At the center of Hold It Against Me is an examination of the function of affect in contemporary art. The artists she writes about, among them Ron Athey, Nao Bustamante, James Luna, and Franko B, generally employ some aspect of performance in their work, and the affect Doyle is interested in is manifest both in the artist’s performance itself and the audience’s reaction to it. Many of these works—Ron Athey’s masochistic endurance piece Incorruptible Flesh: Dissociative Sparkle (2006), for example, or Franko B’s bleeding performances—may provoke dramatic and visceral affective responses in the audience member who may struggle witnessing and engaging with the artist’s body in pain. But not all works in Doyle’s book are so extreme. James Luna’s History of the Luiseño People, La Jolla Reservation Christmas 1990 (2009), for example, is alienating, but only because the drunken, hostile persona of Luna’s performance was off-putting and awkward. Similarly, Doyle begins the book with an illuminating anecdote about her own resistance to participate in the late Adrian Howells’ performance Held, a work that centers not on feelings of pain and suffering but rather on the mundane pleasures of domestic cohabitation. The piece invited a single “viewer” to spend an hour at home with the artist, drinking tea, watching TV, holding hands, and spooning in bed. That a scholar like Doyle, who is tough enough to assist Athey throughout the six-hour duration of Dissociative Sparkle by placing eye drops in his eyes while his lids are held open by fish hooks, would feel such profound discomfort with the domestic comforts offered by Held is revelatory, and gets to the heart of Doyle’s argument. The works in question are important not because they require us to feel a certain way—indeed Doyle’s own affective response to Held prevented her from participating in the piece at all. Doyle highlights the critical point, citing Irit Rogoff, that such resistance or the act of looking away need not be understood as a failure to engage the work. Rather, the heterogeneity of audience responses constitutes a vital part of what Doyle describes as “the fleshy complexity of viewership and audience” (14). These affectively difficult artworks are significant because of the way that the feelings they provoke, whatever they may be, offer a different, more embodied and more socially engaged way of thinking about art and the world it inhabits.
     
    This alternate approach is particularly important because so many of the works under consideration here are by female, queer, and/or artists of color (the one key exception is an idiosyncratic but fascinating discussion of Thomas Eakins’ 1875 painting The Gross Clinic).  Echoing the work of José Esteban Muñoz, Darby English, and others, Doyle’s complex attention to the difficulties of emotion in contemporary art highlights and undermines the literalism so often employed in reading the work of artists of color, queers artists, and woman artists. James Luna’s famous 1986 Artifact Piece, in which the Native American artist “installed himself” in a glass vitrine in an anthropological museum, is a particularly potent commentary on this art historical tendency toward “literalization.” Artifact Piece cannily and critically presents artwork and artist as static, artifactual, relegated to the past with all other Native culture. However, by engaging the emotional terrain of these works, Doyle suggests that we may find a way out of the regressive critical tendency to rationalize and reduce these kinds of artwork to a mere representation of race, gender, or sexuality. Acknowledging feeling in contemporary art draws attention to that which is obliterated, when, for example, Ron Athey’s work is framed simply as “art about AIDS” because Athey is gay and HIV positive. Furthermore, engaging affect offers a different way to think about the conceptual project of such work, to realize its full complexity, as Doyle does when she delves into the physical, psychological, social, historical, and iconographical richness of a critically ignored and misunderstood artwork like Athey’s Dissociative Sparkle. In the process, she reveals Dissociative Sparkle to be, on both a personal and a public level, a work “haunted … by its history [and] an act of determined political defiance” (68).
     
    What makes this book so brilliant and challenging (both for the reader, and I suspect, for the author) is that engaging these affective responses from a scholarly position is in itself a difficult task. Doyle is explicit about the social meaning of affect. Emotion, she notes, is produced through social convention and it is “where ideology does its most devastating work” (xi). But this fact does not make our feelings any less authentically or individually felt. To write a scholarly work about feelings, then, places the author in the tricky position of thinking and feeling simultaneously, of acknowledging public convention alongside private impulse, of rationalizing the sometimes irrational, and, often, of leaving things open ended. In response, the structure of Doyle’s book is demonstrative of this difficulty. It is episodic, meditative, even meandering at times, but it is also incisive and remarkably accessible for a work of such complexity and depth. As she weaves together a variety of disciplinary perspectives (art history, literary studies, and music theory among them) with her own first person encounters with provocative performance works, Doyle offers the reader a rare glimpse into not just the logistics of the works but the experience of them: interpretations convey feeling. Reading her description of Frank B’s performance I Miss You! (2003), I, too, found myself deeply unsettled, haunted by a performance I had never seen.
     
    Such a maneuver is certainly significant for the way it does justice to the genre of performance art that is the primary focus of the work. While certainly less visually comprehensive than the video document, Doyle’s book offers a different, but I think equally important form of documentation of the works she has participated in or witnessed first hand. But perhaps most important to this art historian is the way Doyle’s attention to parsing feeling in contemporary art unsettles foundational assumptions in the history of art. What makes this book required reading for any scholar of modern and contemporary art is the way it complicates conventional art historical distinctions between formal innovation and narrative based or “literal” work. Modernist art has generally privileged the former over the latter, championing those artists who create difficult art by examining the ontology of the art object itself and simultaneously dismissing those who engage content and narrative as too straightforward to be considered avant garde. Doyle cannily reveals the way that this modernist notion persists even in the contemporary moment by revealing the way supposedly “literal” art is equally engaged in complexity through the feelings it produces. It is hard to overstate the significance of this move. The book challenges the instincts of many critics (myself included) to dismiss sentimentality in art as narcissistic, maudlin, and, ironically, too accessible. Thinking back to Schechner’s presentation, I realize that what I missed was the way that my own sense of intellectual mastery over the history of modern art, my cultivated scholarly “coolness” in the face of the difficult work in Schechner’s presentation, distracted me from my own affective response to the work and my emotional need to turn away. Doyle’s book is both an endorsement for and an example of what might happen once we venture away from the assurance of that cool scholarly detachment and into the less transparent but perhaps more revealing terrain of affective response. What Doyle discovers in that realm of feelings is not only personal sentiment, but also a complex site where ideology, aesthetics, social convention, and political possibility intersect.
     

    Catherine Zuromskis is Associate Professor of Art History at the University of New Mexico. She is the author of Snapshot Photography: The Lives of Images (MIT Press, 2013) and The Factory (La Fabrica, 2012), a catalog for the exhibition From the Factory to the World: Photography and the Warhol Community which she also curated as part of PhotoEspaña 2012. Her writings on photography and American art and visual culture have appeared in The Velvet Light Trap, Art Journal, Criticism, American Quarterly, and the anthologies Photography: Theoretical Snapshots (Routledge, 2008) and Oil Culture (forthcoming from University of Minnesota Press).
     

  • Styled

    Jordan Alexander Stein (bio)

    Fordham University

    jstein10@fordham.edu

     

    Review of Michael Trask, Camp Sites: Sex, Politics, and Academic Style in Postwar America. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2013.

    Camp Sites advances the beautifully counterintuitive argument that the midcentury US university’s transition between the consensus liberalism of the 1950s and the New Left radicalism of the 1960s was characterized less by rupture than by continuity.  Chief among these continuities was an interest in style—the political gesture conceived as a stance, the idea that “attitudes are politics” (13).  A major foil, the book further argues, for the postwar period’s evolving interest in style was the figure of the closeted homosexual.  Camp Sites accordingly lays out “the shift from a representation of queer sexuality as the abject other of mainstream liberal culture to an image of queer sexuality as the statist enemy of the counterculture and the New Left” (1).  Traversing a large number of academic disciplines and intellectual movements—including the campus novel, the rise of qualitative sociology, the teaching of writing, the development of method acting—the book persuasively demonstrates that “midcentury academic disciplines placed the theatrical, the synthetic, the artificial, and the constructed at the heart of their research programs” (2), making these into objects for scrutiny.
     
    Camp Sites shows the more familiar narrative of the rejection of 1950s liberalism by 1960s radicalism to be a story that is largely enabled by scholarly and historical inattention to the consistent ways that these two broad movements scrutinized the figure of the homosexual.  In the 1950s, belief emerged as an intellectual and political summum bonum.  Belief, however, also took on a particular valence: “beliefs are what you publically pretend to have while privately admitting their emptiness.  Belief is a formal structure purified of content” (7).  The closeted homosexual—whose commitments were privately held rather than publicly expressed—gave the lie to this structure of belief, and thus became a figure of dissembling and threat.  But for much the same reason, as the New Left began to reject formalist beliefs in favor of a notion of authenticity  (or what the book calls “the gesture of conferring political meaning on acts by highlighting their obviousness” [105]), the homosexual again became a problematic figure, because his private convictions figured only his inauthenticity.
     
    As the admirably wide research of Camp Sites demonstrates, considerable ink was spilled in those pre-Stonewall days discussing the status of homosexuals. However, the book does not only track the manifest discourses surrounding homosexuality in the period; it also tracks the (consistently negative) evaluations of camp style and camp aesthetics—the surfeit of non-ironic aesthetic excess that failed to reflect either the style of detached belief in the 1950s or the style of authentic self-expression in the 1960s.  If homosexuals were aligned with a camp style that kept them out of touch with the intellectual and political mainstreams of the postwar period, however, the book goes to lengths to show that those mainstreams nevertheless relied on the figure of the homosexual and on camp style as a lurking form of inauthenticity against which to define themselves.  Camp Sites draws attention to the historical fact that the radicalism of the New Left failed to embrace nascent gay liberation movements, observing that “The equation radicals forged between authenticity and a meaningful life rendered gay culture’s uncommitted and artificial persons beyond redemption, even if such figures would serve a role in defining countercultural commitment by their negative example” (1).
     
    Camp Sites is written with splendid erudition and is carefully measured in its assessments of the historical terrain on which it stands—also the same terrain on which academics working at US universities in 2014 all stand.  Indeed, a book that tries to expose the ways that a logic of disavowal structured academic knowledge sets for itself a complicated task.  To commit itself to a hermeneutics of suspicion would involve complicity with the postwar academic mandate to expose rather than believe.  By contrast, to believe rather than expose might leave the study complicit with something that it also seeks to critique.  What we get in the end is a work that imagines that the past is irreversible, that the terrain on which we walk has calcified, and that our rejection or acceptance of the past will be partial and motivated.  Such a conclusion seems entirely true, and also somewhat flat.
     
    Camp Sites is an enviably even-handed critical performance and, given its subject and its method, I found that surprising.  Though the book’s research and examples bear no similarities to the isolated anecdotes that often characterize New Historicist arguments, the book’s argumentative moves are nonetheless reminiscent of New Historicism’s.  The introductory chapter announces with some satisfaction that the method of Camp Sites will be to “Scrambl[e] the cognitive map of a period in order to extract its overriding ‘logic’” (16–17), and it further defends against any apparent “recidivism” in this move by reclaiming the extraction of cultural logic as a campy thing to do (17).  The cheekiness of this defense alone should make anyone who cares about style sympathetic to this study, even if the book did not otherwise have considerable merits.  But it is also worth noting that this cheek feels, significantly, more stylish than substantial.  The moment that New Historicism can be claimed by camp is necessarily the moment that New Historicism has lost its claims to political urgency.
     
    Given such commitments to style, one might suppose that if a book extracts a cultural logic, and if it calls that move camp, then the book might make that move in a heightened or attenuated or dramatic way.  But it doesn’t.  I wanted the book to be angry at the past.  I wanted the book to assume a position.  I wanted that position to have the force of belief, and I wanted belief to matter.  These desires are my own, and they certainly do not describe a flaw in the study itself, which is otherwise entirely masterful.  Rather, I point to my desires here because I think that the ways in which they are unaccommodated by a work as otherwise successful as Camp Sites may say something about literary criticism more generally.  Such a careful, interdisciplinary, meta-analytical study can persuade, but it cannot make us believe.  The book extrapolates this fact as a historical problem, but, on its own terms, it necessarily can’t resolve that problem.
     
    Ultimately, Camp Sites performs a sly and fascinating account of the ways that knowledge (in the form of paradigms, frameworks, analyses) and action (in the form of decisions, political aims) have very little immediate relation to one another.  One way to read Camp Sites is as a defense of thinking for understanding’s sake.  But what we do once we understand remains an open question—at least until the book’s final pages.
     
    The epilogue departs from the book’s otherwise tight historical focus to take on queer theory as such, exemplified in work from the early 2000s by Jack Halberstam and José Muñoz.  Here, Camp Sites identifies queer theory’s commitment to antinormativity as another turn in the liberal university’s habituated rhythms.  In this conclusion, queer theory’s antinormative orientation becomes a style of intellectual engagement that, like all postwar forms of academic style, owes more to the institutional conditions of its production than to the individuals who exhibit it.  This point is not offered as a critique of queer theory, so much as a provocation: “In my view it would make queer work more rather than less interesting were we to admit that our favorite category, the antinormative, is most comfortable in the institution that houses us, even if we are reluctant to call it home” (229).  Like its ancestor the New Left, queer theory has perhaps never been as antinormative as it has thought itself to be.
     
    The book’s connections between identity and behavior, thought and action, are forged by institutions much more than by people, though the people in question seem to occupy a position that, structurally, disenables them from seeing this.  Camp Sites calls for deeper, richer, more widespread, and more thoroughly canvassed analysis of the role of institutions as enabling conditions for intellectual thought, all the while paying equal attention to what we as intellectuals disavow and define ourselves against.  Few careful readers of Camp Sites will be left satisfied with the ways that academics of the past half-century have been shaping their inquires.
     

    Jordan Stein teaches in the English department at Fordham University. Among his publications is the co-edited volume Early African American Print Culture (Penn UP, 2012).
     

  • Žižek Now! or, a (Not So) Modest Plea for a Return to the Political

    Russell Sbriglia (bio)

    University of Rochester

    russell.sbriglia@rochester.edu

     

    Review of Jamil Khader and Molly Anne Rothenberg, eds., Žižek Now: Current Perspectives in Žižek Studies. Malden: Polity, 2013.

    At the precise midpoint of Slavoj Žižek’s The Ticklish Subject stands a trenchant critique of the contemporary “post-political” landscape. According to Žižek, postmodern post-politics doesn’t so much “merely ‘repress[ ]’ the political, trying to contain it and pacify the ‘returns of the repressed,’ but much more effectively ‘forecloses’ it” by “emphasiz[ing] the need to leave old ideological divisions behind and confront new issues, armed with the necessary expert knowledge and free deliberation that takes people’s concrete needs and demands into account” (198). Under this model, the State, claims Žižek, is “reduc[ed] . . . to a mere police-agent servicing the (consensually established) needs of market forces and multiculturalist tolerant humanism,” the result being that “[i]nstead of the political subject ‘working class’ demanding its universal rights, we get, on the one hand, the multiplicity of particular social strata or groups, each with its problems . . . and, on the other, the immigrant, ever more prevented from politicizing his predicament of exclusion” (199-200). Such a state of affairs, Žižek concludes, speaks precisely to “the gap that separates a political act proper from the ‘administration of social matters’ which remains within the framework of existing sociopolitical relations,” for “the political act (intervention) proper is not simply something that works well within the framework of the existing relations, but something that changes the very framework that determines how things work.” Indeed, “authentic politics,” Žižek insists, is “the art of the impossible—it changes the very parameters of what is considered ‘possible’ in the existing constellation” (199).
     
    As one of the most recent installments in Polity’s ever-expanding “Theory Now” series, Jamil Khader and Molly Anne Rothenberg’s Žižek Now makes good on its promise to offer the latest perspectives in Žižek studies across multiple disciplines, from German idealism, materialism, and religion to ecology and (surprisingly enough) quantum physics. Much like its subject, whose work, as Khader emphasizes in the book’s introduction, spans “a dizzying array of topics,” rubbing seemingly disparate disciplines against one another in a way that “does not produce a totalizing synthesis of opposites but rather allows for articulating the gaps within and between these fields through the Hegelian method of negative dialectics” (3), Žižek Now is eclectic to the core—a testament to both Žižek’s incredibly wide range as a thinker and his incredibly broad appeal throughout academia (and beyond). Yet despite this disciplinary eclecticism, the strongest essays in Khader and Rothenberg’s collection are united by a common thread: a focus on, and furtherance of, Žižek’s aforementioned plea for a return to the political.
     
    Exemplary in this regard are the contributions of Todd McGowan, Verena Andermatt Conley, Erik Vogt, and Khader. McGowan’s essay, “Hegel as Marxist: Žižek’s Revision of German Idealism,” constitutes the best treatment to date of Žižek’s call for a Hegelian critique of Marx as opposed to the standard Marxian critique of Hegel.[1] At the heart of McGowan’s chapter is the irreducibility of antagonism for Hegel. As McGowan points out, for Žižek, the fundamental difference between Hegel and Marx is that whereas the latter based his entire political project on the belief in a future overcoming of antagonism, the former posited antagonism as the very “ground of social relations” (47) and “the foundation of politics” (48). This, claims McGowan, is why the more unabashedly Marxist/communist Žižek has become in recent years, the more Hegel has come to displace Lacan as the figure most crucial to his thinking (47), for, according to Žižek, it is only by “confront[ing] the inescapability of antagonism” that subjects can “free themselves from the power of authority and from corresponding relations of domination” (48). Hegel is thus for Žižek “the political thinker par excellence,” for he “tear[s] down all the false avenues of escape that promise freedom from the alienation that accompanies an antagonistic social structure,” insisting that “[t]here is no future free of antagonistic struggle, but only a present always enmeshed within that struggle” (49). The result of this Hegelian critique of Marx, McGowan demonstrates, is not a rejection of Marxism but, on the contrary, a more “stringent” (48), “anti-utopian” Marxism, one “much less hopeful” (49) yet ultimately “more revolutionary . . . than Marx himself [was] able to advance” (48) insofar as it posits revolution as permanent and perpetual.[2]
     
    Addressing a position of Žižek’s that many on the left find problematic is Verena Andermatt Conley, who examines Žižek’s recent forays into ecology, the most famous of which remains his ten-minute segment on the topic in Astra Taylor’s 2008 film Examined Life, in which he not only predicts that ecology will become “the new opium of the masses,” but likewise insists that the proper means of confronting our ongoing ecological crises is not to return to nature but, rather, “to cut off even more our roots in nature” and “become more artificial.” While such a brash call for an “ecology without nature” has led Žižek to be all but dismissed as a rational voice by many ecocritics across the humanities, Conley suggests that Žižek’s “eco-chic” is simultaneously not as iconoclastic as it may at first appear (she cites similar critiques of nature by Gregory Bateson, Michel Serres, Stephen J. Gould, and Deleuze and Guattari), yet also precisely where one should locate the true revolutionary potential of his increasingly strident calls for a return to communism.[3] Indeed, as Conley would have it, the backdrop for Žižek’s segment in Examined Life—a garbage dump—is entirely apropos, for Žižek identifies the “new global slums” of Latin America and Southeast Asia, those “zones of excluded populations” that lie “outside the state in areas that are indicated on official maps as blanks” (123) and whose inhabitants the global capitalist system has relegated to the trash heap, dismissing them as “the animals of the globe” (“Nature” 42), as one of the “few authentic ‘evental sites’ in today’s society” (“Nature” 40-41) from which the true resistance to late-capitalism will emerge. As Conley notes, Žižek maintains that the “slum collectives” that have begun to form in these zones constitute “the new proletarian position of the twenty-first century” (123), a proletariat that has the potential to generate “new forms of social awareness” not recuperated by capitalist ideology and which will ultimately become “the germs of the future” (“Nature” 42).[4] “Germ” is the operative word here, for it speaks to the type of apocalypticism with which Žižek has been flirting as of late—a sort of viral “divine violence” from the ground up, as it were.[5] Conley thus concludes that, for Žižek, the global slums figure as sites of a quite literal communist ecology, a point no better underscored than by his assertion, whilst discussing the threat of global warming, that “when our natural commons are threatened, neither market nor state will save us, but only a properly communist mobilization” (Living 334).
     
    But perhaps the most important contributions to the volume are Erik Vogt’s and Jamil Khader’s long-overdue inquiries into Žižek’s relevance for postcolonial studies. Given Žižek’s marked hostility toward postcolonial tropes like “subalternity,” “hybridity,” and “multeity,” all of which are reflective of the identitarian logic underwriting postcolonial praxis, such belatedness is in some respects not at all surprising. Indeed, one need only cite Žižek’s recent quip that “[p]ostcolonialism is the invention of some rich guys from India who saw that they could make a good career in top Western universities by playing on the guilt of white liberals” (Engelhart) to understand why there hasn’t been much work done on Žižek and postcolonialism. Yet, as Vogt and Khader both demonstrate, a dialogue between the two has considerable upside for both.
     
    Vogt’s essay is a comparative reading of Žižek and Fanon illustrating that, while not identical, their conceptions of violence nonetheless “converge in a trenchant critique regarding the perceived dissimulation of the systemic, objective violence central to the capitalist (neo)-colonialist system” (140)—an objective violence against which both Žižek and Fanon advocate subjective violence (including self-violence). Though he doesn’t mention divine violence by name, Vogt seems to have this Benjaminian concept in mind when he likens Žižek’s “pleas” for violence to both Fanon’s insistence upon “the necessity of (political) violence, of the violent traumatic shattering of particular ideological predicaments,” and his “definition of (transformative) political violence as [in Žižek’s words] ‘the “work of the negative,” . . . as a violent reformation of the very substance of the subject’s being’ ” (143).[6] Vogt here draws an implicit link between Žižek and Fanon by highlighting the latter’s Hegelian insistence upon the need for consciousness to “lose itself in the night of the absolute, the only condition to attain to consciousness of self” (Fanon 133-34). As Vogt notes, for Fanon, this “tarrying with the negative,” as Hegel would put it, takes the form of “losing [him]self in négritude”—an immersion intended “not to assert or retrieve some (lost) stable racial-cultural self-identity, but rather to take the first steps toward a radical political challenge of racist-colonial oppression” (144). Such a challenge takes the form of a subversive “over-identification with the fantasy of négritude,” an overidentification which, “[b]y bringing to light in a literal manner the unspoken assumptions and rules tacitly organizing négritude as (fantasized) past (and future) collective identity,” not only helps to undermine the colonial hegemony, but, just as important, “makes it possible for the colonized intellectual to realize that the desire for cultural and racial recognition on the basis of appeals to a ‘re-discovered African culture’ is . . . grounded in the fetishism of cultural-racial identity . . . [and] in the fixation of the black and/or African subject as sublime object of an anti-colonial or even ‘postcolonial’ ideology that is nothing but a kind of inherent transgression with regard to the colonial system” (145).[7] Vogt ties this point to Žižek’s anti-identitarianism, claiming that against the “particularist and differentialist logics” undergirding “multiculturalist doxa”—logics according to which “victimized identities are per se politically ‘emancipatory’ once rights will have been conferred upon them”—both Fanon and Žižek insist that the postcolonial subject “be politicized in such a manner so as to become heterogeneous to any post-political demand for integration, to any valorization of one’s particularity in the existing state of things.” Only this, Vogt concludes, can give rise to “a postcolonial egalitarian collective . . . founded upon an unconditional universalism” (152).
     
    Khader’s essay is more critical of Žižek than Vogt’s. Khader’s main argument is that if, following Žižek, “repeating Lenin” is indispensable to achieving a truly revolutionary act today, one that would make it possible to begin (re)imagining viable alternatives to democratic state capitalism, then “postcoloniality should (retroactively) be considered one of those causal nodes around which a Leninist act is formed” (161).[8] Khader delves into how Lenin, following the 1914 crisis and his disenchantment with the Second International, began identifying not the Western working class but, rather, the “hundreds of millions” in the colonies as the primary subjects of the (inter)national liberation movement. As he explains, though Lenin never abandoned his belief in the revolutionary potential of the Western proletariat, he increasingly came to “locate[ ] the language of hope and messianism that characterizes socialist internationalism in the postcolonial field of possibilities” (166), a fact borne out by later texts such as Imperialism (1916), The State and Revolution (1917), and, most obviously, the writings collected in the posthumously published The National Liberation-Movement in the East (1957)—texts whose references and examples are “mostly drawn not from Russia but from anti-imperialist national liberation movements in India, Ireland, China, Turkey, and Iran” (167). Influenced by Third World Marxist activists and intellectuals such as the Indian M. N. Roy and the Muslim Mir Said Sultan-Galiev, the later Lenin would go on to proclaim that “the awakening to life and struggle of new classes in the East (Japan, India, China) . . . serves as a fresh confirmation of Marxism” (33: 233), and that “[w]orld imperialism shall fall when the revolutionary onslaught of the exploited and oppressed workers in each country . . . merges with the revolutionary onslaught of hundreds of millions of people [in the colonies] who have hitherto stood beyond the pale of history, and have been regarded merely as the objects of history” (31: 232). This last line is particularly telling, for its anticipation of the rejection by postcolonial peoples of their status as “objects of history” speaks to the type of revolutionary subjectivity of which Lenin increasingly believed them capable. And yet, as Khader points out, for all the emphasis he places on repeating Lenin, Žižek, insofar as he “represents the postcolonial as both an ideological supplement to global capitalism . . . and its excremental remainder,” fails to follow Lenin in “imagin[ing] the subject of postcolonial difference as a genuine locus of the revolutionary act,” as “a subject-for-itself,” “opting instead for envisioning a true revolution emerging only from a Europe-centered ‘Second World’ ” (162). Contra Žižek, Khader concludes that the best way to go about reactualizing Lenin today is by “[s]hifting the focus from the October Revolution to the history of postcolonial revolutionary experimentation,” the latter of which he believes “more productive for thinking through not only the practical difficulties of constructing a revolution, but also the ultimate end of revolution” (170).
     
    There are other important, if less integral, essays in the volume: Adrian Johnston’s immanent critique of Žižek’s (mis)use of quantum physics as a means of furthering what Johnston elsewhere dubs Žižek’s “transcendentalist materialist theory of subjectivity”—a transcendental materialism which Johnston believes biological emergentism to be better suited for than quantum physics;[9] Joshua Ramey’s attention to Žižek’s counterintuitive definition of the “free Act” as ceremonial/formal in nature and his concomitant attempt to reconcile Žižek with Deleuze by way of Žižek’s understanding of the ontology of freedom as dependent upon the subject’s relation not to an open-ended future but, rather, a “pure past” (what Deleuze would call a “virtual” past)—a past pregnant with “unexplored potentialities” which the free Act of the subject can realize retroactively (85);[10] and, perhaps strongest of all, Bruno Bosteels’s critique of Žižek’s “perverse-materialist reading of Christianity” (66)—perverse not only in the sense that “on purely formal grounds, being a good materialist seems to run directly counter to the possibility of being at the same time a good Christian” (56), but also in that, in order to make his proposed marriage between Christianity and materialism wash, Žižek must distort the materialist critique of religion found, above all, in Marx and Freud, a distortion achieved by way of “highly selective readings, subtle displacements, and clever reversals” (69).[11] Though compelling in their own right, these essays are more self-contained and thus less indicative of where Žižek studies appears to be headed in the near future, at least with respect to the humanities in general.[12]
     
    This is not to say that the other essays engage each other explicitly; however, they do speak to and resonate with each other in complex ways. Conley’s essay, for instance, would appear to absolve Žižek from the charge of Eurocentrism leveled by Khader, demonstrating Žižek’s (Leninist?) identification of subaltern slum-dwellers as the new proletariat.[13] This difference between Conley and Khader speaks to a broader tension throughout the volume concerning the figure of the Other. As McGowan stresses in his essay, Žižek’s critique of the so-called “ethical turn” in cultural studies and critical theory—a turn which many postcolonial theorists have participated in—is an extension of the Lacanian insistence upon the non-existence of the Other, at least in the sense of a self-identical, undivided Other entirely alien to the subject seeking to know it.[14] From this perspective, a postcolonial Žižek would appear to be a blatant contradiction in terms, for Žižek’s entire oeuvre stands in stark opposition to the “retreat into ontology” characteristic of much contemporary postcolonialist thought, which, as Timothy Brennan explains in his devastating critique of the identitarian logic driving critical theory today, posits subalternity not as “an inequality to be expunged but a form of ontological resistance that must be preserved—but only in that form: in a perpetually splintered, ineffective, heroic, invisible, desperate plenitude” (17).[15] To thus return to Khader’s essay, the ideal would be not for Žižek to catch up with postcolonial studies and embrace tropes such as “migrancy,” “nomadism,” “hybridity,” and “decentering”—tropes which, to again quote Brennan, a number of postcolonialists continue to uphold “not as contingent historical experiences but as modes of being . . . that political life should be based today on approximating” (139-40)—but for postcolonial studies to catch up with Žižek and divest itself of the identitarian-based “respect” for and “tolerance” of Otherness in favor of a true universalism buttressed upon a reinvigorated materialist critique of economic exploitation.[16] This, above all, is the thread that unifies the volume’s best pieces: an attention to Žižek’s universalist plea for a return to the political in the aftermath of its displacement by—if not outright abandonment in favor of—the ethical.
     
    If, however, having reached the end of Khader’s penultimate chapter, it remains unclear to the reader that this is indeed the volume’s overarching focus, Žižek’s concluding essay, “King, Rabble, Sex, and War in Hegel,” should dispel any confusion, as it traverses (and expands upon) much of the territory covered by McGowan, Conley, Vogt, and Khader. With respect to Conley’s and Khader’s focus on Third World proletarianism, for instance, Žižek, in discussing Hegel’s theory of “concrete universality” alongside his treatment of the “rabble” (Poebel) in his Philosophy of Right, asserts that the rabble, the “excessive excremental zero-value element which, while formally part of the system, has no proper place within it,” stands for “the (repressed) universality of the system” (189). As Žižek succinctly puts matters, “excess is the site of universality” (200), which is to say that “it is precisely those who are without their proper place within the social Whole (like the rabble) that stand for the universal dimension of the society which generates them” (189). In short, “the rabble is the universal as such” (190), and “the position of the ‘universal rabble’ perfectly renders the plight of today’s new proletarians,” among whom Žižek, echoing Conley’s and Khader’s essays, includes illegal immigrants, slum-dwellers, and refugees (197).
     
    From here Žižek brings the volume full circle by way of a discussion of Hegel’s insistence upon the necessity of war—a discussion that returns readers to McGowan’s essay. Countering the reading of Hegel as a conservative, Žižek makes the case for a revolutionary Hegel, a Hegel who understood war to be necessary precisely because “in war, universality reasserts its right against and over the concrete-organic appeasement in the prosaic social life” (201). Indeed, as Žižek sees it, this insistence upon the necessity of war is “the ultimate proof that, for Hegel, every social reconciliation is doomed to fail, that no organic social order can effectively contain the force of abstract-universal negativity.” Hence Hegel’s belief that social life is “condemned to the ‘spurious infinity’ of the eternal oscillation between stable civic life and wartime perturbations.” From this perspective, Hegel’s positing of war as perpetual is not a sign of his Hobbesian monarchism (though, as McGowan points out, Hegel, in the Philosophy of Right, did indeed embrace constitutional monarchy) or Burkean conservatism, but his radicalism, for “[t]his necessity of war should be linked to its opposite, the necessity of a rebellion which shatters the power edifice from its complacency and makes it aware of its dependence on the popular support and of its a priori tendency to ‘alienate’ itself from its roots” (201). And this, Žižek claims, thereby doubling down on McGowan’s redaction of his Hegelian critique of Marx, is why “Hegel is . . . more materialist than Marx,” for “[i]n asserting the threat of ‘abstract negativity’ to the existing order as a permanent feature which cannot ever be aufgehoben,” Hegel leaves “non-sublated” what “Marx re-binds . . . into a process of the rise of a New Order (violence as the ‘midwife’ of a new society).” Hence Žižek’s conclusion that the common understanding of Hegel is completely wrong, for “there is no final Aufhebung here”; on the contrary, the “regenerating passage through radical negativity,” the process of tarrying with the negative, “cannot ever be ‘sublated’ in a stable social edifice,” which is why, for Hegel, “the entire complex edifice of the particular forms of social life has to be put at risk again and again—a reminder that the social edifice is a fragile virtual entity which can disintegrate at any moment” (204).
     
    More than anything else, the massive international demonstrations of the past few years, above all the Occupy Wall Street movement and the Arab Spring, signal that perhaps the world is ready to heed Žižek’s Hegelian plea for a return to the political. To quote Žižek himself on the protests in Egypt:
     

    What affected me tremendously when I was not only looking at the general picture of Cairo, but listening to interviews with participants [and] protestors there, is how cheap [and] irrelevant all the multicultural talk becomes. There, where we are fighting a tyrant, we are all universalists. We are immediately solidary with each other. That’s how you build universal solidarity; not with some stupid UNESCO multicultural respect (“We respect your culture; you ours”). It’s the struggle for freedom. Here we have a direct proof that: (a) freedom is universal, and (b) especially proof against that cynical idea that somehow Muslim crowds prefer some kind of religiously fundamentalist dictatorship. . . . No! What happened in Tunisia, what [is] happen[ing] now in Egypt, it’s precisely this universal revolution for dignity, human rights, economic justice. This is universalism at work. (“Egypt’s”)

    Žižek’s universalist optimism here aside, it remains unclear whether or not protests such as these will themselves constitute or help to sow the seeds (or spread the germs) of an “authentic politics”  that goes beyond mere “multiculturalist tolerant humanitarianism” and “changes the very framework that determines how things work.” What is clear, however, is that Žižek Now, a book far from a hagiography, doesn’t merely parrot Žižek’s plea for a return to the political; it also clarifies, challenges, and advances it.

    Russell Sbriglia is Adjunct Assistant Professor of English at the University of Rochester, where he teaches courses in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century American literature. His book, The Night of the World: American Romanticism and the Materiality of Transcendence, will appear as part of the “Diaeresis” series at Northwestern University Press, and he is also at work on an edited collection entitled “Everything You Always Wanted to Know about Literature but Were Afraid to Ask Žižek.”
     

    Footnotes

    [1] Žižek’s call for a Hegelian critique of Marx runs throughout his work, but perhaps the best example is that found in the opening chapter of Tarrying with the Negative. Rehearsing the typical Marxist critique of Hegel, according to which the “reconciliation” between subject and substance achieved by way of “tarrying with the negative” is viewed as a reconciliation in the medium of thought only, one that signifies a resigned acceptance of irrational, perverted social conditions, Žižek goes on to propose that “after more than a century of polemics on the Marxist ‘materialist reversal of Hegel,’ the time has come to raise the inverse possibility of a Hegelian critique of Marx.” For contrary to the typical Marxist reading of Hegelian reconciliation as “the moment . . . when absolute subjectivity is elevated into the productive ground of all entities,” Žižek claims that, for Hegel, reconciliation instead designates an “acknowledgment that the dimension of subjectivity is inscribed into the very core of Substance in the guise of an irreducible lack which forever prevents it from achieving full self-identity” (26). It is this ontological crack in substance, so to speak—a crack best summed up by one of Žižek’s favorite Hegelian phrases, “substance as subject”—that McGowan’s essay is primarily concerned with.

    [2] As Adrian Johnston, another contributor to the volume, puts matters elsewhere, Žižek’s Marxism, insofar as it rejects “Marx’s ‘fantasy’ of a post-revolutionary communist economic system,” can be characterized as a “Marxism deprived of its Marxism” (Badiou 112). For an extended meditation on the emancipatory political potential of the irreducibility of antagonism—an antagonism foregrounded not only by Hegelian dialectics but also, and perhaps more forcefully, by Lacanian psychoanalysis, in particular Lacan’s radicalization of the Freudian death drive—see McGowan’s Enjoying What We Don’t Have.

    [3] Žižek appropriates the phrase “ecology without nature” from Timothy Morton. See Žižek, “Unbehagen in der Nature,” in In Defense of Lost Causes, 445.

    [4] On the capitalist recuperation of forms of social awareness, see, for instance, Žižek’s critique of the type of “ethical capitalism” promoted by companies like Starbucks and TOMS Shoes. As Žižek notes, whereas in the 1980s and 90s, the logic of advertising was driven by “direct reference to personal authenticity or quality of experience,” in the 2000s, advertising has increasingly come to depend upon the “mobilization of socio-ideological motifs,” so that the experience now being sold to consumers is not so much personal as it is “that of being part of a larger collective movement, of caring for nature and for the ill, the poor and the deprived, of doing something to help.” As Žižek notes with regard to TOMS Shoes’ “One for One” policy, according to which, for every pair of shoes purchased, the company gives a pair of new shoes to a child in need: “the very relationship between egotistic consumerism and altruistic charity becomes one of exchange; that is, the sin of consumerism (buying a new pair of shoes) is paid for and thereby erased by the awareness that someone who really needs shoes received a pair for free,” so that “the very act of participating in consumerist activity is simultaneously presented as a participation in the struggle against the evils ultimately caused by capitalist consumerism” (Living 356).

    [5] Žižek adopts the concept of “divine violence” from Benjamin’s “Critique of Violence.” A greatly misunderstood concept, the advocacy of which has caused Žižek to be taken to task (most notoriously by Simon Critchley), divine violence is addressed at length in a number of Žižek’s recent texts, most notably: chapter six of Violence, “Divine Violence”; his introduction to Virtue and Terror, a collection of writings by Maximilien Robespierre, “Robespierre, or, the ‘Divine Violence’ of Terror”; and his afterword to the second edition of In Defense of Lost Causes, “What Is Divine about Divine Violence?” (which includes a riposte to Critchley).

    [6] Vogt here quotes from Žižek’s discussion of Fanon in Žižek and Daly’s Conversations with Žižek, 121. For a “plea” for violence by Žižek other than that of the divine variety, see “Neighbors and Other Monsters: A Plea for Ethical Violence.”

    [7] Overidentification is a concept that recurs throughout Žižek’s work, but perhaps the most illuminating example is that found in The Metastases of Enjoyment. Discussing the Slovenian post-punk band Laibach, a band noted for its “aggressive[,] inconsistent mixture of Stalinism, Nazism[,] and Blut und Boden ideology,” Žižek notes how Leftist intellectuals who supported the band assumed that they were ironically imitating totalitarian rituals—an assumption that left them with the uneasy feeling of “What if they really mean it?” “What if they truly identify with the totalitarian ritual?” “What if the public take seriously what Laibach mockingly imitate, so that Laibach actually strengthen what they purport to undermine?” This uneasy feeling, Žižek claims, is a result of “the assumption that ironic distance is automatically a subversive attitude”—a dangerous assumption insofar as the dominant ideological mode of our “contemporary ‘post-ideological’ universe” is that of “a cynical distance towards public values,” so that “far from posing any threat to the system,” ironic distance actual “designates the supreme form of conformism, since the normal functioning of the system requires cynical distance.” As Žižek concludes, from this perspective, “the Laibach strategy appears in a new light: it ‘frustrates’ the system (the ruling ideology) precisely in so far as it is not its ironic imitation, but overidentification with it—by bringing to light the obscene superego underside of the system, overidentification suspends its efficacy” (71-72). I cite Žižek’s explanation of overidentification at length because it represents a crucial difference between him and Judith Butler, the latter of whom upholds performative “disidentification” as the ideal means of subverting ideological hegemony. As Žižek sees it, the practice of disidentification, insofar as it depends upon both irony and identity, is much more liable to cooptation by the ruling ideology.

    [8] For Žižek’s case for “repeating”/“reactualizing” Lenin, see both his introduction and afterword to Revolution at the Gates, his edited collection of Lenin’s 1917 writings, and “A Leninist Gesture Today.”

    [9] See Johnston’s Žižek’s Ontology: A Transcendental Materialist Theory of Subjectivity. Johnston’s essay is an installment in an ongoing debate between he and Žižek over the proper relation between philosophical and scientific materialism. Johnston’s (immanent) critique of Žižek’s position rests upon the latter’s recourse to quantum physics as “a universal economy qua ubiquitous, all-encompassing structural nexus” (104), a move which Johnston claims violates Žižek’s “ontology of an Other-less, barred Real of non-All/not-One material being” (111).

    [10] For Žižek’s most extended “encounter” (as he puts it) with Deleuze, see Organs without Bodies: On Deleuze and Consequences.

    [11] As Bosteels notes, Žižek, in works such as The Fragile Absolute, The Puppet and the Dwarf, and The Monstrosity of Christ, contends not only that the “subversive kernel of Christianity”—its “atheist core”—is “accessible only to a materialist approach,” but, what’s more, that “to become a true dialectical materialist, one should go through the Christian experience” (Puppet 7). Contra Žižek’s “dialectical reformulations and perverse reversals of Christianity in the name of a newborn materialism”—reformulations and reversals that “remain strictly speaking at the level of a structural or transcendental discussion of the conditions of possibility of subjectivity as such”—Bosteels upholds the work of the late Argentine Freudo-Marxist León Rozitchner, whose genealogico-historical brand of materialism “reconstruct[s] a history of the place of Judeo-Christianity in modern capitalist as well as pre-capitalist forms of subjectivity” (78) that reveals “the profound collusion between capitalism and Christianity” (77). In Bosteels’s estimation, Rozitchner’s work is paradigmatic of the type of materialism necessary to “expos[e] the extent to which the notion of political subjectivity,” even for thinkers as radical as Žižek, Agamben, Badiou, and Negri, “continues to be contaminated by Christian theology” (79).

    [12] An exception may here be made for Johnston’s essay, the broader appeal of which for the humanities lies in its assertion that “biology, rather than physics, is the key scientific territory for the struggles of today’s theoretical materialists” (116)—a claim that would seem to be borne out by the recent neuroscientific turn in literary and cultural studies (especially among affect theorists).

    [13] Khader likewise notes Žižek’s identification of the slums as “one of the principal horizons of the politics to come” (Defense 426) and their inhabitants as the instruments of divine violence (Žižek Now 162), yet he concludes that Žižek “inevitably renounces the capacity of these Other utopian spaces to affect a subversion of the whole edifice of the system” (164). One may want to qualify Khader’s conclusion by way of McGowan’s aforementioned attention to Žižek’s general anti-utopianism.

    [14] Exemplary here is Žižek’s critique of Levinas. See, for instance, the aforementioned “Neighbors and Other Monsters.”

    [15] As Brennan otherwise puts it, the “celebration of subalternity as such” characteristic of much postcolonialist scholarship “requires that no programmatic effort at ‘upliftment’ be permitted because the latter always smacks of intellectual and political arrogance” (257).

    Brennan’s primary examples here are Dipesh Chakrabarty and Partha Chatterjee.

    [16] Khader’s critique of Žižek is thus, like Johnston’s, immanent, for he takes Žižek to task not for his resistance to the identitarian logic driving much postcolonialist thought, but for the precise opposite—that is, for those moments in which Žižek (as he does with regard to Tibet, for instance) abandons the focus on economic exploitation and instead adopts “a culturalist rhetoric that invokes the same pseudo-psychoanalytic vocabulary for which he criticizes the postmodernist trend in postcolonial theory” (163).

    Works Cited

    • Benjamin, Walter. “Critique of Violence.” Selected Writings: Volume 1, 1913-1926. Ed. Marcus
    • Bullock and Michael W. Jennings. Cambridge: Belknap-Harvard UP, 2004.

      236-52. Print.

    • Brennan, Timothy. Wars of Position: The Cultural Politics of Left and Right. New York:

      Columbia UP, 2006. Print.

    • Engelhart, Katie. “Slavoj Žižek: I am not the world’s hippest philosopher!” Salon 29 Dec. 2012. Web.
    • Fanon, Frantz. Black Skin, White Masks. Trans. Charles Lam Markmann. New York: Grove

      Press, 1967. Print.

    • Johnston, Adrian. Badiou, Žižek, and Political Transformations: The Cadence of Change.

      Evanston: Northwestern UP, 2009. Print.

    • ——.   Žižek’s Ontology: A Transcendental Materialist Theory of Subjectivity. Evanston:

      Northwestern UP, 2008. Print.

    • Lenin, V.I. Collected Works. 45 vols. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1972. Print.
    • McGowan, Todd. Enjoying What We Don’t Have: The Political Project of Psychoanalysis.

      Lincoln: U of Nebraska P, 2013. Print.

    • Morton, Timothy. Ecology without Nature: Rethinking Environmental Aesthetics. Cambridge:

      Harvard UP, 2007. Print.

    • Žižek, Slavoj. “Ecology.” Examined Life. Dir. Astra Taylor. 1998. DVD. Zeitgeist, 2010.
    • ——.   “Egypt’s Revolution: Can the Popular Uprising Lead to Real Political Change?”

      Interview. Riz Khan. Al Jazeera. 3 February 2011. Web.  4 April 2013.

    • ——.   The Fragile Absolute, or, Why is the Christian Legacy Worth Fighting For? New York:

      Verso, 2000. Print.

    • ——.   In Defense of Lost Causes. 2nd ed. New York: Verso, 2009. Print.
    • ——.   “A Leninist Gesture Today: Against the Populist Temptation.” Lenin Reloaded: Towards

      a Politics of Truth. Ed. Sebastian Budgen, Stathis Kouvelakis, and Slavoj Žižek. Durham:

      Duke UP, 2007. 74-98. Print.

    • ——.   Living in the End Times. New York: Verso, 2010. Print.
    • ——.   The Metastases of Enjoyment: Six Essays on Women and Causality. New York: Verso, 1994. Print.
    • ——.   “Nature and Its Discontents.” Substance 37.3 (2008): 37-72. Print.
    • ——.   “Neighbors and Other Monsters: A Plea for Ethical Violence.” The Neighbor: Three

      Inquiries in Political Theology. By Slavoj Žižek, Eric L. Santner, and Kenneth Reinhard.

      Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2005. 134-90. Print.

    • ——.   Organs without Bodies: On Deleuze and Consequences. New York: Routledge, 2004.

      Print.

    • ——.   The Puppet and the Dwarf: The Perverse Core of Christianity. Cambridge: MIT P, 2003. Print.
    • ——, ed. Revolution at the Gates: Selected Writings of Lenin from 1917. New York: Verso, 2002. Print.
    • ——.   “Robespierre, or, the ‘Divine Violence’ of Terror.” Virtue and Terror. By Maximilien

      Robespierre. Ed. Jean Ducange. Trans. John Howe. New York: Verso, 2007. vii-xxxix.

    • ——.    Tarrying with the Negative: Kant, Hegel, and the Critique of Ideology. Durham: Duke

      UP, 1993. Print.

    • ——.   The Ticklish Subject: the absent centre of political ontology. New York: Verso, 1999.

      Print.

    • ——.   Violence: Six Sideways Reflections. New York: Picador, 2008. Print.
    • Žižek, Slavoj, and Glyn Daly. Conversations with Žižek. Malden: Polity, 2004. Print.
    • Žižek, Slavoj, and John Milbank. The Monstrosity of Christ: Paradox or Dialectic? Ed. Creston

      Davis. Cambridge: MIT P, 2009. Print.

  • Neoliberalism in New Orleans

    Ruth Salvaggio (bio)

    University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

    salvaggi@email.unc.edu

    Review of Vincanne Adams, Markets of Sorrow, Labors of Faith:  New Orleans in the Wake of Katrina. Durham: Duke UP, 2013.

    “This book is not about Katrina.  It is about Americans who have managed to survive a second-order disaster … about the effects of privatizing our most public social services, and about the failure of these services to respond to Americans in need because they are tied to market forces guided by profit” (1).  So begins Vincanne Adams’s study of neoliberal policies enacted in the wake of Katrina, policies put into play by the U.S. government’s market-driven response to social welfare programs in general and to disaster recovery in particular.  But it is the very particular recovery from Katrina that consumes Adams in this book.  She amasses abundant materials that show the inter-workings of government contracts, banking practices, recovery and rescue programs, faith-based initiatives, and charity-for-profit in Katrina’s wake, and she surrounds this data with narratives gained through extensive interviews with citizens of New Orleans who became ensnared in the distinctly entrepreneurial recovery of their city.  In some sense, the rebuilding of parts of New Orleans has breathed new life into the city, making for an impressive glossy portrait of its post-Katrina fate.  But what Adams sketches out here is not a pretty picture, and it is a picture that shows the fault lines on which profit-driven disaster recovery is likely to proceed anywhere in our increasingly disaster-prone times.
     
    The “markets of sorrow” that made booty of human suffering in this particular disaster all stem from market-driven governance policies and their quick implementation in the post-Katrina recovery.  These include government dispensation of money and contracts, typically via FEMA and Homeland Security operations, to the likes of Blackwater, Halliburton, and Bechtel for initial rescue and temporary housing (notably the infamous and toxic FEMA Trailers); government subcontracting of the huge federally-funded state-run initiative known as the Road Home Program to the private-sector corporation ICF International; and implementation of the Small Business Administration loan program which forced victims not only to pay for their own long-term recovery, but to pay interest on that self-sustaining venture.  In a careful and precise analysis of the workings of these markets, Adams shows how they failed, again and again, to help the people most in need to come even close to rebuilding their homes or renting affordable housing, while they proved remarkably successful as profit-making ventures for the corporations and agencies that used public money for generating private profit.  The SBA program alone produced what Adams calls “disaster-induced debt” of the same kind that keeps poor nations perpetually in debt to richer ones, bringing global neoliberal capitalism home to a devastated American city.
     
    But there is more.  These “markets of sorrow” were variously supported by what Adams calls “labors of faith”—notably the volunteer labor of faith-based groups who descended on the city by the hundreds of thousands, whose good works replaced direct government-funded rebuilding assistance and transformed New Orleans into a veritable missionary outpost.  In addition, the more general operations of numerous charity initiatives unfolded through the market’s penetration of humanitarian assistance.  This vast “charity economy” continues to extend from the labor of house-gutting and rebuilding by volunteers to the entrepreneurial initiatives of both government and corporations that basically conscript volunteers and the poor into the service of private-sector firms managed by what Adams identifies as “intermediary” organizations—such as the HandsOn Network and Points of Light Institute.  Charity is not so much given, but administered—relying on free-market strategies, and blurring any effective distinction between “for profit” and “nonprofit” initiatives.  In the case of disasters like Katrina, a particular kind of emotional response that should rightly fuel volunteer action and philanthropic contributions gets channeled through an “affect economy” in which a surplus of emotion serves market agendas.  ICF, which made a mess of the Road Home Program, resurfaces as a major investor in faith-based programs, offering its services (for pay) to help such groups organize themselves according to successful market strategies.  The problem is not only that affect gets translated into volunteer labor for profit-driven initiatives, or that homeless and devastated people are forced to borrow money and told to pick up their bootstraps and become successful entrepreneurs, but that all such markets and labors proceed with virtually no governmental regulation or oversight.
     
    For people in New Orleans, this is a story that really hits home.  The ethnographic component of this book, compiled by Adams and her team of interviewers, offers stories told by people from all across the racial, class, and geographic divides within the city.  These testimonies come not only from the devastated Lower Ninth Ward, but equally devastated areas of St. Bernard Parish situated even lower on the geographic map.  Some of the most riveting accounts come from the Gentilly neighborhood, a mixed-racial section of the city, and others come from comparatively wealthy individuals who were better positioned to recover yet still lost much of what they once possessed and nearly all of their savings for the future.  One couple, who lost their daughter to the floodwaters and struggled to rebuild their home amid horrific devastation, described their situation as “‘the opposite of recovery’” (113). With over 80% of the city flooded, Katrina was a great leveler but was utterly devastating to those who had little to begin with.  Many books, from memoirs to oral histories and ethnographic interviews, have delivered these first-hand accounts to a wide readership, at least before, as Adams points out, “Katrina fatigue” set in (178).  What is unique in Adams’s account of post-Katrina policy is that these stories are supported by precise data that explains the economics that drove their fate in market-driven recovery programs.  As she explains, the story of New Orleans in the wake of Katrina is “not a story of the decline of the welfare state or the rise of crony capitalism,” but “a story about how the two have become intertwined in new ways:  crony capitalism now makes money on the welfare state” (13).  This new partnership of market economies and social welfare policy operates in especially insidious ways at sites of disaster, and the narratives of people in New Orleans who have experienced that “second-order disaster” are the ones best positioned to describe its effects.
     
    I have read Vincanne Adams’s book both as a scholar devoted to New Orleans culture and literature, and as a native of the city who lost a home to the floodwaters of Katrina.  Her arguments, her insights, her interviews all ring true in the long echo of post-Katrina memory, and explain crisply what happened, and why.  Who were in fact the “first responders” to this national disaster?  Not the U.S. government, as we all now know, but as Adams shows, contract workers of the likes of those employed by Blackwater—the private-sector paramilitary group that now goes under(cover) by the name Xe Services, and whose quick arrival in the post-Katrina city resulted from our national investment in private firms that now perform the paid labor of disaster relief.  How is it that post-New Orleans was immediately transformed into the likes of a missionary outpost?  The emotional response to the disaster and its victims, as Adams documents, was overwhelming, and yet this volunteer labor ignited by affect not only quickly replaced direct government assistance, but was also quickly consumed in the directives of profit-driven charity.  Why were fresh new banks sprouting up all over the devastated landscape of the city just a few months after the flood?  Adams’s sharp analysis of the workings of the SBA loan program makes it crystal clear who was reaping profits from these eager lenders, and who was paying back the debt, at interest.
     
    For scholars familiar with critiques of neoliberal politics and policies, this book may seem to offer yet another example of the same story of capitalism run amuck in disaster zones.  And in some conspicuous ways, New Orleans has already occupied a place in those stories—in Naomi Klein’s The Shock Doctrine (2007), for example, the charter school system in New Orleans serves as an example of what happens when private enterprise rushes in to replace ailing public school systems.  But there is a difference between using select business enterprise sites in post-Katrina New Orleans as an example of disaster capitalism and using the entire disaster of Katrina and post-Katrina recovery to understand what Adams calls the “apogee” of market-driven public programs.  Katrina, after all, stands as the most singular, major disaster to strike a US city for the past century or more—certainly the most destructive in our distinctly modern moment where climate change joins with breaches in the social contract to breed catastrophe.  Post-Katrina recovery, taken as a whole—from initial rescue operations on through the machinations of small business loans and philanthrocapitalism—shows how neoliberal policy has come to fruition at the site of a catastrophe where over 80% of a major US city flooded.  In this sense, it is not precisely some new claim about neoliberal theory that Adams advances here, though her engagement with this theory is careful and nuanced.  Instead, what she contributes is a pivotal long-term study of neoliberal policies that reach a high-water mark both on the flooded homes in New Orleans and on the theoretical landscape surrounding disaster capitalism.  As Adams herself puts it, New Orleans after Katrina is not just another post-disaster story:  “It is the story of the effects of market-driven public policies that have reached their apogee” (16). And it is hardly over yet.
     
    In a brief final chapter entitled “Katrina as the Future,” Adams describes the legacy of Katrina as the “restructuring of America’s political economy” and thus “a foreshadowing of a future that could belong to anyone, a catastrophic revelation of vulnerability not just of a few Americans but of an American way of life” (181).  Life has indeed changed in New Orleans in the wake of Katrina, and in many ways, the city is booming—even as some of its neighborhoods have been left to rot.  Simply put, the success of market-driven recovery typically obscures the people and places that the market left behind, including those who gained some traction on landscapes where both well-intentioned volunteers and unrestrained developers have rushed to build on increasingly vulnerable terrain.  Charity initiatives in the famous “Make it Right” program in the Lower Ninth Ward offer at once an example of the power of charitable giving but also what happens when it proceeds without governmental regulation, or without assurance that the Army Corps of Engineers can come through with their latest levee designs, or that funding for such projects will emerge in timely fashion, or at all.  New “green” houses barely obscure the fact that much of this area remains in blight and that many of its residents have permanently evacuated—not to mention that its future remains precarious when a category four or five hurricane next comes knocking on the door.  As I was writing this review in the fall of 2013, I just received the latest press release from the Office of the Mayor on the progress of recovery in New Orleans.  One can’t help but feel a lift when reading some of the good news—such as the reopening of the Saenger Theatre after years of decline and shutdown even before Katrina, and the path of such recovery initiatives around the historic Tremé area and especially its performance venues that trace their legacy back to Congo Square.  This $52 million dollar renovation was the result of a public-private partnership between the city and the Canal Street Development Corporation, whose profits from this contractual enterprise remain unreported.  Next, we hear news that on another side of town, in the devastated neighborhood of Gentilly, a new Walmart is opening, and that still another Walmart super center is slated for development in the even more devastated area of New Orleans East.  Three hundred new jobs are promised at the Gentilly Walmart, as if manna from heaven were being sprinkled on this blighted area.  Meanwhile, back next to the Mercedes Superdome, they are celebrating the $200 million South Market District development, combining  over 200 luxury apartments with shops, restaurants, and entertainment venues—the project of Domain Companies, whose website boasts their reputation as one of the nation’s preeminent real estate and investment firms.  The profit that Domain is reaping on this project, again, is left unnoted.  And the people who move into these luxury apartments are decidedly not those who are still rebuilding their homes in blighted areas and ecologically vulnerable neighborhoods.  Instead, these people are made to be grateful that Walmart has at last arrived.
     
    Adams’s claim that the profit-driven recovery of post-Katrina New Orleans is an ominous “foreshadowing of the future” also finds support in this latest good news report from the city (181). New Orleans has recently been designated as a “pilot city” for a newly created resilience dashboard for cities rebounding from “natural disasters” (Office of the Mayor).  The effort is funded by a $100 million commitment from the Rockefeller Foundation and will be implemented by the software company Palantir, a company specializing in U.S. government customers and receiving heavy investments from the CIA.  For people who recognize that Katrina was no “natural disaster” to begin with,  but the product of a long history of bad contracts between government and business that paved the path for risky development, oil drilling and dredging, and faulty levees, the investments of Domain and Palatir appear as plastic Mardi Gras beads thrown from the gods of profit.  If such auspicious gifts chart the future of disaster recovery, then Adams’s book stands as both a scary account of what actually happened in Katrina’s wake, and an ominous projection of a future run by corporations whose profits are driven by disaster and whose operations are concealed under the wing of what was once the humanitarian work of government.

    Ruth Salvaggio, Professor of English and Comparative Literature at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, is the author of several books, most recently Hearing Sappho in New Orleans: The Call of Poetry from Congo Square to the Ninth Ward (LSU Press, 2012), and essays on environmental disaster, poetics, and imagination.

    Works Cited

    • Klein, Naomi. The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism. New York: Metropolitan, 2007. Print.
    • Office of the Mayor. In Case You Missed It: September Highlights Include Saenger and Costco Openings, Job Growth and Continued Progress for New Orleans. New Orleans: City of New Orleans, 5 Nov. 2013. E-mail.
  • The Persistence of Realism

    Ulka Anjaria (bio)

    Brandeis University
    uanjaria@brandeis.edu

     

    Review of Fredric Jameson, The Antinomies of Realism. New York: Verso, 2013.

     

     

    Against the myriad negative definitions of realism advanced by scholars—realism as not naturalism, romance, modernism—Fredric Jameson suggests a dialectical model in which realism emerges by means of its opposites: at one end, from récit, “the narrative situation itself and the telling of a tale as such” (10) and, at the other, from “the realm of affect,” in which the present overshadows other temporalities “with impulses of scenic elaboration, description and above all affective investment” (11). These antagonistic forces—narrative and affect—are constantly at play in the continuous production of realism, not reconciling in individual texts but appearing as contradictory pressures productive of meaning. This provocative approach proceeds beyond the analysis of individual texts to grasp realism as a whole, a level of theorization often absent from readings specific to one place or historical period.
     
    In Part I, Jameson elaborates the nature of these opposing forces in more detail. Récit, he reminds us in Chapter 1, is not only a naïve reliance on a Barthesian preterite, but any acceptance of underlying narrative motivations such as destiny or fate, “the mark of irrevocable time, of the event that has happened once and for all” (21). Yet even when realism appears indebted to this narrative logic, time past begins to shift to time present in the course of its telling. As this shift occurs “from tale to daily life” (27), we see realism distinguish itself from its narrative predecessors; however, the pressure to fall back into the preterite—to make destiny operative in the narrative sense—continues to haunt the mode, and is thus constitutive of realism itself.
     
    Chapter 2 initiates a discussion of the other side of realism—its perceived dissolution into modernism, or the “perpetual present,” which Jameson sees more productively for its affective rather than solely temporal dimension. This is affect as opposed to emotion; while the latter can be named, affect “somehow eludes language” (29). The tension between “the system of named emotions” and “the emergence of nameless bodily states” (32) is visible in Balzac and Flaubert; thus Jameson offers a refreshing new perspective on the Lukácsian distinction between realism and naturalism by rewriting it as between an allegorical and an affective impulse. (Although Jameson does not engage extensively with Lukács, the Hungarian philosopher seems to be his primary interlocutor throughout the book.) Jameson’s focus on intensity rather than essence is also useful for thinking about music and the plastic arts.
     
    The discussion of affect leads to a compelling rereading of Zola outside the general disdain of his writing in studies of realism following Lukács. When read in light of the antinomies of realism, Zola’s “sensory overload” is not a rejection of realism but a consideration of “the temporality of destiny when it is drawn into the force field of affect and distorted out of recognition by the latter” (46). Zola’s description, unlike Balzac’s, does not stand outside of time but is subject to it, compiling an aesthetic critique of the affective nature of capitalism. This makes him closer to Tolstoy than Lukács is willing to allow—Tolstoy whose “anti-political” novels revolve around a variety of moods, a “ceaseless variability from elation to hostility, from sympathy to generosity and then to suspicion, and finally to disappointment and indifference” (85). For Jameson, these moods are not contingent elements of War and Peace’s narrative but constitute its very realism, particularly as they surface in tension with the novel’s inordinate number of characters who, despite Tolstoy’s realist promise, do not function as a unity but as a heterogeneity, “held together by a body and a name” (89). It is as if Tolstoy found himself constantly distracted, eager to move from one character to another—and this movement ends up forming a new aesthetic that “effaces the very category of protagonicity as such” (90).
     
    The depletion of protagonicity becomes central to the realism of Spanish novelist Benito Pérez Galdós, whose protagonists constitute the background of his novels, and “whose foreground is increasingly occupied by minor or secondary characters whose stories (and ‘destinies’) might once have been digressions but now colonize and appropriate the novel for themselves” (96). This is the inverse of classical realism in which, as Alex Woloch (2003) describes, the protagonist emerges from the mass of minor characters, all potential protagonists themselves; in Pérez Galdós, “even the protagonists are in reality minor characters” (108). This diffusion of narrative attention is also visible—more counterintuitively, perhaps—in George Eliot; for Jameson, what appears to be Eliot’s incessant moralizing is in fact her “weakening the hold of ethical systems and values as such” (120). Immorality, for Eliot, is not to be found in one or more loci of badness, but in potentially anyone and everyone, in the network of relations that constitute community. Thus a more melodramatic evil dissipates into a mauvaise foi, which rewrites malevolence as ill will—arising in positioning rather than essence—and allows characters to transform themselves in what amounts to a radically democratic worldview.
     
    The last three chapters in Part I point to a number of ways realism collapses into itself as it struggles to maintain its integrity in the face of the ever-increasing pressures of melodrama, modernism, mass culture and the journalistic fait divers. Cataphora—an unnamed or unidentified narrator—is the realist novel’s response to the tension between first- and third-person perspectives; the style indirect libre resolves the blocked dialectic and constructs a new relationship between reader and character that avoids the pitfalls of subjectivism on the one hand and straightforward récit on the other. The affect-less anecdotes of Alexander Kluge, which mark a seeming return to pure récit, devoid as they are of irony or any other means of interpretation, concern the Coda of Part I. Jameson reads them as “the result of the dissolution of both realism and modernism together” (192)—but in a direction that offers little in the way of literary futurity.
     
    Part II brings together three chapters that cover a wide range of textual material and demonstrate how the approach outlined in Part I might be put to use in understanding the recurrence of particular plots or genres all the way up to the contemporary. Thinking through the role of the providential allows Jameson another entry point into realism as constituted by its putative others—in this case the novel of fate. Covering Robinson Crusoe, Wilhelm Meister’s Apprenticeship, Our Mutual Friend, Middlemarch and finally Robert Altman’s film Short Cuts, Jameson argues for “the form-generating and form-producing value of the providential within realism itself” (202). The subsequent discussion of war narratives suggests that despite their appearance across high and “low” literatures and in a number of generic variations, war plots insist on the unrepresentability of war. Thus “acts and characters” cede to the representation of space. Reading Kluge’s “The Bombing of Halberstadt” allows Jameson to identify the tension between “abstraction” and “sense-datum”: “these are the two poles of a dialectic of war, incomprehensible in their mutual isolation and which dictate dilemmas of representation only navigable by formal innovation, as we have seen, and not by any stable narrative convention” (256).
     
    The final chapter takes on the problematic of the historical novel and traces its permutations as it moves away from its narrow Lukácsian apex. For Lukács, the difference between Walter Scott and Balzac is a difference of epochs: while Scott perfected the historical novel as such, his most significant contribution was to become “the vehicle for the historicization of the novel in general” (264)—whose master is Balzac. Balzac marks a moment “in which the present can itself be apprehended as history” (273). This reading of Lukács allows Jameson to consider the fate of the historical novel in periods beyond those of Scott, Balzac, and the post-1848 writers—for whom, according to Lukács, facts about history come to stand in for true historical engagement, resulting in “the extinction of the historical novel as a form” (275). Jameson, by contrast, goes on to discuss the epic historical realism of Tolstoy, the modernist historical novels of John Dos Passos, Hilary Mantel, and E.L. Doctorow, and the postmodernist “historical novel[s] of the future (which is to say of our own present)” (298), such as David Mitchell’s Cloud Atlas and other science fiction texts. Cloud Atlas is “historical” in counterintuitive ways: in its use of pastiche, in which “historical periods [are] grasped as styles” (307), and in its representation of the materiality of reading in the different “apparatus[es] of transmission” (309) that constitute each narrative segment.
     
    This last chapter is a fitting end to an impressive discussion, as it is here that Jameson most vividly demonstrates—through insightful readings of texts rather than more abstract philosophical rumination—the stakes of his analysis in dismantling the rigid oppositions between realism and its seeming antitheses. Lukács’s limitations are evident here; by reading naturalism and modernism as the breakdown of realism, he leaves no frame for understanding those forms or the worlds from which they emerge. For Jameson, by contrast, postmodernism reflects the unbalancing of realism’s constitutive tensions in a way that is entirely continuous with realism’s own struggle to maintain those tensions, sometimes at significant political and epistemic costs. Postmodernism is neither a triumphant escape from the shackles of mimesis nor a dismal failure of the revolutionary political program, but a continuation of the realist project in a changed world. We see this throughout the book in the deft way Jameson incorporates readings of Zola, Faulkner, and Kluge among discussions of Balzac and Eliot; the breakdown of realism at its later endpoints is not, for Jameson, the end of the story but precisely where a new story begins.
     
    Antinomies will interest scholars of realism, modernism and contemporary literature and film—as well as critics looking for language to dismantle the walls that have separated our discipline into neatly bounded sectors: modernism, the twentieth century, American, British, and so on. Add to that a nuanced reinvigoration of the dialectical method, which continues to be misconceived in some literary criticism as vulgar class analysis. In a scholarly environment fraught with increasing alienation between scholars interested in cultural studies and those dedicated to close analysis of texts for aesthetic and formal qualities, Jameson’s work continues to set the standard for rich, theoretical engagement within a larger historicist paradigm.
     
    That said, the pervasive Eurocentrism of this book is startling, particularly considering the span of the author’s scholarly reach. It remains unclear what interpretive thread binds England, France, Russia, Spain, Germany and the US—the national origins of the writers discussed—that could not include writers from the non-white world. (“Europe” is a problematic justification at best.) China and Latin America are briefly mentioned but with no discussion of authors or texts by name. The reader is left to imagine how truly expansive this analysis could have been, and how the questions of historical representation, genre, and mass culture could be enriched by an analysis of the unique pressures put on these terms by the surprising aesthetic forms and imagined futurities to which the reshuffling of the world-system has given rise. Jameson’s afterword to a recent special issue of MLQ on the topic of Peripheral Realisms begins to address this concern, indicating that it is not entirely outside the author’s formidable intellectual range. Despite this shortcoming, Antinomies will generate significant excitement, not only because it is written by one of the foremost literary critics of the day but, more importantly, because it pushes beyond the quagmire in which studies of realism seem stuck—a quagmire largely born of Lukács’s rigidness, which has left its traces on the term “realism” even for those for whom Lukács was never a significant interlocutor. Jameson’s book is an open-hearted gesture toward the futurity of the field.
     

    Ulka Anjaria is Associate Professor of English at Brandeis University. She is the author of Realism in the Twentieth-Century Indian Novel: Colonial Difference and Literary Form (Cambridge University Press, 2012) and editor of A History of the Indian Novel in English (Cambridge University Press, under contract). Her articles have appeared in Novel: A Forum on Fiction, Journal of South Asian Popular Culture and Modern Fiction Studies (forthcoming). She won an ACLS/Charles A. Ryskamp Research Fellowship in 2014 to work on contemporary turns towards realism in Indian literature and film.

     

     

  • On Racial Etiquette: Adrian Piper’s My Calling (Cards)

    David Marriott (bio)

    University of California, Santa Cruz

    marriott@ucsc.edu

     

    Abstract
    This essay discusses “My Calling Cards, Series 1#” by artist and philosopher Adrian Piper. It examines the notion of etiquette in her work more generally, and discusses why the question of xenia and xenophobia remains crucial to Piper’s art as well as to her Kantian aesthetics. The second half of the essay is taken up with the discussion of that aesthetics, and seeks to clarify Piper’s reading of race and aesthetics by means of a reading of Edmund Burke’s A Philosophical Enquiry into the Origin of our Ideas of the Sublime and the Beautiful (1757).

    According to the OED, the word etiquette derives from the French étiquette, meaning ticket or label. Of course, etiquette also refers to the “manners and rules of polite society,” the learning of which is tied to sociability rather than to the moral virtues. At the heart of the semiology of manners is thus the question of whether a moral system can be produced from a merely conventional form of politeness. Or, conversely, can a code of etiquette be grounded in moral and aesthetic judgment (as opposed to a more instrumental notion of civitas)? Kant suggests not, when he  suggests that our moral conscience impels us to act purely for the sake of duty. In other words, fine manners and self-cultivation signify mere civility and should never be confused with the demands of virtue. Nor are philosophers the only ones to have expressed suspicion regarding the universal pretension of social norms à la mode; artists and writers too have recognized norms as the mere grammar of a culture in the name of a certain ethnological prejudice: the refusal of xenia, which is to say, the refusal of hospitality towards the other or stranger. As we know, the modern racial or class connotation of xenia has long been reputed antithetic to universal and/or cosmopolitan culture. Thus two sides consider etiquette to be weak with respect to universal ethics: there are those who (nevertheless) think that etiquette offers the only way out of incivility in comparison with a more cosmopolitan ideal, and those who think that civility cannot pretend to xenia without formal rules of inclusion-exclusion. Now even – and above all if – etiquette in a certain manner delegates public morals, it also permits the consideration of a veritable ontology of civility as a process of interaction. How does a rule of etiquette produce xenia rather than its mere label or semblance? Where does one locate courtesy in relation to sincerity or honesty? And if politeness is practiced sincerely, should an elegantly expressed xenophobia be judged solely as a form of politeness? Such are the questions I wish to raise by analyzing the racial messages that may or may not be conveyed in rules of etiquette. I start by considering the tie of ritualized racism to codes of decorum: I examine a contemporary black philosophical-artistic response to racist incivility, in the art and writing of Adrian Piper, before turning briefly to an eighteenth-century white philosophical-aesthetic response to blackness as a kind of faux pas. Why Piper? Because in advertising her allegiance to Kant and to etiquette, she undoubtedly addresses the question of interracial intimacy as a question of xenia and/or xenophobia; if our moral lives are formed a priori by certain categorical attitudes and these attitudes have to be transmitted via norms in order to be effective as customs or mores, these attitudes will take on a certain guise in an avowedly racist culture.[1] If these categories contain social mores, we can be sure that in representing racism’s social “virtues,” Piper’s art addresses their etiquette or grammar with a view to changing their normative power: the cultivation of racist incivility continues to define American attitudes towards blacks, or at least the language of polite sociability.

     

     

    I. Faux Pas

    And yet, being a problem is a strange experience,—peculiar even for one who has never been anything else, save perhaps in babyhood and in Europe. It is in the early days of rollicking boyhood that the revelation first bursts upon one, all in a day, as it were. I remember well when the shadow swept across me. I was a little thing, away up in the hills of New England, where the dark Housatonic winds between Hoosac and Taghkanic to the sea. In a wee wooden schoolhouse, something put it into the boys’ and girls’ heads to buy gorgeous visiting-cards—ten cents a package—and exchange. The exchange was merry, till one girl, a tall newcomer, refused my card,—refused it peremptorily, with a glance. Then it dawned upon me with a certain suddenness that I was different from the others; or like, mayhap, in heart and life and longing, but shut out from their world by a vast veil. I had thereafter no desire to tear down that veil, to creep through; I held all beyond it in common contempt, and lived above it in a region of blue sky and great wandering shadows. (Du Bois 1-2)[2]

     
    Here is a famous moment from W. E. B. Du Bois’s The Souls of Black Folk: from shared etiquette to peremptory refusal, there is something about the racial dimensions of sociability (a visiting card, a childish exchange) that introduces a limit. We can distinguish three levels of meaning in the tall newcomer’s “glance”:
     

    1. Her peremptoriness brings an end to a story of playful formality and leads to another story of revelation, exclusion, and displacement—a story of being shut out from the world’s social spaces “by a vast veil.” In reading a story about black experience that begins with its social exclusion, we, too, seem to have exchanged a story of innocence for that of fall and revelation, and to have exchanged polite society for a life lived “in a region of blue sky and great wandering shadows.”
    2. On another level, the visiting card also has a certain referential symbolism: through its embassy one recognizes both one’s difference and its veiled meaning. There is also the suddenness of the card’s revelation of social law and the way that the latter turns merriment into abjection and acceptance into antipathy and reversal. This symbolic exchange, which seems irrevocable, brings an end to childish playing, and its scenography of refusal can be located both psychoanalytically and allegorically. The story of the card’s refusal, that is, presents a primal scene as political as it is personal.
    3. Then again, what is Du Bois’s story about if not what it means to learn the difference between innocent entitlement and an entitlement that is innocently hateful? This lesson in status and manners is also at the heart of the African-American artist Adrian Piper’s notorious series My Calling (Cards) #1 and #2 (1986-90), a series of cards that read: “I regret any discomfort my presence is causing you, just as I am sure you regret the discomfort your racism is causing me” (Series #1) (see Fig. 1).

     

    Fig. 1. Adrian Piper, My Calling (Card) #1 (for Dinners and Cocktail Parties), 1986-1990. Performance prop: business card with printed text on cardboard. 3,5″ x 2″ (9,0 cm x 5,1 cm). Collection Davis Museum of Wellesley College. © Adrian Piper Research Archive Foundation Berlin. Used by permission.

     

    I regret what you will also regret and (probably even first and foremost) what these cards signify: acts of negation and denial, the incipient hypocrisy when white people – innocently or not, unwittingly or not – imagining themselves unobserved by blacks, give vent to barely repressed forms of conscious and unconscious hatred. These calling cards all too literally signify missed encounters, the accidental nature of which seems to call forth hatred, regret, discomfort, peremptoriness, and an all too familiar contempt. I am not sure if this reading is entirely justified, but already it seems to me that if Du Bois’s calling card tells of an innocence disenchanted by unspoken racism, a scene as painful as it is fundamental, then Piper’s cards attempt to bring the affect of those veiled scenes to social consciousness, and to show how racism in American social life can itself be exchanged again and again, and especially when the targets of such violence are denied any symbolic equivalence as presences. On the one hand, as allegorical motifs these calling cards clearly have everything to do with the limits of sociable exchange; they compel recognition through regret and discomfort. On the other hand, the dramatic meaning of the two episodes in My Calling (Cards) and Souls refers to the largest possible questions by way of small printed bits of paper, whose interrogative reading already encodes a politics of racial impropriety. These encounters, that is, evoke exchange, etiquette, inclusion, and social law without, however, responding to blackness as anything more than a faux pas. In contrast to Du Bois, Piper wants to pursue the significance of having the card refused or accepted, and this is why she introduces a written message, hoping to cause those who receive them to “reflect on their own deep impulses and responses to racism and xenophobia,” the latter defined as the “fear of the other’s singularity through the imposition of inadequate, stereotyped categories of classification” (Out of Order I 234, 248). My concern here is not with whether there is any inherent connection between the acceptance/refusal of the cards and questions of equality and difference, but with their affective significance for both giver and receiver. I am interested in their mode of interrogation, in contrast to their communication or signification, via the path opened up by the various faux pas committed in the presence of black persons.
     
    As a way of approaching this problem, I begin by discussing the trope that has come to seem almost synonymous with Piper (and also with Souls): the figure of veiled sight, or cognitive blindness. In an essay in Reimaging America (1990), Piper refers to a way of seeing (racial-sexual others) that is itself blind and blinding, one that takes the form of self-serving “defensive rationalizations,” emblematizes procedures usually repressed or hidden in social interaction, remains closed to difference, and is mired in its own precarious rationality (Piper, Out of Order I 234). She calls this seeing xenophobic rationality. Such rationality involves the direct negation of others by fear, mistrust, error, antipathy, etc. “The fear I target,” she writes in “Ways of Averting One’s Gaze,”
     

    is the more pervasive fear of the dissolution of the boundaries of the self in intimacy with an Other, through the seduction that coaxes your deep, unsubdued drives into the open…. My lifeline to integrity is the willingness to name and represent these forces, both in others and in myself. (Out of Order II 132)

     
    Xenophobia here means both defense and aggression: turning aside and fleeing intimacy, the xenophobe refers to people who are different in a delusory, fictionalized, abstract, self-serving way. X-rationality cannot succeed in knowing the world, for it is at once a form of disavowal and negation, stereotype and fixation, and all too literally instantiates the unseeing, intransitive glance we saw in Du Bois’s Souls. For this intransitive vision, racial difference stands for a disturbing limit to the symbolic delegations of desire, a boundary beyond which “polite” white society does not normally go. This sort of limit, which stands for antipathy or refusal, seems based on the belief that blackness already has the inherent meaning of a faux pas that is by definition unwelcome. Indifferent to moral or aesthetic categories (of good manners, refinement, or breeding), such intransitive vision is by definition always on the side of refusal.

     

     

    II. The Infirm Ground of Prejudice

    “To feel the firm ground of prejudice slipping away is exhilarating, but brings its revenges” (Austin 61).

     

    Piper’s 1989 essay, “Xenophobia and the Indexical Present I: Essay,” addresses her political-artistic response to racism and sexism in the following terms:
     

    My work springs from a belief that we are transformed—and occasionally reformed—by immediate experience, independently of our abstract evaluations of it and despite our attempts to resist it. Because my creative commitment is inherently political, I am primarily motivated to do the work I do by a desire to effect concrete, positive, internal political change in the viewer, independently of—or in spite of—the viewer’s abstract aesthetic evaluation of my work…. Artwork that draws one into a relationship with the other in the indexical present [a self-critical standpoint encouraging reflection on one’s responses to the work] trades easy classification—and hence xenophobia—for a direct and immediate experience of the complexity of the other, and of one’s own responses to her. Experiencing the other in the indexical present teaches one how to see. (Out of Order I 247-48)

     
    Artwork that teaches one to see does not limit itself to anger or accusation. It does not suffice to be didactic or confrontational; such work also must transform: “My purpose is to transform the viewer psychologically, by presenting him or her with an unavoidable concrete reality that cuts through the defensive rationalizations by which we insulate ourselves against the facts of our political responsibility” (Piper, Out of Order I 234). This transformation in the name of political responsibility and social politeness, it should be noted, begins (always violently, moreover, as the word cutting suggests) with immediate experience. As the phrase “indexical present” implies, Piper’s political art wants to be constitutive for the viewer in the here and now: it is hoped that in performing-viewing this art, we can sidestep the power of convention so as to experience the uniqueness of others, and thereby undergo a process toward some other telos or possibility. Curiously enough, we find that the possibility of transformation in the here and now itself relies on convention, but these “norms of etiquette” are irreducible to individual purposes and intentions (Piper, Out of Order 1 246). Etiquette, the way we interact with each other, is for Piper a political question, or rather, it is already the question of the political in the form of our acceptance of cultural or ethnic others. “I am interested,” she writes, “in acceptance of cultural and ethnic others as a social norm of etiquette, not just a moral or political norm” (Out of Order I 246).
     
    At this point in the reading suggested by Piper, the political meaning of My Calling (Cards) becomes clear enough: the cards (1) stand for our submission to racist conventions or, what amounts to the same thing, our conformity to racist concepts in social situations, and (2) they also reveal the meaning of norms whose function is to produce effects beyond racist convention when what is communicated cannot be explained fully by conscious intentions or purposes. Or, rather, the cards unveil the meaning of a refusal of xenia that cannot be reduced to individual impropriety, a refusal that, as we know from Souls, is the very condition of a life veiled by racism. Precisely because we fear the shame and embarrassment caused by such norms of conduct, we “might conceivably work to discourage future racist and sexist gaffes,” thus making etiquette (and honor, respect, humility, and courtesy) the ideal for art, self, and society. Central to Piper’s ethics and aesthetics, etiquette, insofar as it is a norm above and beyond any singular utterance, is meaningful only if it can exceed the context of racist convention. The possibility of etiquette – and what allows us to recognize the difference between good behavior and social gaffes – makes the immediate present of our racialized experience transformable and thus reformable. If etiquette works through shared contexts, then its meaning is already other to any individual utterance or act and is therefore beyond any supposedly original or governing context. Etiquette may have unintended or passive political effects precisely because it cannot be contained within individual (or parochial) acts of intention or decision. This is why My Calling (Cards) makes use of the calling card as another form of delegated or non-enunciated communication. Only when freed from intent, when the subject can no longer determine or decide itself, does speech manifest another politics. Interestingly enough, Piper herself both invites this reading and subverts the very terms of its consistency when she invokes the indexical present as the defining context of her art. Because etiquette governs what we say and do, and not what we mean or think, she argues that it can produce a situation where selfhood, defined as a set of ideological practices, becomes critically aware of itself. Indeed, Piper locates the pedagogical function of her art in the effects of such self-transformation. By establishing a distance from racism, her art further serves a critical function by making the defensive rationalizations of racism visible. The idea of a secure or simple presence is thus shown to be an effect of ideology. The presentation of xenophobic rationality, then, essentially estranges that rationality from itself by establishing a distance to the ideology presented, and this estrangement, in turn, produces knowledge of the ideological illusion of race. In other words, precisely by making the effect of racial ideology visible at the level of identification and performance, Piper’s art produces knowledge that the viewer can then use to transform the ways in which racist ideology “insulates” us from the experience of “concrete reality.” This transformation arises from xenia itself, or, more precisely, from a notion of universal politeness directly expressed and experienced. The attempt to present political “facts” to the viewer, directly and immediately, nonetheless implies that the “aesthetic” is itself merely a veil or ornament that hinders access to the unique experience of those facts. More pertinently, the attempt implicitly denies, through various media, that experience is always transforming and so has no uniquely immanent meaning. At those moments of encounter, Piper ostensibly asks for a form of critical reflection and judgment that will in turn reveal gaps in imagination and understanding in interpersonal situations. But as Piper herself describes perfectly, the cards also reveal precisely that gap between private cognition and public performance whose avoidance enables the hateful innocence of racist speech to be maintained in the absence of any moral or civic responsibility toward others.
     
    To put it another way: as signifiers rather than indexes, the cards are devoid of meaning and function until put into circulation, when they act as delegates for a meaning they manifest only in the act of their exchange. In circulation, moreover, their proxy meaning vanishes as soon as they are received, leaving only their decorative or referential symbolism. In brief, these cards should be understood as supplements rather than as visitations attendant upon “direct and immediate experience”: they offer no guarantee of intentionality or authenticity, for they are not in themselves about truth or experience. If the logic of rectification and correction itself presupposes an immediacy that puts immediacy into question, that is because, in contrast to the obvious meaning, it does not have an immediate effect – how do you have an experience “independently of an abstract experience of it”? The immediate rendering of experience is impossible here, with the consequence that if, when confronted with these cards, we remain, “you” and “I,” at the level of immediacy – at the level, that is, of immanence – the immediate meaning will not succeed in entering the other’s experience. This means that, when presented with the articulate language of My Calling (Cards), the meaning of blackness (to the “you” or “I”) remains outside the encounter while nevertheless within the situation. This supplementarity – at least in Piper’s worded message – thus blurs the line between politeness and recognition, regret and discomfort, while allowing that oscillation succinct demonstration – a visitation, if one can put it like that, that is both abstract and anonymous. A question then arises: what kind of aesthetic is implied by Piper’s statement that her “main conscious interest is in truth rather than beauty” (Out of Order I 249)? How does one distinguish truth from beauty, without, as Piper herself seems to imply here, regarding the latter as somehow falsely immediate, and so something to be resisted as lesser than truth? Piper’s aesthetic clearly has a pedagogical function: the emphatic truth of immediacy is inscribed in an indexical truth and in the way we supposedly experience transformation; but if one examines what etiquette implies about the politicization of her calling cards, then things are not so obvious or immediate.
     
    But even if we don’t follow Piper regarding the status of immediacy, her argument regarding racism and etiquette radically extends the relation between art and responsibility. If racism works through shared interpersonal contexts, it would seem that to question the meaning of those exchanges as ever contractually given is to open up racism to further questions regarding institutional precarity and politics. My Calling (Cards) makes explicit the relation between direct address and a future desire for a nonracial ethical-political formality. “In the society I want to live in,” Piper writes, “no one needs to be warned about my racial affiliation at dinners or cocktail parties because no one is inclined to insult it” (Out of Order I 246). But something strange soon happens to the face-to-face humanness of this longing. Being publicly – and psychologically – responsible for what we say is supposed to be the condicio sine qua non of an acceptance that has something to do with democratic openness: “To accept something is to be receptive and vulnerable to its effects on us, to discern its value for us, and indeed to rejoice in its intrinsic character and extrinsic ramifications for us” (Piper “Xenophobia” 286). To accept others is to overcome the fear of being invaded in the name of “new experiences” in which values of hatred and fear are superseded by values of “personal catalysis and growth.” One implication is that “an eye widened in terror, unable to blink for fear of being blinded by the ineffable” can no longer see primarily because they are “corrupted by deep-seated angers against blacks and women” (Out of Order I 246). By seeing people as they are, in their uniqueness, vision is supposedly restored and redemption can start in the “flexible adaptation” of a psyche that does not barricade itself against difference (Piper, “Xenophobia” 286).
     
    If this state of affairs sounds all too liberal (and Piper repeatedly refers to herself as a Kantian), if one examines what etiquette implies about the politics of Piper’s aesthetics, then things become less rather than more clear cut. (The aesthetic-political status of Kant in Piper’s work is examined later in this study, but first let us pursue this notion of etiquette.) Even within those works “target[ing] interpersonal manifestations of racism,” Piper cannot limit herself to good manners, because she is driven to name and represent those hatreds whose intolerance we are never supposed to suspect (Out of Order I 246). If “blacks learn from whites that they are unwelcome,” this also happens, it should be noted, because racial hatred is conventionally acceptable, and, in terms of personal catalysis and growth, can in fact seem more respectful of otherness than the merely tolerant (Out of Order I 246). Since acceptance is meant to have more value in social life than hatred does, how are we to know when we are dealing with a true hatred rather than a merely conventional one? Moreover, if the cards are not in themselves a reparation in either a moral or political sense but exist only negatively, so to speak, as an invitation (to critical reflection), how are we to know that acceptance of the cards indicates a true commitment? The recognition of a racist faux pas, after all, implies its exoneration in the name of the same transcendental principle of etiquette that allowed for the certitude of having committed a faux pas in the first place. The etiquette in whose name the faux pas has to be denounced, even in Piper’s assumed continuity of acceptance and transformation, is not governed by the same integrity that governs the handing out of the cards as art or critical reflection. Interestingly, in Piper’s case, the indexical present leads to an artwork that is neither hateful nor seductive, but a set of self-critical practices different in kind from that of formalist aesthetics. This is why she states: “my main conscious interest is in truth rather than beauty” (Out of Order I 249). But the etiquette in whose name truth has to be stated, even at the “most elemental, personal level,” must remain impersonal, or merely conventional. Etiquette may well be the opposite of the racist peremptoriness that obscures difference but performs conventionalized forms of racist authority, but it can no more distinguish inner sincerity from outward conformity than it can distinguish insincere but polite tolerance from deep-seated racist conviction. Piper is not always clear on this point. In accordance with her Kantianism, she argues that etiquette provides a moral limit for all of us, but also that it cannot guarantee what we say or the way that we say it. This is a major premise of her understanding racism as a kind of illocutionary force, rather than a referential belief to be verified by subjective truthfulness or sincerity. But if it is a force, how can racism be reined in by etiquette or convention? This will be our question.
     
    To return to My Calling (Cards): devoid of moralism and prescription, the cards can circulate between giver and receiver, who are both called upon to attend to racism’s effects independently of the “easy trades” (or conventions) of abstraction, aesthetic evaluation, and xenophobia. To hand out a card is not, then, a demand for further clarification or exoneration, for the cards themselves are not about psychological expression or content. We would therefore expect that My Calling (Cards) itself would somehow escape the simple dichotomy that it evokes between (black) acceptance and (white) refusal. Piper in fact implies this, when she speaks of regret and a certain discomfort that is somehow (and exactly how remains unclear) connected with “forces, both in others and in [her]self.” Even the work’s title poses questions of artistic labor or vocation – my calling – as somehow separable from the actual product—the “cards” left in brackets: Piper’s resuscitation here of the artwork as an act of drawing attention to the incivility of racism prefigures the cards’ attempt to produce self-critical reflection in the person who receives/understands them. The language of reflection is, in fact, far from simple here and seems traversed by several stand-ins and delegates. For if the cards stand in for the despair of being made to feel different, and Piper herself only introduces them at dinner parties in response to racist remarks, then the cards not only stand in for her as an exposé of racism, they also are supposed to cause people to reflect on the feelings they themselves provoke, with no hope of escape from regret or discomfort; that is, by assuming that both the racism the cards seek to correct and the self-critical capacity are somehow equivalent, Piper implies that the cards can be politically formative only if they have been unequivocally, unambiguously understood.
     
    But this type of belief cannot account for the possibility that the recipient, rather than using the cards to transgress illusion, may well end up using them to confirm the delusion of a new self-critical racial lucidity—the possibility that the cards only have a meaning for a racist reader and/or reader of racism. No such possibility of verification exists for sincerely held racist belief, which is seen as defense or unconscious phantasy, nor can we be sure that the meaning of racist faux pas can ever be an example of simple acceptance or refusal by white unseeing, itself an allegory of intolerance to which only a life lived behind the veil can bear witness. Piper acknowledges this when she writes that black and white viewers often “deflect recognition of the meaning of their response to” her work (“Xenophobia” 293), and when she explains: “I try and promote viewer self-reflection in my work, but I don’t always succeed” (“Xenophobia” 293). But what if the cards were precisely what put the political reading into question? What if, as in the case of etiquette, these calling cards can only refer to black veiled life through the conventionalizing fictions of race?  Or, more particularly, what if handing them out does not constitute, in Piper’s words, “[e]xperiencing the other in the indexical present,” but instead designates a necessary complicity between victim and abuser, bearer and addressee? (Out of Order I 248) If so, handing out a card declares its own artifice the moment it simultaneously realizes itself as civility and self-insight, since it must fissure (falsehood) and suture (transformation) and thus rejoin what is disjointed, rather than what is immediate or present.
     
    In this way Piper’s art might seem to be just another conventional way of coming to terms with the conventions of racism.  Her notion of “a direct relationship to the work,” however, challenges such a reading. She has said that handing out the cards “ruin[s]” her evening (Out of Order I 271). (In another essay, from 1990, she writes that “the only evenings that are ruined are mine and the offender’s” [Out of Order I 220].) The word “ruin” recalls Du Bois, and at such moments the cards stand in for the awareness of a gap or veil between blackness and a community of feeling, or at least the promise of it. This crisis in understanding is precisely what Piper asks us to understand. To consider such ruination, however, one must recognize that the experience of hurt is also meant to inspire transformation (in the reader-recipient-offender). By substituting etiquette for racist speech, Piper’s calling card dramatizes precisely their radical incompatibility – she is ruined by both racist language and the need to perform the act. But ruined, too, in so far as the exchange of cards reveals her to be black, a revelation that means that Piper too, as a light-skinned person, now stands in for something indeterminable, or that her inner race feeling is also a kind of rebus or riddle for perception (unseen, it is true; she is a spectator to her own absence). Clearly people aren’t what they seem: a person who appears white can really be black, and an avowed liberal can be a closet racist. The norms of etiquette confirm the duplicity of identity and, in the process, reveal the racial viciousness at the heart of civility and the exclusionary, rule-governed performance that is the very origin of integrity and self-insight. “The general character of the statement and the rule-governed policy that governs its presentation,” Piper writes, commenting on the cards’ meaning, “convey the message that the offending individual is behaving in typical and predictably racist ways. It fights a stereotype by giving the offender a concrete experience of what it is like to be the object of one” (Out of Order I 220). The acceptance of the card can thus readily be seen as an acceptance of racist hypocrisy.
     
    When she hands out the cards, then, it is no longer possible to undo our complicity with racist faux pas, for the cards themselves perform the ruination that such language triggers in its glaring infelicity. Unable to communicate directly with her offenders, her cards take the place of voice and word at once. Indeed, Piper is at least as ruined by these semantic as by these rhetorical improprieties. In such infelicitous speech, the violation of etiquette introduces a foreign element that disrupts the sense of self, disturbs the readability of polite discourse, and reopens what propriety seems to have closed off. The cards refer to both obliquity and falsity, and yet they also testify, paradoxically enough, to Piper’s ruination as a Kantian artist whose purpose is to confirm the ruination (of herself as a victim of racism). Neither does their exchange allow for a recuperation of this catastrophe, despite Piper’s plea that they should convince rather than indict, because their appeal to “concrete experience” is itself an inner ruination of delusory rationalization. Piper recognizes, as Du Bois did in 1903, a certain double bind: the norms of etiquette erase all traces and referents of oneself as uniquely singular, because etiquette sees only convention and never presence. Indeed, etiquette can appear as arbitrary and unmotivated as the peremptory “glance” for which black being remains mere appearance. Piper can convey her hurt only if we take, as we say, her word for it, whereas the evidence for the receiver’s shame or insensitivity is, at least in theory, literally normative. Whether we believe her or not is not the point: the formal nature of the exchange makes the difference, not the sincerity of the receiver or the sensitivity of the giver.
     
    The process that necessarily includes a moment of self-understanding cannot be equated with mere fear of social embarrassment, and the social duty (etiquette) that governs this moment of self-insight is not the same as that which governs regret or discomfort. The racism that makes the cards meaningful is itself normative, given from elsewhere and imbricated in a historicity that is irreducible to meaning or intention. To return to Du Bois’s formulation: racism speaks to us from elsewhere and is given to us veiled, just as much as it veils its given emergence as a form of natural “innocence” rather than arbitrary authority. When Du Bois insists on racism as a veiling of the world, he means that it be considered under a double epistemological perspective: it functions as a verifiable index of social incivility, but also as a norm whose applicability cannot be reduced to moral or political pathologies. The convergence of the two modes is not a priori given, and their discrepancy makes the racist faux pas possible. The faux pas articulates the discrepancy between the already given conventions of etiquette and racist lived experience and, in so doing, asserts racism as norm (when it is only ideology). It indicates the belief or pretense that giving voice to racism is both norm as social fact and a certain inner feeling peculiar to the arrogant presumptiveness of whiteness. Moreover, the faux pas indicates the belief that the norm and the feeling are the same. To complicate whiteness as a norm is thus to complicate it as a feeling: of being entitled, or always entitled to being. The difference between the verbal faux pas and the norms of etiquette is not a simple opposition between feeling and being, or truth and falsehood. A faux pas is a discursive error, but one governed by norms or principles of verification that include nonracial forms of being: even if we believe that certain races lack modesty, humility, respect, tact, sensitivity, etcetera, the verification of such improprieties, the decision about their truth or falsehood, is not racial but formal, informed by the knowledge that these norms apply to everyone irrespective of their difference. No such verification exists for the racist, who is impolite in his effect and his authority: his purpose is not to be polite, itself neither an inner process nor simply a social performance, but to abuse.
     
    The interest of Piper’s calling cards is that they explicitly function as both politesse and politically, and thus indicate why racism is so offensive to those it offends. But in the actual worded message of My Calling (Cards) #1, the reference is neither straightforwardly polite, nor straightforwardly political, for it describes a chiasmus, a kind of mutual inclusion-exclusion: “I regret any discomfort my presence is causing you, just as I am sure you regret the discomfort your racism is causing me.” And in fact, the more one works with Piper’s notion of the indexical, the more convinced one becomes that although the critique of what she calls “pseudorationality” is entirely justified, it does not quite apply to what the cards may or may not be saying or doing as politics. Though it is epistemologically inadequate to say that the cards enable the white subject to see blindly, or blindly see, the repercussions in themselves are significant: whatever the meaning of the girl’s glance may have been, the card presented in Souls could not prevent the force of the very separation of blackness from the world of companionship. Is it inevitable that the same split that divides blacks from a community of feeling should divide whites from life lived behind the veil in the same way? And can the addressee of the card, understood as everyone and no one, refer to anything other than that very split? If Piper’s unstated question is “What are we doing when we speak racially?” it becomes clear that, whatever else we may be doing, we are not seeing beyond the veil but testifying to its further extension. And it is precisely the unknowable extent to which we differ from its phantasy that veils us in our denials and antipathies. Returning to the present indicative presence of the other and substituting etiquette for phantasy is not as simple as it sounds. For what is indicated, say, by a glance, is not necessarily what is being performed; and what the veil signifies, by way of metaphor, does not correspond to the experience (of difference) that it exposes-obscures. The exchange of cards may signify a desire (for changed experience) that can be performed, but that performance does not necessarily indicate social civility or unveil a desire for greater self-examination and scrutiny.
     
    More important than any of these substitutions is Du Bois’s metaphor of the veil, which is itself allegorically veiled, and which exposes both desire and dispossession, exposure and revelation, and the belated recognition, in this narrative of a fall (into racist incivility), of the inability to unveil the burden of being a black person. The very diachrony that substitutes a tall white girl’s refusal for childishexchange is itself a metonym: quite apart from the various veiled scenes of seduction, rejection, and trauma implied in the veil metaphor, so to speak, the illocutionary force of racism has power precisely because of its conventional substitution of racism for who one is, for one’s social being, a substitution much harder to accept than the refusal of one’s card. Du Bois’s notion of a veiled world names the performative burden of this substitutability: the substitution of one’s ruination for one’s unwantedness, the substitution of a veiled life that must simultaneously hover and be irreducible to brute givenness or evasive transcendence for a life lived before any full awareness of, or any responsibility for, being shut out of the world.
     

     

    III. Regretfully Yours

     

    The question of the cards’ nature brings us back to the complexities of their exchange. We know they are meant to effect change by addressing racist incivility as a problem of social performance—change effected, moreover, not by grace but by a new insight into the objectified, fetishized life of racism. Further, both the giver and the receiver enter into a kind of symbolic exchange or contract, as the initial donation of offense turns into a reflection on xenia, its role and absence. The full text of Card #1 makes this clearer:
     

    Dear friend,
     
    I am black.
     
    I am sure that you did not realize this when you made/laughed at/agreed with that racist remark. In the past, I have attempted to alert people to my racial identity in advance. Unfortunately, this invariably causes them to react to me as pushy, manipulative, or socially inappropriate. Therefore my policy is to assume that white people do not make these remarks, even when they believe that there are no black people present, and to distribute this card when they do. I regret any discomfort my presence is causing you, just as I am sure you regret the discomfort your racism is causing me.
     
    Sincerely yours,
     
    Adrian Margaret Smith Piper

     
    The questions raised by this text are multiple. What (if anything) is exposed by this desire for exposure and in what way does it relate to art? What is the relation between exposure and regret, on the one hand, and between faux pas and discomfiture, on the other? If racism permits the gift of the card, as it does in this text, is regret merely a ruse that permits discomfort in the name of its unveiling? In other words, when, according to this text, is it socially appropriate to expose racism?
     
    The calling card makes explicit the relation between discomfort and the desire for exposure: the card’s meaning is located not in the regret for having caused social discomfort, but in the context by which racist speech can be both expressible and repeatable, legible and meant. Since this speech, at the moment of its utterance, reveals a kind of systemic complicity, Piper goes out of her way to assume that not all white people are inherently racist. The gift of the card (just like the offense) must itself be returned to the subject for whom racist language is a conventionally appropriate way of speaking, in a given situation, about blacks. As the card changes hands it traces a circuit leading to the exposure of a hidden, barely censored racism that (she argues) is as conventional as it is deep-seated: “My work,” Piper writes, “intentionally holds up for scrutiny deep-seated racist attitudes that no individual socialized into a racist society can escape, no matter how politically correct or seasoned such an individual may be” (“Xenophobia” 293). If it thus becomes impossible to determine who is and is not racist (or even whether such knowledge is possible), it is also impossible, it seems, to know whether racism is the outward expression of deep-seated conventions, or whether the outer convention creates deep-seated racist attitudes. Perhaps racism is not hidden away and then expressed, outed, but is the expression itself. Then again, against conventionalism, perhaps it is more accurate to say that we receive racism like a law. We relate to it through subjection rather than contractual agreement, which is presumably why it is inescapable, and why we follow its rules blindly. How do we explain, then, why the law never seems absolutely binding, its enunciation having something to do with a kind of furtive bad faith staked on the absolute refusal of xenia, a refusal that is nevertheless never absolute nor conscious? The answer clearly has something to do with borders: the unease and perhaps sadism produced by the excessive proximity of a certain touching or presence within civil society, the envy and eroticism indicated by the other’s difference that is a matter neither of consent nor indifference but of deep-seated and unconscious implications. But if racism is conventionally given both in the sense of being socially received and in the sense of being bestowed, but given neither from without nor by the subject, then is the meaning of the cards not, paradoxically enough, already given in the sense that these deep-seated racist attitudes already precede any subjective decision? This oscillation between racism and convention takes the form of an irresistible but wholly inescapable sense of force or obligation, which is why Piper bases her appeal on the impersonal norms of etiquette rather than on moral intent or responsibility. This notion of etiquette as a social duty, however, culminates strangely in a purely formal image of anti-racism. Piper shows, inadvertently, that the mere identification of oneself as racist or non-racist cannot ensure either since, from the moment one becomes aware of one’s racism, one cannot dissociate it from the otherness that is the true limit of either position. How do we know when inner transformation amounts to interpersonal respect? Can one return racist speech to its utterer by merely pointing out its faux pas? This last question – and its implication that racism and race are both faux pas – perfectly describes ideology itself: a trope that, by means of not revealing itself, has become efficacious in both speech acts and other signs. In other words, the cards do not simply show that we are as blinded in our apperception of people as we are in our perception of social laws or norms; instead, they ask whether we can attain any direct and certain knowledge of either when we gaze as through a veil out onto a world of “great wandering shadows” that we can never penetrate, of which there can be no such thing as direct knowledge, and with respect to which we form countless beliefs – a veil behind which we can alternately imagine, with equal justification, that there shines a world of courtesy, respect, and love, and aworld that is essentially one of derision, hatred, and contempt.  The final question then becomes, not can etiquette alone rend this veil or unveil the other, but against what does this veil defend us?
     
    A work about mutual interdependency and getting away from defensive rationality, My Calling (Cards) interestingly enough acts out a return to rather than a departure from its starting point, repeating a primal scene of refusal. The work’s structure contradicts its theme. For the aim of the cards is not to excuse but to perform inappropriateness—to make socially inappropriate such “interpersonal manifestations of racism” as “the off-color remark, the anxiety at the mere presence of an ethnic or cultural other, the failure of empathy with an other that causes insensitivity,” and “the failure of imagination and self-awareness that elicits the imposition of inappropriate stereotypes” (Piper,Out of Order I 246). If, according to J.L. Austin, “it is always necessary that the circumstances in which” the uttering of performatives “should be in some way, or ways, appropriate,” then whenever a card is handed out, it must trouble racist utterance as an appropriate speech act (Austin 8). The card’s structure of address substitutes, too, most explicitly for the social gaffe that causes it. To adopt Piper’s lexicon, My Calling (Cards) asks the receiver to take responsibility for racist utterance in the immediate present. The “you,” too, must directly address the “I,” in the grammar of the sentence “I regret any discomfort my presence is causing you, just as I am sure you regret the discomfort your racism is causing me.” The card seems to empty itself of all other reference aside from these two pronouns, acting out a concretization that is in fact its subject: the failure of empathy and imagination brought about by institutional abstractions that are existentially empty and methodologically false. The card thus enacts in its own writing the recognition of difference that it situates in the self’s intimacy with others. Simultaneously asserting both the necessity and undesirability of its existence, the card refers to its own referring, and indirectly to its referent. If performative utterances rely on convention, and thus find their support in the conventionalized forms of authority that compose racist society, the cards can only perform their own fictionalization as representatives of that authority.
     
    But whatever may be said about My Calling (Cards) as politics, it is neither racism nor any of its deep-seated attitudes that finally cause discomfort or regret, but rather Piper’s desire to be excused for being pushy, manipulative, or inappropriate (her words), even though the truth in whose name the excuse has to be stated, and the cards justified, makes the conflict between the need to expose racism and her regret at having to do so into a kind of inescapable guilt. Racism, if it is indeed the subject of My Calling (Cards), becomes here not some referential faux pas. Instead it is a function of a specific interlocutionary situation, a way of speaking that exposes its own deep-seated conventionality, its own simultaneous act of concealing and exhibiting that, as we know from Souls, is the very condition of racism’s ideological effect: the substitutability of difference for stereotype and stereotype for experience. To interrupt this fantasy experienced as an interdict, Piper introduces the cards and, by so doing, has to be willing to be substituted – as an unwelcome agent of transgression – in performing this act. We have at least two levels of substitution (or displacement) taking place: the cards substituting for a regret that is itself a desire for substitution. Both are governed by the same desire for exposure, which makes the cards’ symbolic effect uncanny and ambivalent.
     
    The doubling begins with Piper herself. By this, I do not mean that her outward appearance and inner feeling are simply opposed, but that any reading of My Calling (Cards) effectively reveals that all racial identity, insofar as its referential meaning has to be performed, ceases to have any simple cognitive meaning or index. For example, simultaneously asserting the inescapability of racist attitudes and their transformation, My Calling (Cards) presents race as a referential illusion, but one whose efficacy may be contested and undone only insofar as it is affirmed and prolonged as an illusion. But, it may be objected, isn’t this because all racial identity is an uneasy mix of fixation and denial, as Piper herself testifies? Perhaps. Piper excuses herself not, however, because her racial identity is denied, but because it cannot at first be realized. “I am black./ I am sure that you did not realize this when you made/laughed at/agreed with that racist remark.” We can see her as the referent of these remarks only at the moment that her card is read retrospectively, as it were. The statement “I am black,” far from a referential or constative statement of fact, is a performative speech act that sounds almost ironic since the blackness to which it refers is only a text or signifier that cannot be easily read except as a figure of unveiling, following its disclosure as perceptually indeterminate. One suspects that, in the relation between its ambiguous reference, say, and signification, Piper’s confession is itself an infelicity or faux pas, or a faux pas of a faux pas insofar as it can only perform the blackness it names as an erroneous text, even to the point of serving as a metaphor for something totally unrelated to its own literal display (or lack of) self-presence.
     
    But before pursuing this further let us examine the context of Piper’s remark. The racist is told that Piper is black. He or she has to be told this, it should be noted, in the name of truth and, at first sight, to verify the later expressions of discomfort and regret whose complicity the cards insist both racist and victim share. The text conveys this in a way that is direct, intimate, and formally impersonal. “Regret” and “discomfort” are Piper’s words for demonstrating her “policy” regarding white racism. Regret and discomfort are co-implicated in a sentence that is unable to separate them totally or fuse them completely. But it is difficult to determine where the discomfort begins and where it ends. It is as if Piper still had to regret the guilt that there is, and that remains, in having to feel regret. Or better yet, in saying she is regretful and expressing her discomfort in the very place where her suspicions of white people are confirmed, she shows that racism is inescapable. Piper regrets without having had the intention to regret; she becomes pushy, manipulative, and socially inappropriate without meaning to, and (this is another regret) without being able to confirm her identity before its exposure. The signifier “regret” can only represent that regret regretfully as if its meaning were already understood, or as if racism could always be excused because it is unavoidable, outside of all differential contexts, an “origin” where the norms of society, or the giving of cards, makes sense precisely because everyone knows the rightful racist place from which to read them. The more one regrets, the more one admits that one is regretful and the more one feels discomfort—the discomfort of regretting something that was not quite believable but that has now proven to be the case. But the regret has been displaced from the racist remark to the writing and gift (to the writing as gift) of the calling card, from the referent of the narrative – the failure to make people realize her identity – to the act of exchanging the card, from the spoken remark to the inscription of a confession that thus realizes that failure. The second time it is no longer what is heard or being pushy that causes discomfort; the discomfort is caused instead by giving the card, confessing to one’s difference, and setting it down on paper, in lieu of the ruination to come. The discomfort of this regret cannot be effaced because it has been reprinted and exchanged as text on a body of paper. As if that were not enough, the racism that excludes Piper is also the reason she cannot be comforted: the etiquette that causes her to act is the same reason the cards cannot be taken back, and the same reason why, in her discomfort, she is not in possession of her own guilt since, in white racist language, blackness remains the referent of shame and interruption, a literal faux pas within the norms of polite white society.
     
    In rectifying racist speech in order to fit it into a process of transformation, Piper adds no content to this symbolic structure or to its repetition; instead she effects, regretfully, its denouement by locating the speaker in a shared act of interpretive infelicity. Her calling cards are not ciphers for this infelicity but a comparable act. Tear a card into pieces, and the message remains what it is; but how does one know when the message has arrived at its “proper,” non-racial destination? Holding the card in one’s hand is not the same as knowing its politics. Indeed, the card cannot be known in itself; it simply identifies a referential faux pas that cannot be bypassed, which is why, presumably, a white subject handing them out would introduce a different demand and desire. As such, Piper’s calling card may well end up preserving the discomfort in the very act of negating it. But if pseudorationality is a form of blindness, or a seeing that is unable to see itself as blind, and so can only blindly see (itself or others), it would seem that, by offering recognition of a shared discomfort, Piper loses the opportunity to read beyond or behind it, and thereby to coax those deep, unsubdued drives into the open, no matter how innocent or guilty they may be. So instead of conferring a dignity on the “you” as other, the peremptoriness of the message starts to undo that possibility. Then, too, why begin that conversation with a card? Because it is a signifier (of etiquette) whose effect is predicated on the receiver not expecting to receive it, and whose writing exposes an already open secret, namely, the ellipsis of blacks by the signifieds of racism. If the relation between regret and discomfort follows a general pattern of substitution, then the exchange of these signifiers is made possible by (or makes possible?) a proximity or analogy so close and intimate that it allows one to substitute for the other without revealing the difference necessarily introduced by the substitution. The relational link between the two sentiments is strong enough to be necessary: no regret without discomfort, and no discomfort without regret. Is this substitution really an exchange? Does the contingency of the exchange, based only on a chance encounter between two people at a dinner party, express anything more than physical contiguity? For if you look at Piper’s image, you can see how she might act as the figural referent of the literal representation of the blackness referred to (by the racist faux pas); but, because her identity is not stapled, as it were, to her image, it serves as a virtual reference of itself.
     
    In short, the racist remark disturbs or reveals as discontinuous the gap between image and identity. This dissociation has an alienating effect regarding the offense to which the calling card refers. Piper’s message acknowledges this discontinuous gap, but also wants her interlocutor to be comprehended and discomforted by its statement: indeed, there is no place from which s/he can stand back and observe it abstractly and theoretically, outside of the interlocution. Finally, the dissociative meaning of the statement – the simultaneously emphatic and elliptic reference to Piper’s blackness – can only leave its mark if read literally, immediately, and without abstraction, exchange, or, dare I say it, politeness.
     
    Piper’s theory of the indexical present, of course, contains no provision for this kind of ambiguity. The elimination of ambiguity, in fact, is one of the main motives behind the insistence on the indexical, since the vividness and uniqueness of the other (beyond the veil) are meant to rule out equivocation and disrupt racism’s “easy trades.” And yet, despite this accentuation, the implications of ambiguity for My Calling (Cards), and for Piper’s entire aesthetic, are significant. Piper scholars have been unable to study those who received the card, or to identify their catharsis, but they always presume a reaction to the cards and one that is politically legible. These readings take their cue from Piper’s own “metaperformances,” which engage with audience reactions to her work. In “Styles of Radical Will: Adrian Piper and the Indexical Present,” Maurice Berger describes white audiences’ initial response to My Calling (Cards) as defensive, agitated, nervous, offended, and angry: only in the final minutes of the performance, when Piper refers to the pain caused her by having to hand out the cards, does “the audience drop its guard.” “It is at this moment,” Berger argues, “that Piper has achieved a true and profound indexical present – an instant when each person in the room is caught off-guard, compelled to jettison preconceptions and ask difficult, even painful questions about themselves” (31). This indicates that it is neither concept nor representation, but the expression of Piper’s own ruination that permits communication and thereby allows the audience to situate with new awareness the historical, political, and theoretical task accomplished by My Calling (Cards). In other words, the moment it becomes possible to return the card symbolically to its bearer, the more the audience can read the constitutive negativity of its implication; or, again, the moment racist speech becomes emotionally locatable if not theoretically describable as black suffering, the more the meaning of the cards can be seen in the passage from offense to sensitivity and to the complexity of difference itself. Racial sensitivity (to black hurt) begins only where (white) aggression and defensiveness end. But this profound indexicality forgets that Piper’s ruination is not freely chosen: she does not invite her own abjection even when she knows that abjection (from racists) cannot be refused. Indeed therein lies the forced choice that is the source of the regret and discomfort of My Calling (Cards) and that is the work’s artistic vocation; the black can only recognize herself as always that referent or faux pas, as the anonymous interlocutor within that grammar of texts, and precisely in places where intimacy and respect are ordinarily in close affiliation. To say that in handing out the cards she freely assumes her ruination because she is already ruined as black, in other words, to identify with her freely choosing hurt or injury as a moment of indexical resolution is, in my view, a blind interpretation of the work and its meaning. It is not that she is free to be ruined only on the condition that she freely chooses to be identified as black that anchors the work; the work is anchored, rather, in its asking why blackness has become the political sign, in US culture, of an exclusion, an exclusion always precisely veiled as such. As for immediacy, there is no index of civility that isn’t always already constituted by the delimiting of certain kinds of difference as unacceptable, and whose faux pas is always retroactively posited as the reason they have to be excluded in the first place.
     
    Everything that can be said of My Calling (Cards) can be said here, where strategies of displacement are no longer appropriate and where another language begins (one whose significance is not yet determinable or representable). Nor is it surprising that this moment can be located only after having – analytically – gone beyond the defensive rationalizations of whiteness: all those honorific stereotypes that merely devalue others and constitute black difference as socially valueless and read it as such. White lack of self-awareness is not the same as black pain, however; it is as far removed from a black conception of self as the tain is from the mirror (I can see myself in a mirror without ever seeing the tain). Even though one is unthinkable without the other, only one is the sustaining void of the gaze. In the following two sections I explore this ambiguity – in the form of a gaze that can never be part of any seen reality, and a void that masquerades as a sublimely black aesthetic. A key consideration here is the connection between racial etiquette and aesthetic judgment in terms of a scene of unveiling and a transformation in (white) seeing.
     

     

    IV. Kant as Medium

     

    Given that My Calling (Cards), or what I’m calling its exploration of racial etiquette, is meant to give an insight into black, objectified life, what of those other artworks in which Piper represents herself as a racially-sexually coded subject (by norms or media that she then attempts to translate into universal, nonracial-asexual terms)? These works modify the historical dialectic of racial incivility according to a more primal dialectic that consists of an escape from the raced-sexed body (its voice or rhythm) while simultaneously exploring, at least by propensity, the fantasmatic limits of that renunciation. The remainder of this essay takes up this reading, not so much in terms of etiquette, as in terms of xenia with respect to ethics and the (always cultural) limits of fantasy. A key preoccupation is the way that fantasy resists radical divestiture (of the subject) by the raced Other, and the cultural nature of those imaginary resistances. But I also ask about the way that an appeal to xenia and its openness to difference represents, for Piper, a politically revised notion of etiquette opposed to particularist class and social values.
     
    A few words regarding Kant, even though he is not the object of this study. All of Piper’s papers on Kant are slightly delirious. Ever since Food for the Spirit (1971), a visual and textual record of Piper’s first exposure to Kantian critical philosophy, “Kant” serves as a metaphor for the radical annihilation of selfhood and of the will—or at least for the threat of such annihilation. In an essay from 1981, Piper writes:
     

    The Critique is the most profound book I have ever read, and my involvement in it was so great that I thought I was losing my mind, in fact losing my sense of self completely. Often, the effects of Kant’s ideas were so strong that I couldn’t take it anymore. I would have to stop reading in the middle of a sentence, on the verge of hysterics, and go to my mirror to peer at myself to make sure I was still there. (Out of Order I 55)

     
    A first question: what is it about the Critique that poses the threat of madness and nonexistence? Physically weak due to fasting, Piper convinces herself that it was neither her social isolation nor her lack of food (“I didn’t see other people at all”; “I was on a two-month juice-and-water diet”): such things belong to the everyday meaning of existence, to “the sight and sound of me, the physically embodied Adrian Piper,” to the “boundaries of my individual self” and “the material conditions of my mental state” (Piper, Out of Order I 55). By contrast, reading the Critique is “so intensely affecting” – disturbing her mental and physical states and boundaries – that Piper can no longer situate herself as real or embodied: feeling herself vanishing, and leaving behind a physical slough of herself at this “entrance into a transcendent reality of disembodied self-consciousness” (Piper, Out of Order I 55), she uses a mirror, a camera, and a tape recorder to anchor herself in the physical world, thereby imposing a “ritualized” contact with the “physical appearance of [her]self in the mirror” onto her reading of Kant.  From the withdrawal into the noumenal dimension of a transcendental quintessence, where the self’s disguises give way to an intense awareness of one’s own absence, or, as Piper puts it, where the self’s coherence is reduced to babbling incoherence, she resorts to the “reality check” of the mirror that records her appearance to an objectivized gaze. This gaze observes her as a series of partial objects left in a heap, metaphorically speaking, by the too intensive effects of a fear or anxiety that signals something both more intimate and more penetrating than the mere observation that the Critique was “a book with good ideas in it that I had chosen to study” (Piper, Out of Order I 55). All these traits suggest “Kant” is a metaphor for a disturbance whose vague reference is a noumenal collapse of reality, if one can put it that way, a dreadful and extremely intensive subtraction that Piper describes perfectly as a mirroring detached from any body, and in which one can see one’s own absence and/or threatened annihilation.
     
    The photographs in Food for the Spirit do not alter the scenario: the fourteen black-and-white images are used essentially as orthopedic props and, as such, they reference a form of self-quotation. They neither embody the absence felt beneath experience, nor show the restoration of the vividness and contact that Piper desires: their vividness is instead a kind of inverse echo of the loss that is the source of the distance and inadequacy of any self-image (see Fig. 2).
     

    Fig. 2 Adrian Piper, Food for the Spirit, 1971 (photographic reprints 1997). 14 silver gelatin prints and original book pages of a paperback edition of Immanuel Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason, torn out and annotated by Adrian Piper. 15” x 14,5”. Detail: photograph #6 of 14. Collection Thomas Erben. © Adrian Piper Research Archive Foundation Berlin. Used by permission.

     

    In a sequence from the clearest to the darkest underexposed image, in which the unveiled body gradually disappears, the image comes to serve as a perishable signature and as the flickering eclipse of a desire in whose limits or remainder the subject finds herself almost unrepresentable, which is to say, as an ejected or dejected object, the effect of a blackout. What threatens the black autobiographical subject is not the loss of something that once was present and that it once possessed, but the radical estrangement between any representation and animaginary fullnessof being. If we look into Piper’s “glance” in these photographs, we realize it has nothing to do with the phenomenal form in which the photographs make her appear, but with the transcendental illusion that is the source of any noumenal self-image – a dialectic that Kant would have liked. On the back of Kant’s Kritizismus, as it were, these photographs reveal not the indexical proof of Piper’s existence as a black woman (a common misreading),[3] but rather the de-naturing, distancing effect of a certain formalization of her mirror image as the trace of a residual loss, a tracing that can be portrayed photographically only as a fall into gradual darkness. The mirror image, then, has something to do with the repossession of the lost self, but this is a self that is alienated, distracted, and already possessed by a deeply invasive presence that has no phenomenal existence. Food for the Spirit attempts to capture that which is always concealed from representation: the withdrawal or remainder produced by the desire for universalization itself, which is to say, the desire to coincide with oneself as a subject. The pictorial rendering of an objective correlate is impossible here, and Piper remains suspended in front of these images (neither present nor absent) because, in contrast to the audio cassettes, the photographs do not copy anything – how do you capture something that does not have a place in representation? The crux of Food for the Spirit is not an opposition between particularity (of black feminine experience) and universality (reductively read as a sign of Kant’s ethnocentrism),[4] but rather the vanishing that is their ghostly simulacrum. In this sense, the universal is not experienced as such until it singularizes itself in the lacking or fasting subject; when its excess is transferred inside the subject as a subtraction, as a minus sign of all that the subject is not, the subject disappears into this pure vanishing point of universality. Contrary to the prevalent cultural studies readings of Piper, then, the problem isn’t simply that black femininity is not theoretically or existentially locatable as a universal subject for Kant, but rather that blackness has no material or phenomenal meaning outside of its relation to racist representation; it is only a stock of signs through which the subject cannot digest itself (as a presence or signifier) without slipping away from itself in a glissando of aberrant remainders. (Does this mean that the desire to expose oneself as a disappearing object is more originary than the desire to possess oneself as [an image of] a self? If so, then in the guise of exposure the photos reveal an originary concealment, and the reading of Kant reveals the ruse by which the raced-sexed self makes self-desire and self-annihilation interchangeable.) For the photographs in question already allegorize a pre-originary disjointure without which there would be neither experience of the body nor its disappearance, neither loss nor its inscription. They refer to an equivocation, on the one hand, between the desire to be immediately, uniquely known, to be exposed and revealed as a subject—the truth that, according to Piper, concerns the uniqueness of transcendental personhood—and, on the other hand, the sense that there is something lacking or veiled, a no-thing at the core of the self that can only be illusorily eaten or represented, a “food” for spirit. By reason of this equivocation, which invades the mind as the source, we are always already in the process of disappearing ourselves, or even asking for annihilation, precisely in this exhibitionist and subtractive mode. This loss, paradoxically, allows the subject to conceive itself as a lack, causing the subject to lose itself as a subject.
     
    This is why reading Kant, paradoxically, pertains to the illusory surplus of a lack that is not a néant or absence, but a surfeit upon which the self starves itself in its desire to be fed. As she starves herself, so Piper darkens her photographic exposure, forfeiting visibility in the name of an artistic hunger that can only secure voice, word, sexuality, and image through renunciation and disembodiment. In the same way, the attempt to feed the transcendental imagination as a recompense for the loss of objective reality can only lead to a withdrawal of the self from the world, to its vanishing; and in this surfeit of illusion, even if the self were able to see itself transcendentally (as black), it can only negate itself, for what constitutes the transcendental unity of apperception can never be seen in representation, and so can only be consumed as if it were an object in the realm of what is (which is furthermore the “illusory” effect of its racialsemblance). That said, one must avoid the tendency to view the torn out, mutilated pages of the Critique as separate from the photographs they accompany. It is not a question of seeing these membra disjecta as two halves of an imaginary whole: both are fragments of a split that appears to the subject in its semblance, which is itself split between the inner and outer intuition of itself as the desire for transcendence and/or the desire to see itself viewed transcendentally; or again, the Critique is experienced as a work of pure imagination, but this is the imagination at its most violent and inaccessible, already constitutively marked by a kind of madness or a withdrawal from the world that is equivalent to a slow starvation.
     
    For a long time, I have been intrigued by the title of this work and even fascinated by this vision in which the black feminine self satiates itself on its own lack or emptiness, engorged by its inability to be ever adequately represented in the real, cast out from its own edible feast: at once force fed (by Kant) and starved almost to disappearance (by transcendental madness). This emphasis – the simultaneously emphatic and elliptic character of which has already been mentioned – is not directed toward the body (as in hysteria), does not achieve agency (according to which Piper “seeks the comfort of recognizing herself [as an object] in the index” [Bowles 214]), and does not even indicate an elsewhere of meaning (the transcendental location of the gaze). Food for the Spirit is a study of failed ingestion, of the space where racial-sexual fictions (of the self) are exposed, ghostly, and only semi-digested; it studies the way the act of eating literally no-thing makes black flesh disappear within a devouring self-image, but also brings to surfeit a transcendence that the famished flesh (in its darkening) is presumed to lack. This is why “Kant” remains a complex metaphor for the sacrifice of a desire to be seen or known irrevocably (in the excessive purity of an unnameable ascesis), a metaphor that Piper ritualistically reads as a narrative entailing both fantasy and theater. To put this in Kantian terms: Piper can only engorge herself, as a transcendental unity of apperception, by starving herself of the sensuous unity of experience, for both are destined to be eaten up by the noumenal hole that can never be satiated or nourished by the subject.
     
    Piper’s long fascination – even obsession – with Kant’s first Critique is at once an illustration of this crisis (an anxiety about nonexistence) and a theorization of selfhood, since it shows the self’s delusion and its anchor: what can be seen in Food for the Spirit is the join between the two and thus the original disjointure opened up by Kantian critical philosophy. The key reference here is “the conception of the self that Kant develops in the first Critique,” which Piper, in an interview with Maurice Berger, defines as one in which “what is most important to us is a rationally consistent and conceptually coherent theory of the world that enables us to fit every kind of experience we have into a priori categories” (“Critique” 87). Hence the repeated emphasis, in her many readings of Kant, that “if we cannot fit things into those categories [which are a priori], we can’t experience them at all; they can’t be incorporated into the structure of the self” (“Critique” 87). “[I]nformation that violates our conceptual presuppositions threatens our belief system and thereby the rational integrity and unity of the self” (“Critique” 88). The whole of Piper’s Kantianism lies here: in the threat of dissolution that accompanies self-deception, and in the fissure of reason that follows our exposure to the other’s disruptive force. In order to preserve ourselves, it is perhaps not surprising that (despite our best intentions) “we are overridingly motivated to do and to believe what will preserve the coherence of our worldview” (“Critique” 87). This is why x-rationality causes others to disappear as a trace or semblance of the universal; and why Food for the Spirit can be seen as an inversion of x-rationality from the point of view of the disappeared object. From another point of view, Piper can be described as interested in the ways that pseudorational responses to those who are different from us, who don’t fit our conceptions of how people ought to be and look, are often mistaken for transcendental contents of who we are. Insofar as our reason remains dependent on phantasy, xenia cannot be received or known, and it is not surprising that these responses include dissociation, anxiety, denial, and the attempt to “impose our categories”—strategies by which human rationality, paradoxically, is “invariably inadequate and insensitive to the uniqueness of an individual” (“Critique” 88). Her art attempts to make people aware of these pseudorational responses, and consequently to become more sensitive to their cognitive failure or error – these words, illocutionary words if ever there were, with little that is revolutionary or radical about them, must nevertheless be assumed to be deeply political in their implications. Piper describes her aesthetics as enabling the viewer “simply [to] stand silently, perceiving and experiencing at the deepest level the singularity of the object or person, knowing in advance that any attempt at intellectualization is going to be invalid, and so allowing their concrete experience to quiet the intellect before it starts poisoning that experience” (“Critique” 90). Taking the word “poison” literally, we can describe transcendental illusion as a pharmakon: either it remedies the ways we falsely appear to ourselves as experiencing subjects, or it is the charm or drug that allows us to enjoy the illusion of experiencing otherness, when in fact what we experience is our own chimerical investiture and deferment, with our judgment remaining cognitively and morally blind.[5] In the important essay “Two Kinds of Discrimination,” first published in 1992, such poisoning is never purely intellectual; it is a moral-existential response that registers the threat to the self’s “internal coherence” (Piper, Out of Order II 220). Piper’s xenophobic self is constantly exposed to the fear of being “exceedingly fallible and regularly discomforted,” a fear that affirms its own vision of the world as a place where the self is “inhabited by enigmatic and unpredictable disruptions to its stability,” and so is forced to “conjure chimeras of perpetual unease and anxiety into social existence” in order to preserve its rationality (Out of Order II 227-28).
     
    This is why, to a certain extent (namely that of our moral or epistemic insecurity), the “malevolent intentionality” we ascribe to others need not be based on firsthand experience or evidence, but only needs to be become habitual, or intimately familiar, “to seem necessary prerequisites of personhood” (Out of Order II 228). Doubtless these illusions are not merely subjective but are also transcendental; this is the case in Kant’s Critique, where the conceptual unity of the subject is the necessary anchor for any kind of experience (and without which the mind is “nothing but a blind play of representations, that is, less even than a dream” [Kant qtd. in Piper, Out of Order II 219]). But the pseudorational crises included in the list of defenses (or rather, the lack of any consistent, coherent sense of the self) are not purely transcendental, either: Piper believes that Kant’s “categories are mutable,” and “the more we learn to guide them consciously, with an eye to achieving certain goals like overcoming racism, … the more we can evolve cognitively” (“Critique” 90). The obscure meaning of such evolution, which includes a certain utopian gesture, implies not only an idea of art as exceeding the “divisive illusion of otherness, the illusion that each of us is defined not just by our individual uniqueness but by our racial uniqueness,” but also the idea that art falls outside pseudorationality and its limits – that is, a concept of art as more than a blind play of representations, and whose illocutionary force is more than a dream (“Critique” 77). “Art can highlight pseudorational failures of cognitive discrimination as themselves objects of aesthetic examination,” she writes in “Two Kinds of Discrimination,” “and it can heighten a viewer’s level of cognitive sensitivity to a wide range of complex situations, of which political discrimination is only one” (Out of Order II 253). How does it do this? By being an “antidote to provincial and conventional habits of thought,” which Piper seems to equate with the fact that the aesthetic interest of the art object lies in its being an “anomalous entity in its own right” relative to “the conceptual scheme in which it was conceptually embedded”; her art breaks through the illusion of x-rationality by showing the pseudorationalizations to be attenuated and irrational (Out of Order II 254, 255). If art is an antidote to the fear of going mad driven by the desire to inhabit the space of the rule, to be the form that forms (fanaticism in Kant’s sense, self-transcendence in Piper’s), that is because art bridges the gap between cognition and experience, ideas and reality. As we have already seen, the task of teaching the viewer to see his/her own racist-sexist blindness has always involved, for Piper, the task of seeing the unseen, the nonvisible frame or media that produces the seen. As a media that gives form to her politics, Kantian critical philosophy is not only a body of ideas but also a vehicle and object – literally a lens, frame, or window – capable of giving form to this strategy. For she goes on to say: “My philosophy work, in fact, provides the broad theoretical underpinnings of my art. There is a very deep connection” (“Critique” 85).[6]
     
    Piper insists that our categories of experience are both necessary (a priori) and mutable (even evolving). Take away anomalies, and rational consistency and coherence still remain, are still necessary, still inherent to the integrity and unity of the self: without these categories, “we are struck with confusion and panic,” and the world pressing in on us would be “just too much,” “all too unfamiliar” (“Critique” 88). What happens, however, when the “complexity of the world has outstripped our conceptual resources for dealing with it” (“Critique” 88)? We may experience terror when confronted by anomalous objects, but anomaly is already more than a threat, more than an “unmanageable conceptual input,” with the threat being provisional (i.e., decided by whether we resort to pseudorationality or whether, via philosophy or art, we seek out new kinds of cognitive discrimination) (“Critique” 88). In fact, Food for the Spirit dramatizes this encounter intensely, while showing why rules of etiquette remain powerless in the face of the powerful immediacy of the real. And yet. If one part of the mind suffers anomaly as breakdown and terror, another seems to actively seek a fusion between categorial unease and the understanding, and to find a way out of the impasse: in a certain manner, then, art allows us to experience the anomalous without succumbing to its lethal affects. What must be resisted, in any case, is the temptation to reimpose our categories when they are “completely inadequate to the complexity and uniqueness of what one is experiencing” (“Critique” 90). It would seem then that xenophobia can be approached and experienced in reaction to the anomalous affect of art; or again, the art object is experienced as a negative, disruptive power within both the categories of the understanding and the conserving habits of mind. This point is underlined by her belief that “it is not possible to apprehend the singularity of that person through any simple act of categorization” (“Critique” 96). The aesthetic could be said to be privileged in Piper for the same reasons it is in Kant: because the problem of judgment is most radically articulated in terms of it, because it demands a form of judgment that judges without knowing or presuming to know its object and in the absence of determined customs or rules. It is a perspective on or a way back into the political that is not totally determined by history and politics, and that demands more than conformity to conventional laws or systems and categories of thought. For Piper (and for Kant), the aesthetic is not, however, a privileged domain or territory unto itself that has no relation to political or ethical questions, as it seems to be for many neo-Kantians; it is, rather, an uncharted, open horizon that demands a particular kind of critical judgment, given that beauty does not reside in the object itself and therefore cannot be determined. The aesthetic object is not an object of experience; its form is perceivable, but the beauty of its form is not. In fact, this necessity to judge in the absence of determinable laws could be considered to characterize the ethical and political realms as well, areas where one is called upon to judge, but where the authorization to judge is finally indeterminable.
     
    Following Kant, Piper insists that the “more we examine our defensive rationalizations and acknowledge that our stereotypical categories don’t fit, the more we will be able to sensitively expand those categories in order to encompass the singular reality of the ‘other’” (“Critique” 90). And yet “such flexibility,” she adds, “was something that Kant didn’t envision – his idea was that we were just stuck with certain categories. I believe that these categories are constantly being redefined and that they are evolving in response to the complexity of information and experiences that confront and overwhelm us” (“Critique” 90). If, however, the way we experience the world lies not in predetermined categorical rules, but in the expanding gap or disjointure between the techno-scientific rationalization of the world and our ability to make sense of it, then the politics of art lies not in mimesis or representation. It lies instead in the world always being out of step with our intuitions and understanding, since all experience involves conventions that maintain hegemonic ways of viewing the world. In the same way, understanding and experience are not simply opposed: the encounter with the anomalous results in an experience of groundlessness, since the anomalous can never be contained from the position of societal reason, but always remains a kind of uncanny object. Epistemic security, then, is constituted by an ultimately contingent precariousness and, as such, is always under threat; it can always be undermined by a sudden encounter with anomaly, a subversive force in respect of the understanding. In the essay collection Out of Sight, Out of Order, conceptual art is defined furthermore as what allows more flexible insight into this techno-scientific crisis of experience. “First, I define conceptual art as art that subordinates medium to idea…. Second, the resulting flexibility in available media is strategically important, given the political targets of my work” (Out of Order I 248-49). In other words, whereas for Kant illusion or Blendwerk is inevitable and irrefutable and “does not cease even after it has been detected and its invalidity clearly revealed,” for Piper the question is not whether reason is deluded or not but how we respond to reason’s deceptiveness (Kant 209). This is why, in “Two Kinds of Discrimination,” Piper defines her aesthetic as one that tries “to enable the viewer to discriminate cognitively between what he sees and what he is” (Out of Order II 258). Moreover, she employs various strategies for situating this politics, notably, mimesis, confrontation, and naming. By echoing back to the spectator – ironically, mimetically – stereotypical phrases or habits of reasoning; or by naming, simply and plainly, what such euphemisms conceal; or by confronting the spectator with the harmful consequences of discrimination, Piper hopes to draw “the viewer’s attention to these realities” in ways that are “assaultive and disturbing,” so as to reflexively apprehend the more general assaults of social experience (Out of Order II 257). By making the viewer see what ordinarily remains suspended between pseudorationality and experience, she hopes that the unarticulated will not remain at that level, that is, as habit, but will enter self-conscious awareness free from predetermined conventions or rules. This means that the experience of being assaulted by the art object occurs outside pseudorational categories while nevertheless within their interlocution. For if you look at Piper’s artworks, you can see this mirroring, even when Piper performs herself as the anomalous object in social spaces. Thanks to these performances (assaultive, it is true, but also creative), or rather thanks to what, in the work, is violently unrepresentable (which is in fact very little), we are forced to encounter data that cannot be apprehended familiarly, and yet never ceases to question the role of x-rationality.
     
    Here the problem of judgment and thus Kant’s notion of the sublime come to the fore in Piper’s analysis, even though she passes over the sublime in her philosophical readings of Kant and, consequently, has devoted least attention to the third Critique in her published writings. Still, it could be argued that Food for the Spirit is Piper’s most sublime performance insofar as it brings together, violently and dialectically, the affectivity of immediacy as the cure or antidote for what remains of reality once it has been deprived of its fantasmatic support in transcendental illusionism. The sublime should not, however, be overestimated here: it is more an unresolved tension between immediacy and the abyssal disintegration of any categorical framework (Piper’s version of encountering an absolute anomaly) that leads to Piper’s ongoing fascination with the way our everyday life is grounded on precarious cognitive decisions. Those decisions, as is frequently stressed, are seen to be impotent vis-à-vis the abyssal excess of the real. While for Kant the imagination tries but fails to furnish a direct, sensual presentation of an Idea of reason, thus experiencing its impotence, for Piper the understanding itself is put in crisis by the failure of reason to find an appropriate presentation for the anomalous. According to the traditional interpretation of the sublime, for long (and still) conceived as a tension between the experience of an object and a feeling for the Idea of “humanity in us” as subjects, this tension is overcome by reason’s ability to present an object equal to the Idea of that totality (Kant Metaphysics 187). Piper’s work, by contrast, suggests that the Idea of humanity is itself beset with self-deception and fantasy, a suggestion that cannot be made via the categories of the understanding, since they are what actively produce that Idea. The encounter in Food for the Spirit with the negative power of the imagination as a disappearing subtraction, so to speak, should be understood as the result of what happens when the world is wholly given over to a (disembodied, delusory) presentation of Ideas. To imagine means to imagine what we already know, an imaginary that can only feed itself by withdrawing until it disappears into the phantasms of its own creation. Madness would be a sign of this contraction of what can no longer be computed, this surfeit that is also a radical evacuation or emptying out – this withdrawal that underlies the photographic or techno-scientific attempts to stand in for the disintegration of thought and being. The sublime emerges in Food for the Spirit insofar as the work is a fragment, or series of fragments, occupying the place of a veil covering (our phantasies of) a noumenal beyond; but only in a representation can we perceive (and endure) this unimaginable, all-engulfing anomaly. The impasse may recall (without entirely reproducing) Piper’s distinction between the violence done to the imagination by reason and the violence that art, in turn, does to reason: likewise, her work can be seen (across a variety of media) as an attempt to cut through the regulative rules of racist-sexist social life.
     
    Arguably more theoretically modest than this language of sublimity suggests, Piper evokes universality by using terms such as “etiquette,” “openness,” and “acceptance” (to name just a few) always in dialogue with terms of particularity such as “uniqueness,” “immediacy,” “singularity,” etc. This is not to say that the sublime has no relevance to her work, but that it accomplishes something very exact: her work does not so much bridge the gap (without denying it) between the aesthetic and the historico-political, as it opens up an irreducible abyss within reason itself. The sublime functions then not so much a bridge as a passage here; thus it answers not to an aesthetic, political, or even a universal idea of formlessness, but to a disruption or dissolution with neither closure nor center. The sublimity of the work depends, that is, not on a demand for universality and community, but on what might be called an ethics of anomaly (as what is owed to the different and the unfamiliar), as a way of bearing witness to the groundlessness of each decision vis-à-vis the Other. Etiquette is Piper’s figure for this decision, and the anomalous her trope for the abyssal nature of reason’s illusory rendering of xenia (a rendering woven entirely out of stereotypes, abstractions, fetishisms, cultural languages, hateful passions, and desires). If etiquette designates a demand that is universal and not determined by the form such a community (of difference) should take, etiquette and the rules determining it also reveal, paradoxically, the limitations of all rules or conventions, and thus the necessity to go beyond them and beyond experience, where the anomalous cannot be presented without reversion to fiction or stereotype.
     
    In brief, the anomalous artwork teaches us to dissociate the formal constraint of the work from the direct and personal affect that is the indescribable meaning of each individual reaction. Perhaps it was the reading of these reactions (discovered in metaperformances) that Piper called for when she said that an art object is not simply to be seen and heard aesthetically but should be scrutinized and listened to for its truth. The contemporary challenge of art is not to destroy xenophobic thinking but to subvert it, and thus to dissociate subversion from destruction. It seems to me that My Calling (Cards) operates such a distinction, but the distinction becomes problematic in relation to racism. The work is trying to include what its own rhetoric excludes – the realization that blackness must be literally recognized apart from racist language. And yet the work makes another claim: it attempts the impossible task of humanizing offense while presenting the inadequacy of any identity to resolve racism without conventionalism. Blackness becomes, as it were, the anomaly to the false or distorted representation of the anomalous. It is no longer the faux pas that consists of something appearing in the wrong place, as it were, since being out of place is precisely its legacy and its guarantee. At the same time, the enunciation of anti-blackness does not involve insincerity or deception, for everyone authorizes it unwittingly via racist norms; there is a reversion to anti-blackness by the simple fact that it is. Blackness disturbs and offends at the very level of its being, and this is why it is both a pharmakon and an idol of sublimity.
     
    The question asked by her work, then, is what happens when we are forced to see our own nothingness or vacuity – a nothing that captivates us and that arises out of and is addressed to the (black) object that is transcendentally lacking or empty? Now, in Piper’s Kantian aesthetics the art object is the occasion for conceptual negation and an anchor for a more universal, reflexive sentiment of self that is negatively affirmed. In My Calling (Cards), affectivity (of regret and discomfort) is both given and gives itself as the occasion for an immediate response that Piper insists is prereflexive, that is, prior to any kind of abstraction and without any standard of judgment, but one that simultaneously opens up the possibility of another kind of imagining, another kind of impersonal intimacy. In the absence of this transformation, we are left with failures of cognition, imagination, and communicability, and so can only repeat the violation of word and sense that is racist conventionality. As my earlier comments on etiquette suggested, for there to be etiquette already presupposes what Kant calls a Gemeinsinn or sensus communis, an ideal community of feeling. The relation between communicability and the sensus communis that abstracts from the content of a judgment attends only to its formal communicability. This is grounded upon, but also grounds, the relation of imagination and understanding “without the mediation of a concept” that is peculiar to the aesthetic judgment of taste (Kant 176). Kant also suggests that the interest in communicability may explain why a judgment of taste is felt “as if it were a duty”—one that is not, however, based on moral law (Kant 176). Etiquette does imply a sort of duty, a kind of transcendental pragmatics that comes down to acting in concert and in terms of a universal as-if (a form of judging and reflecting that takes into account everyone else’s feelings and sensitivities). Putting oneself in the position of everyone else: this could easily be read as Piper’s ultimate pragmatic response to xenophobic satisfactions. What prevents us from reading My Calling (Cards) and Piper’s work more generally in this way is the ambiguous pleasure she takes in unpleasure without ever articulating it as such, a pleasure that allows for the circulation of the cards in the first place. Whether conscious or not, the pleasure taken in white racist discomfort is not itself visible, and whites do not see it; but it lets me see, it constitutes me as a seeing subject within the field of the veil. Making white racists suffer allows me to see myself better, for it is through their discomfort that I discover that I am visible as black person only when I am able to see myself from elsewhere – from outside the mirror, as it were, from the side of the gaze. Black visibility already knows this, containing as it does a veil that is neither conceptual nor immanent, and that remains invisible as such to every viewpoint, despite persisting within it interminably. If for Piper (and Du Bois) “racism is a visual pathology,” it manifests itself as an invisible gaze, albeit one that is always veiled (Piper “Critique” 93-94).
     
    The calling card leaves me with this question, among others: what is the feeling of being shut out from the world, from a community of feeling, and can that feeling ever be communicated? This question is linked to another concern that has been more or less implicit throughout this essay: namely, why should the pleasure in one’s ruination be bound to self-deception rather than coincide with the form of an unconditional “must”? One could dismiss such pleasure as perverse, but is it necessarily a cognitive failure of the understanding? Why should we be called upon to judge who we are via a proxy form of objection and cultivation (etiquette), if not for the sheer pleasure of cynical disenchantment?  For if one is to be equal to the task (or duty) of one’s speech, why can one not formally enjoy it in its endless imperfection? And who is to say such pleasure is merely the pleasure of unrefined hatefulness, rather than the essence of the very highest, most refined enunciation? Can I, as a black person, be anything more than passive – or resistant – to the hatefulness of such speech? I think it will be useful, in conclusion, even if it means a distinct change of tone, to turn to a text in which blackness acquires its authority over thought precisely because it is experienced as a form of ontological assault and, mutatis mutandis, an unerasable terror to the eye that beholds it. But this terror’s excess is hard to differentiate from a pleasurable breach.

     

    V. Cognitive Terror

    Mr. Cheselden has given us a very curious story of a boy, who had been born blind, and continued so until he was thirteen or fourteen years old; he was then couched for a cataract, by which operation he received his first sight. Among many remarkable particulars that attended his first perceptions, and judgements on visual objects, Cheselden tells us, that the first time the boy saw a black object, it gave him great uneasiness; and that some time after, upon accidentally seeing a negro woman, he was struck with great horror at the sight. (Burke 131)

     

    I choose this example from Edmund Burke’s Enquiry into the Origin of Our Ideas of the Sublime and Beautiful (1757) because it offers a look from inside an encounter with the racially anomalous, an envisioning in which the (white) subject finds itself suspended amid great uneasiness. This shock turns on a certain accentuation within the field of the visible, namely, a sight, not so much of blackness as color, as of a black object (a “negro woman”). And what disturbs is not the reminder of the eye’s former blindness, but rather what seems to accrue with the horrendous sight of a black person, a horror that limits the very act of seeing in the renewed experience of the visible (Burke 131). In this theater of the eye, then, we see a racial allegory of veiling/unveiling; in this spectacle of a first sight formerly lost, now restored, seeing and imagining find themselves in an anomalous relationship without it being possible to say that one takes precedence over the other or that one is extracted from the other. Finally, in this scenario of restored vision, it seems that blackness can only be reproduced as a faux pas, as a dispossession (because aggressing) of white sensibility and custom, insofar as it continues to form an obstacle to what might be called the birth of a certain epistemological, politico-aesthetic knowledge of the self (which is born theoretically, allegorically, out of darkness). This is why Burke begins the section of his Enquiry titled “On the effects of blackness” with various tropes of blindness: with the feeling that, in utter darkness “it is impossible to know in what degree of safety we stand; we are ignorant of the objects that surround us”; “we may fall down a precipice the first step we take”; and in such darkness “wisdom” cannot avail itself of any certainty, it “can only act by guess.” For in this phantasy of being seen while unseeing, of being struck unawares, of falling down while groping along, the terrible fear is that darkness sees me precisely where I can no longer see myself (130). Thus the great uneasiness is founded – despite sight’s restoration – on the threat that the world has lost its “belong to me aspect,” and that seeingness is no longer reachable as a first sovereign impression, but is vulnerable and bereft (Lacan 81).
     
    In fact, such terror is neither merely conventional nor a result of the constitutive frailties of reason (as we saw in Piper). For Burke, “the ill effects” of blackness are felt as a physical assault on the eye. But even if the “natural operation” of that blow is painful, the scenario nonetheless shows a subject caught up or exposed in its own labyrinthine imagining (of the eye as a kind of sadomasochistic theater or boudoir) (Burke 145, 144). When darkness appears and conquers the field of vision (and consequently blinds us), Burke says the fibers of the iris are painfully contracted or “forcibly drawn back,” which produces “spasms” in the eye’s efforts to see the object. In this sensation there is a dual experience (whose ramification again touches on seeing as a question of mastery and immediacy before habit or representation): “the bodily organs suffer first, and the mind through these organs” (Burke 131, 133). Not only does Burke tell us that he himself has experienced such pain, but he also recounts: “I have heard some ladies remark, that after having worked a long time upon a ground of black, their eyes were so pained and weakened they could hardly see” (133). The threads of these various painful stories therefore link blackness not to a reproducible image, but to a natural immediacy whose effects are constitutive rather than habitual. Blackness is consequently painful to the eye because it signifies a vertiginous ground whose optical geometry is so “many vacant spaces dispersed among the objects we view” (Burke 133). Threaded through this example of pained needlework (since it arises from a process of muscular and visceral contraction, of the hand faltering because the eye is no longer a guide), is a notion of perception as itself a kind of labor in vacuity, and of the visible as composed of vacuities that thus weary the eye.
     
    Despite Burke’s appeal to nature, it is difficult to locate the threat of the negro woman’s blackness because its effects concern neither the woman’s race nor her gender (though Burke’s interpretation implicitly relies on both). The threat derives instead from a kind of subtraction or vacuity that cannot, however, be grounded in cultural discourse, since it constitutes a kind of material absence within culture. According to Burke, black bodies
     

    are but so many vacant spaces dispersed among the objective view. When the eye lights on one of these vacuities, after having been kept in some degree of tension by the play of the adjacent colours upon it, it suddenly falls into a relaxation; out of which it as suddenly recovers by a convulsive spring. (133)

     
    To look on black bodies is thus to look on a disjunctive space within being and/or nature; it is, in other words, to witness a break or rupture within culture, a vacuity or subtraction that is at the same time compared to a dream or hallucination. More precisely, blackness terrifies because it has no ground in nature, and because it denotes the blind unrepresentability of our own natures, so that to see it is to know that we no longer see and are at risk of a fall. By choosing the word “vacant,” Burke renders it unclear whether blackness is the manifestation of an emptiness that grounds the image, or whether it is a vacuity that allows that emptiness to manifest itself within culture. It is clear, however, that this gap or dispersion results from a “relaxation” that is both mental and corporeal and from which the mind recovers and forms itself as by a “convulsive spring.” Furthermore, it is always white subjectivity that conceives of this vacuity cast by metaphysical blackness, and that conceives itself in the process. Once again, the terror of representation is not due to the eye being so weakened or fatigued by its own deceptions. For as Burke discovers when he tries to see himself through the eyes of the couched boy or by pursuing the same threads as the needlework ladies, the terror lies not so much in blackness as in the very vision of a vacuity that it discloses or makes seeable, as the mind falls victim to the sublime blindness of reason, and precisely when its (racial) staging cannot be pictured or conceived as a theater of representations: “and by no art, can we cause such a shock by the same means, when we expect and prepare for it” (Burke 133, my emphasis). Furthermore, Burke concludes, even though “custom reconciles us to everything,” including our night terrors, “the nature of the original impression [of blackness] still continues”; or, more problematically perhaps, the restitution of sight (via the sublime) is always in fact a repetition of a primal vacuity within the sighted subject (Burke 135). In these stories of restored sight and sight endangered, one thereby glimpses the way that the aestheticization of the natural sentiments of civil society is instituted and constituted on an account of a racial horror that overwhelms the mind absolutely, irrevocably, and regardless of custom, sentiment, or reason. For white custom or culture, in brief, blackness is indeed the Other, and to say that blackness is a faux pas is inherently tautological.
     
    Thus is the body of a black woman introduced into the dream of a blind (and blinding) envisioning, but in this dream the body and mind are both hallucinated as under threat. Here the corporeal body and representation are both subjected and held in abeyance by a gaze that becomes the sublime substitute of both nature and meaning: this gaze blackens the world. (This picturing of blackness as an anomaly within the visible is permitted by nothing other than the conventional association of blackness with malevolent threat, one that renders it subservient to the drama of an exposed, ever fragile whiteness; nothing permits this classical racial optics more than the sense that whiteness needs protecting from the racial “convulsions” that its own relaxation solicits.)
     
    Burke’s example thus poses this problem: how can the mind free itself from blackness, when it is not so much the mind that is deceived into relaxation (by blackness, or femininity) as it is the “relaxation” itself that causes the eye to fall (inside a dream that is, in truth, the blindness of its own envisioning), and when it is this “accident” of the gaze that “induces this [black, sublime] image in the mind” (Burke 134)? In the case of the sublime, the image of falling is derived immanently and essentially (that is to say, aesthetically) from the threat of a relaxation induced from without that is simultaneously the nightmare or fantasy of the reposing mind. This fear, as Piper argues in Out of Order, Out of Sight, is itself problematic, since by protecting civility, masculinity, and the gaze over the eye, this imagining of blackness also protects the injustices of patriarchal sexual-racial conventions from being connected to their delusional origins in the imaginings of whites.
     
    When the issue is a black woman as a visual faux pas, or as the point at which the categorial framework collapses, some sort of boundary has already been invaded, in a sense. Since it is as a veil that blackness, allegorically, remains suspended between being and appearance, it is viewed by Burke simultaneously as both sublime and pharmakon, impressive and debased, moving the body to contract painfully, to open the eye wide, so as to induce the mind’s precipitous relaxation. In order for sensibility to avoid being reduced once again to blindness, sublimity, like judgment, needs to be rethought in terms of the kinds of sexual-racial politics on display here in the Enquiry. The distrust of the aesthetic in Piper, her critique of fetishistic pseudology are so many attempts at this rethinking; they are attempts to lay down (in the sense in which Lacan says the gaze is laid down as a kind of mimicry or camouflage) the visual and categorial limits of racist self-delusion. Yet even the attempt (in Piper) to re-encounter the anomalous is not simply political – one gets the impression that she is trying to imagine another kind of political aesthetics. As Piper convincingly demonstrates, that imagining challenges not only the claims of aesthetic sensibility, civility, or etiquette, but also the racial conventions of aesthetic taste and culture.
     
    One often hears in artistic circles that to focus on sensibility is to be apolitical. Burke’s interest in the eyes of the blind as an untrained or innocent way of seeing, one not yet dulled or habituated by custom or reason, argues, on the contrary, for an absolute sovereignty of seeing. The innocent eye is a metaphor not only for a highly cultivated aesthetics of vision or Bildung, but also for a purity of political envisioning. There is politics precisely because the purest (most sovereign) vision is the most unseeing, i.e., free from the restrictions of convention and taste.
     
    And there is also judgment. There are striking and suggestive parallels between the blind boy invoked in the Enquiry and the shifting address-structures of works like Piper’s My Calling (Cards). A glance at this and several other works suggests that there tends indeed to be a shared depiction in Burke and Piper of a law beyond sight, a vacuity at the very edge of the visible, a mind ever haunted by its own infirmity and disfiguration; both depict various tableaux of a kind of conventional seeing that produces blindness, and of a ruination that is the moment of first sight, a ruin whose political meaning is that of restored sight. Doubtless there are differences, but the various mises en scène of a mind groping in the darkness of its own delusion, the setting in movement of counter-pseudological tableaux, in short the holding in check of the politics of the sublime, all suggest a concern with the conventional limits of the seeable. At the level of the texts themselves, there is the sense that blackness is uniquely imperious to the mind because in seeing it we become like children, or the blind, unable to measure distances in space or time, unable to tell the difference between the dangerous over-proximity of objects from the very far, distant, or ungraspable. Part of the demonstrative power of blackness is to collapse geometric vision into psychological unseeing. The same is true of Burke’s reading of Cheselden. The original scientific interest of the case was the contiguity of sight and touch; the distance between the mental images we have of objects, their resemblance or likeness, and our actual experience of them; and whether a person born blind could recognize objects in space alone without learning how to associate names and things (the so-called “Molyneux problem”). For Burke, the case is more about the eye as a kind of cinémathèque or theater, where the conventions of judgment themselves become images (of blindness), and where things newly seen are like cutouts or hallucinations that possess insufficient reality and are mere shadows of a more overwhelming darkness. The primary force of race in the Enquiry is due to the direct relation between what we racially see and questions of invisibility; racial seeing is a question not of an illusory reality, but of a phantasy that is unconsciously lived as reality.
     
    Naturally, Piper reconceives this delusional fear in transcendental terms. In order to tell the story of the black-woman-as-object (as in, say, Burke), her artwork strives to present her indexical presence as a unique moment or event prior to any defensive rationalization; this moment is one of great unease, since its meaning cannot be assured in advance and involves the suspension of conventional pleasures and associations. Thus, rather than realize a phantasy of innocence transformed into power, here the gaze signals a regression from power to childish innocence. The phantasy of penetrating the world of things is here rendered fallible and precarious when traversed by the gaze of the other in her difference. Necessarily unpredictable, this encounter is what Piper subsequently calls (in Out of Sight) a way of not averting one’s gaze. Burke’s theater of the eye registers a series of aversions, including negrophobia, but by doing so it simultaneously demonstrates the conventional limits of our notions of difference. As a consequence he shows the way that race has always been recruited to perform this pained weariness of the (white) eye, and the way that weariness has become “naturally” blind. The sight of a black woman accordingly denotes not so much an external shock that cannot be expunged from the objective view, as an ideological fantasy that grounds the gendered-raced terms of the Enquiry. It is Burke, then, who cannot look on her, who looks indirectly at her through the eyes of a frightened boy. In the Enquiry her presence is an allegorical vacuity in whose appearance the desire not to see becomes both intelligible and desirable as the phantasized limit of the mind.
     
    Yet art needs to see her, finally, because the history of aesthetics does not. In Piper’s justly famous “Self-Portrait Exaggerating My Negroid Features” (1981), the question of racism’s invisibility to art historical discourse is taken up and made explicit (see Fig. 3).
     

    Fig. 3 Adrian Piper, Self-Portrait Exaggerating My Negroid Features, 1981. Pencil on paper. 8″ x 10″ (20.3 x 25.4 cm). Collection of Eileen Harris Norton, USA. © Adrian Piper Research Archive Foundation Berlin. Used by permission.

     

    One can’t help feeling that the black woman who appears here is the effect of a figure who disappears, and in whose invisibility the phenomenal form of blackness remains racially indeterminate. Once again, one is struck by the close entanglement of exposure and concealment in this pencil drawing on paper (in fact, one feels the uneasiness and strangeness of this concealment by appearance). This picture looks back at us from the heart of the visible, the record of what it means to be seen when we no longer know who is doing the seeing: we don’t know whether the artifice is one of exposure or concealment, disguise or complicity; whether the “exaggeration” is at once a falsification (pastiche or fetish); or whether it is the expression of an excess, a disruption, a negation pulling the face towards some other model that has no obvious meaning as parody, disguise, or derision, and yet remains embodied as a kind of obtuse referent without designation, neither anchored nor set adrift in the scene of the image. Take away the obvious meaning of “Negroid,” and a “racial” signification still remains, still circulates, still comes through: without it, there would be no exaggeration to be seen or read. But what makes that signification figurable and seeable is used here in opposition, not to the deliberately fictive disguise, but to the imbecility of all racial designation that confuses being with appearance. The question of what appears is thus raised in an interesting way as a kind of non-negating disappearance. But it is hard to know if the exaggeration is part of what appears or what fails to appear; hence the difficulty in locating it. Our vision remains suspended between the image and its designation, between representation and its subtraction. Like the figure of vacuity in the Enquiry, it is difficult to tell whether race is the ground that figures or the figure that grounds. On the one hand, the strokes that mark the surface of the paper are both the frame and what frames aesthetic judgment. Hence, all appearance, for Piper, could be called Negroid insofar as it designates an empty materiality, or a materiality prior to any aesthetic manifestation.
     
    Piper has indicated clearly in several texts the burden that her race and sexuality have presented to gallery owners and collectors.[7] “Self-Portrait Exaggerating My Negroid Features” takes up that burden as an allegory of the black female artist always caught between exaggeration and caricature, seemingly present yet disappearing before her own eyes into the abyss of that self-division, desperately trying to recapture herself as an image of referential explicitness, but already knowing that blackness is already, in its very iconicity, the medium that prevents such referentiality from taking shape, from acquiring a singular form or uniqueness. All of Piper’s self-portraits (since that is what we are concerned with) are allegories of an incarnation that subtracts, with blackness as the figure for what lets be seen without ever presenting, and in whose “representation” ruination supervenes on any self-image. In tracing the movement of that figuration, Piper’s self-portraits are powerful accounts of the ways black art has been looked at (that is to say, marked off, ruined, mutilated) by art theory and the white art establishment. One could say that the gaze here sets aside both the portrait and the features – the markers of selfhood – and reaches instead toward a black thing, a black object that belongs in the category of aesthetic formlessness. Piper’s drawing thus attempts the impossible task of addressing the limits of that figuration within a representation – the unrepresentable moment when, in viewing the work, the face first looked at is eclipsed by a memory or stereotype that cannot itself be seen in the portrait. Since any black self-portrait has to include what is by its own form excluded from it, it must present through its own ruination the traces of this limit, not as something known but as something uncomprehended by the aesthetic. Therefore, this portrait, too, in tracing the limit of certain conventions, inscribes an appearing that it itself reveals to be impossible – but necessary (as such, it recalls the photographs of Food for the Spirit). Accordingly, black art historically has been forced to demonstrate – by the unwanted supplement of racism –the fate of being, aesthetically, its own pharmakon; the black artist has to present, to bring out, to render visible, by the very excess that she brings to it, the expression of a disappearance that signifies the ruination of black art as both idea and medium. Piper also makes clear that this obligation is borne and sustained by historical conventions of art historical discourse and enquiry – which is why her conceptual art challenges its own referentiality and representation. Whence her insistence on the ruin of this version of ruination, and by the very anomalous terms that render it tangible as both an aesthetic idea and cultural value. And whence her insistence on the political necessity of etiquette as a moral or dialectical space where black art can form or suspend its own radical anomaly, and where the desire is for an art of xenia.
     
    In each of her self-portraits, then, a kind of vacuity is implicitly instated between figure and stereotype. In a way, Piper’s art attempts to return seeing to a certain kind of naivety, to produce a spectator who sees before understanding what it is he or she is seeing. All this is a far cry from Burke. And yet, in the fourth part of the Enquiry, Burke describes a vacuity in visual judgment that has no other meaning than its contribution to a spectacle of excess and ruination (and whose witness is the restored sight of a formerly blind boy). Piper, in “Self-Portrait Exaggerating My Negroid Features,” aims at the recovery of the gaze of the black object from such blindness; the point seems to be that black art cannot be representational without the risk of seeming vacuous, and the price paid is enormous – no less than a sight ruined by having to blindly contemplate itself through stereotypes. Perhaps it was the reading of this other blind text (here in Burke) that Piper called for when she said that an art object should not simply be seen or heard but also scrutinized and listened to attentively as a materially anomalous event. This scrutiny and this listening are obviously not the postulation of some simple need to apply the mind post-racially (that would be banal, a pious wish), but rather a veritable mutation of how we read the black object, text, or image – which remains a crucial problem of our time.

     

    * * *

     

    This still leaves us, and the racist offender, holding the card. If today’s prevailing fantasy is that we are all post-racial, then handing out the card becomes harder than ever. It is no wonder that My Calling (Cards) has been seen as so historically significant. It is also no wonder that its significance remains simply that of asking a subject to become a spectator to his or her own delusion. Whether one has ever received these calling cards or not, everyone participating in the debate has once committed a racist faux pas. Rhetorical, psychoanalytical, philosophical, aesthetic, and political structures are profoundly implicated in these solecistic apparitions. The difficulty in all these encounters would seem to reside in the attempt to achieve a full elaboration of any discursive position other than that of the card not needing to be taken, the receiving of which makes all of us into a terrified child groping blindly in self-deception. What could be more discomforting than that?

    David Marriott is Professor in the History of Consciousness Department, University of California, Santa Cruz. His books include In Neuter (Equipage, Cambridge, 2014), Haunted Life: Visual Culture and Black Modernity (Rutgers University Press, 2007), and The Bloods (Shearsman Books, 2008). He is writing a book on the work and afterlife of Frantz Fanon. This essay derives from a current series of essays on black visual culture (another related essay, “Waiting to Fall,” appeared in New Centennial Review 13.3, Winter 2013).
     

    Footnotes

    [1] Piper’s writings on Kant are many and varied. See, in particular, Piper “Xenophobia” and “The Critique of Pure Racism.”

    [2] Despite the vast literature on Souls, I have yet to come across a reading that pays detailed attention to the significance of these cards qua notions of etiquette.

    [3] See Farver, Frueh, and Jones.

    [4] See Bowles 214. What strikes me as strange, however, is Piper’s insistence on the need to preserve the universal, as she defines it, in order to grasp the particular, or that both are versions of the same logic. In an interview with Maurice Berger, she states: “To my way of thinking, universality and singularity are opposite sides of the coin” (Piper, “Critique” 94).

    [5] See Derrida.

    [6] And yet it has also been claimed that Piper has sacrificed her art to the “ultimate narcissism” of philosophy (Piper, Out II, 121). Better put, her art has too little affect because Piper herself has too much philosophy. But what, exactly, is the criteria of authenticity on display here? The antithesis between authenticity and philosophy implies that black art can only be authentic if it is philosophically stupid (or naïve). For Piper, the tension is not one between philosophic narcissism and authenticity of experience, but the way in which reason makes experience intelligible or blindly delusional.

    [7] See Piper, Out II, 51-175.

    Works Cited

    • Austin, J. L. How To Do Things With Words. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1975. Print.
    • Berger, Maurice. “Styles of Radical Will. Adrian Piper and the Indexical Present.” Adrian Piper: A Retrospective, 12-32. Baltimore: Fine Arts Gallery, U of Maryland, 1999. Print.
    • Bowles, John P. Adrian Piper: Race, Gender, and Embodiment. Chapel Hill: Duke UP, 2011. Print.
    • Burke, Edmund. A Philosophical Enquiry into the Origin of our Ideas of the Sublime and Beautiful. Ed. Adam Phillips. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1990. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Dissemination. Trans. Barbara Johnson. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1981. Print.
    • Du Bois, W. E. B. The Souls of Black Folk. New York: Cosimo, 2007. Print.
    • Farver, Jane. “Introduction.” Adrian Piper: Reflections, 1967-1987. New York: Alternative Museum, 1987. Print.
    • Frueh, Joanna. “The Body Through Women’s Eyes.” In The Power of Feminist Art: The American Movement of the 1970s, History and Impact. Eds. Norma Broude and Mary D. Garrard. New York: Harry N. Abrams, 1994. 190-207. Print.
    • Jones, Amelia. Body Art/Performing the Subject. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1999. Print.
    • Kant, Immanuel. Critique of the Power of Judgment. Trans. Paul Guyer and Eric Matthews. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2000. Print.
    • —.  Critique of Pure Reason. Trans. Norman Kemp Smith. London: Macmillan, 1982. Print.
    • —. The Metaphysics of Morals. Trans. Mary Gregor. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2004. Print.
    • Lacan, Jacques. The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis. The Seminar of Jacques Lacan Book XI. Trans. Alan Sheridan. New York: Norton, 1998. Print.
    • Piper, Adrian. “The Critique of Pure Racism: An Interview with Adrian Piper.” Adrian Piper: A Retrospective. Maurice Berger, et. al. Baltimore: Fine Arts Gallery, U of Maryland, 1999. Print.
    • —. “Intuition and Concrete Particularity in Kant’s Transcendental Aesthetic.” Rediscovering Aesthetics. Eds. F. Halsall, J. Jansen, and T. O’Connor. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2008. Print.
    • —. Out of Order, Out of Sight. Vol. I: Selected Writings in Meta-Art, 1968-1992. Cambridge: MIT P, 1996. Print.
    • —. Out of Order, Out of Sight. Vol. II: Selected Writings in Art Criticism, 1967-1992. Cambridge: MIT P, 1996. Print.
    • —. “Xenophobia and Kantian Rationalism.” Philosophical Forum 24.1-3 (1992-93): 188-232. Print. 10 Jan. 2015.
  • From Graph

    Value: One’s self cannot be anywhere

    [Recording 1053-1920-vol23-iss3-Graham-audio1.mp3 here]
    Recording 1. “Value.” © K. Lorraine Graham. Used by permission.

    Today I am worth $1,744.69

    Today I am worth $1,557.07

    Today I am worth $964.63

    Today I am worth $886.52

    Today I am worth $402.00

    Today I am worth $302.52

    Today I am worth $1,742.38

    Today I am worth $1,571.21

    Today I am worth $1,480.89

    Today I am worth $1,289.20

    Today I am worth $677.01

    Today I am worth $492.99

    Today I am worth $367.51

    Today I am worth $560.03

    Today I am worth $508.074

    Today I am worth $2,375.45

    Today I am worth $1,480.72

    * * * * *

    [Recording 1053-1920-vol23-iss3-Graham-audio2.mp3 here]
    Recording 2. “Debt consolidation is not easy.” © K. Lorraine Graham. Used by permission.

    Debt consolidation is not easy, and we want to help you resolve your issue quickly and easily, even though France says austerity is a European disease. According to the Mizzou Mafia, the path is not easy, and we are required to treat you fairly. Austerity was difficult, and now I miss it. The autumn is not easy, but you can write us a letter and we will stop contacting you. We will stop contacting you while thousands of people in Lisbon protest austerity measures. English is not easy, if you have complaints about us, you can write us a letter, and Kenny will shift the focus on escape from austerity. Success is not easy, but we are required to notify you of your rights, even though it will stymie the funding debate. Failing is not easy, no, that’s why we are here to help you manage and successfully repay your student loans. The myth of a mass higher education system is stymieing proper consideration of university funding. Reshoring manufacturing is not easy, please let us know if you have any questions. Life is not easy for any of us, but what of that? We’re here to help you set up safeguards that will allow you to focus on what’s important. This workout is a push right out of the same-old routine and straight in to workout you-know-what.  WordPress is not easy, and that’s ok. Please note that this isn’t legal advice, we’re concerned about austerity in the tech industry. Translation is not easy, we’re here to help you appear more conservative in your outlook and cautious about your prospects. Church is not easy, but we’ve got something to help you on the right path: a march organized by the People’s Assembly in London. Life on the fringe of the major leagues is not easy, but we’re here to help—austerity can make you richer. The path is not easy, we’re here to help you understand your medical expenses, despite austerity. It’s not easy being the leader of the world, we’re not from the government and we’re here to help during this time of austerity in higher education. Loving you is not easy, but we’re diverse, and have developed services to help couples who have grown up in an age of austerity.

     
    * * * * *
     

    Bubbles, bubbles, everywhere / Why did I go to college? / You don’t know what love is.

    * * * * *
     

    God: God never promises to provide equally for everyone.
     
    I do not worry. I do not say: What will I eat? What will I drink? What will I wear for clothing?

     
    * * * * *
     

    [Recording 1053-1920-vol23-iss3-Graham-audio3.mp3 here]
    Recording 3. “Work.” / ”If.” / ”The young woman.” © K. Lorraine Graham. Used by permission.

    Work: Having a hard time making a living

    She had a job which was simple, for money. The job was waiting on wealthy guests at a restaurant. Her employer was astonishingly perceptive though wealthy from birth. Money from birth is a lack.

     
    * * * * *
     

    If we live off a trust fund. If we live off money from our family, receiving an amount that isn’t quite trust-fund level. If we marry people with more money than we have. If our graduate advisor whose spouse paid for six years of plane tickets between New York and Berkeley during graduate school says, “don’t be the partner that follows.”

     
    * * * * *
     

    The young woman at a different time had no money or job. Before, she’d an extreme surface which came from being with someone and him now being gone. For a month she ate only breakfast at the guest house with the other workers, nothing else. Going out for a walk because she felt sick and lonely and had to go out. People. Animals walking along. A laser printer strapped to the back of a bicycle with twine—went further and further past them, past the temple until stopping to drink a juice. She sat at the juice stand, shivering with sunstroke. The man there suspicious, wanting her to move on from her appearance. She was not able to continue. Realizing she was really physically sick and it was simple.

     
    * * * * *
     

    Office automation is not an act, but a habit. Incumbents ensure that the first step is a step in the right direction. Office automation software and hardware is a yardstick of quality. A variety of office automation systems that advance opportunities and productivity on purpose rather than by accident. Using a variety of office automation systems that are designed for organizations, or organizational units to attain the success they seek. The purpose is to perform office automation work and office automation duties that will help your organization deliver better results and chase perfection. Use office automation hardware and make action-based systems a habit. Automation design systems through supervision and labor that uplifts humanity. Skill in office automation for your project of doing ordinary things well. Clerical, office or automation for finance reports and resisting without fighting. Various office automation duties in support of education improvement, and constant change.

     
    * * * * *
     

    For several years, I’ve been making a long list poem called “job” or “employment.” The poem is a list of jobs. Sometimes the name of the job is preceded by the phrase, “I could be a…” or “you could be a…” etc. Last Thursday, I added “Bellhop” to the list. One of my former students told me that his mother was a bellhop for a Four Seasons hotel, and that she made good money through tipping. When my former student told me this, we were riding the bus from La Jolla to Carlsbad. I have no car. My former student has a car, but he says he takes the bus to save money. I was a horrible waitress, but I’ve often wished I could be a good one, since I made more per hour at the fancy yacht club restaurant in Brooksville, Maine than I have at any other job since. I dumped a rack of lamb with blackcurrant coulis into the lap of a woman who’d arrived that morning on a yacht that she’d paid someone else to sail up from Puerto Rico. She told me that she’d have to have her pants cleaned, and that I’d ruined her travel pants. My former student’s mother is from Puerto Rico.

     
    * * * * *
     

    Self: Oneself cannot be anywhere
     
    To have violated or going against the procedures of the memoir or autobiography—by doing them.
     
    She knew she could die, that she would. Actions are nothing—this is impossible. Have used them up—and writing isn’t anything. The young woman then middle-aged woman sick and with no job in the crisis—and not stylized or is, loved, and geared to this.
     
    Geared to this—writing.

     
    * * * * *
     

    She’s given too much painkiller or takes too many mushrooms and realizes few people care about each other. She feels or knows they do not care about her—though one does. She does or they do. What does it matter anyway. Ever. And not as a negative act or frightening thing—though it is frightening. Others at other times not frightened by it. And so much over something small. Which is incredible.

     
    * * * * *
     

    My birthday is June 11, and I’d appreciate a phone call or a card.

     
    * * * * *
     

    [Recording 1053-1920-vol23-iss3-Graham-audio4.mp3 here]
    Recording 4. “No one else.” / ”I have no spouse.” © K. Lorraine Graham. Used by permission.

    No one else in the wealthy area: Received my annual social security statement in the mail today, so money is funneled outside, is in companies. It isn’t in the future. I have been working since the first Gulf War. In 1991 I earned $150. The people in offices are new, therefore it isn’t in terms of the past––My highest earning year was 2005, when I earned $36,060 in an office building on Dupont Circle. The bus which is mechanical being in the foreground––At my current earnings rate, if I continue working until I am 67, it doesn’t matter if it’s active––my social security payment will be about $1208 a month. I don’t know how old the man is, who’s old. If I continue working until I am 70, they’re not the same people, my social security payment will be about $1498 a month (So they’re seen, and not active). If I decide to stop working at age 62, a man mugging me––therefore inverted––I will get about $847 a month, not just in relation to maturity. I am eligible for disability benefits––seeing I’m frightened is almost considerate. If I die this year, by not hitting me when I struggle with him, certain members of my family though finally giving him the purse. The naiveté––on my part––he’s depressed, may quality for the following benefits. My child, he’s depressed––$965 a month––by mugging me. My spouse who corresponds to my having a job is caring for my child: $965 having an employer, a month. I’d made jokes seen by him to be inappropriate. My spouse who had offended him––reaches full retirement age: $1287 a month. My total family benefits cannot be more than $2316 a month. I make jokes because it’s in the past. My spouse or child may be eligible for a special one-time death benefit of $255, (is therefore sentient). I have earned enough credits to qualify for Medicare at age 65––I’m fairly immature in age. Even if I do not retire at age 65, and my offending him is un––I should be sure to contact Social Security three months before my intentional 65th birthday to enroll in Medicare.

     
    * * * * *
     

    I have no spouse. I have no children. I do not intend to ever have a spouse. I do not want to ever have children.

    Lorraine Graham is the author of Terminal Humming, from Edge Books, and has a second collection forthcoming from Coconut Books in 2015. She has taught digital media and creative writing at UCSD, California State University San Marcos, and the Corcoran College of Art And Design. She lives in Washington, DC.
     

  • “Today I am worth”: K. Lorraine Graham’s Graph

    Judith Goldman (bio)

    The State University of New York at Buffalo

    judithgo@buffalo.edu

     

    In The Making of the Indebted Man, Maurizio Lazzarato presents “the increasing force of the creditor-debtor relationship” in the world remade by financial capitalism since the late 1970s (23). “Debt acts as a ‘capture,’ ‘predation,’ and ‘extraction’ machine on the whole of society,” he writes (29); “the creditor-debtor relation concerns the entirety of the current population as well as the population to come” (32). If, in the last chapter of Debt: The First 5,000 Years, David Graeber exculpates contemporary working-class debtors, subject to decreased wages and plied continually with credit opportunities, for incurring debt to live life above the level of mere survival, floating consumption as conviviality or social participation, Lazzarato perhaps more absolutely deindividuates debt, for in this neoliberal epoch it always already profoundly conditions any given economic circuit, whether one’s transactions are mediated by payment plan or not.[1]
     
    One concern that emerges from these excerpts from K. Lorraine Graham’s Graph – with its unstinting demonstrations of the subject’s inextricability from debt, the degree to which debt saturates social relations – is the strange morphology of economic non-agency in debt culture, the extended mutations of (the alibi of) the sovereign subject of contractual exchange.  In this contemporary working class universe, a work “ethic” has become even less about sacrificing for the future than about a futurity already intractably mortgaged to or sold out for a still-precarious present: how to maneuver among seemingly non-negotiable vectors of hyper-exploitation that not only enjoin and profit from labor, but require life itself to be rented?  As Graham lays bare the intricacies of this ruthless system, she puts on display the surplus exactions of (gendered) affective labor, but more so the affect and social judgment generated around each reticulation of an ever-complexifying debt network.  What Graph finally portrays is not canny, street-smart manipulations of what exactly must be rendered – would-be debt-defying feats – but the very impossibility of being a “good” subject of debt, of navigating labyrinths designed to be so difficult to negotiate that the debtor, regardless of fidelity to dues, is dug continually deeper in arrears.
     
    Take, for instance, Graham’s appropriation text (outright expropriation of pre-fabricated language or sublet?), comprised of select search results for the phrase “is not easy” combined with those for the term “austerity.”  Here the grotesquerie of the neoliberal suffocation of the welfare state posed as natural fact meets the sleazy, faux-sympathetic come-on of coping mechanisms for hire: Graham pinpoints and plays up the debt-service industry’s massaging rhetoric—“we’re here to help”—with its promise to understand rather than condemn the debtor who must pay by exposing herself if she is ever to get out of the hole, as it lures her to meet the class antagonism of debt redeemingly re-branded as life challenge.  Graham’s reframing perfectly captchas the paradox of the creditor’s invocation of bygone civility in the very act of describing a most uncivil insistence: “You can write us a letter and we will stop contacting you.”  If its inclusion of protest (“thousands of people in Lisbon protest austerity measures”) opens onto a possible opposition to working with austerity—indeed, of profiting from it—the piece also exemplifies the affective dynamics that overtax working-class virtues, preying upon vulnerability, an aversion to being beholden, and the willingness to pull the belt tighter, even as the debt economy works over labor only to extrude it. “In capitalist logics of askesis,” as Lauren Berlant observes, “the workers’ obligation is to be more rational than the system, and their recompense is to be held in a sense of pride at surviving the scene of their own attrition.” Or as Graham says: “Life is not easy for any of us, but what of that?”  Another appropriation text, on “office automation,” reads as a counter-exemplar of actor network theory: the repeated imposition of the word “automation” in discourse cribbed from corporate ad copy serves to mystify precisely which tasks the technology will perform, as human causality continually slips logics in these triumphalist formulations.  Such deskilling, dehumanizing efficiency strategies make workers mere mechanized adjuncts to operating systems: “Use office automation hardware and make action-based systems a habit. Automation design systems through supervision and labor that uplifts humanity.”  More chilling, though, is the managerial class-position in which the system stands.
     
    Graph offers up its mediated representations of class epistemology through compassionate but unsparing insight into damaged identity.  In a move akin to conceptual writing, Graham’s devastating opening list poem – auto-populated by a bank statement – contrives a post-lyric for an unforgivingly evacuated precariat subjectivity: the place of self-expression has been usurped by monetized predicates of self-worth, glaringly posting their I’s proximity to economic disaster on an unremitting daily basis.  In verse reduced to the self’s bottom line, Graham reveals the brutal economistic lens seemingly internalized by the post-lyrical subject (if such flatness can signal interiority), yet her initial volley complicates that reduction insofar as it presents the self as an elusive value-field: “Value: One’s self cannot be anywhere.”  If this suggests the essential dislocation of the contemporary self, traceable only through the virtual flux of the electronic transfer of funds, it also points to the ways in which the self-as-value is continually re-generated through motion, circulation, and exchange: earnings and expenditure.
     
    And yet Graham’s depiction of this volatility does not give onto a sense of more wholesome, alternate circuitries; it is rather the courage of ressentiment that frames minor but nonetheless loaded resistances. Indeed, it is the voicing of class resentment, barred from public discourse in a culture that worships and exculpates wealth, that Graham stages as a form of affective resistance.[2]  “‘Don’t be the partner that follows’”: the universality of tough love and the feminist advice dispensed by a graduate advisor is undercut by the uncounted benefits enjoyed by its purveyor (no need to follow when one receives free plane tickets to visit).  Graham’s persona spits unabashedly in the face of entitlement by reversing its epistemic hegemony: “Her employer was astonishingly perceptive though wealthy from birth. Money from birth is a lack.”  Here debt is, for once, transferred up.  That persona similarly expresses scorn for the wealthy patron at the “fancy yacht club restaurant” on whom she, as “horrible waitress,” “[dumps] a rack of lamb with blackcurrant coulis.”  The affective labor demanded of the hospitality worker is refused (so, too, any unwaged guilt or shame in the aftermath), as is a sense of debt for a ruined pair of “travel pants.”  This bad debtor, who wishes to be a better waitress only to earn better money, espouses an “antiproductivism” that “allows us to see work as a form of violence,” spurning the sentimentality, moralism, and drive to self-improvement that forced work seeks to incur (Berg 162).[3]
     
    Readers of Leslie Scalapino will recognize citations of her work in several of these excerpts, as well as Graham’s own homage to Scalapino’s style and to her preoccupation both with class disparity and with representing (Buddhist) phenomenology, dislocations of agency, and uncannily decentered subjective awareness of those dislocations.[4]  In composing Graph, Graham researched Scalapino’s correspondence in the UCSD Archive for New Poetry, while reading Zither & Autobiography and The Return of Painting, The Pearl, and Orion: A Trilogy. The latter incorporates descriptions of some of Scalapino’s first jobs, such as indexing (Graham, “no subject”). Though Graham had initially thought to “trace an economics” in Scalapino’s texts, what emerges are framings of her brief investigations into the dehiscence of agency and intention in social exchange, into the primal indebted condition of human vulnerability and mortality, and into the scene of writing considered as (non)action: “Going out for a walk because she felt sick and lonely and had to go out…She just sat at the juice stand, shivering with sunstroke. The man there suspicious, wanting her to move on from her appearance”; She knew she could die, that she would. Actions are nothing – this is impossible.  Have used them up – and writing isn’t anything.”  Scalapino is present, too, in Graham’s affecting, disjunctive text on social security payments, in which a series of statements linking the speaker’s future monthly social benefits to salary, years worked, age at time of retirement, disability, etc. is interlaced with fragments of flat, jagged, Scalapino-derived narration of conflictual incidents (e.g. a mugging), marked by metanarrative temporalizing of events and interpretations of agency within them.  Despite the actuarial complexity of Social Security, its account of a lifetime of paid work can only be a massively impoverished summation, given, for instance, its failure to reflect so much affective labor: the debt repaid by the nation-state is hardly what is owed, a disjointedness here embodied in form.
     
    Instead of a more frontal stridency, Graham’s work operates through telling elision, and especially through a flattened tone filiated much more strongly with Scalapino than with other contemporary experiments in affective neutralization;[5] often, however, this yields an elegant, paradoxical equipoise, as in her final poem:
     

     

    I have no spouse. I have no children. I do not intend to ever have a spouse. I do not want to ever have children.

     
    This persona may be responding to an interviewer (sizing up the applicant, one imagines, as suitably hyper-exploitable live-in help), yet even if she speaks without such pointed solicitation, one wonders whether these statements express preference or coercion: has precarity robbed this subject of coupledom and reproductive futurity, such that evincing negative desire towards it can only express a weak agency rebounding from the system’s prior refusal?[6]  Or does she queer and resist the highly gendered “social necessity debt” (Berg) by opting out of the affective, symbolic, and political economy of the Child?
     
    As potent in its ambivalences as in its clarities—“My birthday is June 11, and I’d appreciate a phone call or a card”—Graham’s Graph x-rays debt culture’s warping and crumpling of affective life and its implosion of life potential as peculiar to the post-2008 situation of the American working-class, in the expanded, variable modalities that class has come to assume precisely through the debt economy.  Graph not only directs a keen, critical gaze at scenes and facts of gainful employment, even the wage nexus itself; most crucially, it exposes the obscenity that those who are most exploited are also those rigged to owe, and those forced to pay, the most.  Thus Graham affords us greater purchase, and perhaps even leverage, on capital’s uneven distribution of risk and liability downwards to those already most vulnerable: Graph protests what capital takes without paying, and gives credit where credit is due.

    Judith Goldman is the author of Vocoder (Roof 2001), DeathStar/rico-chet (O Books 2006), and l.b.; or, catenaries (Krupskaya 2011). She co-edited the annual journal War and Peace with Leslie Scalapino from 2005-2009 and is currently Poetry Feature Editor for Postmodern Culture. She was the Holloway Poet at University of California, Berkeley in Fall 2011 and is currently Assistant Professor in the Poetics Program at the University at Buffalo.
     

    Footnotes

    [1] See Graeber, 376-378.

    [2] This sense of ressentiment as courageous and potentially effective responds to Wendy Brown’s claims to the contrary in “Wounded Attachments,” the third chapter of States of Injury.

    [3] My thinking on the “bad debtor” also draws from T. L. Cowan and Jasmine Rault’s essay, which relies on Fred Moten and Stefano Harney’s The Undercommons: Fugitive Planning and Black Study.

    [4] Leslie Scalapino was a strikingly innovative Bay Area poet, novelist, playwright, memoirist, and essayist; she is often grouped with the West Coast Language school, though the strong influence in her work of her Zen Buddhist practice also sets it apart.  Scalapino has written many influential works, among them way (1988), which won the American Book Award.

    [5] See Hannah Manshel for an incisive discussion of this recent tendency.

    [6] On “reproductive futurism,” see Edelman.

    Works Cited

    • Berg, Heather. “An Honest Day’s Wage for a Dishonest Day’s Work: (Re)Productivism and Refusal.”  Women’s Studies Quarterly 42.1-2 (Spring/Summer 2014): 161-177.  Print.
    • Berlant, Lauren. “Affect & the Politics of Austerity. An interview exchange with Lauren Berlant.” With Gesa Helms and Marina Vishmidt. Variant 39/40 (Winter 2010). Web. 1 August 2014.
    • Brown, Wendy.  States of Injury: Power and Freedom in Late Modernity.  Princeton: Princeton UP, 1995.  Print.
    • Cowan, T. L. and Jasmine Rault.  “Trading Credit for Debt: Queer History-Making and Debt Culture.”  Women’s Studies Quarterly 42.1-2 (Spring/Summer 2014): 294-310.  Print.
    • Edelman, Lee.  No Future: Queer Theory and the Death Drive.  Durham: Duke UP, 2004.  Print.
    • Graeber, David.  Debt: The First 5,000 Years.  Brooklyn: Melville House, 2011.  Print.
    • Graham, K. Lorraine.  “(no subject).”  Message to the author.  31 July 2014. Email.
    • Lazzarato, Maurizio. The Making of Indebted Man: An Essay on the Neoliberal Condition.  Trans. Joshua David Jordan.  Los Angeles: Semiotext(e), 2012.  Print.
    • Manshel, Hannah.  “Depthless Psychology.”  The New Inquiry.  July 7 2014.  Web. 1 August 2014.
  • Undead-Ends: Zombie Debt/Zombie Theory

    Fred Botting (bio)

    Kingston University

    F.Botting@kingston.ac.uk

     

    Abstract

    This essay examines the ways in which contemporary economic discourse uses the zombie metaphor. It situates these uses in relation to the current resurgence of zombies in popular fiction and film, and distinguishes zombies from vampires: while the former signifies global debt and stagnation, the latter connotes credit and consumer boom. It argues that the arc of desire and fear engendered by these figures of horror discloses a continuity in the affective trajectory of neo-liberalism as it supplants traditional philosophical distinctions between material and symbolic forms of debt. Rather than operating with a distinction between spiritual and financial modes of guilt/debt, an economic absorption of cultural values circumvents the need for subjective or symbolic inscriptions, and institutes the debt-relation directly and materially.

    Attack of the Zombie Debt

    “Attack of the Zombie Debt” is not the title of a topical horror movie, but the headline of an article in an online financial magazine that warns of a new danger lurking in financial markets: the return of outstanding and long-term debts owed to credit card issuers, mobile phone providers, public utilities, and loan companies. Though uncollected, these debts are not simply written off after a limited period, but remain on the books for years before being sold – at very low rates – to specialized collection agencies. These agencies then pursue debtors for the outstanding amount, often operating at the edge of consumer legislation and with limited electronic information. In the aftermath of the financial crisis, this relatively new business earned around 3 billion dollars in the US in 2011. Where vampires became the poster-monsters of new patterns of consumption in periods of financial prosperity, zombies manifest an economy that, having bitten off more toxic debts than it can chew, just keeps on chewing….
     
    Zombie debt is another manifestation of an apparently contagious association between finance and the walking dead. Like zombie economics, zombie banks, and zombie capitalism, the phrase seems to follow the logic of Ulrich Beck’s “zombie categories” of modernity, in which old ideas, institutions, or practices persist despite having little currency, relevance, or credibility. The figure’s return, however, also takes its generic bearings from a longer-standing gothic political-economic lexicon that goes at least as far back as Capital’s images of industrial monstrosity and dead labor feeding on living, working bodies (Marx 506, 342). At the same time – and with the pop cultural nous of reflexive political media – its sense of a shifting financial mood responds to recent transformations in the political meanings of vampirism: the exciting figure of a voracious consumerist euphoria of unlimited desire (and credit) cedes to depressive stagnation and elegies for neoliberal fiscal strategy. But the figure of the zombie extends beyond its habitual popular cultural associations and locations to occupy space in financial columns and on big-budget movie screens, suggesting its increased significance in politicized cultural commentary. Less a figure of mass, mindless and destructive culture that ought to be destroyed like all monsters, the energy called up by the zombie figure is more dispersed and more difficult to identify and target in political terms. Embodying polarization and ambivalence without resolution, the zombie is both the mass numbed into robotic subservience without higher aims or aspirations, and the system that mindlessly accumulates without human consideration or sense of value (other than share-value, of course). Zombies – fictionally and discursively – enact a practically closed circuit of persistence, paralysis, and indecision: political and humane horizons are repeatedly imagined to collapse in apocalyptic meltdown at the same time as the fears and fantasies they evoke serve to defer actual creative-destructive decisions. Significantly, however, zombies present a more material form of undeath than the specters or vampires conjured in quasi-spiritual or phantasmatic forms: zombies are dead bodies. Hence their link to economic and material conditions is stronger, as is their relation to material rather than symbolic connotations of debt.
     
    Zombies draw out the current primacy of economics, manifesting the effects of the absorption of culture and the determination of politics by unforgiving market rhetoric, in which money becomes the only law, reason, or mode of judgment. A cultural – and fictional – figure from another age of imperialism, the zombie tracks global capital’s expansion across and incursion into previously distinct social and symbolic spheres. Here, horror is significant: where economic modes of credit and debt seemed to require social, symbolic, and subjective correlates in the form of belief, trust, confidence, and desire (with debt and guilt marking the complementary poles of material and symbolic investment), the globalization and technologization of capital’s circulations are less and less dependent on anything other than material inscriptions of the debt relation. The material and symbolic relation that historically distinguished and articulated the economic and political contours of debt is stretched if not severed as economy becomes the dominant factor: not only is it a question of the extent to which economy can operate without recourse to symbols, subjects, and State (all the expensive trappings of ideological apparatuses, infrastructure and investments in social bonds and consensus), but of directly controlling and affecting subjective and financial registrations of debt. Under these conditions, articulations of desire and fear replace circuits of identification and ideological investment, bypassing the necessity for credit and debt in a symbolic sense. The polarization of desire-fear is the affective trajectory marked by the axis of vampire-zombie: if the former figures capital’s expansive, individualistic, and aesthetic flights of aspiration, liberal desire, and consumption, the latter exhibits social implosion, global disaster, and political repulsion or paralysis in the (gnawed) face of precarious markets and fearful futures. Desire and fear operate in relation and oscillation, not opposition. They operate within – and in the service of – the same system, acknowledging a continuity of debt crises and credit booms. Whether “liberating” markets from regulations and state mechanisms or demanding austerity (another name for limiting State expenditure in the interests of financial freedom and responsibility), neoliberalism’s employment of desire or fear plots an arc that inscribes market politics at extensive and intensive levels: debt is global and personal. Indeed, debt becomes just another more frightening and perhaps more primal form of credit; if the latter was promoted in terms of belief and desire, the former, through fear, accomplishes the same task of securing the bonds that tie individuals not within any consensual, social, or symbolic circuit, but directly to a world defined by and as a financial system. When the control exercised almost automatically by debt works through fear alone, does this “new order” even require individual desire, belief, or symbolic and political values?

     

    Un-debt

    Debt-credit, desire-fear, vampire-zombie: these hyphenations suggest a shift from the antimonies sustained by modern symbolic and political formations to the rapid fluctuations of capital as it soaks up social and cultural spheres that were relatively autonomous. Indifferent to opposition and separation, its polarities are surface effects of an underlying but shadowy system: Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri’s Empire, or Fredric Jameson’s immense network and cannibalistic monster of finance capital. It remains both vampire – a hideous monster sucking all life’s surplus – and zombie – palpably dead but continuing to consume. And it works on two parallel or doubled levels, like Jean Baudrillard’s version of “neo-capitalism,” which undergoes phases of “systematic alternation” (expansion, consumption, liberation, contraction, restraint) as an “immense polymorphous machine” that has little need of extra-economic factors to sustain it: “the symbolic (gift and counter-gift, reciprocity and reversal, expenditure and sacrifice) no longer counts for anything.” Instead, “political economy itself only survives in a brain-dead state, but all those phantoms continue to plague the operational field of value” (35). While symbolic exchange survives as phantom and zombie, the vampire is both the immense machine that works by and for itself and the cause of zombie brain-death infecting all (human) judgments.  Zombie debt is a debt that will not die, that cannot be repaid; it signals an almost total absorption into a world financial market carrying on without thought or concern for anything other than accumulation. Hence the horror: one can neither kill nor escape the global network that circumscribes planetary existence and the zombie effects of producing so many debt-bound automatons.
     
    In two recent books entitled Zombie Economics, the double relation of economy and horror turns on an axis of bad in-finitude: one plotting cycles and change, the other imagining endless debt. In both, horror tropes trace global and individual poles of financial undeath. John Quiggin’s discussion of twentieth-century economic theories and policies traces how each one – whether models of efficient markets, trickle-down, or privatization – comes to a dead end. It advertises itself as “a chilling tale” and repeatedly plays on movie lore: “for the zombies in the movies, the most common such word is ‘Brains.’ For economic zombies, the equivalent is surely ‘privatization’” (174). Each section ends optimistically with a consideration of what happens “after the zombies”; for example, the redundancy of models of privatization is succeeded by a return to a mixed economy of state and markets. In contrast, the other Zombie Economics, subtitled A Guide to Personal Finance, urges individual consumers to internalize and respond to depressive economic conditions; its “zombie economy” turns global crisis into a permanent and individual matter of protecting one’s “personal economy” (Desjardins and Emerson 5). Chapter titles blast inescapable imperatives: “no one can save you”; “save yourself by saving money”; “shooting Dad in the head”; “Ending your relationship with the financially infected”; “there is no cure.” A financial survivalist handbook, life plan, and conduct guide, it urges healthy living and implies a strict morality while reiterating the need to take care of bills and control expenditure: “every one of your bills is a zombie. Every debt, every loan, and every missed payment – they’re ghouls, and left alone, they will attract more of their kind” (Desjardins and Emerson 10). Key to this zombie model of good household management is the stimulation of fear. Zombies are already on the lawn or at the door: “there’s a mass of biting, squirming death waiting to pour itself into the house” (Desjardins and Emerson 2). Finance, credit, and debt will eat you or infect you if you do not take appropriate action. Similar threats, however, pervade the wider zombie economy; market liberalism promises prosperity on the condition that “the wrath of the ‘Electronic Herd’ of interconnected global financial markets” is never incurred (Quiggin 9).
     
    Zombie banks also elicit fear, frustration, and a properly neoliberal urge to destroy. Describing financial institutions that would be unable to function and repay their debts without the injection of State credit, Yalman Onaran defines the zombie bank as a “dead bank . . . kept among the living through capital infusions from the government” (2). Crippling the global economy and potential recovery, the problem reignites arguments from the onset of the credit crisis about the correct neoliberal reaction to failing institutions. One view holds that they should be killed off rather than kept on state life support; another suggests, jump-starting the “financially undead” by freeing up the money supply. “Zombie balance sheets,” zombie companies, and zombie consumers, however, all seem to impede what Cowen calls capital’s “creative-destructive process.” The crisis should have been used as an opportunity “to clean out the system” rather than supporting “inefficient institutions” (Onaran 2). Like a videogame player confronted with a horde of zombies, there is mindless pleasure in destruction. But creation is a more problematic act, in which the paralyzing effect of the zombie comes to the fore. In fear, frustration, and impatience, the urgency of the crisis demands standard zombie movie reactions: do not hesitate; aim for the brain; kill off the undead that threaten survival and growth and open the future to more speculation. But because the complex and interdependent network of global finance works on an idea of the future (at least insofar as it predicts likelihoods of continued repayment) and operates with indeterminate “subjective” investments, there is hesitation and in-decision—moments of unpredictability suspended between advocating (creative) destruction and deferring an always-imminent meltdown. In this respect the zombie is no pharmakon, no poison-cure or effect-solution, but the very persistence of systemic and subjective in-decision and ambivalence, an un-dead-end that thrives on desire or fear, whether surfing the crest of credit or bearing the weight of debt. Zombies in this guise do not mark a breaking point, but the condition of living on after being broken. That is, they mark the condition of global, irredeemable or infinite debt without recourse to symbolic or spiritual forms.

     

    Cultural Death

    Zombies are mindless messengers, media figures that repeatedly return to dead-ends; doubles of divided cultures and dehumanized creatures; half-turned mirrors of vanishing subjective, social, symbolic, and political horizons. Their history in popular culture begins in the 1920s and 1930s as one of colonial and industrial enslavement: White Zombie (Victor Halperin, 1932), set in a repeatedly ravaged Haiti under US occupation, replays the will-sapping mechanization and exploitation of workers under factory regimes in visual echoes of the dehumanized mass of Metropolis (Fritz Lang, 1927) and its suppressed subterranean proletariat (Williams). Less than human, consumed by machine, modernity’s workforce is reduced to a condition of total subservience of mind, body, and collective strength. From the late 1960s, in George Romero’s series of films, zombies move from associations with mass, industrial culture and, more than side-effects of social conformism, rational bureaucratization, and voracious consumption, signify how, in the 1970s, mass culture, mass hysteria, mass media, and mass conformism mark deadlocks in the development of international capitalism. Robin Wood’s account of cinematic horrors from the 1960s to 1980s suggests how the counter-side of counter-culture connects the supposed primitivism and overt cannibalism of destructive drives to the turmoil and tension of a world in which permissiveness and market liberalization vie with conservative social and familial moralities. Zombies thus come to mark a shift in political and economic values, displaying, as Steve Beard and Steven Shaviro variously argue, how the West’s lumbering industrial workforce becomes obsolete in the face of shiny post-industrial complexes of service, technology, and consumption. The mass is now a revolting image of the past, of state and industrial society, a site of revulsion and the springboard to a new vampire world of privatized, creative, immaterial and precarious labor in which the individual is his or her own brand or business, and freedom is the potential to buy and sell on the basis of one’s human capital.
     
    Return to the worker-zombies of Metropolis after the factory has closed, the gigantic machine quiet and rusting and the cavernous halls of production empty, ruined, and still; they have been sacked and left with nothing to do and nowhere to go, vacantly roaming the streets, malls, and non-spaces of a new society in which they play no part. Cast-offs, rejects, non-people, they are as obsolete and redundant as the system they used to feed. Pathetic and seething with rage, they are repackaged as the detritus of a humanity and modernity that has been superseded. All their revolting features compose a monster of physical (rotting, slow), intellectual (thoughtless, speechless), moral (cannibalistic, will-less), natural (dead) and aesthetic (pale, bloody, malformed) degradation, establishing a negativity so repellent that it thwarts any feeling or desire except horror, destruction, or flight. This monster propels a movement away from (now base) materiality, mass, social, human, industrial, modern orders of existence and toward the newly attractive world of vampiric individualism, desire, and consumption, a deregulated flight beyond economic stagnation, inefficiency, and materiality, and into flexible financial freedoms, soaring profits, and unlimited credit. This new vampire moves from bat to wolf to eerie vapor, from barbaric, bloodsucking  (foreign) aristocratic invader to puffed-up, cigar-chuffing fat bastard capitalist predator and impersonal, distributed global accumulation machine for the exploitation of surpluses with which everyone remains on close, even hospitable terms. Its negativity is repolarized according to a perfectly commodified difference poised between brand and identity: the commodity that is one’s self.
     
    A-cultural (pre-modern) and a-Cultural (postmodern) barbarism conjoin in the commerce of countercultural protest and (neoliberal) economic reconfigurations. Individualistic, self-fashioned, self-reliant, unique, talented, competitive, bellicose, romantic, fast, flexible, desirable, vigorous, free, saleable, immortal and, above all, consuming, the new vampire subject and neoliberal everyperson feeds, like the bloodsucking machine, on the life and labor sold to agribusiness, on outsourcing and sweatshops, luxuriating in an unearthly existence sustained by credit, cheap loans, creative and immaterial labor. The free market remodeling of the vampire has been variously documented by Rob Latham as a figure for the technological consumption of youth and, by Jules Zanger, as the consumerist practices of the West. It extends to technical rewirings of military and queer desire, as A. R. Stone observes, and the genetic potential of rewriting bodies discussed by Donna Haraway. Moreover, as vampire-empire, it distinguishes the “spectral reign” of a network, an “apparatus of capture that lives only off the vitality of the multitude” in which “fear is the primary mechanism of control” (Empire 48, 62, 323). At the same time, Hardt and Negri’s vampire is double bound to an image of monstrous multitude in and in excess of empire: the “unruly character of the flesh as multitude,” manifests “the monstrosity of a society in which the traditional social bodies, such as the family, are breaking down” and “new, alternative networks of affection and social organization” begin to form (Multitude 193). Amid in-distinction, there emerges the difficulty and necessity of any ethical or political action: one must love some monsters and combat others, enhancing the former’s excess and attacking “the monstrous, horrible world that the global political body and capitalist exploitation have made for us” (Multitude 196).
     
    Global and individual, systemic and subjective, feared and desired at the same time, these doubled figures of monstrosity are both too distant and too proximate to know which to kill and which to save. Where over-circulation (and crisis) discredit popular consuming vampires, zombies increasingly occupy the dissolving and explosively paralyzed zones of in-decision and in-distinction between uninhibited global flows and depressive subjugation. They mark the pressures of excessive liberalization of markets and the increasing porousness of psycho-geographic boundaries: apocalyptic presentations of global change in which viral epidemics, genetic experimentation, ecological disaster, demotivated populations, media violence, urban unrest, military pacification, immigration, and poverty signal a total breakdown in social relations and human(e) bonds (see, for example, Romero’s Diary of the Dead). Not simply collapsible into categories of and against posthuman developments (from biotechnological to post-industrial), the fears that imagine the reduction of bodies to raging, ravenous hordes are reactions to change in which breakdown is less a return to modernity and humanity than a descent into survivalism or barbarism. Images of small bands of people struggling against undead masses and more barbaric survivors may be dressed up as a fantasy of natural self-sufficiency to end the degeneration of contemporary existence, but they also hold up a mirror of the anti-social contract of neoliberal competition and individuation that exhausts social ties, human energies, and planetary reserves. Zombie metaphors are, in part, modes of deflection and misdirection, fantastic and nostalgic expenditure. They are also figures of an in-decisive present, in thought, image, and action, of self-consumption in increasingly rapid, vicious, and implosive spirals of in-security.
     
    Recent zombie fictions (rapidly filmed by Hollywood) depict collapsing global formations and thrive on the imagination of apocalypse or trace the interminable dead-end manifested by the undead. While Isaac Marion’s Warm Bodies (2010) draws out the diminishing differences between zombie and human habits amid the ruined non-places of consumer society, Max Brooks’s 2006 World War Z critiques global flows and cultural decline, imagining a return to an American communal order at the cost of billions of dead. Elsewhere, zombies go to the heart of capitalism’s reliance on the power of the credit-debt relation; more positive renditions of the zombie as cultural critique accompany bitterly satirical images of contemporary finance capital’s obscenity and savagery in Jaspre Bark’s Way of the Barefoot Zombie. Set on a small island close to Haiti (an island that has historically witnessed disproportionate exploitation and debt), the story opposes a group of rich teenagers, calling themselves the ZLF (Zombie Liberation Front), to a group of super-rich investors. The island is owned by an exclusive management training company that teaches investors to shed their humanity (including conscience) and become as passionately single-minded about accumulation as zombies are about fresh organs. Zombies articulate a continuum of power and resistance: the undead are freed, activists return to their comfortable homes or find themselves, and management excesses are exposed. But the continuum is not altered. In two particular episodes, however, the all-encompassing zombie of debt is evinced. Published post-sub-prime collapse in 2009, Bark’s novel illustrates capital’s genius at getting something for nothing through the mortgage system: a buyer receives a credit note, takes possession of bricks and mortar, defaults on the loan, and cedes possession of actual things to creditors who only staked values. Of course, creditors at the time suffered drops in value, getting nothing for nothing. The example, however, remains timely in its interrelation of credit and debt in material and symbolic, economic and subjective terms. A mortgage wires person and private space directly into a financial network of fluctuating interest rates. Indeed, the rhetoric of household management was part of the highly effective political sales pitch of neoliberalism, directing Britain’s “Right to Buy” policy that sold off state-owned housing and promoted the privatization of national utilities in the 1980s. Home-owning became a motor of the consumer boom and was connected to greater availability of loans, credit, and mortgages enabled by the de-regulation and technologization of financial markets. Moreover, it bound individuals to an economic project in a more concrete fashion than ideology, plugging them directly into the global fluctuations of share prices and interest rates through credit and debt. Such a direct personal tie to the movements of the world economy short-circuits the need for ideological investment. Privatization also inaugurated a process of economizing all areas of life, from culture to education and care, thereby eroding – and exploiting – the difference between symbolic and social values (belief and guilt) and economic worth (credit and debt). A second episode in Way of the Barefoot Zombie goes to the heart of debt’s material and spiritual axis: Vodun ritual enables investors to dispense with the humanity that impedes the efficient acquisition of obscene wealth. Conscience—which sustains guilt with respect to symbolic, moral, and human values—can be excised, held in reserve, and then, at a price, can be redeemed, untarnished, when enough wealth has been accumulated. Not only does this move suggest that capital and humanity are inimical; it also plots a trajectory in which the former is finally relieved of its human weight, imagining a separation between debt and guilt in which one operates more efficiently without any recourse the other.

     

    Spectral Debt

    Debt establishes the foundation of morality and culture, both materially and economically. In Genealogy of Morals, Friedrich Nietzsche argues that the relation between debtor and creditor holds a primary position: “the major moral concept Schuld [guilt] has its origin in the very material concept Schulden [debts]” (498-99). Where guilt is a means of socialization and subjection interlaced with moral, legal, and religious codes, debt underpins the way those codes are inscribed and enforced. Breeding “an animal with the right to make promises” requires painful training to ensure that humans pay their debts, remember their desires, keep their word, and plan for and anticipate the future. “Man himself,” writes Nietzsche, “must first of all have become calculable, regular, necessary, even in his own image of himself, if he is able to stand security for his own future, which is what one who promises does!” (494). Debt demands a relation to time, mnemotechnical skills, and models of equivalence, rights, and exchange. Throughout, however, the social bond remains a direct and material effect of debt: training renders creatures subject to morality, custom, community, conscience, and word. It is traumatic and terrifying and the basis of all symbolic rituals (497). It forges obedience and identification in pain and blood, binding individuals to structures of exchange, obligation, and law (500). Both intensive – the consequences of debt are concentrated on individual bodies or even body parts – and extensive — encompassing every exchange, possession, thing, word or value – debt covers life and its aftermath. Under Christian morality, guilt and symbolic debt come to the fore, displacing the pain of material inscriptions with redemption, value, exchange, and reciprocity. Debt, however, does not disappear: instead it is deepened, as Gilles Deleuze argues, a shackle of suffering that “now only pays the interest on the debt”; it is “internalized” and universalized, rendered “inexhaustible, unpayable” (Nietzsche 141).
     
    There are two complementary and countervailing trajectories implied in the relation between debt and guilt. Material and symbolic dimensions of debt shadow each other in accounts of cultural development: the one line culminates in modernity and stresses human values and progress; the other – superseding modernity – tracks material and machinic inscriptions, new forms of training, desire, and capitalization. In the first trajectory, psychoanalysis, of course, embraces guilt. But it, too, begins, in terror, pain, and trauma, in the myth of the primal father, where crime and murder forge the basis of symbolic relations—an ambivalent site of law, ritual, custom and culture that produces guilty and indebted subjects. As Jacques Lacan observes of the “Freudian myth,” “the order of the law can be conceived only on the basis of something more primordial, a crime” (42). With it comes “punishment, sanction, castration – the hidden key to the humanization of sexuality” (43). In the symbolic realm, debt is always something for the subject to worry about, a matter of responsibility and guilt provoked by the traumatizing effects of signification, a punishment in advance – “that self-sacrifice, that pound of flesh which is mortgaged [engagé] in his relationship to the signifier” (28). That gap, moreover, constitutes the locus of loss and mourning at the core of subjective-symbolic relations, the “place for the projection of the missing signifier” whose absence provokes a host of spectral and actual reverberations: the “phallus” – the paternal signifier to whom all debts are owed in the reintegration of group, community or psyche – “is a ghost” (Lacan 35, 50).
     
    The symbolic advanced in psychoanalysis remains too closed – too phallic and logocentric – for deconstruction. Yet when it comes to matters of debt and mourning, Jacques Derrida repeatedly looks to an excess that escapes purely material or economic value, whether in the form of the “immaculate commerce” liberated by poetry, or in terms of the gift situated “aneconomically” outside all  equivalence, substitution, and circularity (“Economimesis” 9; Given 111). “Impossible” and “essential,” the gift “interrupts economy,” “system,” and “symbol,” but is not a “simple ineffable exteriority.” To give back is to “amortize” giving, a dead gift, a mortgage (Given 7, 12, 30). A symbolic equivalent returns a value in place of a thing; recognizing a debt draws any idea of giving back into a system of calculation: “the symbolic opens and constitutes the order of exchange and of debt, the law or the order of circulation in which the gift gets annulled” (Given 13). Economy, then, is not “suspended” in the move to the symbolic but manifests an “incessant movement of reappropriation of an excess” (Given 111). Something excessive, however, lies beyond appropriation—an infinite, impossible, inexhaustible debt beyond the “‘bad infinite’ that characterizes the monetary thing,” value or exploitation (Given 158). Like the gift, such a debt, if there is one, would hold open a radical alterity of time, death, mourning, and being. Yet gifts, in Given Time, remain increasingly threatened by monetary things: counterfeit money – its falsity apparently neither an impediment to the operations of capital and credit, nor requiring recourse to faith and belief – engenders a vertiginous economic overwriting of differences that occludes the possibility of an outside-gift or heterological space. That aneconomic element which sustains a relation to an outside increasingly finds itself within “the restricted economy of a differance, a calculable temporization or deferral” (Given 147). That pattern of encroachment, appropriation, and economization operates on an increasingly abstracted and global scale: the “new world order.”
     
    The new world order: economic obliteration of borders, expansion and imposition of market logic, relentless capitalization, technologization, and mediatization, it absorbs domains once outside its purview, including the law, the nation-state, and culture. Its “plagues” are laid out in Derrida’s Specters of Marx (81). Running counter to the gift, the speeds at which it operates and the calculations and codes it imposes follow the “other reading” suggested in Given Time: that of “economic closure” (26-8). The reduction of temporal and geopolitical horizons threatens the possibility of sustaining some kind of history, humanity, or hegemony (the “hauptgespensts” of modernity whose “hauntology” holds on to gifts of time, death and being) and forecloses “a certain experience of the emancipatory promise” (Specters 74). The site of deconstruction and politics is “a present never identical with itself,” a “phantasmatic, anessential practice” the aim of which is “to reactivate the moment of decision that underlies any sedimented set of social relations” (Laclau 70, 78). Specters perform two related operations in deconstruction’s defense of modern values: in moving across and opening occluded borders and stagnant differentiations (“spooking” as a kind of disturbance and alert), they return to founding and impossible questions and dis-continuities that form the basis for subjective, democratic, and emancipatory decisions. But, like Hamlet before the ghost of his father, they also hesitate and question, prompting deferral rather than action. Nonetheless, there and not there, specters sustain the idea of something like historical difference and futurity, holding onto the effective memory of the possibility of some kind of symbolic system. Conjured up and mourned in order to keep alive that which has been buried, opening solidified structures and relations to the (aneconomic) decisions that animate and expose them to time, gifts, debts, promises, justice, horizons (and monsters), deconstruction works as a counter to the reductive pressures of capital’s accelerations, calculations, and expansions.

     

    Debt Machine

    As immaterial entities and effects, specters are conjured up as an animating difference between incorporation and institution, body and phantasm. In contrast, as excess materiality, zombies manifest body without will, soul, spirit, or consciousness. Their training is traumatizing, numbing, automatic, and suggests an inscription of debt’s more brutal and basic mnemotechnics: figures of debt-death suspended, existence given over to death-in-life, its course closed down, paralyzed and without horizon. Given their materiality and their associations with work, death, and the theft of life, it is not surprising that zombies feature in Deleuze and Guattari’s account of the transmutations of debt under capital. Following Nietzsche’s assertion of the primacy and materiality of debt, Deleuze and Guattari’s zombies embody the painful inscription entailed in breeding slaves without sovereign consciousness plotted in anti-oedipal deployments of debt from filiation (stock-breeding) and alliance (mobile debt). With the rise of bourgeois capitalism, a “primitive inscription machine” becomes “an immense machinery that renders the debt infinite,” a “debt of existence” that subjects never cease paying (Anti-Oedipus 192, 197). Infinite debt involves a spiritualization at the level of a despotic state apparatus that turns debt into social and symbolic values, and an internalization within the capitalist field through which the creditor-debtor relation becomes the motor of accumulation, surplus exploitation, and drive. It produces torpor, hatred of life and freedom, depression, guilt, and neurosis: its mechanism is the “death instinct” (Anti-Oedipus 268-9). It delivers institutional, symbolic, productive stasis, causing libidinal exhaustion, turning life against itself while celebrating a “mortifying, imaginary, and symbolic theater” (334).  A “wedding of psychoanalysis and capitalism,” the death instinct indicates how much the latter has drawn from “a transcendental death-carrying agency,” the “despotic signifier,” how much the “absorption of surplus value” that governs its expansion depends on the incorporation and exploitation of the excesses of life, energy and time into its system (335). Capital in this guise is a “death enterprise” (335).
     
    Blockage, paralysis, frozen desire: it is easy to see the kinds of workers produced under the productive-symbolic regime: “the only modern myth is the myth of zombies – mortified schizos, good for work, brought back to reason” (Anti-Oedipus 335). The encoding of mnemotechnical training – the inscribing, branding, mutilating, taming and herding of bodies into a uniform and regulated mass – constitutes the cruel, painful and numbing signifying work of death, operating  intensively as debt becomes extensive:
     

    Above all, the State apparatus makes the mutilation, and even death, come first. It needs them preaccomplished, for people to be born that way, crippled and zombielike. The myth of the zombie, of the living dead, is a work myth and not a war myth. Mutilation is a consequence of war, but it is a necessary condition, a presupposition of the State apparatuses and the organization of work (hence the native infirmity not only of the worker but also of the man of State himself).  (Deleuze and Guattari, Plateaus 425)

     
    Bonds become binds that tie life, desire, and time to the regular circulation and rhythms of production and reproduction. In contrast, as Deleuze and Guattari develop their gothic theme in A Thousand Plateaus, the vampire manifests uncontained flows and desires, a figure of becoming unsubordinated to regimes of work, alliance, and reproduction; it is asymbolic, anomic, aneconomic, outside patterns of filiation and evolution. A co-mingling of heterogeneous forms, associated with packs, bands, and multiplicities, the vampire operates as epidemic, contagion, infection (Plateaus 241-42). Schizovampirism seems to escape the despotism associated with organized production and State-symbolic subjection and debt-death, but it also heralds “life” modulated, recoded, and dividuated by Deleuze’s notion of “control societies,” rebranded by informatics, recast as commodity and patented by financial, global, and networked powers. Depending on “floating rates of exchange,” the move to control societies sees a further extension of the hand of debt, more abstract and yet more direct because it permeates every area of life, intimately and from afar through the vast decentered network its fluctuations inhabit: “the operation of markets is now the instrument of social control and forms the impudent breed of our masters. Control is short-term and of rapid rates of turnover, but also continuous and without limit” (“Postscript” 6).There is no outside to this network and no outside-debt in this erasure of horizons and supersession of limits: “Man is no longer man enclosed, but man in debt” (6).
     
    Global control obliterates distinctions of outside and inside, allowing neither boundaries nor bodies – geopolitical, planetary, subjective, genetic or symbolic – to impede its flows and transformations. Finance, biotechnology, and digital media have established an almost total economization. It is a horror story that has been told repeatedly: “biopolitics” charts neoliberalism’s “unlimited generalization of the form of the market” (Foucault 243); economics “becomes the explicit discourse of a whole society” (Baudrillard 33-4); stocks and share calculations have “invaded . . . our notion of value” and require all questions – not only economic but aesthetic, semantic, and metaphysical – to be “posed from within the logic of the financial (in)security of mobile values” (Goux, “Values” 160); and everything, sacred or profane, falls into the “magnetic field of the political economy (of market exchange-value)” in a “total bankerization of existence, by the combined powers of finance and computers” (Goux, Sacred Economies 202; “Cash” 99). Now “dependency upon the market extends into every area of life” (Beck and Beck-Gernstein, 203), while economic thinking “undoes the major oppositions of traditional thought” (Goux, “Values” 165), and “techno-mediatic powers,” political “good news,” and financial calculation supplant the basic concepts and oppositions of critical discourse (Derrida, Specters 67, 75). Or they enact their own “practical deconstruction” (Derrida and Stiegler, Echographies 36). Even the capacity to think critically and effectively is problematic, some positions seeming little more than “dead ends” in that they fail “to recognize adequately the contemporary object of critique:” given that the object has “mutated,” critique seems “depotentialized” in advance (Hardt and Negri, Empire 137-8).
     
    What remains is “symbolic misery”: Bernard Stiegler’s term for the reduction and economization of life under control, consumption, and technological mediation. The term signifies the cultural and symbolic impoverishment and proletarianization of existence as a “herd-becoming of behavior and loss of individuation,” a saturation of memory and diminution of spaces of “symbolic sharing” (“Suffocated Desire” 54-7). Anticipation and desire are eroded as planning, calculation, and control reduce the future to questions of predictability and short-term management: subjectivity, Stiegler underlines, is depressed and desire demotivated in the face of “generalized discredit” (Decadence 88). Short-term financial investment undermines other social, symbolic, and individual futures defined as the “investment in common desire” (Stiegler, New Critique 6). Speculation, in contrast, “freezes time” by trying to cancel out any past or future that cannot be measured or predicted in terms of the present (New Critique 107). The question of the future returns to debt, to its power of harnessing and delimiting futures based on calculations of profit or return. Against the economic absorption of libido, belief, and time, Stiegler proposes a return to longer-term, symbolic investments, invoking models of gift and the sacred to open horizons to exchanges “not enslaved to immediate subsistence” (Decadence 89).
     
    Recent economic discourse had already – and inimically – reworked the very terms invoked by Stiegler to hold open another path of symbolic credit, investment, and desire: their opposing trajectory pointed towards completely opposite ends and implications, dragging aneconomy more tightly within an expanded orbit of exchange and speculation. George Gilder argues that giving and ideas of the gift become central to the new entrepreneurial economy of risky, creative, and generous investment. As Goux glosses the process, gift-giving now forms the model for rather than the exception to economic expenditure, providing capital with “legitimation” as a “theology of chance” (“General Economics” 213). Gilder’s creative, altruistic entrepreneur, romanticized as capitalist hero, came to prominence during the neoliberal 1980s: part of the project of transforming work and economy in terms of “human capital.” Individuality and life as a whole can thus be reformulated according to calculations that aim to optimize the potential manifested in the analysis of “human capital:” an individual’s life becomes the object of speculation, training, self-fashioning, and invention aimed at making “him into a sort of permanent and multiple enterprise” (Foucault 242). As Maurizio Lazzarato develops the idea, technologies of the self thus involve “the mobilization, engagement, and activation of subjectivity through the techniques of business management and social government” (37-8). As stated in management guidebooks and practices, individuals must identify with the entirety of the consumer and corporate mechanism that encompasses existence and embrace all its codes. In order to perform to one’s potential, one must think of and invest in oneself as a brand – what management guru Tom Peters calls “the brand called you” – and engage all the techniques, skills, training, and networking necessary to promote, differentiate, manage, and market that brand.

     

    Fear Management

    One figure of this injunction to entrepreneurial internalization, self-fashioning, and flexibility – a figure, appropriately enough, returning to cultural prominence in the 1980s – is the vampire. Reinvented as fabulously speculative and immaterially potent, the vampire is oblivious to any final debt repayment (death) or any natural, material and physical limitation (transmogrification). Like triumphant neoliberalism, it exists beyond all borders (domestic, ideological, cultural or, national), its unreality a figure for an immanent expansion of capital’s incessant reinvention. As a figure of the euphoric economic transvaluation of all social, individual, and political positions, its only role lies in feeding and feeding on the vital flows of global circulation: blood must keep flowing. To be otherwise, of course, is to be a zombie. The move to a crisis-consciousness dispatches any euphoric identifications with and internalizations of the vampire figure, along with an entrepreneurial rhetoric of credit, growth, and endless immaterial expansion. Financial crisis signals the “failure” of neoliberal business models and the exploitation of “human capital” (Lazzarato 109, 113). Yet, as zombie, this system just carries on, exploiting the crisis it engendered. How does one put a bullet in the brain of a decentered network of electronic, emotional, and economic impulses?
     
    The move from euphoria to depression, from vampire to zombie, might discredit but does not mark the end of neoliberalism. Nor does it temper excess except in the way that credit reappears as the debt it always was. For all the manufactured differences, rises and falls, or shifts in mood, a systemic continuity remains in place: credit is just another name for debt. Debt does not relinquish its hold easily, pressing for a continued and expanding neoliberal program of social transvaluation. Austerity becomes the means for extending the power and control exercised by financial markets over the State to ensure continued adherence to, even further internalization of, the debtor-creditor relation: “finance is a war machine for privatization, which transforms social debt into credit, into individual insurance, and rent (shareholders) and thus, individual property” (Lazzarato 113). If credit, vamped-up in the 1980s, encouraged everyone to “buy in” to this power relation through mortgages, privatized shares, loans, and credit cards, global zombie debt makes plain the other-same side of the coin, requiring individuals to take on any costs, responsibilities, and risks previously assumed the State, whether  welfare, education, housing, health, unemployment, or pensions: “not only – far from it – those of innovation, but also and especially those of precariousness, poverty, unemployment, a failing health system, housing shortages, etc.” (Lazzarato 51).  Extensive in the form of global markets and global debts, the power relation is also highly individuated and intensively modulated through specific networks of control, access, and lending. Debt becomes the mechanism to engage every body, every role, and every relationship, permeating every sphere beyond banking, especially those associated with social bonds:
     

    All the designations of the social divisions of labour in neoliberal societies (“consumer”, “beneficiary”, “worker”, “entrepreneur”, “unemployed”, “tourist” etc.) are now invested by the subjective figure of the “indebted man” which transforms them into indebted consumers, indebted welfare users, and finally, as in the case of Greece, “indebted citizens.” (Lazzarato 38)

     
    A universe of debt is literally installed through the extension and internalization of financial models. Debt is realized rather than spiritualized, its subjectivization manifesting a de- or dis-spirited indebtedness based on performance, finance, and credit-worthiness rather than on the socially- and symbolically-framed investment of individual desires, aspirations, and beliefs. Debt knows no bounds and employs only direct bonds of control; it has no outside except the penury of no credit rating, and even then it administers its controls according to the same procedures and principles: mothers, children, and the unemployed receive all sorts of benefits – renamed as “credits” – for health, education, wages, and insurance; immigrants are judged according to (economically calculable and redeemable) point-values, thereby locating their existence within the power relation of debt and subjecting them to a variety of procedures of assessment, monitoring, accreditation, and regulation.
     
    These procedures enact a kind of training, inscription, and coding akin to inaugural debt. But they seem to have little need of symbolic or spiritual coordinates. Increasingly, too, this training is inscribed automatically, without the production of belief, the evocations of desire, or the long-term investments in structures that sustain relations that are more than economic. The separation of symbolic and economic structures, for all their isomorphism, has a history: from the paternally-sanctioned realities of exchange founded on gold to paper currency and virtual share value, the story has been one of abstraction and autonomization in banking. In line with the Big Bang that deregulated markets and accelerated technological exchanges, Goux argues that the shift to stocks and financial capitalism manifests an “abstract operational symbolization” at a remove from any human world of symbols (Symbolic 130).  Direct human intervention is increasingly removed from decision-making processes as the credit card installs an “autonomization of operations” that replaces human labor insofar as it “internalizes” banking operations (Goux, “Cash” 120-121). Credit cards directly approve or refuse funds so that debt is individuated, general, and inevitable: “we carry with us the creditor-debtor relation – in our pockets and wallets, encoded on the magnetic strip of plastic that hides two seemingly harmless operations: the automatic institution of the credit relation, which thereby establishes permanent debt” (Lazzarato 20). No decisions have to be made, no thought; it is an automatic subjugation manifesting “a molecular, intrapersonal, and pre-individual hold on subjectivity that does not pass through reflexive consciousness and its representations, nor through the self” (Lazzarato 146-9). As an “Automatic Teller Machine”, the “subject” has only to remember a few responses and insert a short personal numeric code calibrated to that card alone, a “dividual” responding to the modulations of an automated network.
     
    A symbolic and transindividual framework sustaining subjectivity through desire, motivation, and belief becomes unnecessary when the credit-debt power relation has been inscribed automatically: responses are pre-coded just as futures are predicted. Desire cedes to fear; thought to reaction- and real-time. Horizons close; no one cares. Ideological apparatuses that shape productive individuals and social consensus become obsolete and expensive. Guilt, a debt beyond exchange, is supplanted by material inscriptions and control procedures that define and maintain “indebted man.” Neither will nor desire, consciousness or self-reflection remain in play. Alternatives are foreclosed:  “the logic of debt is stifling the possibilities for action” (Lazzarato 71). One can readily see the revolting outlines of a new zombie. All that is required for the operation of the credit-debt relation is fear, a mechanism sustained by training and threats of loss, by technological disconnection or non-ranking from ratings agencies. Fear attends financial markets; it signifies our being wired into an affective and economic network, a nervous system. Writing in the 1990s, Goux observed how the mobility of share values involves a “vulnerability” to thousands of direct and indirect variables, an incessantly alternating present that is never quite present, flickering rates of return or loss outlining fragile, uncertain, and nerve-wracking fluctuations of existence: “life overwhelmed by the globalization of value” (“Value” 159-60). Permanent in-security is evinced in fluctuating circuits of exchange and the reactions they prompt, an electro-emotional network in which machine, human difference, and temporality are reduced to near zero, vacillations of affect accompanying oscillations of digits. As Goux describes it, this network is
     

    a constant, driven time of anxiety, hypersensitive to worldwide information, tense, unpredictable, irrational, subject to the whim of ungovernable impulses, brief crazes that spread like a viral infection, a paradoxical time that balances the most weighty matters of the economic and political life of nations upon the most delicate and febrile factors of human psychology (euphoria, depression, optimism, confidence, anxiety). (“Values” 160)

     
    Without objects to stabilize or ground its flows, its default setting is anxiety and insecurity.
     
    Fear, at least temporarily, settles on some figure. Where anxiety underpins the circulations of global financial capitalism, undead and unreal figures from popular culture provide familiar forms through which to reshape, contain, or direct the inherent instability of an abstracted yet all-too real system in relentless pursuit of surplus. Like the mathematical modelling of disaster scenarios using zombies (for example, exercises in “Zombie Preparedness” undertaken in the US by the Centers for Disease Control), cultural forms deploy their own modes of planning, predicting, and retraining; if not calculating futures, these modes occlude, habituate or divert those futures in fantastically apocalyptic dead-ends that keep on returning. Born of frustration, in-decision, and stasis, these urgent fantasies of destruction and creation, disaster and survival are played out and held at bay, precarious (non)precipitation meeting (in)decisive (un)dead-end: kill-kill-kill; pay-pay-pay; spend-spend-spend; save-save-save. But who, what, and where are the zombies? Capital, banks, political-economy, debt, shareholders, stakeholders, creditors, investors, managers, oneself?  Fear opens onto unpredictable possibility, monstrosity, or event, and quickly closes again. If rapid global fluctuations, uncertainties, and anxieties are, in fear, downloaded in an automated debt relation, the result may be the kind of pacification that shocks and numbs en masse like it did to workers in modernity. Constantly exposed to images of financial apocalypse, the zombies roaming streets and clicking on screens may be too habituated, too inoculated by familiarity or numbed by fear, to see beyond the material and imagined disasters of global debt. Trained to feel, perform, and react, their automation allows no time for reflection, action, or motivation. Like life and desire, time is paralyzed in a present that calculates and closes off any future other than that of the market privileging accumulation over expenditure, and is denied any final expenditure or vital-destructive opening: it is zombie, neither living nor dead but frozen between the two, life in stasis, death arrested, in debt forever. In constant electronic flux, an overstimulation of organisms, it may also generate a hyperactivity, restlessness, and undirected overflow that comes from immersion in and resistance to the multiple and divergent messages of media-managed capital’s debt impulse. A tension might remain between new procedures controlled more directly by economic debt, and the expectations and aspirations associated with forms of subjectivity defined in symbolic, social, and historical terms. In that tension—a space of incomplete transition and in-credulity—there is some hope of resistance, as Lazzarato notes: confronting “subjectivities that consider public assistance, retirement, education, etc., as collective rights guaranteed by past struggles is not the same as governing ‘debtors,’ small business owners, and minor shareholders” (114). If the transition allows space for disaffection, the general “herdification” identified in symbolically immiserated economies and techno-media also produces energies in excess of control; Stiegler’s disindividuated herd is permanently unsettled, disquieted, without form and identity, yet irrepressibly “furious” (“Suffocated desire” 55). Enter the “zoombie”: the fast-moving, voracious and extremely contagious mutation for an age of speed and sensory overstimulation. In 28 Days Later (Danny Boyle, 2002) and 28 Weeks Later (Juan Carlos Fresnadillo, 2007), the zoombie is an entity born of global media and urban violence, of biotechnical experimentation and militarized control: the name of the virus it spreads across the world is “RAGE.”

    Fred Botting is Professor of English Literature and a member of the London Graduate School at Kingston University, London. He has written on cultural theory and horror fiction and film. His books includeGothic (Routledge 2013), Limits of Horror (Manchester UP, 2008) and Gothic Romanced (Routledge, 2008).
     

    Works Cited

    • Bark, Jaspre. Way of the Barefoot Zombie. Oxford: Abaddon Books, 2009. Print.
    • Baudrillard, Jean. Symbolic Exchange and Death. Trans. Iain Hamilton Grant. London: Sage, 1993. Print.
    • Beard, Steve. “No particular place to go.” Sight and Sound (1993): 30-31. Print.
    • Beck, Ulrich and Beck-Gernstein, Elisabeth.  Individualization. London: Sage, 2002. Print.
    • Botting, Fred.  “Zoombie London: unexceptionalities of the New World Order.” In London Gothic. Ed. Lawrence Phillips. London: Continuum, 2010. 153-71. Print.
    • Brooks, Max. World War Z. London: Duckworth, 2006. Print.
    • Cowen, Tyler.  “Euro vs Invasion of the zombie banks.” New York Times 16 Apr. 2011. Web.  17 Jul. 2014.
    • Deleuze, Gilles.  Nietzsche and Philosophy. Trans. Hugh Tomlinson. New York: Continuum, 2006. Print.
    • —.  “Postscript on the Societies of Control.” October 59 (1992): 3-7. Print.
    • —, and Félix Guattari. Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Trans. Robert Hurley, Mark Seem and Helen R. Lane. Minnesota: U of Minnesota P, 1972. Print.
    • —. A Thousand Plateaus. Trans. Brian Massumi. London: Athlone Press, 1988. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “Economimesis.” diacritics 11 (1981): 3-25. Print.
    • —.  Given Time: I. Counterfeit Money. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1992. Print.
    • —. Specters of Marx. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. New York: Routledge, 1994. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques, and Bernard Stiegler.  Echographies of Television. Trans.  Jennifer Bajorek. Cambridge: Polity, 2002. Print.
    • Desjardins, Lisa, and Rick Emerson. Zombie Economics. New York: Avery (2012). Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. The Birth of Biopolitics. Ed. Michel Senellart. Trans. Graham Burchell. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. Print.
    • Gilder, George. Wealth and Poverty. New York: Bantam Books, 1981. Print.
    • Goux, Jean-Joseph.  “Cash, Check, or Charge?” The New Economic Criticism: studies at the intersection of literature and economics. Eds. Martha Woodmansee and Mark Osteen. New York: Routledge (1999): 99-111. Print.
    • —. “General Economics and Postmodern Capitalism.” Bataille: A Critical Reader. Eds. Fred Botting and Scott Wilson. Oxford: Blackwell, 1998. 196-213. Print.
    • —.  Symbolic Economies: After Marx and Freud. Trans. Jennifer Curtiss Gage. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1990. Print.
    • —. “Values and Speculations: the Stock Exchange Paradigm.” Cultural Values 1.2 (1997): 159-77. Print.
    • Haraway, Donna J.  Modest_Witness@Second_Millenium. New York: Routledge, 1997. Print.
    • Hardt, Michael and Antonio Negri. Empire. London: Harvard UP, 2000. Print.
    • —. Multitude.  London: Penguin, 2006. Print.
    • Harman, Chris. Zombie Capitalism. London: Bookmarks Publications, 2009. Print.
    • Jameson, Fredric. “Culture and finance capital.” The Jameson Reader. Eds. Michael Hardt and Kathi Weeks. Oxford: Blackwell, 2000. 255-74. Print.
    • Johnson Allie.  “Attack of the zombie debt.” MSN Money (2012). Web. 17 Jul. 2014.
    • Lacan, Jacques. “Desire and the interpretation of desire in Hamlet.” Yale French Studies 55/56 (1977): 11-52. Print.
    • Laclau, Ernesto. Emancipation(s).  New York: Verso, 1996. Print.
    • Latham, Rob. Consuming Youth. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2002. Print.
    • Lazzarato, Maurizio. The Making of Indebted Man. Trans. Joshua David Jordan. Amsterdam: Semiotext(e), 2011. Print.
    • Marion, Isaac. Warm Bodies. London: Vintage, 2010. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. Capital, vol. I. Trans. Ben Fowkes. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1976. Print.
    • Onaran, Yalman.  Zombie Banks. Hoboken: Bloomberg Press, 2012. Print.
    • Nietzsche, Friedrich. “The Genealogy of Morals.” Basic Writings. Trans. Walter Kaufman. New York: Modern Library, 1968. 439-602. Print.
    • Peters, Tom. Reinventing Work: the Brand Called You. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1999. Print.
    • Quiggin, John. Zombie Economics. Princeton and Oxford: Princeton UP, 2010. Print.
    • Shaviro, Steven. ‘Capitalist Monsters’. Historical Materialism 10.4 (2002): 281-90. Print.
    • Stiegler, Bernard.  The Decadence of Industrial Democracies. Trans. Daniel Ross and Suzanne Arnold. Cambridge: Polity, 2011. Print.
    • —.  For a New Critique of Political Economy. Trans. Daniel Ross. Cambridge: Polity, 2010. Print.
    • —. “Suffocated Desire, or How the Cultural Industry Destroys the Individual.” Trans. Johann Rossow. Parrhesia 13(2011): 52-61. Print.
    • Stone, A.R. The War of Desire and Technology at the Close of the Mechanical Age. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1995. Print.
    • United States. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. “Zombie Preparedness.” Web. 17 Jul. 2014.
    • Williams, Tony. White Zombie: Haitian horror. Jump Cut 28 (1983): 18-20. Print.
    • Wood, Robin. Hollywood from Vietnam to Reagan. New York: Columbia UP, 1986. Print.
    • Zanger, Jules. “Metaphor into metonymy: the vampire next door.” Blood Read: the Vampire as Metaphor in Contemporary Culture. Eds. Jan Gordon and Veronica Hollinger. Philadelphia: U of Pennsylvania P, 1997. 17-26. Print.
  • False Economy

    Abstract

    When we speak of the credit crunch of 2008-14, we are really referring to a debt crisis.  Far from the aberrant outcome of an economic failure, however, debt is a necessary condition of all economy.  This essay opens up the present banking crisis through a reading of Jacques Derrida’s Given Time.  It addresses issues such as Credit Default Swaps and inter-bank lending through an understanding of finance as counterfeit money, and examines the question of credit as a problem of both faith and fiction.  It concludes by attending to Baudelaire’s “Assommons les pauvres!” which Derrida describes as a “symmetrical counterpoint” to “La fausse monnaie,” the Baudelaire text that guides his own seminar.

     

    They have signed our I.O.U. and we can no longer not acknowledge it.  Any more than our own children.  This is what tradition is, the heritage that drives you crazy.  People have not the slightest idea of this, they have no need to know that they are paying (automatic withdrawal) nor whom they are paying …  when they do anything whatsoever, make war or love, speculate on the energy crisis, construct socialism, write novels, open concentration camps for poets or homosexuals, buy bread or hijack a plane, have themselves elected by secret ballot, bury their own, criticize the media without rhyme or reason, say absolutely anything about chador or the ayatollah, dream of a great safari, found reviews, teach, or piss against a tree…  This story, the trap of who signs an I.O.U. for the other such that the other finds himself engaged before having known a thing about it, even before having opened his eyes, this children’s story is a love story and is ours—if you still want it.  From the very first light of dawn.

    -Derrida, “Envois” 10th September 1977

    (Post Card 100-101)

     

    The Purloined Future

    What then, to paraphrase Derrida in Spectres of Marx, is the state of the debt?  When in 2008 we began to speak of a credit crunch, what we really meant was a debt crisis in which repayment of substantial loans became attenuated, and banks and other financial institutions became insolvent. This complex situation is not, however, merely a case of a few large debtors defaulting on payments.  Allow me to spend a little time unpacking the aetiology of everything that has resulted from this crisis, including the bankruptcy of global financial institutions and of sovereign states.  Debt and credit are not the fortunate or unfortunate outcomes of banking practices; they are the very point of banking and indeed of capitalism itself, perhaps of all economy as such.  The classical purpose of a bank is to lend money on the basis of the deposits of its so-called customers (individuals and companies who have placed their money in the bank for what Rousseau’s Discourse on Inequality might identify as security reasons).  Using depositors’ money or money borrowed at a low rate of interest from another bank, the bank lends to others at a greater rate of interest. As long as these loans are repaid on schedule, theoretically the bank will initiate an infinite chain of profit.  In so doing, banking as such both introduces credit into the economy—enabling growth, employment, and wealth creation—and initiates indebtedness, which ties individuals to the bank and the system of capital in general.  On this view, credit and debt are not merely necessary, but essential to the operation of the entire capitalist system.  Once the bank lends money to an individual or company, that money is deposited back in the bank.  The bank has thereby increased its deposits base by leveraging its capital without any actual “new” money coming into circulation.  Having increased its deposits, the bank is free to repeat this process ad infinitum within the limit of retaining the cash ratio required by law for capitalization.  In this way, banks generate large balance sheets of assets (loans and advances) and liabilities (customer accounts) from a relatively low deposit base and minimal cash ratio; at its height in 2008, the Royal Bank of Scotland had assets of £1.9 trillion (greater than the entire GDP of its sovereign guarantor of the United Kingdom, making it the largest company by asset size in the world at that time).[1]  This form of phantasmagoria makes the commodity fetish look like a concrete tower block, and calls to mind Aristotle’s distinction in the Politics between economy and chresematics: the former is the management of goods essential to the maintenance of life; the latter, as the accumulation of wealth for its own sake, is the originary ruin of the former.[2]  According to this distinction, it makes no sense to speak of economics in relation to banking; perhaps universities today should rename their Business Schools, trapped within the curriculum of orthodox economic theory, along Aristotelian lines.

     

    The banking business model is unique within capitalism because it requires minimal equity (the difference between assets and liabilities). As a result, and despite appearances, banking is a less than secure enterprise.  In this situation banks must manage the risk of loan defaults, and one might say that the business of banks is precisely the management of risk.  Banks are placed at risk when liabilities begin to exceed equity in an unmanageable way.  In 2008, at the start of the financial crisis, Barclays had sixty times more assets (due loans) than equity.  The median leverage ratio of banks in the US in 2008 was 35 to 1, and 45 to 1 in Europe.  What this meant was that only 1/35th of US bank assets had to go bad before the banks would be insolvent, and 1/40th in Europe. If only 2.5% of loans were defaulted on, in other words, the European banks would collapse.  This is exactly what happened with the subprime mortgage collapse in the US housing market, when it became clear that money had systematically been loaned to those with little prospect of making their repayments.  As this market began to unravel, banks sitting on over-leveraged positions began to collapse in a domino effect—from Bear Stearns to Lehman Brothers in the US and Northern Rock to HBOS in the UK—resulting in bailouts for the system by Central Banks (i.e., the State) as the guarantor and lender of last resort.  These collapses and the so-called credit crunch in personal and company finances arose when banks quickly attempted to deleverage by contracting their assets without harming their equity ratios.  This means offering less credit and calling in as much debt as possible; because this is the exact opposite of the banking business model, the entire system came close to collapse when financial institutions stopped lending even to each other, viewing one another as risky prospects and potentially bad debtors.

     

    Banks are equally keen to obviate risk within the banking system, and financial markets have developed sophisticated financial products to do just this.  The trade in derivative products (options and futures) exceeds tenfold the total value of the world’s economic output.  Derivatives are designed to hedge risk and take out insurance against uncertainty by fixing prices in the future. Like the leveraging of a bank’s capital, however, trade in derivatives generates financial transactions based on the original asset price, but far in excess of it; when those transactions begin to unfurl, derivatives have the opposite effect of magnifying risk rather than hedging it.  For this reason, in 1989 J. P. Morgan pioneered the Credit Default Swap that allows one to both leverage capital and hedge it against risk.  Swapping positions in the market is a relatively recent method of alleviating potential uncertainty by mitigating exposure to risk. This makes it much more likely that you will be able to repay the money borrowed from the bank for your business activity, making you a sounder debtor and so able to borrow more money.  Credit Default Swaps (CDS) allow banks to lend money and insure themselves against default by making someone else take on the risk associated with the debt.  Suitably insured, the bank can relax about holding onto enough capital reserves, and so can continue to lend again and again based on its assets register (which, we recall, is really the outstanding loans owed to it).  Regulators accepted the argument for CDS because they were thought to spread risk throughout the financial system rather than concentrate it in one place, thus making individual banks safer prospects.  However, the first difficulty with CDS is that they are designed to produce an economic impossibility, i.e., to make lending risk free. But the profit derived from an investment is unfortunately directly related to the risk involved.  The second difficulty is precisely that CDS spread risk throughout the system in undetectable and unmanageable ways; this risk is multiplied by the practice of securitization, in which bundles of debt are sold to off-shore shell companies, which take on the bank’s risk, break it up, re-engineer it, and sell it again to investors, with each re-sale deliberately designed to disguise the debt’s riskier aspects.  The shell company enables the bank to remove the loan from its balance sheet and thereby appear to decrease its asset to equity ratio, making the bank look less leveraged and more credit worthy, and allowing it to lend further money (that again will be risk-free through further CDS).  As Derrida says in Given Time, “the counterfeiter will have figured out how to indebt himself infinitely, and will have given himself the chance of escaping in this way from the mastery of reappropriation.  He will have figured out how to break indefinitely the circle or the symmetry” (150). In other words, the producer of counterfeit money can never lose; counterfeit money is risk free money.  The practice of repeatedly packing and securitizing debt makes it practically impossible to keep track of the quality of that debt.  AIG collapsed and was bailed out by the US Treasury at the cost of $173 billion because it underwrote the insurance for the majority of the world trade in CDS.  If AIG had not been bailed out by the Federal Reserve, a long and distinguished list of companies faced astronomical loses, including Goldman Sachs, Merrill Lynch, Deutsche Bank, Barclays, BNP Paribas, and Société Générale.  The market capitalization of AIG was only $2 billion dollars, meaning that it cost eighty-five times its value to bail out (Lancaster 62). When governments (or Central Banks) bail out commercial banks, they do so not by transferring capital from their own reserves, but by selling their own debt, or, more strictly speaking, by selling their own capacity to repay debt in the form of bonds.  The more secure the nation and the higher its credit rating, the lower the interest paid on bonds and the safer the investment for bond buyers.  The more stretched the nation-state, the more it will cost in interest payments to attract bond investors.  When the bond market stops believing in a nation’s capacity to repay the debt, that country quickly runs into trouble. Unable to borrow money in the form of bond issues, it is forced to seek its own bailout to meet its obligations, notably its guarantee to underwrite the debts of its own banks.  As a condition of the bailout, international lenders—such as the International Monetary Fund and the European Central Bank—insist on the nation-state making itself more credit-worthy by spending less on public services in order to be better able to repay their international debt.  This is the situation experienced across Europe, where the citizens whose borrowed deposits in banks made the entire system possible now face austerity measures to prevent the collapse of the system.  They are paying the price of someone else having borrowed their money.

     

    Money Worries

    This is exactly what Derrida proposes in Given Time: that any economic exchange involves the production of a certain reciprocity of debt. This is especially the case with the gift.  Any gift, however freely given, indebts the recipient to the giver and so initiates further exchanges, whether of material goods or of more abstract considerations like gratitude and clienthood.  The giver is involved not in an excessive generosity without reserve but in a relation of sacrifice, in which there is always the return and the expectation of return of a certain credit to the giver.  The question of sacrifice in the gift is significant in his 1977-78 seminar; sacrifice later becomes the predicate through which Derrida begins his sustained deconstruction of sovereignty in his analysis of the death sentence and the animal.[3]  The business of sacrifice is always the business of the sovereign—the one who is allowed to put to death without legal consequence—whether the sovereign who commutes the death sentence, or the sovereign human subject who sacrifices animal life in order to sustain human development.  In thinking capital punishment and the continuum of planetary life, Derrida attempts to think an economy without sacrifice in which no other is subordinated to the utility of any other.[4]  The seminar on the gift is therefore an important nascent step in the development of Derrida’s thought on sovereignty.  Here he distinguishes the “pure gift (if there is any)” from sacrifice:
     

    The sacrifice proposes an offering but only in the form of a destruction against which it exchanges, hopes for, or counts on a benefit, namely, a surplus-value or at least an amortization, a protection, and a security. (Given 137)

     
    The purity of the gift itself is always a matter of compromise, but what interests me in the context of systemic debt is the idea that securitization disarticulates sacrifice; namely, it turns a sacrifice from a gift into an offering that expects a return.  In the case of CDS, we have a sacrifice (the lending of money) that is immunized against risk and already deconstructs its own sacrificial status.  In the case of student loans, for example, the ideological trick is to appear to be making a sacrifice, even offering a gift, by paying the loan up-front for the student, but already to have calculated the return in the form of future interest payments, the indebtedness of citizens, the capacity to sell further debt, and the credit for having reduced the sovereign deficit, even if in fact it is accelerating sovereign debt.

     

    Rather than the gift itself as the main focus of Given Time, I would like to turn to the Baudelaire text that informs the second half of Derrida’s seminar, to worry through certain philosophical problems. (I mean “worry” here in the philosophical sense that one worries a knotty topic rather than worry in the sense that one lies awake at night worrying about the mortgage.)  I want to consider the fictional nature of debt, given that, as Derrida says, “the symbolic opens and constitutes the order of exchange and of debt” (Given 13). Were it a product of the novelistic imagination, the banking business model described in the first half of this essay would surely be condemned as an improbable fiction.  The relation between accounting and recounting is one of the important subtexts of Derrida’s book, and I think there are two important strands to follow, given the debt crisis.  The first is the question of counterfeit money versus “real” money:
     

    We can no longer avoid the question of what money is: true money or counterfeit money, which can only be what it is, false or counterfeit, to the extent to which no one knows it is false, that is, to the extent to which it circulates, appears, functions as good and true money. (Given 59)

     

    Derrida here is thinking of Baudelaire’s La fausse monnaie, which tells the story of two friends who meet a beggar in the street, one of whom gives him a substantial gift only to reveal to his friend (the narrator) that it is a counterfeit coin.  The narrator wonders at his friend’s motives and imagines that he has offered the coin in order to create an event in the otherwise desperate life of the beggar, speculating about what may result in the circulation of and speculation on this counterfeit money to the benefit or possible detriment of the beggar.  The narrator is horrified to discover that in fact his friend is motivated to do the beggar good (and earn the moral credit of alms to the poor) by offering him a large donation, while resting secure in the knowledge that he has not given away any of his own real money. The question that imposes itself today, however, is whether a financial product derived from leveraged or packaged debt constitutes real money or counterfeit money, that is, the simulacrum of money.  When CDS are spread throughout the global financial system, how far can we say that this system is based on real money or not?  Might we say that the whole of banking depends upon the fictional structure of money, every bit as fictional as Baudelaire’s text?  The business of what is real and what is virtual in the financial system has surely brought us quite quickly to the border of the gift and the economy of sacrifice.  The future is a fiction invented by those who have lived in the past.  The circulation of student loans, for instance, is a perfect example of counterfeit money become true capital:
     

    Is not the truth of capital, then, inasmuch as it produces interest without labour, by working all by itself as we say, counterfeit money?  Is there a real difference here between real and counterfeit once there is capital?  And credit?  Everything depends on the act of faith… This text by Baudelaire deals, in effect, with the relations among fiction in general, literary fiction and capitalism, such as they might be photographed acting out a scene in the heart of the modern capital. (Given 124)

     

    The untested and risky assumption concerning the borrowing and repayment of tuition loans, say, is precisely the equivalent of the fausse-amie who throws a counterfeit coin in the beggar’s bowl: it will create an event but not for the reasons lenders think, justify to themselves, or hope for return on.

     

    The second and related strand is the question of the link between the modern phenomenon of literature, the financial system, and religion, namely, “credit” or, as crédit is usually translated from the French, “faith.”  An enormous and unspoken act of collective belief is required every morning in order for the stock market to open and for banks to continue trading.  Who, other than a true believer, could possibly tolerate the use of his bank account to fund CDS?
     

    Everything is [an] act of faith, phenomenon of credit or credence, of belief and conventional authority in this text which perhaps says something essential about what here links literature to belief, to credit and thus to capital, to economy and thus to politics.  Authority is constituted by accreditation, both in the sense of legitimation as effect of belief or credulity, and of bank credit, of capitalized interest. (Given 97)

     

    Derrida is writing here in 1977, four years after the establishment of the Chicago Board Options Exchange, which institutionalised the trade in futures and options, but four years before the introduction of swaps into the financial system and twelve years before the construction of the first credit default swap (engineered by J.P. Morgan to cover Exxon’s exposure following the environmental disaster of the Exxon Valdes in Alaska). Derrida, like Marx and Mauss before him, has nevertheless correctly and presciently located the fictional nature of credit.[5]  One accepts a fiction on trust, on the basis that it is nothing other than a fiction; we take the narrator’s word. Literary fiction contains a referential system that maintains the literary aporia throughout, accounting at the same time for the truth and the falsehood of the knowledge literature conveys about itself, distinguishing rigorously between metaphorical and referential language, and delineating a difference between speech acts in books and speech acts in the real world.  The referential system of money, in contrast, would seem to be much more shaky than literature because it both requires a greater trust and fails to properly delineate the difference between money and counterfeit money, the real and the virtual.  Derrida takes this question further in an aside to the final chapter of Given Time:
     

    Let us locate in passing here the space of a complex task: To study for example, in so-called modern literature, that is, contemporaneous with a capital—city, polis, metropolis—of a state and with a state of capital, the transformation of monetary forms (metallic, fiduciary—the bank note—or scriptural—the bank check), a certain rarification of payments in cash, the recourse to credit cards, the coded signature, and so forth, in short, a certain dematerialization of money, and therefore of all the scenes that depend upon it.  “Counterfeit Money” and Les Faux-monnayeurs belong to a specific period in the history of money. (Given 110)

     

    Derrida is referring to Gide’s novel but we should note in passing that in French les faux-monnayeurs comes to stand by metonymic substitution for all fakery and all counterfeiting in general.  This might well be an example of what Derrida would call a white mythology of credit, one of the coins erased in Nietzsche’s pocket whose fictional structure we no longer recognise.  The history of banking since Derrida’s seminar has been shaped not only by the accelerated dematerialisation of money from the virtuality of credit cards and checks into the imaginary structure of CDS, but also by the eclipse of the author, if I might play on Roland Barthes for a moment.  The entire difficulty of the financial crisis since 2008 has been based upon the inability to distinguish between good and bad debt due to the anonymity of debtors and to debts being packaged, securitised, and swapped.  It simply became impossible to decide whether one was dealing with a reliable narrator or not.  In fact the story of the narrator (i.e., the debtor) had ceased to be important, and what came to matter was the mediating extra-diegetic narrative of the financial institutions that sold on the debt and the credit rating agency that confirmed the provenance of the story.  Since both were interested parties, they were by definition unreliable narrators. There is no discrimination between the narratives of debtors, banks, central banks, public expenditure, and government. Everyone will be given the benefit of the doubt; the assumption behind student loans and sovereign bailouts is that everyone is a good debtor.  This is the story that the national governments are telling themselves and the international bond market, and much will depend upon this credulity.

     

    The question of debt is closely related to both literature and philosophy. Dickens’s Little Dorrit provides a good example of the way that debt is a considerable question for literature itself, of counting and recounting, of credit and faith, of debt and obligation, all of which would require a longer and closer reading than is possible here.  The narrative account draws upon the reserves of a debtor in the Marshalsea prison, William Dorrit, who is freed as a consequence of the intervention of Arthur Clennam.  Clennam is an ostensibly disinterested Dickensian hero who wishes to see justice done to the Dorrits without expectation of gratitude or return.  He pays the debts of Edward Dorrit, the wastrel son, and assists in the discovery of an unclaimed inheritance that enables William Dorrit to leave the Marshalsea. In turn, for this is a Dickens novel, Clennam is ruined by bad investments in a seemingly risk-free stock venture, and is imprisoned in the Marshalsea. Clennam’s mother reveals to Amy (Edward’s daughter) that she is heir to a great legacy, but Little Dorrit refuses her inheritance, and when Clennam’s business partner returns a rich man from an enterprise in Russia, he pays off Clennam’s debts.  Of course, Clennam’s previous motives do not constitute a pure gift, consciously or unconsciously: he acted out of his love for Amy and at the end of the novel they are married as debt-free equals.  Dickens’s narrative is provocative today because the narrator of the novel characterises Amy as the “child of the Marshalsea,” that is, the child born into debt and who only ever knows a life of debt, just as Barthes once characterised the subject as un bilan de faillite.[6] George Orwell criticised Dickens because he thought Dickens was unable to see a world beyond individual philanthropy, i.e., a society beyond the pure gift (“Can Socialists be Happy?”).  He was unable to see a welfare state that would take responsibility for Little Dorrit and educate her, perhaps even send her to a public university rather than leave her to achieve social mobility through, first, the inheritance of a gift and, secondly, through marriage.  Given Little Dorrit’s socio-economic origins, prior to 2012 she probably would have received state-funded bursaries to attend a London university. And although the Marshalsea was historically situated in Bermondsey, within a few miles of the Houses of Parliament and the site of the 2010 “tuition fees riots,” she probably would not have been charged with horses and beaten with batons in the pursuit of her future.

     

    A different fate, however, is indicated by Baudelaire’s “Beat Up the Poor!” (Assommons les pauvres!),” which Derrida describes as a “symmetrical counterpoint” to “La fausse monnaie,”[7]  Derrida spends much less time on this narrative but it is worth dwelling on today. Baudelaire’s narrator recounts: “For fifteen days I had shut myself up in my room and had surrounded myself with the most popular books of the day… that treat of the art of making people happy, wise, and rich in twenty-four hours” (101).  One can readily imagine the contemporary equivalents of these books on what is now fatuously described as “well-being.”  It is enough to make one sick: “I had digested—or rather swallowed—all the lubrications of all the purveyors of public happiness—of those who advise the poor to become slaves, and of those who encourage them to believe that they are all dethroned kings” (101). Neo-liberalism now would like the professional classes of tomorrow to be indebted to the state and then to measure their “well-being” as an indicator of national success:[8] “It will be readily understood that I was in a dazed state of mind bordering on idiocy” (101).  What intrigues me here is that the narrator, the being (re)counter (as opposed to a bean counter) has been brought to the state of ideologically induced stupidity through reading, and a marathon of reading at that: fifteen days locked in a room on his own, like an academic researching the condition of well-being.  He leaves his room “with a terrible thirst” because “the passion for bad literature engenders a proportionate need for fresh air and cooling drinks” (101).  Having consumed vast quantities of idiocy, he must now wash it away, exchanging a thirst for non-knowledge with a need for the disinfectant of alcohol and oxygen.  In other words, he enters into a credit default swap in which he hedges the time spent on bankrupt ideas against his faith in fresh air.  He has earned his drink after the sacrifice of solitary reading.  As he is about to enter a bar, he comes across a beggar.  Unlike the two friends in “La fausse monnaie,” he does not give the beggar alms but, encouraged by the voices in his head, decides instead that “a man is the equal of another only if he can prove it, and to be worthy of liberty a man must fight for it” (102).[9] Accordingly he beats up the beggar, “pounding his head against the wall… sure that in this deserted suburb no policeman would disturb me for some time” (102).  While “kettling” the beggar (to borrow a culinary metaphor from London’s Metropolitan Police Force), a philosophical miracle occurs: “O bliss of the philosopher when he sees the truth of his theory verified!” The beggar proves himself the equal of the narrator by retaliating: “[he] proceeded to give me two black eyes, to knock out four of my teeth and … to beat me to a pulp” (102).  The narrator describes himself as satisfied as “one of the Porch sophists,” and declaring the beggar his equal, shares out his purse, telling him that should another beggar ask him for alms, he ought to apply the narrator’s “theory” and teach the other the same painful lesson concerning equality (102-103).  The text ends with the beggar swearing that he understands the theory and vowing to follow this advice.

     

    By any reckoning this is a remarkable text; how shall we read it?  On the one hand, we might take it as a neo-liberal allegory of tough-love for the poor, who must not be satisfied by handouts but should learn to stand on their own two feet and take on board the lessons of a sacrificial economy in which equal status is attained through beating the other to a pulp.  On the other hand, and in contrast to “La fausse monnaie,” the moral of this story might be that awakening from the torpor of idiocy-inducing ideology, the narrator has the revelation that not only must he give to the beggar but also—as Derrida says in his brief reading of this text—he must give well (“il faut bien payer”) (Given 139). The narrator gives a gift to the poor that does not merely offer money in return for indebtedness or spiritual advancement but goes beyond the material benefit of the gift to give added value in the form of a theory of giving.  This would be the excessive violence of the pure gift or a gift without conditions that taught the poor a lesson.  In this sense it is the perfect allegory for school children, university applicants, and student protesters whose futures have been mortgaged before their education has even begun and who are for their troubles beaten up by the state that is offering the gift of a student loan.  Perhaps, rather than suffering like Dickens’s children of the Marshalsea, they will prove themselves equal to their creditors by being worthy enough of liberty to fight for it.

     

    Let me conclude by way of reference to the epigraph from The Post Card that has overseen this paper from the very beginning.  Here Derrida has in mind the Platonic tradition to which we are all indebted in every aspect of our daily lives.  I think the striking sentence in this paragraph is the first one: “They have signed our I.O.U. and we can no longer not acknowledge it.”  It is not that we have signed an IOU for the debt that we owe to Socrates and Plato but that they in advance of us have mortgaged our future, signed “our I.O.U.” for us before we have even begun to live and think in the world.  Derrida specifically names this structure as a fiction, “a story, the trap of who signs an I.O.U. for the other such that the other finds himself engaged before having known a thing about it.”  In this way we are all infinitely indebted to the philosophical tradition before we have even begun to read or started to take up our place of study.[10]  Derrida calls this a “children’s story” and a “love story.”  It is certainly the story of our children today, who have had their IOU signed in advance by a generation of politicians who have thrown them into debt before they have even begun to read.  As we saw above, inhabiting capitalism is never a question of “paying off the debt”; it is always a case of having had the IOU signed for us in advance of our entry into capital.  The task then is not to refuse debt but to affirm another register of debt, an infinite and un-payable debt: our debts to the western tradition, to philosophy, and to the university.  One cannot live without faith or debt.  Today we need to articulate a counter-faith: a belief in the public realm, publicly funded institutions, the idea of the university, and a belief in the necessity of critical thought.  This would be a catechism so simple that it would be worthy of the phrase “a child’s story.”  If the IOU is also a love story, it is a tale of how we do not fall in love but of how love instead falls upon us, smothering us with its dialectic of our infinite debt to the one we love in advance of any engagement with him, her, or it.  In this sense it is also the story of university managers and higher education policy leaders who are indebted to the very idea of the institution they serve prior to any understanding of what the institution might mean.  They have had their IOU signed for them in advance of their entrance into the Principal’s Office, and in this way their debts and duties are infinite.  These Chancellors, Vice-Chancellors and Presidents have a choice today, to accept the credit default swap that passes the debt of the university from state to student, or, to affirm the gift of higher education by refusing this sacrificial economy.  They may well predominately choose the former and so, like Baudelaire’s narrator, beat up the poor, but they will not do so from the same theoretical motivation.  Rather, they will be like the somnambulant friend in “La fausse monnaie,” thinking they are doing good by offering counterfeit money and seeking advancement while hedging themselves and their institutions against loss.  They, like Baudelaire’s false alms giver, deserve our contempt: “I will never forgive him the ineptitude of his calculation… The most irreparable of vices is to do evil out of stupidity” (qtd. in Given 164).

    Martin McQuillan For details such as these I am indebted to John Lancaster’s Whoops! Why everyone owes everyone and no one can pay.  The chapters of this book first appeared in The London Review of Books and should be read as an autobiographical novel, a form of testimony from one who lived through the crash.  Other helpful non-academic introductions include Philip Coggan, The Money Machine: How the City Works (London: Penguin, 2002), Charles R Morris, The Trillion Dollar Meltdown: Easy Money, High Rollers, and the Great Credit Crash (New York: Public Affairs Press, 2008), and Frank Partnoy, F.I.A.S.C.O.: Blood in the Water on Wall Street (London: Profile Business Press, 2009).

    [2] Derrida addresses this distinction in Aristotle’s Politics, 1257b and 1258a, suggesting that it can only ever be strategic and provisional and that it quickly dissolves in any reading of economy; see Given Time 157-9.

    [3] On the animal, see Derrida’s The Animal That Therefore I am.  On capital punishment see also The Death Penalty, Vol. 1, Derrida also discusses both at length in For What Tomorrow…: a dialogue.

    [4] In reading the gift through sacrifice, we should also attend to Derrida’s The Gift of Death.  Here Derrida famously asks why should he only feed his own cat when so many other cats across Paris are starving, leading him to suggest that “tout autre est tout autre” (translated by Wills as “every other (one) is every (bit) other”) in an attempt to understand the impossibility of a calculation as to who or what is to be sacrificed to the greater good.

    [5] See Marx, A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy.

    [6] Un bilan de faillite is a register or index of debts produced for the assessment of bankruptcy.  I am grateful to Celine Surprenant for this reference.

    [7]La fausse monnaie” is reproduced in dual language copy as an appendix to the English edition of Given Time.  “Beat Up the Poor” is available in Paris Spleen.

    [8] Along with Nicholas Sarkozy in France, David Cameron in the UK has proposed that policy decisions be informed by a “well-being” index that measures national happiness rather than by, say, the measurement of GDP.  Since, as Danton asks, “who is to be happy if not all?”, this seeming measure beyond market calculation is of course the most cynical of sacrificial economies.  I discuss the question of well-being in relation to Rousseau’s “On Public Happiness” in the introduction to The Paul de Man Notebooks.

    [9] At this point in the text, the narrator invokes the good demon who advised Socrates: “There is, however, this difference between Socrates’ Demon and mine, that his Demon appeared to him only to forbid, to warn or to prevent, whereas mine deigns to advise, suggest or persuade. Poor Socrates had only a censor; mine is a great affirmer, mine is a Demon of action, a Demon of combat” (102).  In this way we might add to Derrida’s list of debts to Plato and Socrates in the epigraph from The Post Card with which we began, “piss against a tree, beat up the poor…”

    [10] I am grateful to Simon Glendinning for directing me towards Derrida’s “Of the Humanities and the Philosophical Discipline” in which he discusses Kant’s “The Idea of Universal History from a Cosmopolitical Point of View.” Derrida closes the essay by citing a long passage from Kant, which he titles “Of Philosophy: debt and duty.”  I reproduce it here because it seems germane to all that has been said above:

    …This enlightenment, and with it a certain sympathetic interest which the enlightened man inevitably feels for anything good which he comprehends fully, must gradually spread upwards towards the thrones and even influence their principles of government. But while, for example, our world rulers have no money to spare for public educational institutions or indeed for anything which concerns the world’s best interests (das Weltbeste), because everything has already been calculated out in advance for the next war, they will nonetheless find that it is to their own advantage at least not to hinder their citizens’ private efforts in this direction, however weak and slow they may be. But in the end, war itself gradually becomes not only a highly artificial undertaking, extremely uncertain in its outcome for both parties, but also a very dubious risk to take, since its aftermath is felt by the state in the shape of a constantly increasing national debt (a modern invention) (Schuldenlast [einer neuen Erfindung]) whose repayment becomes unforeseeable (unabsehlich) [repayment is Tilgung, the annulation, the erasure of the debt, the destruction which Hegel distinguishes from the Aufhebung which erases while conserving]. (20-21)

    Derrida concludes, “With this citation I wanted to suggest that the right to philosophy may require from now on a distinction among several registers of debt, between a finite debt and an infinite debt, between debt and duty, between a certain erasure and a certain reaffirmation of debt — and sometimes a certain erasure in the name of reaffirmation.”

    Works Cited

    • Baudelaire, Charles. “Beat Up the Poor.” Paris Spleen. Trans. Louise Varèse. New York: Norton, 1970. 101-103. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. The Animal that Therefore I Am. Trans. David Willis. Fordham: Fordham UP, 2008. Print.
    • The Death Penalty, Volume 1. Trans Peggy Kamuf. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2013. Print.
    • —. The Gift of Death. Trans. David Willis. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1995. Print.
    • —. Given Time: 1. Counterfeit Money. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1994. Print.
    • —. “Of the Humanities and the Philosophical Discipline. The Right to Philosophy from the Cosmopolitical Point of View (the Example of an International Institution).” Trans. Thomas Dutoit. Surfaces IV (1994): 5-21. Web. 20 Aug. 2014.
    • —. The Post Card: From Socrates to Freud and Beyond. 2nd Ed. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1987. Print.
    • —. Spectres of Marx: the state of the debt, the work of mourning, and the new international. Trans. Peggy Kamuf. New York: Routledge, 1994. Print.
    • —. “White Mythology: Metaphor in the Text of Philosophy.” Margins of Philosophy. Trans. Alan Bass. Brighton: Harvester Wheatsheaf Press, 1982. 207-271. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques and Elizabeth Roudinesco. For What Tomorrow…: a dialogue. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2004. Print.
    • Dickens, Charles. Little Dorrit. (1857). Ed. Stephen and Helen Wall. London: Penguin, 2003. Print.
    • Lancaster, John. Whoops! Why everyone owes everyone and no one can pay. London: Penguin, 2010. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy. Ed. Maurice Dobb. New York: International Publishers, 1970. Print.
    • McQuillan, Martin, ed. Introduction. The Paul de Man Notebooks. Edinburgh: Edinburgh UP, 2014. Print.
    • Orwell, George. “Can Socialists be Happy?” (1943). Available as “Why Socialists Don’t Believe in Fun.” Observer 28 June 1998. Web.
  • The Debt of the Living

    Samuel Weber (bio)

    Northwestern University

    s-weber@northwestern.edu

     

    Abstract

    Listening to a tape recording of Paul de Man’s Cornell Messenger Lectures on a ride from Paris to Strasbourg, the author found himself unable to determine if de Man was saying “debt” or “death.” This confusion, and Walter Benjamin’s sketch, “Capitalism as Religion,” together provide the point of departure for rethinking recent economic developments in light of what might be called an “economic theology” that allows both debt and death to be seen as symptoms of a persistent cultural incapacity to acknowledge finitude.

    Although the background of our topic is to be found in the concrete and urgent economic, social and political crisis that Europe and the United States are undergoing, and although the immediate causes of this crisis are by no means shrouded in mystery, I will take a somewhat more philosophical approach to the question of debt, and to the question from which it cannot be separated—that of credit. A crisis as severe as this one, despite or because of the suffering it produces, should be the occasion for rethinking engrained attitudes, behaviors and practices, as well as the notions that inform them. Such a rethinking is one of few positive opportunities offered by the current crisis, even if the reflections it provokes remain unable to provide for its positive resolution. In any case, to the extent that this crisis involves systemic issues, any potential solution will require an understanding not just of immediate causes, but also of longer-range contributing factors. It is in this direction that the following remarks seek to move, albeit in a preliminary and tentative manner.
     
    Since I will be discussing texts and attitudes not usually associated with economics or politics, let me begin by stating my conviction that modern economic policies, attitudes and behaviors are decisively informed by factors that derive from the Judeo-Christian theological tradition—and that this holds true for an age that prides itself on being secular. I will argue that discussions of debt, and of the present crisis to which it contributes, can benefit from taking into account a dimension of the problem that is usually ignored or minimized, and that could be designated “economic theology”—a term meant to call attention to its relation to the notion of political theology, dating from the eighteenth century but today largely associated with the writings of Carl Schmitt. I do not present either of these perspectives as definitive or exhaustive, but I do want to suggest that they can provide insights into an economic and political situation that seems ever more irrational and dysfunctional—possibly even suicidal—with every passing day. It is a situation in which members of “democratic” societies—not just policy-makers and representatives but also substantial segments of those victimized by these designated “decision-makers”—continue to endorse the parties, policies and institutions directly and indirectly responsible for the deterioration of their living conditions. My hope is that by contributing to our understanding of how such behavior can persist in the face of what should be the dissuasive effect of the policies it endorses, an economic-theological analysis of political behavior and attitudes can perhaps prepare the way for modifying these dominant tendencies—although I harbor no illusions about the power of discursive analyses to translate directly into critical transformative action.
     
    Since what I am calling an economic-theological perspective is foreign to most approaches to the question of debt today, let me begin by briefly reviewing a text that convinced me of its relevance. In a fragmentary essay, written around 1921 and never published in his lifetime, Walter Benjamin argued that capitalism should be considered not just the product of Christianity, as Max Weber elaborated in his classic study, The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism (1905), but as its direct successor and heir. In other words, capitalism is to be considered not only as a socio-economic system but as a religion. The basis for this assertion is to be found in the fact that capitalism “serves essentially to allay the same cares, torments, and troubles previously addressed by the so-called religions” (Benjamin, Selected Writings 1: 288, trans. modified). I will not go into Benjamin’s significant qualification of such religions as “so-called”, since that would lead us too far afield from our present concerns. By “so-called religions” we can safely assume that Benjamin meant most established, institutionalized religions – in short religion as it has been known and practiced. With this caveat in mind, Benjamin goes on to argue that the essence of capitalism is that it is “a purely cultic religion”, i.e. in one that consists less in dogmatic tenets or beliefs than in ritual practices. What distinguishes this new religion from its predecessors, he continues, is that it is “probably the first instance of a cult that creates guilt, not atonement” (288)—indeed that produces, extends and universalizes (today we might say globalizes) guilt. The word that Benjamin uses in German to describe what he takes to be the essential effect of capitalism as a religion is Schuld—more exactly, verschuldend: culpabilizing. As is well known since Nietzsche wrote his Genealogy of Morals, Schuld can mean not just “guilt” in the moral, religious and legal sense, but also debt or obligation. If Nietzsche sought the origins of the moral-religious-legal sense of the word in what he took to be the inborn tendency of thinking to seek out or produce equivalences (e.g. GM 2.20); Benjamin in this fragment is content to emphasize “the demonic ambiguity of this word,” which he sees epitomized in the works of Freud, Marx and, above all, Nietzsche (SW 1: 289). This “demonic ambiguity”—bringing together a concept that is primarily economic, debt, with one used in religious, moral and legal discourses, guilt—is symptomatic of the relevance of economic theology. However contingent such a fact of linguistic usage may seem, the convergence of economic, moral, religious and legal significances in a single word, other examples of which can be found in many languages, demands our attention. Precisely because no one individual or institution decides about the meaning of words, such “spontaneous” verbal usage should be seen as reflecting experiences, conflicts and problems that official agencies have not successfully censored and are often even reluctant to acknowledge.
     
    The first question that Benjamin’s argument implies, but does not explicitly address, has to do with those “cares, torments and troubles” that capitalism qua (so-called) religion allays. On the basis of this 1921 text, as well as his study of The Origin of the German Tragic Drama, written only a few years later—I want to suggest that these cares, anxieties and troubles are the result not just of general aspects of human existence, but rather are historically and culturally specific. They have to do with a crisis in what can be called the Christian Salvational narrative, one which becomes particularly acute as a consequence of the Protestant Reformation and subsequent Wars of Religion. The Christian Good News, its message of possible grace that would overcome the finitude of what Benjamin calls die Lebenden or die Lebendigen—“the living”— becomes increasingly problematic in the aftermath of this internal crisis. The “cares, torments and troubles” mentioned at the outset of Benjamin’s fragment are thus historically marked by the crisis of a culture that sees itself faced with a religious problem for which it cannot find a religious solution (Origin 79).
     
    Like Max Weber before him, Benjamin distinguishes sharply between Luther’s extreme antinomianism, which questions the salvational potential of all human action—“good works”— and Calvin’s more moderate position, which allows worldly success to be interpreted as a sign of election. The Lutherian “storming of the work,” as Benjamin puts it in the 1924 version of the text, attacks the redemptive potential of good works—epitomized by, but not limited to, the sacraments administered by the Church (Gesammelte Schriften 1.1: 317). This critique of good works can also be seen as operative in the cult-religion of capitalism, since according to Benjamin the celebration of the cult no longer seeks atonement, but rather the globalization of guilt and debt. Indeed, the capitalist cult drives this tendency so that not even the Divine Creator is spared:
     

    A monstrous guilty conscience that does not know how to expiate, seizes upon the cult, not in order to atone for this guilt but to universalize it … and finally and above all to include God Himself in this guilt. (GS 6: 101, my trans.)

     

    It is of the essence of the religious movement that is capitalism that it endure to the end, to the final and complete culpabilization of God in a world of consummate despair, which is precisely hoped for. Therein resides what is historically unheard-of in Capitalism: that religion no longer seeks to reform being but rather to reduce it to ruins. (SW 1: 288-89, trans. modified)

     
    If you recall that the German word I have translated as “culpabilization”—Verschuldung—also means “being or becoming indebted,” you will begin to see that what today has become known as the “sovereign debt” crisis of nation-states, was already at the heart of Benjamin’s discussion, written in 1921, i.e. in the immediate aftermath of the reparations payments imposed on Germany and its allies by the victorious powers at the end of World War I. For Benjamin’s argument it is not insignificant that the justification of such reparations, which plunged Germany into debt for years to come, resided in the so-called “Kriegsschuld” (War-Guilt) theory, ensconced in Article 231 of the Versailles Peace Treaty theory, ascribing sole responsibility for the War and its destruction to Germany and its allies.
     
    Benjamin, to be sure, seems to want to see in the globalization of debt and guilt through capitalism a kind of nihilistic—or Apocalyptic—preface to what might be a radically new, perhaps revolutionary world. Although I will not dwell on this aspect of his text, I note in passing that it bears comparison with Derrida’s fascination in his later writings with the concept of “auto-immunity”—that is, the tendency of organizations to turn their protective mechanisms, initially directed against everything foreign, against themselves, potentially and paradoxically reopening access to hitherto excluded alien factors and thus introducing the possibility of a deconstructive self-transformation.
     
    By contrast, what is more directly relevant to Benjamin’s notion of “the demonic ambiguity” of the German word, Schuld— is an experience I had many years ago, while driving from Paris to Strasbourg on a near-deserted highway. The trip took about five hours and so to pass the time, I played several tapes I had been given of the “Messenger Lectures” held by Paul de Man at Cornell University in February-March of 1983. As I listened to one of those lectures, I was puzzled by a single word, which despite repeated attempts I found myself unable to decipher. I remained hung up then, as now, on another “demonic ambiguity” – this time not in a single word, but in the homophonic proximity of two ostensibly quite different words. I could not decide whether de Man, speaking almost perfect English but with a slight Flemish accent and intonation, was saying “debt” or “death.” I have never bothered to look up the printed versions of these lectures, since the confusion of these two words turned out to be the most important message I took away from de Man’s “Messenger Lectures.” And it remains a useful guideline for reading Benjamin as well. For the inseparability of the two words is already anticipated by “Capitalism as Religion.” If guilt and debt are inseparable in the German word, Schuld, then a possible cause of their convergence resounds in the near-homophony of “debt” and “death.”
     
    Let me try to indicate where I see this configuration at work in “Capitalism as Religion.” Benjamin describes capitalism as a cult-religion that strives to attain permanente Dauer, or “permanent duration” (259). This formulation already signals how the cult “allays the cares, torments and troubles” it addresses: it does so by demonstrating its own ability to survive. Although it is difficult not to associate Benjamin’s phrase with the Marxist notion of “permanent revolution” made famous by Trotsky, Benjamin’s term is closer to Marx’s original meaning, which designates the ability of the proletariat to maintain a revolutionary position for an extended period of class struggle. Benjamin simply inverts the terms: it is not the Proletariat whose struggle is ongoing, but rather the capitalist cult. Its “permanent duration” is also exhausting and self-consumptive: it seeks to establish an interminable holiday, one that Benjamin appears to describe, using a French phrase, as “sans rêve et sans merci [without dream or mercy]” (SW 1: 288) — but which more likely is a misprint for a quite different phrase, namely “without truce [trêve] or mercy.”[1] (Marx uses almost the same phrase in the French version of Capital to describe the way in which capital extends the workday “sans trêve ni merci” [Le Capital I.X]). But whereas Marx uses the phrase to designate the tendency of the system to extend the workday, Benjamin by contrast applies it to the “holiday” – Festtag – a day that is both holy, but also supposed to constitute a respite from work. There is thus the implication that the perennialization of the capitalist cult no longer relates to work, i.e. to productive activity, but to consumption. I will return to this shortly.
     
    At any rate, the phrase suggests that the practice of the capitalist cult is part of an ongoing battle, in which the worshippers exhaust themselves in the effort to survive. The impossibility of their achieving permanence, or unlimited duration, clashes with the impossibility of renouncing it. The result is a war without end, truce or mercy. One is reminded first of the current “war against terror”—by definition without end, since terror is a feeling that can never be eliminated, much less by force—and second, of the perpetual “sales” that in the United States, by contrast with Europe, have become quasi-permanent. Like the rituals that constitute the practice of a cult, each “sale” must be at once of limited duration, in order to promote a sense of the irrevocable passage of time, and at the same time endlessly repeatable. Through this convergence of temporal restriction and unlimited repetition, such a cult can create the impression of infinitizing finitude, and thereby contribute to allaying, temporarily, those “cares, torments and troubles” that arise when the path to grace (or survival) appears to be blocked. The American institution of endless “sales” gives new meaning to the notion of salvation: one “saves” by spending, by acquiring commodities, increasingly on credit—with the result that the private indebtedness of American consumers is among the highest in the world. The master-word of American advertising, “save,” says it all: only by spending on credit—only by increasing one’s indebtedness—can one save, and thereby be saved.
     
    While this mixture of increased debt and promised redemption as a way of assuaging anxieties may be specific to the American cult of consumption, its roots go back a long way. And it is here that the perspective of economic theology proves particularly illuminating. This perspective suggests that certain recent discursive events should be taken more seriously, more symptomatically, than they have been. I am thinking of the famous or infamous statement of Lloyd Blankfein, CEO of Goldman Sachs, who, in response to criticism related to the 2008 banking crisis, in a much-quoted interview with the Times of London (Nov. 7, 2009) declared that he and other bankers were “doing God’s work”. Or when Eli Wiesel, at a roundtable held at NY’s exclusive 21 Club on February 27, 2009, explained the boundless confidence he and others placed in Bernie Madoff by recalling that, “We thought he was God.” I want to suggest that these statements are neither simply verbal exaggerations nor mere jokes, as Blankfein himself later claimed, but rather symptoms of the way a tradition, whose sense of self-identity and of value remains rooted in the founding myth of monotheism, continues to inform the ways in which many people have responded to financial and political threats. If Madoff could appear as God to his clients and victims—many of whom were raised in a culture that is proud of its messianic origins—and if Blankfein could claim that bankers are doing “God’s work,” it is because a certain faith in the inseparability of debt and deification still has the power of allaying the “cares, torments and troubles” that continue to haunt people today.
     
    One further point that Benjamin makes in “Capitalism as Religion” that seems relevant here is that the God who is drawn into the human network of guilt and debt is one that is unreif—“unripe” or “immature”and who therefore can be worshipped only while hidden: “Its God must be hidden from it and may be addressed only when his guilt is at its zenith. The cult is celebrated before an unripe deity; every idea, every conception of it offends against the secret of this immaturity” (SW 1: 289).
     
    It is as if the Creator himself has taken on the characteristic of a debt that has not yet arrived at “maturity.” In the age of speculative finance capitalism, profit appears to be created often through the maturing of interest-bearing debt, just as Bernie Madoff’s wealth, success and power were all based on his ability to manipulate and to conceal indebtedness—the so-called “Ponzi scheme” that some, including Paul Krugman, have suggested could be applied to many of today’s legal financial speculative activities. In this context it is illuminating to reread Blankfein’s remarks that led up to his comparison of the bankers’ mission with the “work of God.” Bankers, he argued, are vital to the life of society insofar as they “help companies to grow by helping them to raise capital. Companies that grow create wealth. This, in turn, allows people to have jobs that create more growth and more wealth. It’s a virtuous cycle” (Carney).
     
    In this supply-side economic perspective, Blankfein takes up an argument that Benjamin already noted in his description of capitalism as religion: if the cult produces debt and indebtedness, it is not just for its own sake but as a way of producing “interest.” Debt, in short, produces life. But only insofar as its debt is repaid – “redeemed” — with interest. “I know that my Redeemer liveth” here translates as: I know that I will be repaid with interest.” In both cases it is a question of a profitable “return”. What is truly productive, in Blankfein’s eyes, is the movement of capital, which today generally consists in a cycle not just of lending and reimbursement, but of indebtedness calculated to produce a productive return (and of which “hedge funds” are just one more prominent institutional example). By facilitating the circulation of capital, bankers and other financial speculators claim to contribute to the “virtuous cycle” of growth and more growth; the proliferation of wealth is the major expression of this virtuous cycle. In Capital, but even more in the Grundrisse, Marx exposes this view as ultimately theological: not labor, but the circulation of capital appears to produce and reproduce life. Capital, for Blankfein, enables companies “to grow,” which “in turn, allows people to have jobs that create more growth and more wealth.” In the German language today, the capitalist entrepreneur is almost universally designated as the “work-giver”: Arbeitgeber. He “gives” or creates work, albeit never gratis. In the same lexicon, the worker is called the Arbeitnehmer: literally the “taker of work.” The tradition that informs such discourse can be traced back to the first book of Genesis. Blankfein’s virtuous cycle of the production of wealth, labor and life itself through capital is modeled on the story of a creation that is not simply ex nihilo but rather eo ipso. It can be debated whether God created the universe out of nothing or whether something – the wind upon the waters, for instance, was already there, but the very notion of a creation of an articulated world presupposes a Creator who antedates the creation just as a subject antedates his deliberate action. The notion of creation, then, enthrones the idea of a self-identical being free of any constitutive or irreducible obligation or indebtedness. The Divine Being of the Creator thus serves as a model for property in its purest form. The being of a monotheistic Creator-God belongs to Him exclusively, since it depends on nothing outside of Himself. And if that God is considered to be a living being, the same must be said of his life: it has no antecedents, is sui generis.
     
    It is not surprising, then, that the story of Creation as told in Genesis is designed to demonstrate that this self-referential structure has to be seen as the ideal model for all living creatures even if for various reasons, they cannot “live up” to it. All created creatures thus remain informed by and indebted to—their origin.
     
    Let me highlight what I consider in this context to be the most relevant aspects of this story. On the third day of the Creation, God begins to create living beings, namely, “herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after his kind, whose seed is in itself” (King James Version, Gen. 1.11, emphasis added). This conveys an image of life that reflects the self-identical being of the Creator: life is described as self-reproducing (seed-bearing), requiring no external intervention, since it already contains the seeds of its future within itself. This conception of life as self-reproductive determines a second trait of the Creation. Every creature, vegetable, animal or human, is created “after his kind.”  This formula is repeated seven times during the Creation story (Gen. 1.1, 11, 12, 21, 24, 25). Creaturely life is thus designated as generic life, but not yet as gendered, since gender in Genesis is inseparable from division, alterity and ultimately singularity. Living creatures are created as what Feuerbach and, after him, Marx call Gattungswesen, or “species-being.” As such they can be considered exempt from the finitude of singular living beings (the possibility of species extinction has no place in this prelapsarian world, although it will return with a vengeance after the Fall).
     
    In short, the creation of the living qua “kind” suggests a conception of creaturely life that is not limited by death. This does not mean that the living are not indebted, for they are. They owe their lives to their Creator—just as the debtor will owe his debt to the creditor. But the only payback demanded at first is that they reproduce themselves: that their lives grow and multiply. So doing, they continue the process of creation, not ex nihilo, but ex vivo: life, conceived as independent of death, reproduces itself with interest, just as credit conceived to create debt reproduces itself in its reimbursement with interest. Life is represented as a self-identical process of spontaneous augmentation, deriving from the self-presence of the One Divine Creator. Throughout this process, Life remains what it was, namely self-identical, defined only by its own movement of self-expansion and never by its termination.
     
    With the Fall, everything changes. Everything—and nothing. One must begin by asking why there should be a Fall at all. Often interpreted as the first act of human freedom, this act does not take place in a vacuum. It is not recounted as purely spontaneous, but as the result of a dialogue with the serpent. When Eve is first approached by the serpent, she repeats the interdiction of God, not “to eat” or even “to touch” the tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil, “lest ye die.” The serpent responds by assuring Eve that “Ye shall not surely die: For God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil” (Gen. 3.4-5). The serpent tempts Eve with the possibility of becoming like the gods, to be accomplished by acquiring knowledge of good and evil. But why should knowledge of Good and Evil put the knower in a position akin to that of the gods? The question is especially intriguing, since in the Garden of Eden there was only good and only one God. To know good as something different from evil, then, is to know something that exceeds the boundaries of the prelapsarian state of Creation—it is to know something radically other—or to know nothing at all. Such knowledge is reserved for a being that transcends those boundaries—in short, for God as Creator. The fact that the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil is placed in the midst of the Garden of Eden can be interpreted as a sign of the internal limitation of the earth, even in its pristine state.
     
    The presence of that tree refers to something that is excluded from Eden, namely Evil. In a different way, the presence of the Tree of Life alongside it refers implicitly to what is also excluded from Eden, namely, death. Without being able to develop this further, let me recall that the Biblical narrative links the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil to the Tree of Life, and both to the gendering of Man. A gendered form of life is one  that does not reproduce itself spontaneously out of purely internal causes, as with the seeds of the plant. Moreover, the details of this gendering, far from confirming Man as an autonomous, homogeneous being, suggest his incompleteness, his “loneliness,” his need for others — and hence, a heterogeneity that from the start troubles the appearance of pure homogeneity implied by the idea of a self-identical, monotheistic Creation.  If Adam names “Man” as an ostensibly unified genre or species being, Eve appears as a response to and offspring of the inadequacy of a living being to live its life alone. Eve, in Hebrew Hawwâh, means “the living one” or “source of life”, is the living demonstration that to live and reproduce, a genre cannot remain identical to itself. Thus, the notion of a gendered “self” is revealed to be constitutive divided, dependent on its indebtedness to others, and therein irreducibly distinct from the notion of an identical and homogeneous Self as the source of all Being including that of living  beings.
     
    It is precisely this dimension of life—as a process of living that cannot divest itself of its singularity and hence of its concomitant dependence on others—that makes Eve the ideal interlocutor for the serpent. What the serpent’s temptation appeals to is not simply a general desire to know but a singular anxiety of not knowing, and hence of not surviving. It is this anxiety, barely visible but nevertheless legible in the Biblical narrative, that leads to the Fall. This legibility, I want to suggest, appears in the justification given by God for the punishment he is about to inflict on the transgressive couple:
     

    Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever: [I send] him forth from the Garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. (Gen. 3.22-23, emphasis added)

     
    God demands his due, refusing to allow the debtor to forget his debt to his Creditor. For there to be debt and credit, there must be a difference—a difference dependent on property, understood as the ground of self-presence. The monotheistic God is exclusive, jealously and zealously denying any relation to or parity with other gods (the ban against idols). All the more, He must jealously enforce the difference between the One God, who lives forever, and human beings, who—although created in his image—do not. Humans must learn the meaning of this image: they must acknowledge that it separates as well as joins. Humans must accept themselves as mere image. To want to be like God, on the contrary, is to want to dissolve the image into that which it images, to collapse the discontinuum of creation into identity. This tendency is expressed in the desire to touch and ingest—the tree and the apple—rather than remain satisfied with merely seeing them. Hence, divided man, Adam and Eve, must both must be punished. For they seek to dissolve the invisibility that separates every image from what it represents, and instead to collapse the two into self-sameness.
     
    What is called the Fall is thus driven by the desire of the living to overcome their finitude through the acquisition of knowledge. This is confirmed by the final manner in which God completes the act of banishment: “And so he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the garden of Eden Cherubim, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life” (Gen. 3.24, emphasis added). “To keep the way of the tree of life” means above all to keep man away from that tree: to keep him at a distance from a life that seems to reproduce itself spontaneously. Having eaten from the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil, man is condemned to leave the Garden that such knowledge already transcends, since there is no Evil “in” the Garden of Eden, where everything is Good.
     
    Man is thus condemned to return to the earth as to his origin that has now demonstrates its alterity. For the earth is now not a garden that grows on its own, as it were, but a soil to be tilled and worked, a ground of toil, trouble and torment. He is thus condemned to a world of work, which has to acknowledge the alterity and opacity of its surroundings, and as such is radically different from the world of creation. It no longer involves the spontaneous production and reproduction of life, but rather the heterogeneous deferral of death: “In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, till thou return unto the ground” (Gen. 3.19). In the postlapsarian world, life emerges as a suspended death-sentence: as the effort to repay an unredeemable debt. Work, far from being the realization of the worker, signifies his consumption. If for Hegel, in his famous dialectic of master and servant, work involves a reactive acknowledgement of finitude that ultimately promises freedom, in the postlapsarian world of Genesis this promise is far more difficult to discern.
     
    What I want to suggest by rereading this religious myth of creation is: first, that it provides a paradigmatic form in which those “cares, torments and troubles” mentioned by Benjamin are both allayed and reproduced; and second, that this paradigm retains more influence today, in our “secular” society, than might at first be apparent. It does so by defining human (and natural) life as a debt that must be repaid, but that also must remain unredeemed. It is this conundrum that gives rise to the messianic hope of a Redeemer, who by paying back the debt with his own life will render life once again livable. “I know that my Redeemer liveth”—words made famous by Händel’s “Messiah” more than by the Old and New Testament from which they are taken (Job 19: 25-26; 1 Corin. 15: 20). With the advent of Christ, this “knowledge” takes on a new reality—and also a new urgency. “For,” in the words of Paul, “since by man came death, by man came also the resurrection of the dead” (1 Corin. 15: 21). This “resurrection of the dead” implies the redemption of that Schuld that designates both culpability and indebtedness; but even more, that confirms indebtedness as culpability.
     
    On the one hand, then, the Good News announced by Christianity to all of mankind enables it, in Benjamin’s words, to present itself as a possible solution to the “cares, torments and troubles”—the anxieties and terrors—that plague human existence. The fact that God appears on earth in the form of a singular human being is in this perspective indispensable, since it is at the level of the singular living being that those “cares, torments and troubles” must now be addressed. The appearance of this divine individual nourishes the hope that the debt can and will be repaid. But first, the guilt must be amortized, through sacrifice, which is partial payback and investment in the future. This process takes time. Meanwhile, it allows the profitable circulation of credit and debt to appear as the anticipation of a final redemption. The ultimate repayment of the debt of the living can only come with the apocalyptic end of the world, its “death” serving as punishment for its sins and as transcendence of a fallen Creation. For the Creation remains constitutively indebted to its Creator insofar as the latter’s mode of Being—pure self-identity and property—can never be attained by His creatures, while it nonetheless provides the ideal against which they are measured.
     
    The notions of “soul” and, in more secular terms, of “self” mark this impossible measure. Whether as soul or as self, the effort to name that in human being which corresponds to the mono-theological paradigm of self-identity founders on the irreducible difference between the heterogeneous singularity of living beings and the homogeneous model of identity to which they are required to measure up.
     
    This is why Benjamin’s version of the globalization of debt and guilt—Schuld—through the cultic religion of capitalism rings so true today. According to Benjamin’s remarks in “Capitalism as Religion,” capitalism retains the perspective of an apocalyptic end, providing the theological underpinning of what Naomi Klein has recently described as “Shock” Capitalism—which, while insisting on finitude, also seeks to control and exploit it. It seeks to impose itself as a kind of second nature that would transcend the finitude of natural beings through what appears to be an endless cycle of credit, debt, and repayment with interest—the secular correlative of an interminable spiritual process of guilt and redemption. What Benjamin, writing in the early 1920s, does not sufficiently emphasize is that this perpetual production of guilt and debt is not just endlessly destructive—reducing the world to ruins—but also enormously profitable. To be sure, the profit it produces—as the speculation of recent finance capital demonstrates anew every day—is entirely compatible with the large-scale destruction of the material, social and environmental bases of existence, whether of humans or of things. Profitable speculation can converge with physical destruction since its form of existence has become increasingly virtual: that is, “profit” is never identical with its actualization—no more than “value” in Marxian analysis is simply identical with empirically observable “price,” or “surplus value” with observable “profit.” The surplus is something that can be “realized” only by being put back into circulation, and this ultimately means back into the cycle of credit and debt: surplus-value cannot be “hoarded” as Marx’s reference to the Balzacian figure of the miser and usurer, Gobseck, emphasizes (Capital 1.24). The maximization of profit, which is never an absolute quantity insofar as it always entails a temporal relation, requires a continuous process of “investment” in which the cycle of credit and debt plays an essential role. The contemporary speculative practice of leveraged buyouts is just one of the most conspicuous mechanisms of this process: profitable for creditors and stockholders but often destructive of the enterprises thus bought out, including their employees.
     
    For all of the acuity of his insight into the religious dimension of capitalism, Benjamin’s nihilistic hope that the destruction of being through capitalist universalization of debt as guilt, could somehow make way for a world that would be entirely different appears today not just overly optimistic, but also as a part of the apocalyptic perspective that also informs the cultic practices of the capitalist religion. The notion of an apocalyptic transformation of the world reflects the gnostic dimension of this religious tradition, which, although forced underground by the dominant official dogma, remains all the more active ‘underground’. The redemption of the world, sinful, guilty and indebted, can in this perspective only arrive through its total destruction. The political shift from the Cold War, based on national and super-national conflicts, to a universal “war against terror” is just the most recent symptom of this tendency to globalize the destruction it then seeks to ascribe to “terrorists” as their exclusive and spontaneous product. It should not be forgotten that the War Against Terror was first introduced by George W. Bush in his 2002 State of the Union Address as a War against the Axis of Evil, and that Bush had to be reminded by Christian theologians that on this earth, at least, such a war was never entirely winnable (which may have been precisely its function). From this perspective it is only with the final judgment that all debts will be fully redeemed and all property fully restored. The monotheological tradition reinforces the belief in the priority of the Proper and of the Property-Owner with respect to the relational network both nonetheless require to exist. The belief in this priority dominates economic thinking and political policies today, perhaps even more than it did when Benjamin first identified capitalism as a religion, so-called—at a time when the Bolshevik Revolution still seemed to hold out the possibility of an alternative to the age-old priority of the proper and of private property. This tradition can still dominate today in part at least because it continues to inform notions of identity, personal and collective, even in a secular world where the “self” has largely replaced the “soul,” conserving its theological essence all the while: which is to say, conserving the notion of an autonomy that can stay the same over time and space. It is a Self that feels compelled to adhere to the words with which God responded to Moses when asked for his name: “I am who I am,” (English Standard Version Exod. 3:14); or, in earlier translations, “I will be who I will be” (Cronin). It is this that allows for the “manufacturing” of consent even against the interests of those who espouse it.
     
    Such inherited notions of identity, coupled with their reinforcement through audiovisual media, help create the conditions under which bankers such as Lloyd Blankfein can defend their activities as “God’s work,” as the creation of nothing less than the conditions of life itself. The role of creator today is assigned to the masters of debt and credit, who no longer appear to be nation-states but rather multinational private financial institutions. In recent testimony before the Senate Judiciary Committee, US Attorney General Eric Holder admitted that, “some of these institutions [have] become so large that it does become difficult for us to prosecute them” (“Transcript”). The notion of “too big to fail” thus becomes too big to be called to account by the most powerful government in the world.
     
    Unfortunately, I have no consoling statement with which to conclude this analysis—and indeed, no conclusion at all, if not one of those “curious conclusions” advocated by Laurence Sterne in The Life and Opinions of Tristram Shandy, Gentleman (1.20). Let me therefore draw at least one such conclusion from the previous remarks.
     
    If Capitalism is able to assuage, however provisionally, “cares, torments and troubles” even while producing or exacerbating them, the mechanism by which it accomplishes this is through channeling anxiety into aggression. Anxiety, Freud insisted in his later work, was inseparable from the I (Ego), that part of the psyche charged with integrating the divisive tendencies of It (Id) and superego (heir to traditional values and ideals). To understand the success of capitalist politics today in channeling anxieties into aggression—into a “war against terror” that is also ultimately a war against the other (the foreigner, stranger, alien)—one must better understand the genealogy of those ideals which inform the I in its integrative efforts. If anxiety, as Freud suggests, is the reaction of the I to a danger, the system whose operation is menaced by that danger is inseparable from the self-perception of the I. What I have been suggesting is that the self-perception of this I, far from being simply universal, is informed by a distinctively monotheological – and in particular, Judeo-Christian tradition, which, from the start—in its story of creation—places the I in a double-bind, which was perhaps best formulated by Henry James in his novella, “The Figure in the Carpet.” There the patriarchal hero and renowned author, Hugh Vereker, tells his young admirer and budding critic, “I do it in my way…Go you and don’t do it in yours” (234)—a variation on the response of God to Moses: “I am who I am,” and the attendant implication that Moses and his people should go become who they are not. Perhaps a more adequate formulation of the demand that this heritage conveys might be: “Be like me, be yourself!”
     
    This is also part of the message conveyed by the notion of a human being created “in the image” of a creator that can have no (graven) image because he is both singularly inimitable and universal. This universalizing of singularity creates the problem to which most “so-called religions,” including capitalism, have responded by upping the ante of sin, guilt, debt and redemption. The problem consists in the premise that any true identity, whether of God, the soul or the self, must be considered to be prior to all indebtedness to others—therefore implying that all debt can and must be quantified, even monetarized, and thus made redeemable. It is only when this widely held sense of Self as an autonomous, homogeneous property-owner, along with its correlative, a sense of life as spontaneous and self-contained, come to be sufficiently questioned so as to make room for the heterogeneity of life-in-the-singular, that anxiety may cease to be a cause for terror, and instead become a first step toward acknowledging that there are debts that cannot and should not be repaid. Only then will the sin of singularity be overcome.
     

    Samuel Weber is Avalon Professor of Humanities at Northwestern University, and the Director of their Paris Program in Critical Theory. His books include Theatricality as Medium (Fordham UP, 2004), Targets of Opportunity: On the Militarization of Thinking (Fordham UP, 2005), and Benjamin’s-abilities (Harvard UP, 2008).
     

    [1] See Kautzer’s translation note in “Capitalism as Religion” (262) and my discussion in Benjamin’s -abilities (255-257).
     

    Works Cited

    • Benjamin, Walter.  “Capitalism as Religion.” Trans. Rodney Livingstone. Selected Writings: 1913-1926. Vol. 1. Ed. Marcus Bullock and Michael W. Jennings. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1996: 288-91. Print.
    • —. “Capitalism as Religion.” Trans. Chad Kautzer. The Frankfurt School on Religion: Key Writings by the Major Thinkers. Ed. Eduardo Mendieta. New York: Routledge, 2005: 259-62. Print.
    • —. Gesammelte Schriften. Eds. Rolf Tiedemann and Hermann Schweppenhäuser. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp, 1974. Print.
    • —. Origin of the German Tragic Drama. Trans. John Osborne. London: Verso, 1997. Print.
    • Carney, John. “Lloyd Blankfein Says He is Doing ‘God’s Work.’” Business Insider. 9 Nov. 2009. Web. 9 Aug. 2014.
    • Cronin, K.J. “The Name of God as Revealed in Exodus 3:14.” Exodus-314.com 2010. Web. 9 Aug. 2014.
    • James, Henry. “The Figure in the Carpet.” The Novels and Tales of Henry James Vol. 15. Scribner’s Sons, 1922: 217-78. Digital file.
    • King James Version. Bible Gateway. Web. 9 Aug. 2014.
    • English Standard Version. Bible Gateway. Web. 9 Aug. 2014.
    • Marx, Karl. Capital Vol.1. Trans. Samuel Moore and Edward Aveling, ed. Frederick Engels. 1887. Marx/Engels Internet Archive (marxists.org), 1999. Web. 9 Aug. 2014.
    • —. Le Capital Vol. 1. 1867. Marx/Engels Internet Archive (marxists.org), 1999. Web. 18 Aug. 2014.
    • Nietzsche, Friedrich Wilhelm. Zur Genealogie der Moral. 1887. Reprint. Projekt Gutenberg-DE. Digital file.
    • Sterne, Laurence. The Life and Opinions of Tristram Shandy, Gentleman. 1759. Reprint. Project Gutenberg, 2008. Digital file.
    • “Transcript: Attorney General Eric Holder on ‘Too Big to Jail.’” American Banker. 6 Mar. 2013. Web. 9 Aug. 2014.
    • Weber, Samuel. Benjamin’s -abilities. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2008. Print.
  • What We Owe to Retroactivity: The Origin and Future of Debt

    Abstract

    This essay examines recent writings on debt, notably those by Maurizio Lazzarato and David Graeber. I ask whether Graeber’s Debt: the First 5000 Years is able to resist the insidious logic of a retroactive interpretation of debt that it seeks to overturn. Meanwhile, Lazzarato’s notion of a catastrophic future-without-future of unending debt relies on an understanding of the ever-intensifying asymmetry of power. While this suggestion may derive from a strand of Nietzschean thought, the further implication of a debt so all-pervasive that it leaves no creditor intact opens up the possibility of rigorous thinking about the divisible limits of sovereignty and sovereign debt (an opportunity Lazzarato does not pursue). One can also excavate from Nietzsche the idea that the retroactivity so pivotal to the very possibility of debt is based on a false continuity between past and present, ‘origin’ and ‘aim’, which implies in turn that debt itself aggresses against temporal continuity in general. As such, debt’s ostensible sponsorship of neoliberalism’s violence against all future time itself becomes questionable and resistible.

     

    Graeber’s First 5,000 Years of Debt

    In his much-acclaimed book Debt: the First 5,000 Years, published three years into the recent global economic crisis, David Graeber identifies two “origin stories” that largely dominate commonplace understandings concerning the invention of money and the onset of debt. The first is the myth of barter. According to an idealized view of archaic human communities, before money systems developed, barter predominated as the exchange-form characteristic of basic social relations. People simply swapped goods and services to the benefit of their own interests and, by extension, to the benefit of the community as a whole. However, the barter system had its limits. From the outset, it depended on a double coincidence of wants: I have what you want and vice versa. As societies became more complex, barter required increasingly sophisticated and often cumbersome multilateral transactions and valuations to ensure the desired distribution of a larger number of goods. Thus, the story goes, some consensual medium of exchange was required to simplify the process—hence the birth of money. Graeber shows how this “origin story” of barter is founded on hypothetical language (“suppose you want eggs for your breakfast, and have only bread…”), and argues that ethnographers have yet to find any example, past or present, of a barter economy pure and simple. Rather, he points to the credit-based nature of most basic human economies as the more accurate and prevalent historical context for the development of money systems, anthropologically speaking. Here, barter is merely an epiphenomenon in the story of money—a by-product of money systems, employed by people who for some reason or other cannot use currency and are unprepared to operate within the trust-based world of credit (for instance, whilst trading with strangers or enemies during times of conflict).
     
    Why then is the “origin story” of barter so widely accepted and so little questioned? How did it acquire currency? Graeber suggests that the myth was crucially important to the founding of economics as a discipline, and indeed to “the very idea that there was something called the ‘economy,’ which operated by its own rules, separate from moral or political life, that economists could take as their field of study” (27). From this perspective, money-based economies arose from the more basic situation of barter, which rested in turn upon the idea of the “objective” calculability of the value of goods—and thus the rational basis of the marketplace—outside of and prior to cultural influences or political pressures. Thus, the three (abstract) functions of money identified by classical economics—store of value, unit of account, and medium of exchange—simply built on the two most salient features of barter by adding a third element designed to enhance rather than detract from its essential workings. Graeber tells us that Adam Smith, who “effectively brought the discipline of economics into being,” had particular reasons for upholding the interpretation of money which arises from this “origin story”:
     

    Above all, he objected to the notion that money was the creation of government. In this, Smith was the intellectual heir of the Liberal tradition of philosophers like John Locke, who had argued that government begins in the need to protect private property and operated best when it tried to limit itself to that function. Smith expanded on the argument, insisting that property, money and markets not only existed before political institutions but were the very foundation of human society. It followed that insofar as government should play any role in monetary affairs, it should limit itself to guaranteeing the soundness of the currency. (24)

     
    The story of barter makes possible this elemental image of a world where things are primarily the possessions of individuals, where each “thing” as a form of property may be assigned an innate and rationally transactable value, and where money is less an agent than a neutral medium of exchange, made up of merely abstract units of measurement and designed to serve the entirely felicitous interests of the marketplace. On this view, far from being an expression or function of power, the advent of money is a pure effect of the market in its “free” form, from which it follows that state interference in the economy, if any, should restrict itself to upholding the currency’s essential integrity as an apt medium of exchange. (The paradox, of course, is that within this laissez-faire model, in which the government is merely an honest broker, such threats to the “soundness” of money could only come from unregulated or rogue behavior of just the kind that the free market is supposed to encourage.) For Graeber, then, the attempt to found economics as a scientific discipline on a par with Newtonian physics was not simply a matter of attaining academic credibility; even more crucially, it encouraged an analogy with the physical machinery of a Newtonian universe able to function by its own laws without ongoing divine interference, and relied on the idea of a free market operating spontaneously and effectively (that is, naturally and in everyone’s best interests) outside of state intervention.[1] The difficulty of resisting Smith’s legacy, Graeber tells us, is that by very dint of its pretensions to scientificity, the founding myth of economics offers a single, unified view of the origins and development of money that is hard to dislodge with a more nuanced and differentiated picture drawn largely from anthropological inquiry, which outlines a whole variety of “economic” habits and practices that, historically, often include “mixed-mode” rather than discrete forms of exchange.  (For Graeber, such anthropological attention-to-detail is the best defense against retroactive historical interpretation.)
     
    The second story of origins singled out by Graeber in his re-telling of the history of debt is expounded by proponents of the theory of primordial debt. This comes close to the Nietzschean idea found in the second essay of the Genealogy of Morals (to which we will return), whereby the ongoing prosperity of the community promotes an increasing sense of indebtedness to one’s forebears that intensifies over time, until at last one’s ancestors are elevated to the status of gods. Here, forms of sacrifice within human communities are interpreted in terms of the repayment of debts. Nevertheless, such “gifts,” construed as a kind of payment, paradoxically lead to a heightened rather than reduced sense of debt, becoming ever more lavish in order to acknowledge (and thus reinforce) the very extent of the obligation. Primordial-debt theory suggests that, as history moved forward, governments were able to tax populations because they were able to appropriate the role of guardianship of universal debt. Once more, however, Graeber argues that there is insufficient anthropological evidence to support primordial-debt theory, and that it is itself a backward projection based on a notion of debt that is “only made possible with the advent of the modern nation-state,” the modern conception of society and of societal “duty,” and so on (69).[2] Thus, turning to the Genealogy of Morals, Graeber reads Nietzsche as dabbling in primordial-debt theory not so much to embark upon an historical exposé of the origins of debt, but rather to see what happens when one starts out from “ordinary bourgeois assumptions”—namely, that the basis of human existence is “economic,” and that “man” on earth is indebted man—in order to drive them “to a place where they can only shock a bourgeois audience.” “It’s a worthy game,” says Graeber, but one “played entirely within the confines of bourgeois thought” (79). Whether Graeber’s reading does justice to Nietzsche’s capacity to open history otherwise, his overall argument is that our conception of the origins of debt and money functions retroactively. That is to say, the “origin” is generated retrospectively in order to address or promote the concerns of the present, rather than to uncover and understand the “truth” of the past. In fact, Graeber suggests that these two myths of origin intersect more closely than one might imagine; it is only “once we can imagine human life as a series of commercial transactions that we’re capable of seeing our relation to the universe in terms of debt” (75); certainly in terms of “bourgeois thought,” historically one would have little trouble connecting beliefs about the “economic” basis of life, on the one hand, and the religious sense of “debt” on the other.
     
    To what degree is Debt: the First 5,000 Years able to resist the retroactive interpretation of debt that it is devoted to overturning? Throughout the book, Graeber wishes to counteract its insidious logic; by turning “human sociality itself” into quantifiable obligations that demand repayment, debt inevitably recasts all human relations in terms of fault, sin, and crime, redeemable “only by some great cosmic transaction that will annihilate everything” (387). He endeavors to resist this logic by drawing a distinction between what he terms “commercial” and “human” economies. In human economies, which appear in a variety of historical settings, money acts “primarily as a social currency, to create, maintain or sever relations between people rather than to purchase things” (158). Interestingly, such economies are often founded on historic systems of credit rather than barter, because the former implies “trust-based interactions” and some degree of communal solidarity and mutual aid. In human economies, however, what we owe is not reduced to a quantifiable debt requiring an exact remittance. Instead, in such communities, sociality itself is precisely the incalculable sum of debts which members share, debts to one another that they could not, nor would not wish to, fully repay. Here debt is neither sinful nor criminal, but is instead an apt expression of the bonds of human sociality. Commercial economies, meanwhile, are based on the brutality of the market, the construal of goods as property, the idea of the individual (or, put differently, the severing of people from the context of their human economies), and the abstract logic of equivalence in which even human beings become objects of exchange. As Graeber observes, in commercial economies, the reduction of human life to its market value becomes inevitable as soon as we accept that the exchange value of the object as a commodity is not inherent but merely an expression of its possible functions within the nexus of (property-based) human relations, which are really what is being bought and sold. By dint of a somewhat circular or self-reinforcing logic, then, the economic marketization of human relations breeds an impersonality which fuels “war, conquest and slavery,” and these in turn play “a central role in converting human economies into market ones” (385). Commercial economies, whether in the Axial Age of Greece, India, and China or in the Age of Great Capitalist Empires (to use Graeber’s own headings), are thus characterized by “impersonal markets, born of war, in which it was possible to treat even neighbors as if they were strangers,” thereby allowing “human life to seem like it could be reduced to a matter of means-to-end calculation” (238). Here, the criminalization of unrepaid debt amounts to nothing less than “the criminalization of the very basis of society” as exemplified by human economies (334).
     
    But how exactly does “human” economy give way to the market, if not by a circular process through which the violence inherent theoretically in the logic of the market creates its own historical conditions of possibility? Looking back over his enormous survey, Graeber describes “how all this can begin to break down: how humans can become objects of exchange: first, perhaps, women given in marriage; ultimately, slaves captured in war” (208). Surely, though, the matrimonial exchange of women is a near-universal characteristic of human societies, whether “commercial” or “human”? (Graeber’s own anthropological range offers little against this truism.) And if this is so, it points to something more fundamental about so-called human communities: that they contain in themselves the basis for more or less violent forms of exchange. Such dealings are here restricted to the “origin story” of the trading of women, but surely such exchange depends on the prior existence of some broader sense of market “value,” which Graeber says arises principally with the collapse of human economies and the onset of commercial ones. Graeber’s transition from the trafficking or dealing of “women” to the creation of “slaves” implies an intensifying or worsening onset of market conditions that would only be convincing as an historical narrative if the exchange of women in matrimony were not already fundamentally a type of “slavery.” (What makes this moment all the more odd, and indeed telling, is that throughout his survey Graeber is extremely sensitive to the historic plight of women.) And this fundamental truth disturbs and disrupts the narrative of historical transition from “human” to “market” economy that Graeber wants to offer in place of the “origin stories” of barter or primordial debt.
     

    The fundamental issue here is that two competing conceptions of money vie for primacy throughout Graeber’s book. On the one hand, and more theoretically, money is construed as the product of an abstract conception of equivalence introduced into notions of obligation and worth. This is the source of its violence—a violence born of deep impersonality. On the other hand, and more historically, it is viewed (contra Adam Smith) as a far from neutral medium of exchange produced by market conditions outside of state interference. Instead, in example after example, money is portrayed as nothing less than an instrument of power. (In particular, Graeber shows how the politics of taxation serve in modern times to indebt populations to their governments, destroying locally-based credit-systems and at the same time funding the war machines of the powerful: what he terms a “military-coinage-slavery complex.”) This is where its violence—a motivated violence —comes from. In the one account, then, the violence that accompanies money systems occurs as the expression of particular interests; in the other, the violence that money unleashes happens precisely because it is, to the contrary, unmotivated as such.
     
    While there are moments in the book where Graeber attempts to resolve these difficulties, there are also instances that suggest the problem persists. For instance, in order to clarify his thesis, Graeber writes:
     

    The story of the origins of capitalism, then, is not the story of the gradual destruction of traditional communities by the impersonal power of the market. It is, rather, the story of how an economy of credit was converted into an economy of interest; of the gradual transformation of moral networks by the intrusion of the impersonal—and often vindictive—power of the state. (332)

     
    This “gradual destruction” transforms the “very essence of sociality” into the grounds for “a war of all against all” (335). Here, Graeber underscores his point that “human economies” do, precisely, operate in terms of economic rather than non-economic practices. As he repeatedly asserts, credit operates as the very basis of their social systems. Thus, he is able to suggest that the “commercial” economics of interest and of the market arise on the strength of a certain mutation or perversion of that which grounds human “society” or community in the first place. From this, it seems possible to align the fundamental logic that gives rise to money with the historical emergence of modern forms of power. Nevertheless, just a few pages later, Graeber proposes the following thesis concerning the specificity of capitalism itself:
     

    This would seem to mark the difference. In the Axial Age, money was a tool of empire…. [M]oney always remained a political instrument. This is why when empires collapsed and armies were demobilized, the whole apparatus could simply melt away. Under the newly emerging capitalist order, the logic of money was granted autonomy; political and military power were then gradually reorganized around it. True, this was a financial logic that could never have existed without states and armies behind it in the first place. (320-21)

     
    Something about this assertion seems counter-intuitive. We might expect to be told  that forms and practices of power shaped themselves around money from the very beginning, because there is something originary or fundamental about the “internal” or intrinsic logic of money. (Even if money as defined by the structural element of abstract equivalence developed subsequently to systems of credit, the latter contained the germ of what money is, namely an I.O.U.) But Graeber tells the story the other way around. Where money was in its more rudimentary form a sheer political instrument, only with the onset of capitalism “proper” does money’s own logic come to the fore, remaking the political world around it in its own image. No doubt Graeber has good anthropological reasons to make this case.  But the contention also smacks of the desire to resist what he sees as the foundational idea of disciplinary economics: the creation of a spontaneous free market prior to political or state intervention. For Graeber, it is almost as if power comes first, and money second as an epiphenomenon of power: “True, this was a financial logic that could never have existed without states and armies behind it in the first place.” But such a suggestion threatens to undermine what would otherwise seem the highly plausible headline claim of the book: namely, that credit—as the very basis of human sociality—holds the key to explaining how modern forms of politics and power arise (albeit by means of terrible mutation). One cannot help but wonder whether Graeber’s double and divided narrative of historical origins and development is just as retroactive as the “origin stories” he wishes to oppose; its tensions and contradictions reveal  unresolved theoretical questions in his own thesis, even as he invokes historical or anthropological complexities in order to wriggle free from the supposed demands of the reductively “simple” or “single” story  told by disciplinary economics.

     

     

    Lazzarato’s Indebted Man

    How can we account for this seemingly intractable retroactive impulse where the question of debt is concerned? And what are the risks of thinking, too hastily, that this impulse can be overcome? Let’s turn to another of the many recent writings on the debt crisis currently receiving a great deal of interest: Maurizio Lazzarato’s The Making of the Indebted Man: An Essay on the Neoliberal Condition.[3] Lazzarato shows how, since the energy crisis of the late 1970s, the financial transformation of national expenditure on welfare has resulted in continually rising deficits. For Lazzarato, far from an unwanted or unforeseen consequence of neoliberal policies, such indebtedness has been their ultimate aim. The intensifying privatization of national debt—linked to the ever-increasing dependency of governments on market finance and securitized credit (debt repackaged and resold in terms of tradable securities)—leads not so much to managed or manageable obligations as to a state of permanent and worsening indebtedness.  From Lazzarato’s point of view, debt is the very engine of the politics of neoliberalism. Far from having a simple economic rationale, neoliberalism is fundamentally about power: specifically, the radical polarization of creditors and debtors on a vast scale, such that the principle of asymmetry rather than the economic idea of exchange or equivalence dominates neoliberal social and political relations. Today, “debt is a universal power relation, since everyone is included within it,” even—and perhaps especially—those around the world who are too poor to afford credit or receive welfare (32).
     
    The granting of so-called independence to central banks, which in effect guarantees an ever-deepening recourse to private creditors, means it is now virtually impossible to address public debt through monetary mechanisms. This in turn strengthens the reliance of the state upon the market, to the extent that we have consistently seen governments not only opening themselves to financial institutions, but playing a key role in “establishing the organizations and structures needed for them to thrive” (26). They do so both by ensuring financial deregulation in general, and by contributing in particular to developing the range and volume of public-sector securities made attractive to private investors. Against this background, recent austerity measures are in fact double-edged: on the one hand, they seem to be about restricting welfare expenditure in the interests of debt-reduction on the part of the state; on the other, by extending the privatization of welfare services as an ostensible cost-cutting exercise, they position welfare provision as part of the very same “sell-off” that produced the situation that austerity measures are supposed to address and resolve.  Thus the austerity politics associated with the sovereign debt crisis are not so much a defiant response to the global debt economy, but are themselves a feature of it. Equally, to the extent that bail-outs underwritten by the resources of nation-states draw on funds that circulate or arise in precisely the same financialized structure based on securitized, tradable debt, they do not signify a reassertion of state power over transnational capital, but rather indicate a further technique for syphoning off public money to support a largely privatized system of interests. At such a point, where all money is nothing but debt, monetary sovereignty means very little, and has in any case been greatly eroded over the past few decades by the newly forged neoliberal alliance between the state and private interests, and by the policies this demands.[4]
     
    Recalling Nietzsche’s reminder of the etymological interplay of debts (Schulden) and guilt (Schuld), Lazzarato argues that the subsequent moralization of debt further allows guilt to be more or less violently attributed to the debtor rather than the creditor, whether the unemployed, students, the Greeks, or whomever. Drawing on the work of Deleuze and Guattari, Lazzarato insists that the current debt economy necessitates a theory of money as, first of all, debt-money. According to such a view, money itself arises neither on the strength of the exchange relations required by the circulation of the commodity, nor as an expression of the surplus value extracted from labor. Instead, money is to be understood first of all as a sign of the radical asymmetry of power. (As noted, a similar position is present in Graeber’s work, but remains equivocal.) Lazzarato writes:
     

    Money is first of all debt-money, created ex nihilo, which has no material equivalent other than its power to destroy/create social relations and, in particular, modes of subjectivation. (35)

     
    A key feature of the asymmetrical force from which debt-money derives is “a power to prescribe and impose modes of future exploitation, domination, and subjection” (34–35). In other words, debt-money determines, delimits, commands and controls the future as much as the present. This allows control not only of the debtor’s present, but of all their time to come, establishing an “economy of time” in which the future is reduced to the expression and experience of “a society without time, without possibility” (47).
     
    As the radical asymmetry of power finds its echo and confirmation in infinite and irredeemable debt—one that simultaneously must and cannot be repaid—“indebted man” comes to the fore as both a universal and individual figure. Once again, the relation of religion (specifically, Christianity) to the capitalist debt economy is carefully traced; following Nietzsche, Lazzarato suggests that such a “man” is the one who first of all must promise or vouch for himself in the future—although he restricts the meaning of such promising (which he acknowledges is the “promise of future value”) to an avowed obligation to repay. In other words, the man who “is able to stand guarantor for himself” is simply the one who is “capable of honoring his debt” (39–40). This formulation reduces the rather more complicated story Nietzsche tells about the rise of the “sovereign individual” in the complex interstices of reactive slavish morality and active life. Be that as it may, Lazzarato draws upon Nietzschean thought (specifically, the second essay of the Genealogy of Morals, which Graeber dismisses as merely a period-bound spoof) principally to aid his argument that “[m]odern-day capitalism seems to have discovered on its own the technique described by Nietzsche of constructing a person capable of promising” (42) and thus of owing. For Lazzarato, because such debt should be understood at its source as fundamentally non-economic—that is, based on the irreducible asymmetry of power rather than the transactional equivalences of exchange—promising entails a liability that no future could ever redeem, but which will if anything only intensify in times to come. Put differently, as Lazzarato writes a little later on (according to an argument which is forcefully repeated on several occasions):
     

    Finance is a formidable instrument for controlling the temporality of action, neutralizing possibilities, the “moving present,” “quivering uncertainty” and “the line where past and future meet.” It locks up possibilities within an established framework while at the same time projecting them into the future. For finance, then, the future is a mere forecast of current domination and exploitation. (71)

     
    I want to suggest that Lazzarato’s argument—stridently reasserted as it is—is somewhat complicit with the “force” or “power” it seeks to critique, in that it leaves untouched two questions with which Nietzsche’s own text struggles (questions that, in his rush to identify the text as merely of its time, Graeber sorely neglects): first, the theoretical question of origins, poorly served and tellingly neglected when Lazzarato intimates the more or less accidental discovery by “modern-day capitalism” of the “technique” of debt; and, second and relatedly, the question of the conditions of the future, which is constructed throughout The Making of the Indebted Man merely as the self-identical possibility of mastery projecting itself along an infinite horizon, without difference or remainder. This is a future altogether divested of temporal flux or uncertainty. For Lazzarato, this is the true aim of neoliberalism, but I want to suggest that such a “truth” is far from incontestable.
     
    These questions are strongly interrelated, of course, not just in the obvious sense that both the past and the future imply temporality, or in the banal sense that all causal or teleological thought (including some varieties of Marxism) typically assumes one to depend upon the other. More specifically, they are interrelated because the text on which Lazzarato bases the conceptual elements of his argument—the second essay of the Genealogy—is itself shot through with the uncertain question of retroactivity. For Nietzsche, this concerns the error of mixing up and muddling the “origin” with the “aim” of something, when, as he puts it:
     

    there is a world of difference between the reason for something coming into existence in the first place and the ultimate use to which it is put … anything which exists, once it has somehow come into being, can be reinterpreted in the service of new intentions, repossessed, repeatedly modified to a new use by a power superior to it… all overpowering and mastering is a reinterpretation, a manipulation in the course of which the previous “meaning” and “aim” must necessarily be obscured or effaced. (58)

     
    As we will see, it can be argued that the question of retroactivity is absolutely inseparable from the problem of debt with which Nietzsche struggles. This reveals certain weaknesses or omissions in Lazzarato’s treatment of debt. In particular, his analysis only pays scant critical or philosophical attention to the question of the future and the past, the “aim” and the “origin,” instead viewing them largely as extended forms of the present (which may be more or less projected from the “now”); and he fails to think them according to the highly complicated and perhaps irresolvable structure of retroactivity that makes possible the very horizon or appearance of debt, as Nietzsche’s text implies.  If granting credit opens one up to future “uncertainty,” as he puts it, Lazzarato nevertheless insists rather emphatically that the “system of debt” must “neutralize time”: “that is the risk inherent to it” (45). Money as capital thus “pre-empts the future” (74), such that to talk of a present crisis is misleading because it suggests some hope of resolution or escape, whereas in all likelihood, he suggests, we are in the midst of an irreversible and permanent catastrophe (151). But if, as Nietzsche suggests (sometimes in spite of himself), debt exists for us or appears to us as part of time’s “uncertainty”—indeed, if it takes the very form of time’s uncertainty – one wonders how it could ever secure and extend itself unproblematically beyond time, simply appropriating or objectivizing time according to its own needs. How debt could survive without remainder is a problem that is arguably intrinsic to its make-up, and which in fact only redoubles throughout debt’s perhaps inescapably retroactive interpretation. From this perspective, it appears that the question of the future is pre-empted by Lazzarato himself as much as it is by “money as capital.”
     
    A further question concerns the relation of debt and sovereignty, particularly in regard to the proposition of a calculable future. Such a logic of calculability reduces the subject’s “contractual” relation to the state, and so is not simply of the order of the “economic,” but evinces a power in force. The pervasive figure of “indebted man” who foolishly tries to economize with a debt attests only to his subjection to that power. But even if we grant this logic a non- or aneconomic “origin,” one wonders if such calculation is truly becoming for the master. In Nietzschean terms, does the apprehensive need to control the future genuinely testify to the absolute self-will, the proud aggressivity and war-like venturing of the sovereign? Or does it tie him, instead, to the seemingly unbreakable structure of creditor and debtor? Put another way, on the basis of the intellectual grounds or resources of his own argument, we might ask whether Lazzarato’s God-like figure of the ultimate Creditor presiding over universal debt throughout the catastrophic time of a future-without-future is philosophically tenable.[5] There may instead be a divisible or non-self-identical core to the very structure and temporality of debt, one that could prove useful in thinking about its limits and the possibility of resistance (more so than Lazzarato’s rather poorly theorized allusions to capitalism’s contradictions or to a Nietzschean “second innocence.”)

     

     

    Nietzschean debts

    In the second essay of Nietzsche’s On the Genealogy of Morals, the principle of ressentiment that characterizes the profound break with aristocratic values through the slave revolt in morality operates on the basis of retroactivity. As such, the values derived through ressentiment are retrospectively posited as original. For Nietzsche, of course, slavish nature opts for vengefulness towards noble and higher life to compensate for its own weakness and impotence. Whereas the noble spirit places plenitude and self-reliance at the heart of aristocratic values, slavishness can do no more than found its moral system on the resentful rejection of higher life, reducing its capacity for action to the purely reactive. The image of the powerful man as the origin of evil justifies the wholly reactive moral schema of slavish life. For instance, through its account of ressentiment, the Genealogy questions the historical origins of justice as grounded in a sanctified notion of revenge, as if justice were simply a mechanism for righting wrongs or an apt expression of reactive feeling. For Nietzsche, justice develops not from the vengefulness that always supplements a concern for fairness or rights, but from what is most active in the noble spirit: “the really active feelings, such as the desire to dominate, to possess, and the like” (55). Justice, then, originates in nothing more than “the good will that prevails among those of roughly equal power to come to terms with each other”—that is, their “really active feelings”—through forms of economic and military settlement, bringing war to an end in circumstances of evenly matched force or capacity (and in the process, imposing their settlement on all those less powerful). In fact, Nietzsche suggests that “the active and aggressive forces” compel a settlement in this manner—that is, as an instance of good will among the powerful, rather than an abstractly conceived leveling in the interests of fairness or right—“in part to contain and moderate the extravagance of reactive pathos,” and to stop the spread of its “senseless raging.” Indeed, law itself is established to oppose the resentful interpretation of justice, which seeks redress for an injured party (an interpretation derived retroactively on behalf of injured parties). However, from this point of view, the justice meted out by law is neither a matter of intrinsic right, nor a case of “right and wrong as such.” Instead, “legal conditions” put into historic operation “exceptional states of emergency, partial restrictions which the will to life in its quest for power provisionally imposes on itself in order to serve its overall goal: the creation of larger units of power” fundamentally unchecked by reactive feeling (56–57).
     
    This line of argument chimes well with Lazzarato’s in its emphasis on the constitutive character of power, but it is nevertheless important to recognize at its center a clear connection between reactive morality (debt) and retroactivity. Reactive life is served by the retroactive explanation of origins, in a way not dissimilar to the retroactivity of the traumatic origin with which Freud struggles in “The Wolf-Man” (the idea that the origin may be generated retrospectively by the neurotic’s phantasmatic desire). Perhaps most importantly, retroactivity is not merely one means among others to develop the interests of slavish life. Instead, through its own complicated structure of guilt-debt, retroactivity is the very form that reactive feeling takes.  As Nietzsche writes, the attempt to “sanctify revenge under the name of justice… as if justice were merely an extension of the feeling of injury” posits revenge as the basis for bringing “all the reactive feelings retroactively to a position of honour” (54). To the extent that its devotion to revenge is unremitting, unrelenting, and pitiless, the retroactive honoring of reactive feelings upholds and expresses the morality of the slave (bondage to debt or vengeful reactive/economistic thought); more fundamentally, it seems indissociable from the character of reactive feeling itself.
     
    By its very title, of course, Nietzsche’s essay concerns itself with “guilt,” “bad conscience” and “related matters.”  He begins by noting that active forgetfulness is a particular strength of the man of noble spirit, and contributes to his “robust health”—in contrast to those who, like dyspeptics, are “never through with anything.” Nonetheless, a “counter-faculty” now adds itself to this “strength”: a form of memory that wills the suspension of active forgetting. This form of memory is allied to the “promising” that, from the outset, seems to draw “man” into his own definition. Someone who makes a promise, Nietzsche tells us, does so in order “that finally he would be able to vouch for himself as future” (40).  In the sense that the promiser assigns his name to a promise to open a line of credit to the future, in his own mind “man” has made himself “calculable, regular, necessary.” The “memory of the will” is, it seems, as much a feature of this calculability as the effort to “dispose of the future in advance,” which promising seeks to affirm (as Lazzarato emphasizes). Indeed, Nietzsche opens the second section of the essay by describing the interaction he has just suggested between memory and promise in terms of “the long history of responsibility” (40).  Here, he adds that the calculability of “man” as the subject of responsibility depends not only upon the uniformity or consistency of the past, present and future in the “life” of an individual, but also upon a regularity or uniformity among men, so that each is “an equal among equals.” If this implies the very seeds of slavish morality and reactive feeling (“the morality of custom and the social strait-jacket”), Nietzsche points us “by way of contrast” towards “the other end of this enormous process”: the very possibility of the “sovereign individual” no longer constrained by custom. Through “special consciousness of power and freedom,” such a man grasps his own self-sufficiency more genuinely. He can truly vouch for himself, and on this basis is entitled to promise.  Thus, as previously suggested, the “man” who promises emerges in the more complex interstices of active and slavish life. However, the type of equality demanded by reactive feeling is eschewed to the extent that this sovereign individual “respects those who are like him” only insofar as they, too, are capable of imposing their superiority upon lesser, more contemptible beings – in particular those “dogs” and “liars” who abuse their promises.
     
    Nietzsche traces within this history of responsibility the origin of conscience. The point at which this word occurs—in the transition from the second to the third section of the essay—also returns to the theme that willful memory is indispensable to the self-affirmation Nietzsche wishes to celebrate. If, in order to forge memories for himself, man learnt that “the most powerful aid to memory was pain,” nonetheless Nietzsche also laments the enduring nature of that “psychology” which, conceiving of remembrances as “branded” upon the mind, equates recollection with the persistence of a certain hurt (43). While the origins of asceticism are to be found in this doctrine of painful memory, Nietzsche implies it is also the founding myth of, for instance, Germanicism itself. As such, it is backed by a litany of cruel punishments designed for those who forget their Germanness among or indeed by dint of their various crimes. By the fourth section of the essay, however, Nietzsche finds firmer footing in the question of “bad conscience” or guilt. Here, “our genealogists of morals” are of no use because they think retroactively, imputing origins in terms of derived values and showing themselves incapable of comprehending a past that does not reflect their own moral schemas. As such, they lack the “second sight,” as Nietzsche puts it, which would allow them to trace the moral idea of guilt (Schuld) back to its more material origins in the concept of debt (schulden).  Consequently, Nietzsche insists that punishment as a form of repayment developed prior to and outside of the attribution of blame, which only imposed itself much later. Before this, he argues, punishment was not meted out soberly to repay guilt, but occurred as an apt expression of anger—one that, rather than overflowing itself in wholly gratuitous cruelty and running to the very limit of its power, was instead “held in check and modified” by an equivalence between transgressive damage and the retributive pain which the punisher imputed to the punishment itself.
     
    Punishment, then, took its meaning and definition—its specific form as punishment rather than mere violence—not from guilt, but from anger. And yet the very need to constitute punishment as punishment, leading as it did to the “idea of an equivalence between damage and pain,” gives force to the contractual form punishment takes as an expression of the sort of exchange-relationship one finds between creditor and debtor. Lazzarato, of course, disputes precisely this contractual or exchange form of debt, pointing instead to the more original context of those power relations which, as Nietzsche himself suggests, make “anger” possible. Yet, at this point in Nietzsche’s argument, one may well ask whether contract or exchange establishes itself as the necessary context for a sense of injury, or—vice versa—whether the experience of harm provides the explanation for the emergence of economic or contractual forms and practices of all kinds. Is it that “to repay” is first of all to repay harm done, as Nietzsche himself suggests, so that forms of exchange arise from the prior or more original experience of pain (as perhaps foremost a consequence of power)? Or, alternatively, is the very experience of pain, harm, or damage even possible outside of the very concept of injury that, Nietzsche tells us, stokes reactive feeling? (The latter, of course, is funded by a strongly economistic sense of fairness and equality.) If debts to the past are remembered only upon risk or threat of pain, or if the pledge to repay is from ancient times underwritten by the possibility of harsh bodily sacrifice, is it that pain makes possible the sense of debt and indebtedness? (Is debt indebted to pain?) Or, conversely, does the very possibility of pain emerge only on the strength of a certain set of economic relations? This persistent conundrum raises once more the problem of retroactive thinking: is it the case that Nietzschean thought leaves this matter unresolved as a way to free itself from the retroactive impulse, and thus to rejoice in a time before slavish reactivity (which may in fact serve Nietzsche’s own “retroactive” needs)? Or is it that Nietzsche falters before and thus remains embroiled in the snares of reactive-retroactive thinking?  On this basis, one might speculate about whether the Genealogy remains painfully caught in—and thus cruelly indebted to—precisely that form of thought it seeks to critique or surpass. Is it therefore impossible to approach the question of debt outside of retroactivity’s trap?
     
    In the fifth section of his essay, Nietzsche draws attention to the loosening of a strict equivalence between unrestituted debt and the commensurate bodily sacrifice. This is, for him, the welcome consequence of a “more Roman conception of law” (46).[6] Thus, the “logic of this whole form of exchange” undergoes a certain shift: instead of calculating the sum to be repaid by the stringent measure of actual flesh, recompense is to be calculated in terms of the amount of pleasure extracted from the other’s suffering. The extent of the gratification may intensify depending on the relative social rankings of debtor and creditor—the lower the creditor and the higher the debtor, the greater the delight in inflicting “punishment”—so that the precise value of the pleasure in another’s distress varied according to class position. Nevertheless, in as much as it entailed what Nietzsche terms “the entitlement and right to cruelty,” this departure from a more strictly reactive system of compensation introduced the distinct possibility of a (perhaps more original) uneconomic or aneconomic element into the economy of credit and debt. For surely cruelty distinguishes itself from revenge in that it includes a gratuitous supplement – even if in the Spinozist formulation of “disinterested malice”– that would seem to better serve the sovereign aggressivity of noble life, rather than purely reactive slavish morals.  As Nietzsche observes, “the creditor partakes of a privilege of the masters” by means of a “punishment” based on the extraction of pleasure; regardless of the specific identity of creditor or debtor, this system serves the noble spirit rather than slavish life (46–47). Here again the main tenor of Lazzarato’s emphasis on power  echoes Nietzsche’s own direction of thought. If “man” is indeed the “measuring animal,” if he is developed within and by means of systems of exchange, value, and price, nevertheless this is not the whole story, or at any rate the story is far from simple. For while such apparent economism determines the very possibility of man’s self-estimation and astuteness—his “thinking as such,” Nietzsche ventures to say—nevertheless the principle of mastery that impels such economistic thinking and practice implies the extraction of a surplus that cannot simply be reassimilated to the narrow world of economic values (though, for all that, it remains a crucial part of it): “man’s feeling of superiority” (51). This is because—as the example of a law that is “more Roman” implies—the sense of masterful privilege or sovereign aggressivity extracts its supplement of “superiority” precisely by resisting the more purely economistic attitude of reactive feeling. Somewhat paradoxically, then, this “noble” surplus is able to assert its value in and over a social world defined by economic exchange, by dint of the very fact that it cannot be wholly determined by it. It is perhaps the fact that one cannot easily economize with this paradox that reinforces the enigmatic power of the master.
     
    Yet such an aneconomic remainder of economy finds its mirror image in the power not simply to forgive transgressions rather than punish them, but to overlook them altogether. Such power is perhaps closely allied to the ability to decide exemptions or exceptions to the law—the very same law that, as we’ve already seen, is in any case nothing but an “exceptional state” designed to restrict sovereign will only to furnish its ultimate ambitions more effectively, not least by mediating and thus lessening the “reactive” resentments of injured parties. Despite the seemingly inexorable pattern of credit and debt which determines social relations tout court, therefore, Nietzsche observes that the developed power of the community attests to itself insofar as it no longer needs to punish its debtors—those who, according to a variety of misdeeds, transgress against the community by breaking or by failing to acknowledge their contractual obligation to it. Put differently, sovereign power is in fact the power to eschew debt, to decide against the (reactive) logic that “everything must be paid off.”
     
    This feature of Nietzsche’s argument is insufficiently acknowledged by Lazzarato, even though it fits with his insistence on the non-economic origin of debt. To overlook debt—to ignore the transgressor’s “default” or their un-repaid indebtedness—is to demonstrate that one is powerful enough to survive the “loss” without needing recompense in the (economic) form of a substitution: punishment for debt. It is to assert that one is powerful enough to transcend the exchange-form of life. Indeed, on this basis great strength is affirmed, not threatened, by an ever-increasing amount of unpaid debt. Once again, the “noble” supplement extracted by the master in this state of affairs is in one sense a part or feature of and yet irreducible to the “economy” that is a principal instrument of power (albeit a power that is asymmetric and thus aneconomic in originary terms). Once more, one might contend, this very same paradox lies at the heart of the enigma of sovereignty. Yet such a paradox keeps open the question of whether recourse to the debt economy—immersion in debtor-creditor relations, whether partial or not—enhances or jeopardizes the creditor as a figure of mastery or sovereignty. Perhaps it does both at the same time.
     
    The folly of retroactive thinking is made most explicit in section twelve of the essay, where Nietzsche warns against the error of confusing or conflating the “origin” with the “aim” of punishment. As we have seen, he writes that:
     

    there is a world of difference between the reason for something coming into existence in the first place and the ultimate use to which it is put … anything which exists, once it has somehow come into being, can be reinterpreted in the service of new intentions, repossessed, repeatedly modified to a new use by a power superior to it… all overpowering and mastering is a reinterpretation, a manipulation in the course of which the previous “meaning” and “aim” must necessarily be obscured or effaced. (58)

     
    From the perspective of the will to power, history is not the story of causal development or progression, but one of a succession of more or less violent overturnings; the most rigorous and astute analysis of the usage of a thing, or of its “aims” in the present, is therefore poorly served by the tendency to impute an “origin” based upon the (extended) terms of this same analysis—although, of course, the distortion this implies is never just a weakness, in the sense that such misrepresentation is also part of the project of “overpowering” and “mastering” that such “reinterpretation” itself serves. If this looks to be a case of taking from one hand to give to another (i.e., strengthening and weakening oneself in equal measure), nevertheless it is not quite the same as robbing Peter to pay Paul, because what is involved is not a zero-sum game. Instead, there is a definite interest at stake. If the reactive morality of the slave implies a near interminable debt, retroactive thinking extracts a surplus in precisely this form of interest, making the debt work to its credit. The use of the word “repossessed” is telling here. In English, the term suggests the legally-settled restitution of goods or property to the original owner. The German is somewhat more colloquial and violent; Neu in Beschlag genommen suggests being taken over anew, although Beschlag is constructed from the verb to strike (schlagen). The overall meaning is not so much that of “repossession” in the English sense, but of forever being violently overpowered, mastered, “struck,” albeit struck or forced into service rather than being physically accosted more directly. Still, to the extent that it implies at once an inability to repay debts and a refusal to overlook or write them off, “repossession” has some kinship with retroactivity. Retroactive reappropriation of the meaning of an “origin” at once denies that “origin” by more or less violently transforming its meaning “in the service of new intentions,” yet acknowledges it in the form of the reactive feeling which repeatedly encounters or confronts the “origin” as an almost interminable source of injury, and thus a constant source of debit or debt. Indeed, to deny (indebtedness to) the “origin” by reinterpreting it, while reinterpreting it as the basis for a pervasive sense of liability, debit, or debt—a debt from which, nevertheless, untold credit or interest may be extracted—suggests the highly complex debt economy of retroactive thinking/reactive life.
     
    The Nietzschean economy of debt is further complicated and reinforced by what we might term its diachronic axis, whereby the indebtedness of the present generation to its forefathers increases as the community prospers. For Nietzsche, as the community has more and more to be thankful for, its debts become almost irredeemable. Once more, the debt-form of social life reaches a certain zenith only at the point of near insolvency: that stage at which, in order to be settled, debts could perhaps only ever be written off. While Nietzsche suggests that those of truly noble quality repay their forefathers with interest (the obvious paradox here hardly needs remarking) (70), nevertheless it is difficult in this context not to think the contrary (a la Lazzarato): namely, that the effort to repay only deepens the debt, even and perhaps especially if it is massive. Nietzsche writes of periodic “large lump” repayments (cruel sacrifices and the like), which foreground the extent of the debt and powerfully underline “the fear of the forefather and his power” (until he is, famously, “transfigured into a god”); these payments serve not to lessen or ameliorate but to inflate the debt further, raising the stakes of the entire situation. Yet this spiraling debt does not paralyze the community; on the contrary, it is merely a sign of its prosperity and strength, becoming “ever-more victorious, independent, respected, feared” (69).
     
    The desire to redeem what is owed, and sometimes even to mimic the gods, surely persists so as to complicate the credit-debt structure of the community. In addition, as Nietzsche speculates (perhaps naively), the dramatic rise of atheism may come to liberate mankind from a sense of indebtedness. Nevertheless, that “the sense of guilt towards the divinity has continued to grow for several thousands of years” testifies to the long-standing and near intractable debt structure of modern society. In fact, within the space of a few lines, Nietzsche seems to backtrack on his dream of a “second innocence” born of aesthetic feeling, lamenting that “the real situation is fearfully different.”  Indeed, despite the millennial tone of the essay’s last section, which dreams of the redeeming-godless “man of the future,” Nietzsche is still to be found saying that, in the current circumstances, “an attempt at reversal would in itself be impossible.” In a line all the more striking for its contemporary resonance, he asserts: “The goal now is the pessimistic one of closing off once and for all the prospect of a definitive repayment.” An “iron possibility” takes hold through the ever-more intransigent imposition of an undischargeable duty, a remorseless guilt, “eating its way in, spreading down and out like a polyp.” No penance would be enough to atone, no repayment enough to compensate (71–75).
     
    All of this would seem to be grist to Lazzarato’s mill.  However, in an ironic final twist of expropriation, even the creditor—the master, the god—is at last swept into this nightmarish scenario of total debt. As Nietzsche enigmatically hints, the forefather becomes Adam, divine banishment incarnate. This does not result in the prospect of revolutionary change but instead ushers in a godless afterlife, “essentially devoid of value,” in which the story of the gods’ fall from grace—as pure expediency—is retold in terms of Christ’s sacrifice: God becomes man and takes man’s place, so that if he succumbs to (indebted) man’s plight at all, it is only to redeem his guilt and all guilt (72). By such means, however, God himself seeks redress, seeks to redeem or re-place himself, to restore his credit. In other words, as Nietzsche puts it, he is to be found “paying himself off.” Perhaps only a God can so blithely write off debt, even his own, but one wonders whether this leaves him purely “in the black.”  Through the enigma of God’s self-torture on the cross (a self-torture which, perhaps by ironic reversal, seems to mimic the torments of slavish life), does such a death cancel all debts to the absolute credit of the divine? Or does it signal, too, just this fall into a whole world of debt, into a world that is so debt-ridden it is by now almost beyond debt, one which survives therefore only as “nihilistic renunciation,” “essentially devoid of value”? Nietzsche does not exactly tell the story this way, preferring instead to concentrate on man’s slavish torments before a God to whom all is owed (cruelly felt as “real,” “incarnate”). But the possibility that this debt—in all its impossible cruelty—is premised on the spectrality of an ultimate Creditor lingers, ghost-like, in his text. In view of this phantasmatic scene, the debate into which Nietzsche enters in the last section of the essay—whether or not his writing sets up anew or forever breaks into pieces “the shrine” of an ideal—seems a little beside the point. For Nietzsche’s text suggests that to bring down or to set up a new God may be part of the same picture. What would such an insight do to the dream or vision of a “conqueror of God and of nothingness” yet to come, with which the text concludes?
     
    On the basis of this reading of Nietzsche, two objections arise to Lazzarato’s thesis. First, his idea of a catastrophic future-without-future of permanent debt depends on the analysis of an ever-intensifying asymmetry of power that elevates the creditor to near-Godlike status. While this suggestion clearly derives from a certain strand of thought in Nietzsche’s Genealogy, a debt so pervasive that it leaves no creditor intact can more radically suggest ways to think about the non-self-identical or divisible limits of sovereignty and sovereign debt. Second, and relatedly (because it implies a question of the future that Lazzarato says sovereign debt has cancelled entirely), the idea that the retroactivity so central to the possibility of debt itself is based on a false continuity between past and present, “origin” and “aim,” suggests in turn that debt itself (in the form of reactivity-retroactivity) aggresses against temporal continuity in general. If this is true, then debt’s supposed commitment to the unstinting continuity and continuation of the present for all future time to come (as an unbreakable expression of power) itself becomes questionable and resistible, not just as an idea but in terms of the practical possibilities suggested by the limit or deficit between what debt wants and what it is: in other words, its retroactivity. Once more, such a possibility arises despite some of the more dominant flourishes of Nietzsche’s remarks. Taken together, these objections to the oversimplified conceptions of sovereignty and temporality in Lazzarato’s book point towards other possibilities, other scenarios in neoliberalism’s future, than the ones he is prepared to admit. Thinking both of Graeber and Lazzarato, we might arrive at the following conclusion: Where the question of debt is concerned, taking retroactivity seriously rather than dismissing or rejecting it may prove surprisingly productive for the times to come.
     

    Simon Morgan Wortham is Professor of English in the Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences at Kingston University, London. He is co-director of the London Graduate School. His books include Counter-Institutions: Jacques Derrida and the Question of the University (Fordham UP, 2006), Experimenting: Essays with Samuel Weber, co-edited with Gary Hall (Fordham UP, 2007), Encountering Derrida: Legacies and Futures of Deconstruction, co-edited with Allison Weiner (Continuum, 2007), Derrida: Writing Events (Continuum, 2008), The Derrida Dictionary (Continuum, 2010) and The Poetics of Sleep: From Aristotle to Nancy (Bloomsbury, 2013). His book, Modern Thought in Pain: Philosophy, Politics, Psychoanalysis, is forthcoming from Edinburgh University Press (2014).
     

    [1] Of course, as Graeber recognizes, the advent of Keynesian economics marks a certain departure from this type of thinking, opening up an alternative tradition that acknowledges money’s connection to the state, in that the latter establishes the legal grounds and manages the economic basis of modern exchange.

    [2] In particular, because the theory of primordial debt is largely a European rather than an Anglo-American phenomenon, Graeber suggests that its “mindset” is avowedly post-French Revolution.

    [3] A section of this essay appeared in the form of a review article on Lazzarato’s book, “Time of Debt,” in Radical Philosophy 180 (2013): 35-43. Permission to republish this material is gratefully acknowledged.

    [4] In his third chapter, “The Ascendancy of Debt in Neoliberalism,” Lazzarato also suggests ways in which sovereignty has been transformed by debt in terms of its disciplinary and biopolitical horizons and practices.

    [5] Much could be said of Lazzarato’s own debts, not just to Nietzsche, the legacy of the Frankfurt School and other varieties of twentieth-century theory, but also to autonomism and the demands of a post-autonomist account of capital.

    [6] In sections six and seven of the Genealogy, Nietzsche suggests that the bloodiest festivities of cruelty and torture—to the extent that they rehearse not just the possibility of the advent of “man” but also the theodical interpretation of suffering, which in turn makes possible the “invention of ‘free will’” (if only to alleviate the boredom of the gods when confronted with a too-deterministic world) —establish a context for the emergence of “conscience” and “guilt.” They do so partly in the sense that cruelty – albeit despite itself – eventually bred shame and, under the increasing “spell of society and peace” (64), a sickly sensitivity to pain, which for Nietzsche was readily harnessed to the benefit of reactive moral schemas (49–51). Here, man is afflicted by an inner consciousness or “soul,” repelled by the freedom and wildness of the truly active life, and turns against himself, suffers from himself, and is cruel to himself. This is the form “bad conscience” takes: its morality is not unselfish or “unegoistic” but is based, somewhat differently, on a “will to mistreat oneself” (68). At the same time, Nietzsche is suspicious of attempts to explain the origin or emergence of guilt in terms of practices of punishment, arguing that “broadly speaking, punishment hardens and deadens,” while “genuine pangs of conscience are especially rare among criminals and prisoners.” This is partly because, for Nietzsche, punishment—at least in its pre-historical phase—displays no interest in reinforcing blame but merely seeks to respond to the fact of harm, which may have occurred regardless of the intentions of the culprit. Such punishment in fact serves to detach the criminal from a sense of responsibility for his actions, promotes fatalism, and so actually hinders the sense of guilt (62). Meanwhile, in section seventeen, Nietzsche asserts that “bad conscience” can be traced back to the violent reduction and suppression of freedom caused by the active force of sovereign individuals: in other words, the will to power.
     

    Works Cited

    • Graeber, David. Debt: The First 5,000 Years. New York: Melville House, 2011. Print.
    • Lazzarato, Maurizio. The Making of Indebted Man: An Essay on the Neoliberal Condition. Trans. Joshua David Jordan.  Amsterdam: Semiotext(e), 2012. Print.
    • Nietzsche, Friedrich. On the Genealogy of Morals. Trans. Douglas Smith. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2008. Print.